TABLE OF CONTENTS
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 4, 2017
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017
OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File Number 001-35892
GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
England and Wales
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Sovereign House, Vision Park
Chivers Way, Histon
Cambridge, CB24 9BZ
United Kingdom
(Address of principal executive offices)
Justin D. Gover, Chief Executive Officer
Sovereign House, Vision Park
Chivers Way, Histon
Cambridge, CB24 9BZ
United Kingdom
Telephone No. (44) 1223 266800
E-Mail: investors@gwpharm.com
Facsimile: (44) 1223 235667
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.
Title of each class
Name of each exchange on which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing 12
Ordinary Shares, par value £0.001 per share
The Nasdaq Global Market
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 304,439,740 ordinary shares, par value £0.001 per share.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or an emerging growth company. See definition of  “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer ☒
Accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☐
Emerging growth company ☐​
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP ☐
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒
Other ☐
If  “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17 ☐ Item 18 ☐
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1
1
1
3
PART I
4
4
4
4
6
6
7
38
38
38
84
85
85
86
86
101
102
103
104
105
105
106
106
109
124
126
126
127
127
128
129
129
129
129
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
129
129
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
131
138
138
138
138
138
139
139
139
139
139
PART II
141
141
141
141
141
142
143
143
143
143
144
144
144
144
144
PART III
145
145
145
ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
In this annual report on Form 20-F (“Annual Report”), “GW Pharma,” the “Group,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to GW Pharmaceuticals plc and its consolidated subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires.
Epidiolex ® and Sativex ® are registered trademarks of GW Pharmaceuticals plc.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The consolidated financial statement data as at September 30, 2017 and 2016 and for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, as presented elsewhere in this Annual Report, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, and as adopted by the European Union and audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). The consolidated financial statement data as at September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which are not presented herein, which have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, and as adopted by the European Union and audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).There are no differences applicable to us between IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS-EU for any of the periods presented herein.
All references in this Annual Report to “$” are to U.S. dollars, all references to “£” are to pounds sterling and all references to “€” are to euros. Solely for the convenience of the reader, unless otherwise indicated, all pounds sterling amounts as at and for the year ended September 30, 2017 have been translated into U.S. dollars at the rate at September 30, 2017, the last business day of our year ended September 30, 2017, of £0.7486 to $1.00. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other exchange rate as at that or any other date.
INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about us and our industry. All statements other than statements of historical fact in this Annual Report are forward-looking statements.
These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that could cause our actual results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, performance, prospects, opportunities, achievements or industry results, as well as those of the markets we serve or intend to serve, to differ materially from those expressed in, or suggested by, these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on assumptions regarding our present and future business strategies and the environment in which we expect to operate in the future. Important factors that could cause those differences include, but are not limited to:

the inherent uncertainty of product development;

our and our contract manufacturers’ ability to successfully manufacture commercial quantities of our products in compliance with regulatory requirements;

our ability to establish and maintain commercialization organizations in the US, Europe and elsewhere;

our ability to submit and maintain INDs and NDAs with the FDA, including our NDA for Epidiolex as submitted on October 27, 2017;

our ability to successfully design, commence and complete clinical trials;

our ability to receive and maintain regulatory exclusivities, including Orphan Drug Designations for our drugs and our drug candidates;
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

patents, including, but not limited to, our ability to have patents issued covering our drugs, drug candidates and processes, as well as oppositions and legal challenges;

government regulation and approval, including, but not limited to, the expected timing of potential regulatory approval dates for Epidiolex;

future revenue being lower than expected;

the level of pricing and reimbursement for our products and product candidates, if approved;

increasing competitive pressures in our industry;

general economic conditions or conditions affecting demand for the products offered by us in the markets in which we operate, both domestically and internationally, being less favorable than expected;

currency fluctuations and hedging risks;

worldwide economic and business conditions and conditions in the industry in which we operate;

our relationships with our customers and suppliers;

increased competition from other companies in the industry in which we operate;

changing technology;

claims for personal injury or death arising from the use of products and product candidates produced by us;

the occurrence of accidents or other interruptions to our production processes;

changes in our business strategy or development plans, and our expected level of capital expenses;

our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, including with respect to our preparation for potential commercialization of Epidiolex;

regulatory, environmental, legislative and judicial developments;

our intention not to pay dividends; and

factors that are not known to us at this time.
Additional factors that could cause actual results, financial condition, liquidity, performance, prospects, opportunities, achievements or industry results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, those discussed under “Risk Factors” or elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Additional risks that we may currently deem immaterial or that are not presently known to us could also cause the forward-looking events discussed in this Annual Report on Form 20-F not to occur. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect” and similar words are intended to identify estimates and forward-looking statements. Estimates and forward-looking statements speak only at the date they were made, and we undertake no obligation to update or to review any estimate and/or forward-looking statement because of new information, future events or other factors. Estimates and forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are not guarantees of future performance. Our future results may differ materially from those expressed in these estimates and forward-looking statements. In light of the risks and uncertainties described above, the estimates and forward-looking statements discussed in this Annual Report on Form 20-F might not occur and our future results and our performance may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements due to, inclusive of, but not limited to, the factors mentioned above. Because of these uncertainties, you should not make any investment decision based on these estimates and forward-looking statements.
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
NOTE REGARDING EXPANDED ACCESS STUDIES
The expanded access studies we are currently supporting are uncontrolled, carried out by individual physician investigators independent from us, and not always conducted in strict compliance with Good Clinical Practices, all of which can lead to an observed treatment effect that may differ from one seen in placebo-controlled trials. Data from these studies provide only anecdotal evidence of efficacy for regulatory review, although they may provide supportive safety information for regulatory review. These studies contain no control or comparator group for reference and are not designed to be aggregated or reported as study results. Moreover, data from such small numbers of patients may be highly variable. Such information, including the statistical principles that the independent investigators have chosen to apply to the data, may not reliably predict results achieved after systematic evaluation of the efficacy in company-sponsored clinical trials or evaluated via other statistical principles that may be applied in these trials. Reliance on such information may lead to Phase 2 and/or Phase 3 clinical trials that are not adequately designed to demonstrate efficacy and could delay or prevent our ability to seek approval of Epidiolex or other product candidates. Physicians conducting these studies may use Epidiolex or other product candidates in a manner inconsistent with GW’s protocols, including in children with conditions different from those being studied in GW-sponsored trials. Any adverse events or reactions experienced by subjects in the expanded access program may be attributed to the product candidate and may limit our ability to obtain regulatory approval with labeling that we consider desirable, or at all.
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Item 1   Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.
Not Applicable.
Item 2   Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable.
Not Applicable.
Item 3   Key Information.
A.   Selected Financial Data.
The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data as at the dates and for the periods indicated. The consolidated financial statement data as at September 30, 2017 and 2016 and for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, as presented elsewhere in this Annual Report, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, and as adopted by the European Union and audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). The consolidated financial statement data as at September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, and for the years ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 has been derived, after certain reclassifications to conform to the current presentation, from our consolidated financial statements, which are not presented herein, which have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, and as adopted by the European Union and audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). There are no differences applicable to us between IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS-EU for any of the periods presented herein.
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in pounds sterling, our presentation currency. Solely for the convenience of the reader our consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended September 30, 2017 have been translated into U.S. dollars at $1.00 = £0.7486 based on the certified foreign exchange rates published by Federal Reserve Bank of New York on September 30, 2017. Such convenience translation should not be construed as a representation that the pound sterling amounts have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at this or at any other rate of exchange, or at all.
Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report and the related notes and Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” below.
Year Ended September 30,
2017
2017 (1)
2016 (1)
2015 (1)
2014 (1)
2013 (1)(2)
$
£
£
£
£
£
(in thousands, except per share data)
Income Statement Data:
Revenue
11,004 8,238 10,315 28,540 30,045 27,295
Cost of sales
(4,730 ) (3,541 ) (2,719 ) (2,618 ) (2,060 ) (1,276 )
Research and development expenditure
(148,576 ) (111,229 ) (99,815 ) (76,785 ) (43,475 ) (32,697 )
Sales, general and administrative expenses
(55,700 ) (41,699 ) (19,939 ) (12,569 ) (7,337 ) (3,555 )
Net foreign exchange (losses)/gains
(6,739 ) (5,045 ) 25,551 6,202 3,188 (237 )
Operating loss
(204,741 ) (153,276 ) (86,607 ) (57,230 ) (19,639 ) (10,470 )
Interest expense
(995 ) (745 ) (173 ) (75 ) (61 ) (64 )
Interest and other income
2,159 1,616 608 244 130 178
Loss before tax
(203,577 ) (152,405 ) (86,172 ) (57,061 ) (19,570 ) (10,356 )
Tax benefit
27,673 20,717 22,515 12,498 4,911 5,807
Loss for the year
(175,904 ) (131,688 ) (63,657 ) (44,563 ) (14,659 ) (4,549 )
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Year Ended September 30,
2017
2017 (1)
2016 (1)
2015 (1)
2014 (1)
2013 (1)(2)
$
£
£
£
£
£
(in thousands, except per share data)
Loss per share
Basic
(0.58 ) (0.43 ) (0.24 ) (0.18 ) (0.07 ) (0.03 )
Diluted
(0.58 ) (0.43 ) (0.24 ) (0.18 ) (0.07 ) (0.03 )
Weighted average number of shares
Basic
303.6 303.6 270.4 246.4 210.4 151.5
Diluted
304.1 304.1 277.5 254.2 219.9 158.2
As at September 30,
2017
2017 (1)
2016 (1)
2015 (1)
2014 (1)(3)
2013 (1)
$
£
£
£
£
£
(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
Non-current assets
75,079 56,207 48,659 34,606 17,126 11,581
Current assets
Inventories
5,669 4,244 4,248 4,756 4,777 4,661
Trade and other receivables
41,795 31,289 25,878 15,514 7,108 4,633
Cash and cash equivalents
322,154 241,175 374,392 234,872 164,491 38,069
Total current assets
369,618 276,708 404,518 255,142 176,376 47,363
Total assets
444,697 332,915 453,177 289,748 193,502 58,944
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
(44,238 ) (33,119 ) (31,170 ) (24,022 ) (12,376 ) (9,440 )
Current tax liabilities
(1,119 ) (838 ) (883 ) (366 )
Obligations under finance leases
(274 ) (205 ) (211 ) (111 ) (126 ) (100 )
Deferred revenue
(3,082 ) (2,307 ) (2,686 ) (3,269 ) (4,827 ) (3,181 )
Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
(12,364 ) (9,256 ) (9,423 ) (8,445 ) (7,927 )
Obligations under finance leases
(6,352 ) (4,755 ) (4,959 ) (1,540 ) (1,781 ) (1,905 )
Deferred revenue
(5,690 ) (4,260 ) (5,355 ) (6,725 ) (7,881 ) (8,916 )
Share capital
406 304 302 261 237 178
Share premium
743,450 556,570 556,477 349,275 220,551 84,005
Net assets/Total equity
371,578 278,175 398,490 245,270 158,584 35,402
Year Ended September 30,
2017
2017 (1)
2016 (1)
2015 (1)
2014 (1)
2013 (1)
$
£
£
£
£
£
(in thousands)
Cash Flow Data:
Net cash outflow from operating
activities
(147,259 ) (110,245 ) (84,594 ) (46,471 ) (12,626 ) (7,468 )
Net cash outflow from investing activities
(20,387 ) (15,262 ) (8,756 ) (17,791 ) (7,095 ) (2,076 )
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities
(2,742 ) (2,053 ) 206,807 128,419 144,267 18,253
(1)
The selected historical consolidated financial data as at September 30, 2017 and 2016 and for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, as presented elsewhere in this Annual Report, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the European Union, and audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). The consolidated financial statement data as at September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, and for the years ended
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
September 30, 2014 and 2013 have been derived, after certain reclassifications to conform to the current presentation, from our consolidated financial statements, which are not presented herein, which have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, and as adopted by the European Union.
(2)
The selected historical consolidated financial data as at September 30, 2013 and for the year then ended, reflects a reclassification to report foreign exchange gains and losses, primarily from balance sheet revaluation, previously reported within “Management and administrative expenses” in a new income statement line item, titled “Net foreign exchange (losses)/gains.” Such reclassification had no impact on operating profit, profit before tax or profit for the year.
(3)
The selected historical consolidated financial data as at September 30, 2014 and for the year then ended, reflects a reclassification to report the deferred tax asset, previously reported within “Current assets”, to “Non-current assets.” Such reclassification had no impact on operating loss, loss before tax or loss for the year.
Exchange rate information
The table below shows the period end, average, high and low exchange rates of U.S. dollars per pound sterling for the periods shown. Average rates are computed by using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the U.S. dollar on the last business day of each month during the relevant year indicated or each business day during the relevant month indicated. The rates set forth below are provided solely for your convenience and may differ from the actual rates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.
Noon Buying Rate
Period End
Average (1)
High
Low
Year ended September 30:
2012
1.6132 1.5768 1.6263 1.5301
2013
1.6179 1.5609 1.6275 1.4837
2014
1.6220 1.6570 1.7165 1.5904
2015
1.5116 1.5447 1.6216 1.4648
2016
1.3015 1.4228 1.5475 1.2874
2017
1.3402 1.2680 1.3578 1.2118
2018 (through November 24, 2017)
1.3336 1.3191 1.3336 1.3063
Month:
May 2017
1.2905 1.2929 1.3018 1.2795
June 2017
1.2995 1.2810 1.2995 1.2628
July 2017
1.3196 1.2996 1.3196 1.2851
August 2017
1.2888 1.2952 1.3236 1.2787
September 2017
1.3402 1.3340 1.3578 1.2972
October 2017
1.3281 1.3202 1.3304 1.3063
November 2017 (through November 24, 2017)
1.3336 1.3178 1.3336 1.3067
(1)
The average of the noon buying rate for pounds sterling on the last day of each full month during the relevant year or each business day during the relevant month indicated.
B.
Capitalization and Indebtedness.
Not Applicable.
C.
Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds.
Not Applicable.
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
D.   Risk Factors.
Our business has significant risks. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this Annual Report, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. The risks and uncertainties described below are those significant risk factors, currently known and specific to us that we believe are relevant to our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we now deem immaterial may also impair our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Business
We are dependent on the success of our product candidates, none of which may receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized.
Our success will depend on our ability to successfully commercialize our product pipeline, including commercialization of Epidiolex and our other cannabinoid product candidates. We are evaluating Epidiolex for the treatment of Dravet syndrome, Lennox-Gastaut syndrome (LGS), Tuberous Sclerosis Complex (TSC) and Infantile Spasms (IS). We have initiated pivotal trials for all four of these indications and have completed one Phase 3 trial for Dravet syndrome and two Phase 3 trials for LGS. We completed our rolling submission of a New Drug Application, or NDA, for Epidiolex for the treatment of seizures associated with Dravet syndrome and LGS to the FDA on October 27, 2017. We anticipate submitting a marketing authorization application to the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, for Epidiolex for the treatment of seizures associated with Dravet syndrome and LGS in late 2017. Nevertheless, Epidiolex may never receive regulatory approval for the treatment of any of these indications in the U.S. or elsewhere. Even if completed Phase 3 clinical trials and/or ongoing or future Phase 3 clinical trials conducted for regulatory approval show positive results, there can be no assurance that the FDA, EMA or any other regulatory authority will approve Epidiolex or any other product candidate for any indication for several potential reasons, including failure to follow Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, negative assessment of risk to benefit, unacceptable risk of abuse or diversion, insufficient product quality control and standardization, non-Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) compliant manufacturing facilities and, in the U.S., absence of a protocol agreed through the FDA’s Special Protocol Assessment process, refusal by FDA to accept our clinical trial design and/or failure to agree on appropriate clinical endpoints.
Our ability to successfully commercialize Sativex, Epidiolex, if approved, and our other product candidates will depend on, among other things, our ability to:

successfully complete pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, including human factors testing requirements and the assessment of abuse potential;

demonstrate to the FDA and similar foreign regulatory authorities that the efficacy of Sativex, Epidiolex, or any other product candidates in clinical trials, can be attributed to the investigative product and not exclusively to its interaction with concomitant medications. It is possible that FDA may convene an advisory committee of external experts to consider our NDA for Epidiolex or any of our other drug candidates, and the course and outcome of meetings with these advisory committees can be hard to predict;

receive regulatory approvals from the FDA and similar foreign regulatory authorities;

produce, through a validated process, in manufacturing facilities inspected and approved by regulatory authorities, including the FDA, sufficiently large quantities of the product candidate, and the related Botanical Drug Substances, or BDSs, to permit successful commercialization;

build and maintain strong sales, distribution and marketing capabilities sufficient to launch commercial sales of our product candidates, or otherwise establish collaborations with third parties for the commercialization of our product candidates;

obtain reimbursement from payers such as government health care programs and insurance companies and other third-party payers, as well as achieve commercially attractive levels of pricing;
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

secure acceptance of our product candidates from physicians, health care payers, patients and the medical community;

create positive publicity surrounding our product candidates;

manage our spending as costs and expenses increase due to clinical trials and commercialization; and

obtain and enforce sufficient intellectual property for our product candidates.
Our failure or delay with respect to any of the factors above could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our product candidates, if approved, may be unable to achieve the expected market acceptance and, consequently, limit our ability to generate revenue from new products.
Even when product development is successful and regulatory approval has been obtained, our ability to generate sufficient revenue depends on the acceptance of our products by physicians and patients. We cannot assure you that Epidiolex or our other product candidates will achieve the expected level of market acceptance and revenue if and when they obtain the requisite regulatory approvals. The market acceptance of any product depends on a number of factors, including the indication statement and warnings required by regulatory authorities in the product label, continued demonstration of efficacy and safety in commercial use, physicians’ willingness to prescribe the product, reimbursement from third-party payers such as government health care systems and non-governmental third-party payers, the price of the product, the nature of any post-approval risk management activities mandated by regulatory authorities, competition, and marketing and distribution support. Further, the success and acceptance of a product in one country may be negatively affected by our activities in another. By way of example, our approval and pricing strategy in Europe could create post-approval commitments to EMA and other European regulators that damages our market or price in the U.S. Likewise, if we fail to adapt our approach to clinical trials in the U.S. market to meet the needs of EMA or other European regulatory authorities, or to generate the health economics and outcomes research data needed to support pricing and reimbursement negotiations in Europe, we may have difficulties obtaining marketing authorization for our products from EMA and may have difficulties obtaining pricing and reimbursement approval for our products at a national level. Any factors preventing or limiting the market acceptance of our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In respect of our product candidates targeting rare indications, orphan drug exclusivity may afford limited protection, and if another party obtains orphan drug exclusivity for the drugs and indications we are targeting, we may be precluded from commercializing our product candidates in those indications during that period of exclusivity.
The first NDA applicant with an Orphan Drug Designation for a particular active moiety to treat a specific disease or condition that receives FDA approval is entitled to a seven-year exclusive marketing period in the United States for that drug, for that indication. We rely in part on this orphan drug exclusivity and other regulatory exclusivities to protect Epidiolex and our other products and product candidates from competitors, and we expect to continue relying in part on these regulatory exclusivities in the future. However, although we received Orphan Drug Designation for Epidiolex, for Dravet syndrome, LGS, TSC and IS, there is no assurance that we will successfully obtain Orphan Drug Designation for other product candidates or other rare diseases or that a product candidate for which we receive Orphan Drug Designation will be approved, or that we will be awarded orphan drug exclusivity upon approval as, for example, the FDA may reconsider whether the eligibility criteria for such exclusivity have been met and/or maintained. Even if we do obtain orphan exclusivity for any product candidate, the period of exclusivity may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to supply sufficient quantities of the drug. Moreover, a drug product with an active moiety that is a different cannabinoid from that in our drug candidate or, under limited circumstances, the same drug product, may be approved by the FDA for the same indication during the period of marketing exclusivity. The limited circumstances include a showing that the second drug is clinically superior to the drug with marketing exclusivity through a demonstration of superior safety or efficacy or that it makes a
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
major contribution to patient care. In addition, if a competitor obtains approval and marketing exclusivity for a drug product with an active moiety that is the same as that in a product candidate we are pursuing for the same indication before us, approval of our product candidate would be blocked during the period of marketing exclusivity unless we could demonstrate that our product candidate is clinically superior to the approved product. In addition, if a competitor such as Insys Therapeutics Inc., or the other competitors set forth below, obtains approval and marketing exclusivity for a drug product with an active moiety that is the same as that in a product candidate we are pursuing for a different orphan indication, this may negatively impact the market opportunity for our product candidate. There have been legal challenges to aspects of the FDA’s regulations and policies concerning the exclusivity provisions of the Orphan Drug Act, including whether two drugs are the same drug product, and future challenges could lead to changes that affect the protections potentially afforded our products in ways that are difficult to predict. In a recent successful legal challenge, a court invalidated the FDA’s denial of orphan exclusivity to a drug on the grounds that the drug was not proven to be clinically superior to a previously approved product containing the same ingredient for the same orphan use. In response to the decision, the FDA released a policy statement stating that the court’s decision is limited just to the facts of that particular case and that the FDA will continue to require the sponsor of a designated drug that is the “same” as a previously approved drug to demonstrate that its drug is clinically superior to that drug upon approval in order to be eligible for orphan drug exclusivity, or in some cases, to even be eligible for marketing approval. In the future, there is the potential for additional legal challenges to the FDA’s orphan drug regulations and policies, and it is uncertain how such challenges might affect our business.
In the European Union, if a marketing authorization is granted for a medicinal product that is designated an orphan drug, that product is entitled to ten years of marketing exclusivity. During the period of marketing exclusivity, subject to limited exceptions, no similar medicinal product may be granted a marketing authorization for the orphan indication. There is no assurance that we will successfully obtain Orphan Drug Designation for future rare indications or orphan exclusivity upon approval of any of our product candidates that have already obtained designation. Even if we obtain orphan exclusivity for any product candidate, the exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if at the end of the fifth year it is established that the orphan designation criteria are no longer met or if it is demonstrated that the orphan drug is sufficiently profitable that market exclusivity is no longer justified. Further, a similar medicinal product may be granted a marketing authorization for the same indication notwithstanding our marketing exclusivity if we are unable to supply sufficient quantities of our product, or if the second product is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior to our orphan drug. In addition, if a competitor such as Insys Therapeutics Inc., or the other competitors set forth below, obtains marketing authorization and orphan exclusivity for a product that is similar to a product candidate we are pursuing for the same indication, approval of our product candidate would be blocked during the period of orphan marketing exclusivity unless we could demonstrate that our product candidate is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior to the approved product.
We have to date commercialized only one product, Sativex.
Our only approved product, Sativex, is currently being commercialized for spasticity due to multiple sclerosis, or MS, outside the United States. Even if we obtain regulatory approval for a product in addition to Sativex, our future success will still depend in part on the continued successful commercialization of Sativex. Although Sativex is currently approved in a number of countries outside of the United States for MS spasticity and is sold in many of those countries, it may never be successfully commercialized in all of these jurisdictions. The commercial success of Sativex for MS spasticity depends on a number of factors beyond our control, including the willingness of physicians to prescribe Sativex to patients, payers’ willingness and ability to pay for the drug, the level of pricing achieved, patients’ response to Sativex, the ability of our marketing partners to generate sales and, given that we generate revenue from the supply of Sativex to our partners at a fixed percentage of partners’ net sales and that any increase in our manufacturing costs will adversely affect our margins and our financial condition, our ability to manufacture Sativex on a cost effective and efficient basis. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will succeed in generating revenue growth through the commercialization of Sativex for MS spasticity. If we are not successful in the continued commercialization of Sativex for MS spasticity, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed.
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We expect to face intense competition, often from companies with greater resources and experience than we have.
The pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid change. The industry continues to expand and evolve as an increasing number of competitors and potential competitors enter the market. Many of these competitors and potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technological, managerial and research and development resources and experience than we have. Some of these competitors and potential competitors have more experience than we have in the development of pharmaceutical products, including validation procedures and regulatory matters. In addition, Sativex competes with, and our product candidates, if successfully developed, will compete with, product offerings from large and well-established companies that have greater marketing and sales experience and capabilities than we or our collaboration partners have. In particular, Insys Therapeutics, Inc. has publicly stated its intention to develop cannabidiol (CBD) in Dravet syndrome, LGS, IS, glioma and potentially other indications. Zogenix, Inc. is developing low dose fenfluramine in Dravet syndrome and has commenced an open-label study with this product in LGS, and other companies with greater resources than us may announce similar plans in the future. In addition, there are non-FDA approved CBD preparations being made available from companies in the medical marijuana industry, which may be competitive to Epidiolex. If we are unable to compete successfully, our commercial opportunities will be reduced and our business, results of operations and financial conditions may be materially harmed.
Product shipment delays could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The shipment, import and export of Epidiolex, Sativex and our other product candidates require import and export licenses. In the United States, the FDA, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, and the Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, and in the United Kingdom, the Home Office, and in other countries, similar regulatory authorities regulate the import and export of pharmaceutical products that contain controlled substances, including Sativex, Epidiolex and our other product candidates. Specifically, the import and export process requires the issuance of import and export licenses by the relevant controlled substance authority in both the importing and exporting country. We may not be granted, or if granted, maintain, such licenses from the authorities in certain countries. Even if we obtain the relevant licenses, shipments of Sativex, Epidiolex and our product candidates may be held up in transit, which could cause significant delays and may lead to product batches being stored outside required temperature ranges. Inappropriate storage may damage the product shipment resulting in a partial or total loss of revenue from one or more shipment of Sativex, Epidiolex or our other product candidates. A partial or total loss of revenue from one or more shipments of Sativex, Epidiolex or our other product candidates could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If the price for Sativex or any future approved products decreases or if governmental and other third-party payers do not provide adequate coverage and reimbursement levels, our revenue and prospects for profitability will suffer.
Reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country and by region, and reimbursement approvals generally must be obtained on a country-by-country basis. Where we have chosen to collaborate with a third party on product candidate development and commercialization, our partner may elect to reduce the price of our products in order to increase the likelihood of obtaining reimbursement approvals. In many countries, products cannot be commercially launched until reimbursement is approved and the negotiation process in some countries can exceed 12 months. In addition, pricing and reimbursement decisions in certain countries can be affected by decisions taken in other countries, which can lead to mandatory price reductions and/or additional reimbursement restrictions across a number of other countries, which may thereby adversely affect our sales and profitability. In the event that countries impose prices that are not sufficient to allow us or our partners to generate a profit, our partners may refuse to launch the product in such countries or withdraw the product from the market, which would adversely affect sales and profitability. For example, whereas the All Wales Medicines Strategy Group has recommended Sativex for use in MS spasticity in Wales, the National Institute for Clinical Excellence published MS treatment guidelines which did not recommend Sativex for use in England. While this example refers to the commercialization of Sativex, the same or similar events, such as price decreases,
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
government mandated rebates or unfavorable reimbursement decisions could affect the pricing and reimbursement of Epidiolex and our other product candidates and could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition.
Problems in our manufacturing process, failure to comply with manufacturing regulations or unexpected increases in our manufacturing costs could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are responsible for the manufacture and supply of Sativex to our collaboration partners and for the manufacture and supply of Sativex, Epidiolex and other product candidates for use in clinical trials. The manufacturing of Sativex and our product candidates necessitates compliance with GMP and other regulatory requirements in jurisdictions internationally. Our ability to successfully manufacture Sativex, Epidiolex and other product candidates involves cultivation of botanical raw material from specific cannabinoid plants, extraction and purification processes, manufacture of finished products and labeling and packaging, which includes product information, tamper evidence and anti-counterfeit features, under tightly controlled processes and procedures. For Sativex and our product candidates, production also requires the cultivation of cannabinoid plants under highly controlled and standardized conditions. In addition, we must ensure chemical consistency among our batches, including clinical batches and, if approved, marketing batches. Demonstrating such consistency may require typical manufacturing controls as well as clinical data. We must also ensure that our batches conform to complex release specifications. For each step in the manufacturing process for Sativex, we are currently reliant on single manufacturing facilities and no back-up facilities are yet in place. We have a second site at which we can grow the specific cannabinoid plants which produce the CBD used in Epidiolex, a second site at which we can extract CBD from botanical raw material and a second site at which we can crystallize the purified CBD from the liquid plant extract, but we are currently reliant on a single manufacturing facility, and no back-up facilities are yet in place, for the other steps in the Epidiolex production process. Because Sativex is a complex mixture manufactured from plant materials, and because the release specifications may not be identical in all countries, certain batches may fail release testing and not be able to be commercialized. A number of our product candidates (excluding Epidiolex) also consist of a complex mixture manufactured from plant materials, and are therefore subject to a similar risk. If we are unable to manufacture Sativex, Epidiolex or other product candidates in accordance with regulatory specifications, including GMP or if there are disruptions in our manufacturing process due to damage, loss or otherwise, or failure to pass regulatory inspections of our manufacturing facilities, we may not be able to meet current demand or supply sufficient product for use in clinical trials, and this may also harm our ability to commercialize Sativex, Epidiolex and our product candidates on a timely or cost-competitive basis, if at all. We have an on-going program for expanding and upgrading parts of our growing and manufacturing facilities and we are working with a number of contract manufacturing partners. This has allowed us to submit an NDA for Epidiolex that we believe includes a sufficient number of growing and manufacturing sites that should provide sufficient quantities to meet initial demand, and meet FDA’s stringent requirements for demonstrating equivalence of the scaled up manufacturing process. This program requires significant time and resources and may not be successful, for example the FDA may refuse to accept our facilities or those of our contract manufactures as being suitable for the production of Epidiolex. We are planning a significant expansion of our growing facilities over the next few years in order to meet potential peak demand for Epidiolex, including working with several new contractor manufacturers and adopting new methods in order to handle and process bulk quantities of botanical raw material. We are planning to increase the scale in which we manufacture Epidiolex over the next few years in order to meet potential peak demand for Epidiolex, including working with several new contractors and, potentially, adopting new processes. These activities may be unsuccessful, may lead to delays, interruptions to supply, or may prove to be more costly than anticipated. We may fail to expand our growing and manufacturing capability in time to meet market demand for our products and product candidates, and the FDA may refuse to accept our facilities or those of our contract manufactures as being suitable for the production of our products and product candidates. Any problems in our growing or manufacturing process could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, before we can begin commercial manufacture of any product candidates for sale in the United States, we must obtain FDA regulatory approval for the product, which requires a successful FDA inspection of our manufacturing facilities and those of our contract manufacturing partners, processes and
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
quality systems in addition to other product-related approvals. Further, pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities are continuously subject to inspection by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities, before and after product approval. Due to the complexity of the processes used to manufacture our product candidates, we may be unable to initially or continue to pass federal, state or international regulatory inspections in a cost effective manner. If we are unable to comply with manufacturing regulations, we may be subject to fines, unanticipated compliance expenses, recall or seizure of any approved products, total or partial suspension of production and/or enforcement actions, including injunctions, and criminal or civil prosecution. These possible sanctions would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Further, the processes we use for cultivation of botanical raw material and the production of product candidates for use in clinical trials may be different to the processes we use to produce commercial product and/or may not be capable of producing sufficient quantities of product for commercial purposes. We may therefore need to undertake additional manufacturing process development and scale-up activities before we can commercialize a product. This may include the conduct of bioequivalence studies to demonstrate that product produced by the process used to manufacture on a commercial scale is the same as the material used in clinical trials. If we cannot demonstrate that our commercial scale product is the same as material used in our clinical trials, we may not be permitted to sell that product, which could have an impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Product recalls or inventory losses caused by unforeseen events, cold chain interruption and testing difficulties may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
Sativex and our product candidates, including Epidiolex, are manufactured and distributed using technically complex processes requiring specialized facilities, highly specific raw materials and other production constraints. The complexity of these processes, as well as strict company and government standards for the manufacture of our products, subjects us to production risks. For example, during the manufacturing process we have from time to time experienced defects in components which have caused vial sealing faults, resulting in vial leakage, pump dispenser faults which have resulted in under-filling of vials and misalignment of labels and tamper evident seals, as well as receipt of faulty electronic dose counters from our supplier. While product batches released for use in clinical trials or for commercialization undergo sample testing, some defects may only be identified following product release. In addition, process deviations or unanticipated effects of approved process changes may result in these intermediate products not complying with stability requirements or specifications. Some of our products must be stored and transported at temperatures within a certain range, which is known as “strict cold chain” storage and transportation. If these environmental conditions deviate, our products’ remaining shelf-lives could be impaired or their efficacy and safety could become adversely affected, making them no longer suitable for use. The occurrence or suspected occurrence of production and distribution difficulties can lead to lost inventories, and in some cases product recalls, with consequential reputational damage and the risk of product liability. The investigation and remediation of any identified problems can cause production delays, substantial expense, lost sales and delays of new product launches.
Sativex and our product candidates, including Epidiolex, contain controlled substances, the use of which may generate public controversy.
Since Sativex, Epidiolex and our other product candidates contain controlled substances; their regulatory approval may generate public controversy. Political and social pressures and adverse publicity could lead to delays in approval of, and increased expenses for, Sativex and our product candidates. These pressures could also limit or restrict the introduction and marketing of Sativex and our product candidates. Adverse publicity from cannabis misuse or adverse side effects from cannabis or other cannabinoid products may adversely affect the commercial success or market penetration achievable by Sativex and our product candidates. The nature of our business attracts a high level of public and media interest, and in the event of any resultant adverse publicity, our reputation may be harmed.
Business interruptions could delay us in the process of developing our product candidates and could disrupt our product sales.
Loss of our manufacturing facilities, our growing plants, stored inventory or laboratory facilities through fire, theft or other causes, or loss of our botanical raw material due to pathogenic infection or other
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
causes, could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet demand for Sativex, to continue product development activities and to conduct our business. Failure to supply our partners with commercial product may lead to adverse consequences, including the right of partners to take over responsibility for product supply. We currently have insurance coverage to compensate us for such business interruptions; however, such coverage may prove insufficient to fully compensate us for the damage to our business resulting from any significant property or casualty loss to our inventory or facilities.
We have significant and increasing liquidity needs and may require additional funding.
Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. For the year ended September 30, 2016, we reported a net operating cash outflow of £84.6 million and a net cash outflow from investing activities of £8.8 million. For the year ended September 30, 2017, we reported a net operating cash outflow of £110.2 million and a net cash outflow from investing activities of £15.3 million.
Looking forward, 2018 will be a pivotal year with the progression of the Epidiolex NDA and the continued investments in our pre-launch activities and manufacturing scale-up. Cash outflow for the quarter ended September 30, 2017 was $51 million. We expect spending to continue at current levels and anticipate total cash outflows for the first half of the year ended September 30, 2018 in the range of $100 million to $120 million (£75 million to £90 million), which includes capital expenditure of  $10 million to $20 million related to manufacturing expansion. Thereafter, following NDA approval, we expect cash outflows to increase in preparation for product launch.
Research and development, management and administrative expenses and cash used for operations will continue to be significant and may increase substantially in the future in connection with new research and development initiatives, continued product commercialization efforts and as we prepare for the potential commercial launch of Epidiolex and continue to grow as a U.S. public company. We may need to raise additional capital to fund our operations, continue to conduct clinical trials to support potential regulatory approval of marketing applications, and to fund commercialization of our products.
The amount and timing of our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

the timing of FDA approval, if any, and approvals in international markets of our product candidates, if at all;

the timing and amount of revenue from sales of Sativex, or revenue from grants or other sources;

the rate of progress and cost of our clinical trials and other product development programs;

costs of establishing or outsourcing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

costs and timing of completion of expanded in-house manufacturing facilities as well as any outsourced growing and commercial manufacturing supply arrangements for our product candidates;

costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights associated with our product candidates;

costs of operating as a U.S. public company;

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

personnel, facilities and equipment requirements; and

the terms and timing of any additional collaborative, licensing, co-promotion or other arrangements that we may establish.
While we expect to fund our future capital requirements from a number of sources including cash flow from operations, the proceeds from further public offerings, the proceeds from the exercise of share options, we cannot assure you that any of these funding sources will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all. Further, even if we can raise funds from all of the above sources, the amounts raised may not be sufficient to meet our future capital requirements.
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We may identify a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting for future fiscal years. If we do not remediate material weaknesses or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.
We may discover future deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting, including those identified through testing conducted by us or subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm. If we are unable to achieve effective internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we continue to have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our ordinary shares and ADSs could decline, and our reputation may be damaged.
We are exposed to risks related to currency exchange rates.
We conduct a significant portion of our operations outside the United Kingdom. Because our financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, changes in currency exchange rates have had and could have a significant effect on our operating results. Exchange rate fluctuations between local currencies and the pound sterling create risk in several ways, including the following: weakening of the pound sterling may increase the pound sterling cost of overseas research and development expenses and the cost of sourced product components outside the United Kingdom; strengthening of the pound sterling may decrease the value of our revenues denominated in other currencies, such as sales of Sativex in Europe, especially due to the low price margin on our sales of Sativex to Almirall S.A.; the exchange rates on non-sterling transactions and cash deposits can distort our financial results; and commercial Sativex pricing and profit margins are affected by currency fluctuations.
If product liability lawsuits are successfully brought against us, we will incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit the commercialization of Sativex and our product candidates, including Epidiolex.
Although we have never had any product liability claims or lawsuits brought against us, we face potential product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in human clinical trials, and we currently face exposure to claims in jurisdictions where we market and distribute Sativex. We may face exposure to claims by an even greater number of persons if we begin marketing and distributing our products commercially in the United States and elsewhere. Now, and in the future, an individual may bring a liability claim against us alleging that Sativex or one of our product candidates, such as Epidiolex, caused an injury. While we continue to take what we believe are appropriate precautions, we may be unable to avoid significant liability if any product liability lawsuit is brought against us. Large judgments have been awarded in class action or individual lawsuits based on drugs that had unanticipated side effects, including side effects that are less severe than those associated with Sativex and our product candidates, including Epidiolex. Although we have purchased insurance to cover product liability lawsuits, if we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, or if such insurance coverage is inadequate, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

decreased demand for Sativex and our product candidates, including Epidiolex, if such product candidates are approved;

injury to our reputation;

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

costs of related litigation;

substantial monetary awards to patients and others;

increased cost of liability insurance;

loss of revenue; and

the inability to successfully commercialize our products.
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Counterfeit versions of our products could harm our business.
Counterfeiting activities and the presence of counterfeit products in a number of markets and over the Internet continue to be a challenge for maintaining a safe drug supply for the pharmaceutical industry. Counterfeit products are frequently unsafe or ineffective, and can be life-threatening. To distributors and users, counterfeit products may be visually indistinguishable from the authentic version. Reports of adverse reactions to counterfeit drugs along with increased levels of counterfeiting could be mistakenly attributed to the authentic product, affect patient confidence in the authentic product and harm the business of companies such as ours. If our products were to be the subject of counterfeits, we could incur substantial reputational and financial harm.
We have recently grown our business and will need to further increase the size and complexity of our organization in the future, and we may experience difficulties in managing our growth and executing our growth strategy.
Our management and personnel, systems and facilities currently in place may not be adequate to support our business plan and future growth. With the submission of our NDA for Epidiolex and the decision to promote and market in the United States the product candidates for which we receive marketing approval from FDA, we have increased our number of full-time equivalent employees from 194 on September 30, 2013 to 568 as of September 30, 2017, primarily because we are conducting all of our Phase 2 and 3 clinical trials of Epidiolex and our other product candidates ourselves and establishing a commercial organization and our commercial infrastructure. As a result of these activities the complexity of our business operations has substantially increased. We will need to further expand our scientific, manufacturing, sales and marketing, managerial, compliance, operational, financial and other resources to support our planned research, development, manufacturing and commercialization activities.
Our need to effectively manage our operations, growth and various projects requires that we:

continue to improve our operational, financial, management and regulatory compliance controls and reporting systems and procedures;

attract and retain sufficient numbers of talented employees;

manage our commercialization activities effectively and in a cost-effective manner;

manage our clinical trials effectively;

manage our internal manufacturing operations effectively and in a cost effective manner;

manage our development efforts effectively while carrying out our contractual obligations to contractors and other third parties; and

continue to improve our facilities.
In addition, historically, we have utilized and continue to utilize the services of part-time outside consultants and contractors to perform a number of tasks for us, including tasks related to compliance programs, clinical trial management, regulatory affairs, formulation development and other drug development functions. Our growth strategy may entail expanding our use of consultants and contractors to implement these and other tasks going forward. As we rely on consultants and contractors for certain functions of our business, we will need to be able to effectively manage these consultants and contractors to ensure that they successfully carry out their contractual obligations and meet expected deadlines. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our existing consultants and contractors or find other competent outside expertise, as needed, on economically reasonable terms, or at all. If we are not able to effectively expand our organization by hiring new employees and expanding our use of consultants and contractors, we may be unable to successfully implement the tasks necessary to effectively execute on our planned research, development, manufacturing and commercialization activities and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.
We depend upon our key personnel and our ability to attract and retain employees.
Our future growth and success depend on our ability to recruit, retain, manage and motivate our employees. The inability to hire or retain experienced management personnel could adversely affect our
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ability to execute our business plan and harm our operating results. Due to the specialized scientific and managerial nature of our business, we rely heavily on our ability to attract and retain qualified scientific, technical and managerial personnel. The competition for qualified personnel in the pharmaceutical field is intense. Due to this intense competition, we may be unable to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel necessary for the development of our business or to recruit suitable replacement personnel.
Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.
We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by employees could include intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations, provide accurate information to the FDA, comply with applicable manufacturing standards, comply with other federal and state laws and regulations, report information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information, including information obtained in the course of clinical trials, or illegal appropriation of drug product, which could result in government investigations and serious harm to our reputation. We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct. The precautions we take to detect and prevent these prohibited activities may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.
If we are unable to use net operating loss carry-forwards and certain built-in losses to reduce future tax payments, or benefit from favorable tax legislation, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.
As a U.K. resident trading company, we are predominantly subject to U.K. corporate taxation. At September 30, 2017, we had cumulative carry-forward tax losses of £204.1 million, available to offset against future profits (subject to the restrictions on the use of such losses described below). The majority of these tax loss attributes have not been recognized on our balance sheet at September 30, 2017. It should, however, be noted that the use of carried forward losses has recently been restricted with effect from April 1, 2017, such that they would not be available for offset against more than 50% of taxable profits in any accounting period (subject to a £5 million annual allowance). Additionally, as we carry out extensive research and development activities in the U.K., we benefit from the U.K. research and development tax credit regime. Up until the end of the financial year ended September 30, 2017, we have benefitted from the U.K. research and development tax credit regime for small and medium sized companies, whereby our principal research subsidiary, GW Research Ltd, was able to surrender a portion of available losses that arise from research and development activity for a refundable credit of up to approximately 33.4% of the eligible research and development expenditure. However, due to the increase in the size of our employee workforce in the U.K. and our annual turnover we are now subject to the U.K. research and development tax credit regime for large companies. Starting with the financial year ending September 30, 2018, GW Research Ltd is still able to surrender a portion of available losses that arise from research and development activity for a refundable credit, but the rate of tax relief on the eligible research and development expenditure is significantly reduced. We may also benefit in the future from the UK’s “patent box” regime, which would allow certain profits attributable to revenue from patented products to be taxed at a lower rate of 10%. When taken in combination with our available carry-forward tax losses and the enhanced relief available on our research and development expenditure, we expect that this may result in a long-term low rate of corporation tax. If, however, we are unable to generate sufficient future taxable profits, or for any reason to utilize our carry-forward losses (as currently restricted), or there are unexpected adverse changes to the U.K. research and development tax credit regime or “patent box” regime, or we are unable to qualify for such advantageous tax legislation, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We are subject to the U.K. Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business. The Bribery Act, FCPA and these other laws generally prohibit us and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We and our commercial partners operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential Bribery Act or FCPA violations, and we participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the Bribery Act, FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.
We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the United Kingdom and the United States, and authorities in the European Union, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the Trade Control laws.
However, there is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Bribery Act, the FCPA or other legal requirements, including Trade Control laws. If we are not in compliance with the Bribery Act, the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the Bribery Act, the FCPA, other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws by the United Kingdom, the United States or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our proprietary information, or that of our customers, suppliers and business partners, may be lost or we may suffer security breaches.
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, clinical trial data, our proprietary business information and that of our customers, suppliers and business partners, and personally identifiable information of our customers, clinical trial subjects and employees, in our data centers and on our networks. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Although to our knowledge we have not experienced any such material security breach to date, any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, regulatory penalties, disrupt our operations, damage our reputation, and cause a loss of confidence in our products and our ability to conduct clinical trials, which could adversely affect our business and reputation and lead to delays in gaining regulatory approvals for Epidiolex. Although we maintain business interruption insurance coverage, our insurance might not cover all losses from any future breaches of our systems.
Failure of our information technology systems could significantly disrupt the operation of our business.
Our business increasingly depends on the use of information technologies, which means that certain key areas such as research and development, production and sales are to a large extent dependent on our information systems or those of third party providers. Our ability to execute our business plan and to comply with regulators requirements with respect to data control and data integrity, depends, in part, on the
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
continued and uninterrupted performance of our information technology systems, or IT systems and the IT systems supplied by third-party service providers. These systems are vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications or network failures, malicious human acts and natural disasters. Moreover, despite network security and backup measures, some of our servers are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses and similar disruptive problems. Despite the precautionary measures we and our third-party service providers have taken to prevent unanticipated problems that could affect our IT systems, sustained or repeated system failures or problems arising during the upgrade of any of our IT systems that interrupt our ability to generate and maintain data, and in particular to operate our proprietary technology platform, could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.
Legislative or regulatory reform of the health care system in the United States and foreign jurisdictions may affect our ability to profitably sell our products, if approved.
Our ability to commercialize our future products successfully, alone or with collaborators, will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and reimbursement for the products will be available from government and health administration authorities, private health insurers and other third-party payers. The continuing efforts of the U.S. and foreign governments, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payers for health care services to contain or reduce health care costs may adversely affect our ability to set prices for our products which we believe are fair, and our ability to generate revenues and achieve and maintain profitability.
Specifically, in both the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the health care system in ways that could affect our ability to sell our products profitably. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively the ACA, enacted in the United States in March 2010, substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Both Congress and the U.S. President have already taken some actions that are intended to limit significantly the ACA, and other proposals have been made and are being considered to further modify or even repeal the ACA. While some of these actions already appear to be limiting the scope of the ACA, it is not clear at this point whether the new proposals will be adopted (either in their current form or a modified form) in the future.
We expect additional federal and state proposals and health care reforms to continue to be proposed by legislators, which could limit the prices that can be charged for the products we develop and may limit our commercial opportunity.
The continuing efforts of government and other third-party payers to contain or reduce the costs of health care through various means may limit our commercial opportunity. It will be time consuming and expensive for us to go through the process of seeking coverage and reimbursement from Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental health programs and from and private payers. Our products may not be considered cost effective, and government and third-party private health insurance coverage and reimbursement may not be available to patients for any of our future products or sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a competitive and profitable basis. Our results of operations could be adversely affected by ACA, changes to the ACA, and by other health care reforms that may be enacted or adopted in the future. In addition, increasing emphasis on managed care in the United States will continue to put pressure on the pricing of pharmaceutical products. Cost control initiatives could decrease the price that we or any potential collaborators could receive for any of our future products and could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue in the U.S. market and maintain profitability.
In some foreign countries, including major markets in the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take six to 12 months or longer after the receipt of regulatory approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a pharmacoeconomic study that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidates to other available therapies. Such pharmacoeconomic studies can be costly and the results uncertain. Our business could be harmed if reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels.
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We may acquire other companies which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our shareholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.
We may in the future seek to acquire businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our product offerings, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:

incurrence of acquisition-related costs;

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

harm to our existing business relationships with collaboration partners as a result of the acquisition;

harm to our brand and reputation;

the potential loss of key employees;

use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.
In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results arising from the impairment assessment process. Acquisitions may also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.
The United Kingdom’s vote in favor of withdrawing from the European Union and the result of the U.S. presidential election could lead to increased market volatility which could adversely impact the market price of our ADSs and make it more difficult for us to do business in Europe or have other adverse effects on our business.
On June 23, 2016, the electorate in the United Kingdom voted in favor of leaving the European Union (commonly referred to as “Brexit”). On March 29, 2017, the U.K. government delivered to the European Council notice of its intention to leave the European Union and, in the absence of an executed withdrawal agreement with the European Union, the effective date of the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union will be March 29, 2019. There are many ways in which our business could be affected by this event, only some of which we can identify at this time. It is already apparent that negotiation of the withdrawal agreement will be a lengthy process, and we will have no certainty as to the terms on of the United Kingdom’s relationship with the European Union until these negotiations have been completed. Alternatively, negotiations may be unsuccessful and the United Kingdom may not reach agreement with the European Union on the future terms of the United Kingdom’s relationship with the European Union. There will be a long period of considerable uncertainty particularly in relation to United Kingdom financial and banking markets as well as on the regulatory process in Europe. As a result of this uncertainty, financial markets could experience significant volatility which could adversely affect the market price of our ADSs. We may also face new regulatory costs and challenges that could have a material adverse effect on our operations. In this regard, the EMA has already issued a notice reminding marketing authorization holders of centrally authorized medicinal products for human and veterinary use of certain legal requirements that need to be considered as part of Brexit, such as the requirement for the marketing authorization holder of a product centrally approved by European Commission to be established in the European Union (or EEA), and the requirement for some activities relating to centrally approved products, such as batch release and pharmacovigilance, be performed in the European Union (or EEA). As a result of the foregoing, and in the absence of any clear indication that the withdrawal agreement will contain a
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
contrary requirement, we are already in the process of establishing a network of subsidiary undertakings in the major European markets and planning to establish pharmacovigilance and batch release operations in the European Union. Depending on the terms of Brexit, the United Kingdom could lose the benefits of global trade agreements negotiated by the European Union on behalf of its members, which may result in increased trade barriers which could make our doing business worldwide more difficult. In addition, currency exchange rates in the pound sterling and the euro with respect to each other and the U.S. dollar have already been adversely affected by Brexit. Should this foreign exchange volatility continue it could cause volatility in our quarterly financial results.
The current White House administration has expressed concerns regarding existing trade agreements, such as the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), and raised the possibility of imposing significant increases on tariffs on goods imported into the United States, particularly from China and Mexico. This administration has also supported Congress’ attempt to make significant changes to U.S. tax laws, significant changes, replacement or elimination of the ACA, and government negotiation/regulation of drug prices paid by government programs. Changes in U.S. social, political, regulatory and economic conditions or laws and policies governing the health care system and drug prices, U.S. tax laws, foreign trade, immigration, manufacturing, and development and investment in the territories and countries where we or our customers and suppliers operate could adversely affect our operating results and our business.
Risks Related to Development and Regulatory Approval of Sativex and Our Product Candidates
Clinical trials for our product candidates are expensive, time-consuming, uncertain and susceptible to change, delay or termination. The results of clinical trials are open to differing interpretations
Clinical trials are expensive, time consuming and difficult to design and implement. Regulatory agencies may analyze or interpret the results differently than us. Even if the results of our clinical trials are favorable, the clinical trials for a number of our product candidates are expected to continue for several years and may take significantly longer to complete. In addition, we, the FDA or other regulatory authorities, including state and local authorities, or an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, with respect to a trial at its institution, may suspend, delay or terminate our clinical trials at any time, require us to conduct additional clinical trials, require a particular clinical trial to continue for a longer duration than originally planned, require a change to our development plans such that we conduct clinical trials for a product candidate in a different order, e.g., in a step-wise fashion rather than running two trials of the same product candidate in parallel, or the DEA could suspend or terminate the registrations and quota allotments we require in order to procure and handle controlled substances, for various reasons, including:

lack of effectiveness of any product candidate during clinical trials;

discovery of serious or unexpected toxicities or side effects experienced by trial participants or other safety issues, such as drug: drug interactions, including those which cause confounding changes to the levels of other concomitant medications. In this regard it should be noted that the data from the expanded access studies with Epidiolex we are currently supporting, as presented by Devinsky et al. at the Annual Meeting of the American Epilepsy Society held in December 2015, indicates that clobazam co-therapy is associated with a higher rate of treatment response (median reduction in convulsive seizures (CBD with versus without clobazam) at week 12 of treatment. At the Annual Meeting of the American Epilepsy Society held in December 2017, data from the Phase 3 LGS trials was presented showing responder rates in patients taking clobazam and those not taking clobazam, which showed some differences in response between these patient groups. Regulatory agencies may consider this analysis and/or may analyze the data differently. We have also completed a Company-sponsored double-blinded, placebo controlled Phase 2 trial to investigate this drug:drug interaction in a controlled and scientific manner;

slower than expected rates of subject recruitment and enrollment rates in clinical trials;

difficulty in retaining subjects who have initiated a clinical trial but may withdraw at any time due to adverse side effects from the therapy, insufficient efficacy, fatigue with the clinical trial process or for any other reason;
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

delays or inability in manufacturing or obtaining sufficient quantities of materials for use in clinical trials due to regulatory and manufacturing constraints;

inadequacy of or changes in our manufacturing process or product formulation;

delays in obtaining regulatory authorization to commence a trial, including “clinical holds” or delays requiring suspension or termination of a trial by a regulatory agency, such as the FDA, before or after a trial is commenced;

DEA-related recordkeeping, reporting or security violations at a clinical site, leading the DEA or state authorities to suspend or revoke the site’s controlled substance license and causing a delay or termination of planned or ongoing trials;

changes in applicable regulatory policies and regulation, including changes to requirements imposed on the extent, nature or timing of studies;

delays or failure in reaching agreement on acceptable terms in clinical trial contracts or protocols with prospective clinical trial sites;

uncertainty regarding proper dosing;

delay or failure to supply product for use in clinical trials which conforms to regulatory specification;

unfavorable results from ongoing pre-clinical studies and clinical trials;

failure of our contract research organizations, or CROs, or other third-party contractors to comply with all contractual requirements or to perform their services in a timely or acceptable manner;

failure by us, our employees, our CROs or their employees to comply with all applicable FDA or other regulatory requirements relating to the conduct of clinical trials or the handling, storage, security and recordkeeping for controlled substances;

scheduling conflicts with participating clinicians and clinical institutions;

failure to design appropriate clinical trial protocols;

regulatory concerns with cannabinoid products generally and the potential for abuse;

insufficient data to support regulatory approval. In this regard, we submitted our NDA for Epidiolex for the treatment of seizures associated with Dravet syndrome and LGS prior to completing our second Phase 3 trial of Epidiolex in Dravet syndrome. FDA may consider the results of a single Phase 3 trial of Epidiolex in Dravet syndrome to be insufficient to grant regulatory approval;

inability or unwillingness of medical investigators to follow our clinical protocols; or

difficulty in maintaining contact with patients during or after treatment, which may result in incomplete data.
Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Any failure by us to comply with existing regulations could harm our reputation and operating results.
We are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state and foreign governments in each of the markets where we currently sell Sativex or in markets where we have product candidates progressing through the approval process. We must adhere to all regulatory requirements including FDA’s Good Laboratory Practice, current GMP, and GCP requirements and their European equivalents. If we or our suppliers fail to comply with applicable regulations, including FDA pre-or post-approval GMP requirements, then the FDA or other foreign regulatory authorities could sanction us. Even if a drug is FDA-approved, regulatory authorities may impose significant restrictions on a product’s indicated uses or marketing or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-marketing trials.
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
If any of our product candidates is approved in the United States, it will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, import, export, advertising, promotion, sampling, recordkeeping and submission of safety and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States. In addition, manufacturers and manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to GMP. As such, we and our contract manufacturers (in the event contract manufacturers are appointed in the future) are subject to continual review and periodic inspections to assess compliance with GMP. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, quality control and quality assurance. We will also be required to report certain adverse reactions and production problems, if any, to the FDA, and to comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our products. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved label.
If a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, or disagrees with the promotion, marketing or labeling of the product, it may impose restrictions on that product or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency or enforcement authority may:

issue warning letters;

impose civil or criminal penalties;

suspend regulatory approval;

suspend any of our ongoing clinical trials;

refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications submitted by us;

impose restrictions on our operations, including by requiring us to enter in to a Corporate Integrity Agreement or closing our contract manufacturers’ facilities, if any; or

seize or detain products or require a product recall.
Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response, and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may significantly and adversely affect our ability to commercialize and generate revenue from Sativex and our product candidates, including Epidiolex. If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory approval is withdrawn, the value of our business and our operating results will be adversely affected. Additionally, if we are unable to generate revenue from sales of Sativex, our potential for achieving profitability will be diminished and the capital necessary to fund our operations will be increased.
Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business and damage our reputation. We expend significant resources on compliance efforts and such expenses are unpredictable and might adversely affect our results. Changing laws, regulations and standards might also create uncertainty, higher expenses and increase insurance costs. As a result, we intend to invest all reasonably necessary resources to comply with evolving standards, and this investment might result in increased management and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.
Information obtained from expanded access studies may not reliably predict the efficacy of our product candidates in company-sponsored clinical trials and may lead to adverse events that could limit approval.
The expanded access studies we are currently supporting are uncontrolled, carried out by individual investigators and not typically conducted in strict compliance with GCPs, all of which can lead to a treatment effect which may differ from that in placebo-controlled trials. These studies provide only anecdotal evidence of efficacy for regulatory review. These studies contain no control or comparator group for reference and these patient data are not designed to be aggregated or reported as study results.
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Moreover, data from such small numbers of patients may be highly variable. Information obtained from these studies, including the statistical principles that we and the independent investigators have chosen to apply to the data, may not reliably predict data collected via systematic evaluation of the efficacy in company-sponsored clinical trials or evaluated via other statistical principles that may be applied in those trials. Reliance on such information to design our clinical trials may lead to Phase 2 and 3 trials that are not adequately designed to demonstrate efficacy and could delay or prevent our ability to seek approval of Epidiolex.
Expanded access programs provide supportive safety information for regulatory review. Physicians conducting these studies may use Epidiolex in a manner inconsistent with the protocol, including in children with conditions beyond those being studied in GW-sponsored trials. Any adverse events or reactions experienced by subjects in the expanded access program may be attributed to Epidiolex and may limit our ability to obtain regulatory approval with labeling that we consider desirable, or at all.
There is a high rate of failure for drug candidates proceeding through clinical trials.
Generally, there is a high rate of failure for drug candidates proceeding through clinical trials. We may suffer significant setbacks in our clinical trials similar to the experience of a number of other companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, even after receiving promising results in earlier trials. Further, even if we view the results of a clinical trial to be positive, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of the data. For example, as the endpoint preferred by EMA was not achieved in our first phase 3 trial of Epidiolex for Dravet syndrome, our Marketing Authorization Application (MAA) for Dravet syndrome may not be accepted even if our NDA is. In the event that we obtain negative results from clinical trials for Epidiolex or our other product candidates, or other problems related to potential Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls issues or other hurdles occur and our product candidates are not approved, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue or obtain financing to continue our operations, our ability to execute on our current business plan will be materially impaired, our reputation in the industry and in the investment community would likely be significantly damaged and the price of our ADSs would likely decrease significantly. In addition, our inability to properly design, commence and complete clinical trials may negatively impact the timing and results of our clinical trials and ability to seek approvals for our drug candidates.
The development of a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) for our product candidates could cause delays in the approval process and would add additional layers of regulatory requirements that could impact our ability to commercialize our product candidates in the United States and reduce their market potential.
As a condition of approval of an NDA, the FDA may require a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies (REMS) to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh the potential risks. REMS elements can include medication guides, communication plans for health care professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring and the use of patient registries. Moreover, product approval may require substantial post-approval testing and surveillance to monitor the drug’s safety or efficacy. We may be required to adopt a REMS for our product candidates to ensure that the benefits outweigh the risks of abuse, misuse, diversion and other potential safety concerns. Even if abuse, misuse and diversion are not as high as for other cannabinoid products, there can be no assurance that the FDA will approve a manageable REMS for our product candidates, which could create material and significant limits on our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates in the United States. Delays in the REMS approval process could result in delays in the NDA approval process. In addition, as part of the REMS, the FDA could require significant restrictions, such as restrictions on the prescription, distribution and patient use of the product, which could significantly impact our ability to effectively commercialize our product candidates, and dramatically reduce their market potential thereby adversely impacting our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if initial REMS are not highly restrictive, if, after launch, our product candidates were to be subject to significant abuse/non-medical use or diversion from licit channels, this could lead to negative regulatory consequences, including a more restrictive REMS.
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
If we are found in violation of federal or state “fraud and abuse” laws, we may be required to pay a penalty and/or be suspended from participation in federal or state health care programs, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
After we obtain regulatory approval for our products in the United States, if any, we will be subject to various federal and state health care “fraud and abuse” laws, including anti-kickback laws, false claims laws and other laws intended to reduce fraud and abuse in federal and state health care programs, which could affect us particularly upon successful commercialization of our products in the United States. The Medicare and Medicaid Patient Protection Act of 1987, or federal Anti-Kickback Statute, makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce the referral of business, including the purchase, order or prescription of a particular drug for which payment may be made under a federal health care program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Under federal law, some arrangements, known as safe harbors, are deemed not to violate the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Although we seek to structure our business arrangements in compliance with all applicable requirements, these laws are broadly written, and it is often difficult to determine precisely how the law will be applied in specific circumstances. Accordingly, it is possible that our practices may be challenged under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. False claims laws prohibit anyone from knowingly and willfully presenting or causing to be presented for payment to third-party payers, including government payers, claims for reimbursed drugs or services that are false or fraudulent, claims for items or services that were not provided as claimed, or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. Cases have been brought under false claims laws alleging that off-label promotion of pharmaceutical products or the provision of kickbacks has resulted in the submission of false claims to governmental health care programs. Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, we are prohibited from knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payers, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services. Violations of fraud and abuse laws may be punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, including fines and/or exclusion or suspension from federal and state health care programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and debarment from contracting with the U.S. government. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions on behalf of the government under the federal False Claims Act as well as under the false claims laws of several states.
Many states have adopted laws similar to the federal anti-kickback statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for health care services reimbursed by any source, not just governmental payers. In addition, California and a few other states have passed laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the April 2003 Office of Inspector General Compliance Program Guidance for Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and/or the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America Code on Interactions with Healthcare Professionals. In addition, several states impose other marketing restrictions or require pharmaceutical companies to make marketing or price disclosures to the state. There are ambiguities as to what is required to comply with these state requirements and if we fail to comply with an applicable state law requirement we could be subject to penalties.
Neither the government nor the courts have provided definitive guidance on the application of fraud and abuse laws to our business. Law enforcement authorities are increasingly focused on enforcing these laws, and it is possible that some of our practices may be challenged under these laws. While we believe we have structured our business arrangements to comply with these laws, it is possible that the government could allege violations of, or convict us of violating, these laws. If we are found in violation of one of these laws, we could be required to pay a penalty and could be suspended or excluded from participation in federal or state health care programs, and our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.
Our ability to research, develop and commercialize Sativex and our product candidates, such as Epidiolex, is dependent on our ability to maintain licenses relating to the cultivation, possession and supply of controlled substances.
Our research and manufacturing facilities are located exclusively in the United Kingdom. In the United Kingdom, licenses to cultivate, possess and supply cannabis for medical research are granted by the
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Home Office on an annual basis. Although the Home Office has renewed our licenses each year since 1998, it may not do so in the future, in which case we may not be in a position to carry on our research and development program in the United Kingdom. In addition, we are required to maintain our existing commercial licenses to cultivate, produce and supply cannabis. However, if the Home Office were not prepared to renew such licenses, we would be unable to manufacture and distribute our products on a commercial basis in the United Kingdom or beyond. In order to carry out research in countries other than the United Kingdom, similar licenses to those outlined above are required to be issued by the relevant authority in each country. In addition, we will be required to obtain licenses to export from the United Kingdom and to import into the recipient country. To date, we have obtained necessary import and export licenses to over 30 countries. Although we have an established track record of successfully obtaining such licenses as required, this may change in the future.
In the United States, the DEA regulates the cultivation, possession and supply of cannabis for medical research and/or commercial development, including the requirement of annual registrations to manufacture or distribute pharmaceutical products derived from cannabis extracts. We do not currently conduct manufacturing or repackaging/relabeling of any product candidates in the United States. In the event that we sought to do so in the future, a decision to manufacture, or supply cannabis extracts for medical research or commercial development in the United States would require that we and/or our contract manufacturers maintain such registrations, and be subject to other regulatory requirements, and if the DEA failed to issue or renew such registrations, we would be unable to manufacture and distribute any product in the United States on a commercial basis.
Serious adverse events or other safety risks could require us to abandon development and preclude, delay or limit approval of our product candidates, limit the scope of any approved label or market acceptance, or cause the recall or loss of marketing approval of products that are already marketed.
If Sativex or any of our product candidates, such as Epidiolex, prior to or after any approval for commercial sale, cause serious or unexpected side effects, or are associated with other safety risks such as misuse, abuse or diversion, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

regulatory authorities may interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials;

regulatory authorities may deny regulatory approval of our product candidates;

regulatory authorities may require certain labeling statements, such as warnings or contraindications or limitations on the indications for use, and/or impose restrictions on distribution in the form of a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, in connection with approval, if any;

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval, require more onerous labeling statements, impose a more restrictive REMS, or require us to recall any product that is approved;

we may be required to change the way the product is administered or conduct additional clinical trials;

our relationships with our collaboration partners may suffer;

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; or

our reputation may suffer. The reputational risk is heightened with respect to those of our product candidates that are being developed for pediatric indications.
We may voluntarily suspend or terminate our clinical trials if at any time we believe that they present an unacceptable risk to participants or if preliminary data demonstrate that our product candidates are unlikely to receive regulatory approval or unlikely to be successfully commercialized. Following receipt of approval for commercial sale of a product we may voluntarily withdraw or recall that product from the market if at any time we believe that its use, or a person’s exposure to it, may cause adverse health consequences or death. To date we have not withdrawn, recalled or taken any other action, voluntary or mandatory, to remove an approved product from the market. To date, we have only voluntarily suspended clinical trials when recruitment of the target patients has proven to be too difficult or, temporarily, to
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
properly investigate suspected adverse events. In addition, regulatory agencies, IRBs or data safety monitoring boards may at any time recommend the temporary or permanent discontinuation of our clinical trials or request that we cease using investigators in the clinical trials if they believe that the clinical trials are not being conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements, or that they present an unacceptable safety risk to participants. Although we have never been asked by a regulatory agency, IRB or data safety monitoring board to temporarily or permanently discontinue a clinical trial, if we elect or are forced to suspend or terminate a clinical trial of any of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for that product will be harmed and our ability to generate product revenue from that product may be delayed or eliminated. Furthermore, any of these events may result in labeling statements such as warnings or contraindications. In addition, such events or labeling could prevent us or our partners from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product and could substantially increase the costs of commercializing our product candidates and impair our ability to generate revenue from the commercialization of these products either by us or by our collaboration partners.
If third parties claim that intellectual property used by us infringes upon their intellectual property, our operating profits could be adversely affected.
There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industry. We may, from time to time, be notified of claims that we are infringing upon patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property rights owned by third parties, and we cannot provide assurances that other companies will not, in the future, pursue such infringement claims against us, our commercial partners or any third-party proprietary technologies we have licensed. If we were found to infringe upon a patent or other intellectual property right, or if we failed to obtain or renew a license under a patent or other intellectual property right from a third party, or if a third party that we were licensing technologies from was found to infringe upon a patent or other intellectual property rights of another third party, we may be required to pay damages, including damages of up to three times the damages found or assessed, if the infringement is found to be willful, suspend the manufacture of certain products or reengineer or rebrand our products, if feasible, or we may be unable to enter certain new product markets. Any such claims could also be expensive and time consuming to defend and divert management’s attention and resources. Our competitive position could suffer as a result. In addition, if we have declined or failed to enter into a valid non-disclosure or assignment agreement for any reason, we may not own the invention or our intellectual property, and our products may not be adequately protected. Although we have reviewed certain third-party patents and patent filings that we believe may be relevant to Sativex, Epidiolex and our other product candidates, we have not conducted full freedom-to-operate searches or analyses, and we may not be aware of patents or pending or future patent applications that, if issued, would block us from commercializing Sativex, Epidiolex or our other product candidates. Thus, we cannot guarantee that Sativex, Epidiolex or our other product candidates, or our commercialization thereof, does not and will not infringe any third party’s intellectual property.
Risks Related to Our Reliance Upon Third Parties
We depend substantially on the commercial expertise of our collaboration partners for Sativex.
Although we intend to commercialize Epidiolex using our own sales and marketing operation in the United States and potentially elsewhere, we rely on the expertise and commercial skills of our collaboration partners to sell Sativex. We have entered into agreements for the commercialization of Sativex with Almirall S.A., or Almirall, in Europe (excluding the United Kingdom) and Mexico; Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Otsuka, in the United States; Bayer HealthCare AG in the United Kingdom and Canada; Ipsen Biopharm Ltd, or Ipsen, in Latin America (excluding Mexico and the Islands of the Caribbean); and Neopharm Group in Israel. Our ability to successfully market and sell Sativex in each of these markets depends entirely on the expertise and commercial skills of our collaboration partners. Our partners have the right, under certain circumstances, to terminate their agreements with us, and two of our partners, Almirall and Otsuka, have the right to terminate their agreements with us without cause. In November 2016 we entered into a mutual termination agreement with Novartis, pursuant to which rights in Sativex in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Africa have been returned to GW, and we have appointed new distributors in Australia and New Zealand, where Sativex is approved. We are in late stage negotiations with Otsuka for the return of US development and commercialization rights to Sativex in the United States and expect these rights to be returned in the near future. No other partner has given notice of termination of their agreement with us to date, but given the fact that not one of three Phase 3 cancer pain trials for Sativex showed a statistically significant difference for Sativex compared with placebo, we cannot be certain that any one or all of these remaining partners will not terminate their agreement with us. Further, a failure by our partners to successfully market Sativex, or the termination of agreements with our partners, may have an adverse effect on our business at least in the near term period following such termination.
We have relied on Otsuka for funding of our Sativex research and development programs in the United States and as we expect Otsuka to terminate its agreement with us we will have to fund any future development of Sativex in the United States ourselves.
Under the terms of our agreement with Otsuka with respect to Sativex in the United States, Otsuka funds all pre-clinical and clinical trials for the development of Sativex in the treatment of cancer pain as well as potential additional indications. In light of the results of the Phase 3 cancer pain trials for Sativex discussed above, we are in late stage negotiations with Otsuka for the return of US development and commercialization rights to Sativex in the United States and expect these rights to be returned in the near future. Following termination of this agreement and the recovery of rights to Sativex in the United States, we will be required to find alternative funding for our clinical program for any future development of Sativex in the United States.
In addition, under the terms of the research collaboration agreement we entered with Otsuka in 2007 all intellectual property rights (including both patents and non-manufacturing related know-how) that was conceived by either Otsuka or us during the course of the collaboration is to be jointly owned by Otsuka and us unless Otsuka elects to cease funding the prosecution and maintenance costs for these rights. As at September 30, 2017 we had 6 patent families which consist of 61 jointly owned patent applications and 97 granted patents relating to our collaboration with Otsuka. Because Otsuka exercises some control over this jointly owned intellectual property, we may need to seek Otsuka’s consent to out-license and/or enforce some of this collaboration intellectual property in the future.
Our existing collaboration arrangements and any that we may enter into in the future may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize Sativex and our product candidates, including Epidiolex.
We are a party to, and may seek additional, collaboration arrangements with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for the development or commercialization of Sativex and our product candidates, including Epidiolex. We may, with respect to our product candidates, enter into new arrangements on a selective basis depending on the merits of retaining commercialization rights for ourselves as compared to entering into selective collaboration arrangements with leading pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for each product candidate, both in the United States and internationally. To the extent that we decide to enter into collaboration agreements, we will face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Moreover, collaboration arrangements are complex and time consuming to negotiate, document and implement. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish, implement and maintain collaborations or other alternative arrangements if we choose to enter into such arrangements and, as noted above, our selected partners may be given, and may exercise, a right to terminate their agreement with us without cause. The terms of any collaboration or other arrangements that we may establish may not be favorable to us.
Any existing or future collaboration that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborators generally have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations. For example, the mutual termination of the Sativex distribution and license agreement with Novartis follows the prior amendment agreement with Novartis which permitted Novartis not to make a determination about launching Sativex in any country in its territory until final data was available for the Phase 3 clinical trials for Sativex in cancer pain.
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Disagreements between parties to a collaboration arrangement regarding development, intellectual property, regulatory or commercialization matters, can lead to delays in the development process or commercialization of the applicable product candidate and, in some cases, termination of the collaboration arrangement. These disagreements can be difficult to resolve if neither of the parties has final decision making authority.
Collaborations with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies and other third parties often are terminated or allowed to expire by the other party. Any such termination or expiration could harm our business reputation, and may adversely affect us financially.
We depend on a limited number of suppliers for materials and components required to manufacture Sativex and our product candidates, such as Epidiolex. The loss of these suppliers, or their failure to supply us on a timely basis, could cause delays in our current and future capacity and adversely affect our business.
We depend on a limited number of suppliers for the materials and components required to manufacture Sativex and our product candidates, such as Epidiolex. For example, we rely on single-source suppliers to supply various components of Sativex, including the glass vial and pump actuator, and we rely on a single contractor for commercial supply of botanical raw material for Sativex. Although we are actively working on expanding the number of suppliers and facilities for Epidiolex production, at present we are dependent on single-source suppliers and facilities for the following steps in Epidiolex production: drug product formulation and bottling, and packing and labelling. As a result, we may not be able to obtain sufficient quantities of critical materials and components in the future. A delay or interruption by our suppliers may also harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the lead time needed to establish a relationship with a new supplier can be lengthy, and we may experience delays in meeting demand in the event we must switch to a new supplier. The time and effort to qualify for and, in some cases, obtain regulatory approval for a new supplier could result in additional costs, diversion of resources or reduced manufacturing yields, any of which would negatively impact our operating results. Our dependence on single-source suppliers exposes us to numerous risks, including the following: our suppliers may cease or reduce production or deliveries, raise prices or renegotiate terms; our suppliers may become insolvent or cease trading; we may be unable to locate a suitable replacement supplier on acceptable terms or on a timely basis, or at all; and delays caused by supply issues may harm our reputation, frustrate our customers and cause them to turn to our competitors for future needs.
A significant portion of our cash and cash equivalents are held at a small number of banks.
A significant portion of our cash and cash equivalents is presently held at a small number of banks. Although our board has adopted a treasury policy requiring us to limit the amount of cash held by each banking group taking into account their credit ratings, we are subject to credit risk if any of these banks are unable to repay the balance in the applicable account or deliver our securities or if any bank should become bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. Any of the above events could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
We may not be able to adequately protect Sativex, our product candidates, including Epidiolex, or our proprietary technology in the marketplace.
Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain patents, protect our trade secrets and operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others. We rely upon a combination of patents, plant variety rights, trade secret protection (i.e., know how), and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property of Sativex and our product candidates, including Epidiolex. The strengths of patents in the pharmaceutical field involve complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. Where appropriate, we seek patent protection for certain aspects of our products and technology. However, patent protection for naturally occurring compounds is exceedingly difficult to obtain, defend and enforce. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, so our policy is to see to patent technologies with commercial potential in jurisdictions with significant commercial opportunities. However, patent protection may not be available for some of the products or technology we are developing. If we must spend significant time and money protecting, defending or enforcing our
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
patents, designing around patents held by others or licensing, potentially for large fees, patents or other proprietary rights held by others, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed. We may not develop additional proprietary products that are patentable.
The patent positions of pharmaceutical products are complex and uncertain. The scope and extent of patent protection for Sativex and our product candidates are particularly uncertain. To date, our principal product candidates, including Sativex and Epidiolex, have been based on specific formulations of certain previously known cannabinoids found in nature in the cannabis sativa plant. While we have sought patent protection, where appropriate, directed to, among other things, composition of matter for our specific formulations, their methods of use, and methods of manufacture, we do not have and will not be able to obtain composition of matter protection on these previously known cannabinoids per se. We anticipate that the products we develop in the future will continue to include or be based on the same or other naturally occurring compounds, as well as synthetic compounds we may discover. Although we have sought and expect to continue to seek patent protection for our product candidates, their methods of use, and methods of manufacture, any or all of them may not be subject to effective patent protection. For example, we are unable to obtain composition of matter patent protection for CBD, the active ingredient in Epidiolex, as it is a naturally occurring compound and to date we have not been granted patent protection for its method of use to treat any of the indications for which we are currently seeking marketing approval, although we continue to prosecute a number of pending patent applications. If Epidiolex (or any of our other commercial products) is approved and marketed for an indication for which we do not have an issued patent, our ability to use our patents to prevent a competitior from commercializing a non-branded version of Epidiolex or our other commercial products for that non-patented indication could be significantly impaired or even eliminated.
Publication of information related to Sativex and our product candidates by us or others may prevent us from obtaining or enforcing patents relating to these products and product candidates. Furthermore, others may independently develop similar products, may duplicate our products, or may design around our patent rights. In addition, any of our issued patents may be opposed and/or declared invalid or unenforceable. A number of our recently issued European patents, including our European patent claiming the use of CBD in the treatment of partial seizures, have received notices of opposition, which may result in claims in these patents being narrowed or cancelled such that the scope of the opposed patent may not be as broad, or the opposed patent may be revoked in its entirety. In the case of our European patent claiming the use of CBD in the treatment of partial seizures, the patent was maintained based on amended claims at first instance, but this decision is being appealed by both parties. Our US patent claiming the use of CBD in the treatment of partial seizures is also subject of a petition for inter partes review by the Patents Trial and Appeal Board of the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The petition has been instituted on two of the three grounds claimed and is now proceeding towards a hearing in March 2018. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property, we may face competition from companies who attempt to create a generic product to compete with Sativex or Epidiolex. We may also face competition from companies who develop a substantially similar product to Sativex, Epidiolex or one of our other product candidates that is not covered by any of our patents.
Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting, defending and enforcing intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property rights, particularly those relating to pharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.
Risks Related to Controlled Substances
Controlled substance legislation differs between countries and legislation in certain countries may restrict or limit our ability to sell Sativex and our product candidates such as Epidiolex.
Most countries are parties to the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs 1961, which governs international trade and domestic control of narcotic substances, including cannabis extracts. Countries may interpret and implement their treaty obligations in a way that creates a legal obstacle to our obtaining
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
regulatory approval for Sativex, Epidiolex and our other products in those countries. These countries may not be willing or able to amend or otherwise modify their laws and regulations to permit Sativex, Epidiolex or our other products to be marketed, or achieving such amendments to the laws and regulations may take a prolonged period of time. For example, we are currently unable to file a regulatory application in Mexico or Japan due to a national law which the regulators consider prevents the approval of a cannabis-based medicine. In the case of countries with similar obstacles, we would be unable to market Sativex, Epidiolex and our product candidates in countries in the near future or perhaps at all if the laws and regulations in those countries do not change.
The product candidates we are developing will be subject to U.S. controlled substance laws and regulations and failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or the cost of compliance with these laws and regulations, may adversely affect the results of our business operations, both during clinical development and post approval, and our financial condition.
The product candidates we are developing contain controlled substances as defined in the federal Controlled Substances Act of 1970, or CSA. Controlled substances that are pharmaceutical products are subject to a high degree of regulation under the CSA, which establishes, among other things, certain registration, manufacturing quotas, security, recordkeeping, reporting, import, export and other requirements administered by the DEA. The DEA classifies controlled substances into five schedules: Schedule I, II, III, IV or V substances. Schedule I substances by definition have a high potential for abuse, no currently “accepted medical use” in the United States, lack accepted safety for use under medical supervision, and may not be prescribed, marketed or sold in the United States. Pharmaceutical products approved for use in the United States which contain a controlled substance are listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V, with Schedule II substances considered to present the highest potential for abuse or dependence and Schedule V substances the lowest relative risk of abuse among such substances. Schedule I and II drugs are subject to the strictest controls under the CSA, including manufacturing and procurement quotas, security requirements and criteria for importation. In addition, dispensing of Schedule II drugs is further restricted. For example, they may not be refilled without a new prescription.
While cannabis is a Schedule I controlled substance, products approved for medical use in the United States that contain cannabis or cannabis extracts should be placed in Schedules II-V, since approval by the FDA satisfies the “accepted medical use” requirement. If and when any of our product candidates receive FDA approval, the DEA will make a scheduling determination and place the product in a schedule other than Schedule I in order for it to be prescribed to patients in the United States. At the Annual Meeting of the American Epilepsy Society held in December 2017, we presented data from our human abuse liability study, which demonstrated that CBD has a low potential for abuse when compared to a Schedule III or Schedule IV drug product. If approved by the FDA, we expect the finished dosage form of Epidiolex to be controlled in Schedule IV or V. Consequently, the manufacture, importation, exportation, domestic distribution, storage, sale and legitimate use will be subject to specific and potentially significant levels of regulation by the DEA. On November 25, 2015 the President of the United States signed a new law that (i) amends the CSA to require the DEA to issue an interim final scheduling rule within ninety days following FDA approval and the Secretary of Health and Human Services recommending that the Attorney General control the drug in Schedule II, III, IV or V, and (ii) amends the FDCA to ensure that companies do not lose exclusivity on newly approved drugs because of the DEA drug scheduling process. Insys Therapeutics Inc., a competitor who is developing products for the treatment of Dravet Syndrome and LGS (among other indications) which are based on CBD produced by a synthetic process, has already petitioned DEA to reschedule its synthetic CBD. Any DEA rescheduling action on the Insys petition might be limited to CBD produced by a synthetic process and thereby not apply to our product. If Insys succeeds with its petition before its product is approved by FDA, it will avoid the 90-day post-FDA approval rescheduling delay. Furthermore, if the FDA, DEA, or any foreign regulatory authority determines that Sativex or Epidiolex may have potential for abuse, it may require us to generate more clinical or other data than we currently anticipate to establish whether or to what extent the substance has an abuse potential, which could increase the cost and/or delay the launch of that product.
DEA registration and inspection of facilities.    Facilities conducting research, manufacturing, distributing, importing or exporting, or dispensing controlled substances must be registered (licensed) to perform these activities and have the security, control, recordkeeping, reporting and inventory mechanisms
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
required by the DEA to prevent drug loss and diversion. All these facilities must renew their registrations annually, except dispensing facilities, which must renew every three years. The DEA conducts periodic inspections of certain registered establishments that handle controlled substances. Obtaining the necessary registrations may result in delay of the importation, manufacturing or distribution of Sativex and/or Epidiolex. Furthermore, failure to maintain compliance with the CSA, particularly non-compliance resulting in loss or diversion, can result in regulatory action that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations, or initiate proceedings to restrict, suspend or revoke those registrations. In certain circumstances, violations could lead to criminal proceedings.
State-controlled substances laws.    Individual states have also established controlled substance laws and regulations. Though state-controlled substances laws often mirror federal law, because the states are separate jurisdictions, they may separately schedule our product candidates as well. While some states automatically schedule a drug based on federal action, other states schedule drugs through rulemaking or a legislative action. State scheduling may delay commercial sale of any product for which we obtain federal regulatory approval and adverse scheduling could have a material adverse effect on the commercial attractiveness of such product. We or our partners must also obtain separate state registrations, permits or licenses in order to be able to obtain, handle, and distribute controlled substances for clinical trials or commercial sale, and failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements could lead to enforcement and sanctions by the states in addition to those from the DEA or otherwise arising under federal law.
Clinical trials.    Because Sativex and Epidiolex contain cannabis extracts, which are Schedule I substances, to conduct clinical trials with Sativex and Epidiolex in the United States prior to approval, each of our research sites must submit a research protocol to the DEA and obtain and maintain a DEA researcher registration that will allow those sites to handle and dispense Sativex and/or Epidiolex (as applicable) and to obtain the product from our importer. If the DEA delays or denies the grant of a research registration to one or more research sites, the clinical trial could be significantly delayed, and we could lose clinical trial sites. The importer for the clinical trials must also obtain a Schedule I importer registration and an import permit for each import. We do not currently conduct any manufacturing or repackaging/relabeling of either Sativex or its active ingredients (i.e., the cannabis extract) or Epidiolex or its active ingredient (purified CBD) in the United States. Sativex and Epidiolex are both imported in fully-finished, packaged and labeled dosage forms.
Importation.    If one of our product candidates is approved and classified as a Schedule II or III substance, an importer can import for commercial purposes if it obtains an importer registration and files an application for an import permit for each import. The DEA provides annual assessments/estimates to the International Narcotics Control Board which guides the DEA in the amounts of controlled substances that the DEA authorizes to be imported. The failure to identify an importer or obtain the necessary import authority, including specific quantities, could affect product availability and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, an application for a Schedule II importer registration must be published in the Federal Register, and there is a waiting period for third party comments to be submitted. It is always possible a competitor could take this opportunity to make adverse comments that delay the grant of an importer registration.
If one of our product candidates is approved and classified as a Schedule II controlled substance, federal law may prohibit the import of the substance for commercial purposes. If a product is listed as a Schedule II substance, we will not be allowed to import that drug for commercial purposes unless the DEA determines that domestic supplies are inadequate or there is inadequate domestic competition among domestic manufacturers for the substance as defined by the DEA. It is always possible the DEA could find that the active substance in a product, even if it is a plant derived substance, could be manufactured in the US. Moreover, Schedule I controlled substances, including BDSs, have never been registered with the DEA for importation commercial purposes, only for scientific and research needs. Therefore, if neither Sativex nor its BDSs, nor Epidiolex or its purified BDS could be imported, that product would have to be wholly manufactured in the United States, and we would need to secure a manufacturer that would be required to obtain and maintain a separate DEA registration for that activity.
Manufacture in the United States.    If, because of a Schedule II classification or voluntarily, we were to conduct manufacturing or repackaging/relabeling in the United States, our contract manufacturers would
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
be subject to the DEA’s annual manufacturing and procurement quota requirements. Additionally, regardless of the scheduling of Sativex and Epidiolex, cannabis and the BDSs comprising the active ingredient in the final dosage form are currently Schedule I controlled substances and would be subject to such quotas as these substances could remain listed on Schedule I. The annual quota allocated to us or our contract manufacturers for the active ingredients in our products may not be sufficient to complete clinical trials or meet commercial demand. Consequently, any delay or refusal by the DEA in establishing our, or our contract manufacturers’, procurement and/or production quota for controlled substances could delay or stop our clinical trials or product launches, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and operations.
Distribution in the United States.    If any of our product candidates is scheduled as Schedule II or III, we would also need to identify wholesale distributors with the appropriate DEA and state registrations and authority to distribute the product to pharmacies and other health care providers. We would need to identify distributors to distribute the product to pharmacies; these distributors would need to obtain Schedule II or III distribution registrations. The failure to obtain, or delay in obtaining, or the loss any of those registrations could result in increased costs to us. If any of our product candidates is a Schedule II drug, pharmacies would have to maintain enhanced security with alarms and monitoring systems and they must adhere to recordkeeping and inventory requirements. This may discourage some pharmacies from carrying either or both of these products. Furthermore, state and federal enforcement actions, regulatory requirements, and legislation intended to reduce prescription drug abuse, such as the requirement that physicians consult a state prescription drug monitoring program may make physicians less willing to prescribe, and pharmacies to dispense, Schedule II products.
The approval and use of medical and recreational marijuana in various U.S. states may impact our business.
There is a substantial amount of change occurring in various states of the United States regarding the use of medical and recreational marijuana. While marijuana is a Schedule I substance as defined under federal law, and its possession and use is not permitted according to federal law, at least 30 states have enacted state laws to enable possession and use of marijuana for medical purposes, and at least nine states for recreational purposes. Our business is quite distinct from that of crude herbal marijuana. Our prospects and our reputation, however, may be impacted by developments of these laws at the state level in the United States.
Risks Related to Ownership of our American Depositary Shares (ADSs)
The liquidity of our ADSs may have an adverse effect on share price.
As at September 30, 2017, we had 304,439,740 ordinary shares outstanding. Of these ordinary shares, 283,563,168 were held as ADSs and 20,876,572 were held as ordinary shares outside the ADS facility. In connection with our May 2013 initial public offering, or IPO, of ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market, we issued 3,678,000 ADSs. In January 2014 we issued an additional 2,807,275 ADSs in a public offering on the Nasdaq Global Market. In June 2014 we issued an additional 1,455,000 ADSs and certain selling shareholders sold an additional 500,000 ADSs in a public offering on the Nasdaq Global Market. In May 2015 we issued an additional 1,840,000 ADSs in a public offering on the Nasdaq Global Market. In July 2016 we issued an additional 3,220,000 ADSs in a public offering on the Nasdaq Global Market. There is a risk that there may not be sufficient liquidity in the market to accommodate significant increases in selling activity or the sale of a large block of our securities. Our ADSs have historically had limited trading volume, which may also result in volatility.
The market price of our ADSs may be volatile.
Many factors may have a material adverse effect on the market price of the ADSs, including, but not limited to:

the loss of any of our key scientific or management personnel;

announcements of the failure to obtain regulatory approvals or receipt of a complete response letter from the FDA;
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

announcements of restricted label indications or patient populations, or changes or delays in regulatory review processes;

announcements of therapeutic innovations or new products by us or our competitors;

adverse actions taken by regulatory agencies with respect to our clinical trials, manufacturing supply chain or sales and marketing activities, including actions with respect to any regulatory exclusivities for our drugs and our drug candidates;

changes or developments in laws or regulations applicable to Sativex, Epidiolex and our other product candidates;

any adverse changes to our relationship with licensors, manufacturers or suppliers;

the failure of our testing and clinical trials;

the failure to retain our existing, or obtain new, collaboration partners;

announcements concerning our competitors or the pharmaceutical industry in general;

the achievement of expected product sales and profitability;

the failure to obtain reimbursements for our products or price reductions;

manufacture, supply or distribution shortages;

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

our cash position;

changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

potential acquisitions;

the trading volume of ADSs on Nasdaq;

sales of our ADSs or ordinary shares by us, our executive officers and directors or our shareholders in the future;

the impact on the financial markets or otherwise of the expected withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union;

general economic and market conditions and overall fluctuations in the United States equity markets; and

changes in accounting principles.
In addition, the stock market in general, and Nasdaq in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of individual companies. The market for equity securities in pharmaceutical companies, in particular, has at various times experienced extreme volatility. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our ADSs, regardless of our actual operating performance.
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class-action litigation often has been instituted against that company. In January 2016, a shareholder-initiated class action lawsuit was filed against us. While this lawsuit has been dismissed, similar litigation if initiated against us in the future, could cause us to incur substantial costs to defend such claims and divert management’s attention and resources, which could seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our largest shareholder owns a significant percentage of the share capital and voting rights of GW.
As of September 30, 2017, Capital Research and Management Company held approximately 14.65% of our issued share capital, accounting for approximately 14.65% of the voting rights of the Company. To the extent Capital Research and Management Company continues to hold a large percentage of our share capital and voting rights, it will remain in a position to exert greater influence in the appointment of the directors and officers of GW and in other corporate actions that require shareholders’ approval.
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Substantial future sales of our ADSs in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the price of the ADSs to decline.
Sales of our ADSs in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of the ADSs to decline. The ordinary shares held by our directors, including our officers, are available for sale in the form of ADSs and are not subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. If any of our large shareholders or members of our management team seek to sell substantial amounts of our ADSs, particularly if these sales are in a rapid or disorderly manner, or other investors perceive that these sales could occur, the market price of our ADSs could decrease significantly.
As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to certain Nasdaq Global Market corporate governance rules applicable to U.S. listed companies and are subject to reporting obligations that are different and less frequent than those of a U.S. listed company. As a result, investors in our securities may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.
We rely on a provision in Nasdaq’s Global Market Listed Company Manual that allows us to follow English corporate law and the Companies Act 2006 with regard to certain aspects of corporate governance. This allows us to follow certain corporate governance practices that differ in significant respects from the corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. companies listed on the Nasdaq Global Market.
For example, we are exempt from Nasdaq Global Market regulations that require a U.S. listed company to:

have a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

require non-management directors to meet on a regular basis without management present;

promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers that should address certain specified items;

have an independent nominating committee;

have a compensation committee charter specifying the items enumerated in Nasdaq Stock Market, Marketplace Rule 5605(d)(1) and a review and assessment of the adequacy of that charter on an annual basis;

solicit proxies and provide proxy statements for all shareholder meetings; and

seek shareholder approval for the implementation of certain equity compensation plans and issuances of ordinary shares.
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will continue to, follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements.
Because we qualify and report as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. public companies, including (i) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time, and (iii) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events. We intend to continue to furnish quarterly reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 6-K for so long as we are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, although the information we furnish may not be the same as the information that is required in quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for U.S. domestic issuers. In addition, while U.S. domestic issuers that are large accelerated filers are required to file their annual reports on Form 10-K within 60 days after the end of each fiscal year foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until 120 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
selective disclosures of material information. Although we intend to make quarterly financial reports available to our shareholders in a timely manner, investors in our securities may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.
Because we are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, our Audit Committee is required to comply with the provisions of Section 301 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, both of which are also applicable to Nasdaq Global Market-listed U.S. companies. Because we are a foreign private issuer, however, our Audit Committee is not subject to additional Nasdaq Global Market requirements applicable to U.S. listed companies, including an affirmative determination that all members of the Audit Committee are “independent,” using more stringent criteria than those applicable to us as a foreign private issuer.
We expect to lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.
We are a “foreign private issuer,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended (Securities Act), and therefore we are not required to comply with all the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations. Under Rule 405, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to us on March 31, 2018.
In the future, we expect to lose our foreign private issuer status, when a majority of our ordinary shares (including those represented by ADSs) are owned by U.S. shareholders and a majority of our shareholders, directors or management are U.S. citizens or residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under applicable U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than our current regulatory and compliance costs. When we are no longer a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. For example, the annual report on Form 10-K requires domestic issuers to disclose executive compensation information on an individual basis with specific disclosure regarding the domestic compensation philosophy, objectives, annual total compensation (base salary, bonus, equity compensation) and potential payments in connection with change in control, retirement, death or disability, while the annual report on Form 20-F permits foreign private issuers to disclose compensation information on an aggregate basis. We will also have to report our results under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, rather than under International Financial Reporting Standards, as a domestic registrant. We will have to restate our previously-reported financial statements under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. We will also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with corporate governance practices required for U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market that are available to foreign private issuers.
We incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a company whose ADSs are publicly traded in the United States, and our management is required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.
As a company whose ADSs commenced trading in the United States in May 2013, we incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we did not previously incur. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq Global Market have imposed various requirements on public companies including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls. We are required to comply with Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which involves considerable management time and expenses. Our management and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs, relative to companies that are listed solely in the United Kingdom, and make
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
some activities more time-consuming and costly. We estimate that our annual compliance expenses will be approximately £2.3 million in each of the next two fiscal years. These rules and regulations have also made it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult and expensive for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of the ADSs, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation; all of which could harm our reputation and negatively affect our share price.
U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against our Company, our directors or members of senior management and the experts named in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Except for Justin Gover and Cabot Brown, our directors named in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible to serve process on such persons or us in the United States or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against them or us based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States. Mayer Brown International LLP, our English solicitors, advised us that there is doubt as to whether English courts would enforce certain civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws in original actions or judgments of U.S. courts based upon these civil liability provisions. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in the United Kingdom. An award for monetary damages under the U.S. securities laws would be considered punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is intended to punish the defendant. The enforceability of any judgment in the United Kingdom will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time. The United States and the United Kingdom do not currently have a treaty providing for recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters.
The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a U.S. corporation.
We are incorporated under English law. The rights of holders of ordinary shares, and therefore certain of the rights of holders of ADSs, are governed by English law, including the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, and by our Articles. These rights differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations. See “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law” in our Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-217329), filed with the SEC on April 17, 2017 and which is incorporated by reference into this document for a description of the principal differences between the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to us and, for example, the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights and protections.
We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or a PFIC, in any taxable year and U.S. holders of our ordinary shares could be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.
The rules governing passive foreign investment companies, or PFICs, can have adverse effects for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The tests for determining PFIC status for a taxable year depend upon the relative values of certain categories of assets and the relative amounts of certain kinds of income. The determination of whether we are a PFIC depends on the particular facts and circumstances (such as the valuation of our assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets) and may also be affected by the application of the PFIC rules, which are subject to differing interpretations. Based on our estimated gross income, the average value of our assets, including goodwill and the nature of our active business, we do not believe that we were classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our taxable year ended September 30, 2017.
If we are a PFIC, U.S. holders of our ordinary shares would be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, such as ineligibility for any preferred tax rates on capital gains or on actual or deemed dividends, interest charges on certain taxes treated as deferred, and additional reporting requirements under U.S. federal income tax laws and regulations. A U.S. holder of our ordinary shares may be able to mitigate some of the adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences described above with respect to owning the
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ordinary shares if we are classified as a PFIC, provided that such U.S. investor is eligible to make, and validly makes, a “mark-to-market” election. In certain circumstances a U.S. Holder can make a “qualified electing fund” election to mitigate some of the adverse tax consequences described with respect to an ownership interest in a PFIC by including in income its share of the PFIC’s income on a current basis. However, we do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable a U.S. Holder to make a qualified electing fund election.
Investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding all aspects of the application of the PFIC rules to our ordinary shares. For more information related to classification as a PFIC, see “Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Taxation — Passive Foreign Investment Company.”
Changes in U.S. tax legislation could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Congress is currently considering various legislative proposals for tax reform that would result in significant changes to U.S. tax rules. It is possible that one or more proposals currently being considered or future tax reform proposals could be enacted that would have an adverse impact on our business, financial projections and results of operations or an adverse impact on holders or our ordinary shares. The timing and details of any tax reform legislation, as well as the impact it may have on us, or on investors, remain unclear.
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item 4   Information on the Company.
A.   History and Development of the Company
GW Pharmaceuticals plc was founded in 1998 and is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. Our ordinary shares were admitted to trading on the Alternative Investment Market, or AIM, a market operated by London Stock Exchange plc, under the symbol GWP on June 28, 2001. On May 1, 2013, we completed our initial public offering of American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, on the Nasdaq Global Market. Our ADSs are traded under the symbol GWPH. We cancelled the admission of our ordinary shares to trading on AIM on December 5, 2016 and our shares are now traded exclusively on Nasdaq.
Our registered and principal executive offices are located at Sovereign House, Vision Park, Chivers Way, Histon, Cambridge, CB24 9BZ, United Kingdom, our general telephone number is (44) 1223 266-800 and our internet address is http://www.gwpharm.com. Our website and the information contained on or accessible through our website are not part of this document. Our agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation, 111 Eighth Avenue, 13 th Floor, New York, NY 10011.
B.   Business
Overview
We are a biopharmaceutical company focused on discovering, developing and commercializing novel therapeutics from our proprietary cannabinoid product platform in a broad range of disease areas. In our 19 years of operations, we have established a world leading position in the development of plant-derived cannabinoid therapeutics through our proven drug discovery and development processes, our intellectual property estate and our regulatory and manufacturing expertise. Our lead cannabinoid product candidate is Epidiolex, a pharmaceutical formulation of cannabidiol, or CBD, for which we retain global commercial rights, and which is in development for a number of rare childhood-onset epilepsy disorders. We received Orphan Drug Designation from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for Epidiolex for the treatment of Dravet syndrome, Lennox-Gastaut syndrome, or LGS, Tuberous Sclerosis Complex, or TSC, and Infantile Spasms, or IS, each of which are severe infantile-onset, drug-resistant epilepsy syndromes. Additionally, we have received Fast Track Designation from the FDA for the treatment of Dravet syndrome and conditional grant of rare pediatric disease designation by FDA for the treatment of LGS. We have also received Orphan Designation from the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, for Epidiolex for the treatment of Dravet syndrome and LGS.
During 2016, we reported positive results from three pivotal Phase 3 trials of Epidiolex, one in Dravet syndrome and two in LGS, and have submitted a single New Drug Application, or NDA, to the FDA for Epidiolex in both Dravet syndrome and LGS. Assuming the FDA accepts our NDA submission by the end of 2017, we expect a PDUFA (Prescription Drug User Fee Act) date in mid-2018. We also plan on submitting a Marketing Authorization Application, or MAA, to the EMA for Epidiolex in late 2017. We are building commercial teams in the United States and Europe in preparation for the potential future launches of Epidiolex.
Previously, we developed the world’s first plant-derived cannabinoid prescription drug, Sativex ® (nabiximols), which is approved for the treatment of spasticity due to multiple sclerosis in numerous countries outside the United States. In the U.S., we expect to recover commercial rights to this product from a licensing partner and to advance plans to supplement our ex-U.S. data with a view to submitting a future NDA for Sativex in the United States.
We have a deep pipeline of additional cannabinoid product candidates with an increasing focus on orphan pediatric neurologic conditions and oncology. Our pipeline includes cannabidivarin, or CBDV, which is in Phase 2 development in the field of epilepsy and is also being researched within the field of autism spectrum disorders, or ASD. In February 2017, we reported positive Phase 2 data for our CBD:THC product in the treatment of glioblastoma multiforme. In addition, we have received Orphan Drug Designation and Fast Track Designation from the FDA for intravenous CBD for the treatment of Neonatal Hypoxic Ischemic Encepholapthy, or NHIE, for which a Phase 1 safety study has now been completed.
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our Product and Product Candidates
GW Product Pipeline Summary
Epilepsy and Pediatric Neurology
Product/Product
Candidates
Indication
Partner(s)
Status
Expected Next Steps
Epidiolex (CBD)
Childhood-onset epilepsy
We retain global rights.
Positive results in Phase 3 trials in Dravet syndrome and LGS. NDA submitted in October 2017 for Dravet syndrome and LGS.
MAA submission late 2017. PDUFA date expected to be mid-2018. Data from second Phase 3 Dravet syndrome trial expected in H2 2018.
Initial targets: Dravet syndrome and LGS Follow-up targets:
TSC Phase 3 trial in TSC underway. Data from Phase 3 TSC trial expected in H2 2018.
IS Two-part Phase 2/3 trial in IS commenced in Q4 2016. Data from Part A expected Q1 2018. Decision on whether to proceed to second pivotal part of trial
GWP42006 (CBDV)
Epilepsy
We retain global rights
Phase 2 trial ongoing in adults with focal seizures.
Phase 2 data expected Q1 2018.
ASD FDA orphan designation in Rett syndrome. A Phase 2 placebo-controlled trial in this condition is expected to commence in 2018.
Intravenous GWP42003 Neonatal Hypoxic-Ischemic Encephalopathy We retain global rights Phase 1 trial in healthy volunteers complete.
Phase 2 trial in planning.
Other Pipeline Product Candidates
Product/Product
Candidates
Indication
Partner(s)
Status
Expected Next Steps
Sativex (nabiximols) MS spasticity (ex- U.S.) Almirall, Bayer, Ipsen and Neopharm Approved in numerous countries
MS spasticity (U.S.) We are in late stage negotiations for the return of rights from Otsuka. Single additional Phase 3 trial in planning Open IND for single additional Phase 3 trial.
Combination of CBD and THC Glioblastoma We retain global rights Phase 2 trial complete and reported in February 2017. Data presented at ASCO. FDA orphan designation. Open IND for pivotal clinical program
GWP42003 Schizophrenia We retain global rights Positive Phase 2 proof-of-concept. Next steps under consideration
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Epidiolex ® for Orphan Childhood-onset Epilepsy
Our lead cannabinoid product candidate is Epidiolex, a liquid formulation of pure plant-derived CBD, which is in development for the treatment of a number of rare childhood-onset epilepsy disorders. Several features of the pharmacology of certain cannabinoids suggest that they may be candidates for investigation as anti-epileptic drugs, or AEDs. We have been conducting pre-clinical research of CBD in epilepsy since 2007, primarily in collaboration with the University of Reading in the United Kingdom. This research has shown that CBD has significant anti-epileptiform and anticonvulsant activity using a variety of in vitro and in vivo models and that it has the ability to treat seizures in acute animal models of epilepsy with significantly fewer side effects than existing AEDs.
Our strategy for the development of Epidiolex within the field of childhood-onset epilepsy is to initially concentrate formal development efforts on four orphan indications: Dravet syndrome, LGS, TSC and IS. We have to date received Orphan Drug Designation from the FDA for Epidiolex for the treatment of Dravet syndrome, LGS, TSC and IS. Additionally, we have received Fast Track Designation from the FDA for the treatment of Dravet syndrome and conditional grant of rare pediatric disease designation by FDA for the treatment of LGS. We have also received Orphan Designation from the EMA for Epidiolex for the treatment of Dravet syndrome and LGS.
We expect to further expand the potential market opportunity of Epidiolex by targeting additional orphan seizure disorders.
Epilepsy Market Overview
Epilepsy afflicts between 1.3 million to 2.8 million adults and children in the United States according to the Epilepsy Foundation. The Epilepsy Foundation believes its most accurate estimate is 2.2 million people, or 7.1 for every 1,000 people. According to Kwan and Brodie in the February 2000 edition of the New England Journal of Medicine, 36 percent of patients with epilepsy were pharmacoresistant. Of the patients in the study, 47 percent became seizure-free during treatment with their first AED, 13 percent became seizure-free during treatment with a second AED as a monotherapy, and 4 percent became seizure-free with a third AED or treatment with multiple AEDs. The remaining 36 percent of patients were classified by the authors as having pharmacoresistant epilepsy. Furthermore it is recognized that some of those that do find relief often suffer side effects severe enough with their current medication that an alternative or adjunct treatment is often sought. The costs of uncontrolled epilepsy are significant, with direct and indirect costs associated with epilepsy totaling more than $15 billion per year. It is estimated that 50,000 epilepsy related deaths occur each year, more than breast cancer deaths annually.
According to Russ et al. in the February 2012 edition of Pediatrics, there are 466,000 childhood epilepsy patients in the United States and 765,000 patients in Europe, of which 30 percent, or about 140,000 patients in the United States and about 230,000 in Europe, are deemed medically intractable or pharmacoresistant.
Dravet Syndrome
Dravet syndrome is a severe infantile-onset, genetic, drug-resistant epilepsy syndrome with a distinctive but complex electroclinical presentation. Onset of Dravet syndrome occurs during the first year of life with clonic seizures (jerking) and tonic-clonic (convulsive) seizures in previously healthy and developmentally normal infants. Symptoms peak at about five months of age, and the latest onset beginning by 15 months of age. Other seizures develop between one and four years of age such as prolonged focal dyscognitive seizures and brief absence seizures, and duration of these seizures decreases during this period, but their frequency increases. Prognosis is poor and approximately 14 percent of children die during a seizure, because of infection due, for example, to prolonged periods of physical inactivity, the presence of advanced neurodegenerative disease or a compromised level of consciousness requiring a feeding tube, or suddenly due to uncertain causes, often because of the relentless neurological decline or from Sudden Unexpected Death in Epilepsy, or SUPED. Patients develop intellectual disability and life-long ongoing seizures. Intellectual impairment varies from severe in 50 percent of patients, to moderate and mild intellectual disability each accounting for 25 percent of cases. Patients may rarely return to normal intellect.
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
According to Forsgren L. et al. in the 2004 edition of Epilepsy in Children, the incidence of epilepsy in the first year of life is 1.5 per 1,000 people, or, by our estimate, 6,450 new epilepsies per year worldwide. According to Dravet et al. in the 2012 edition of Epileptic Syndromes in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence, up to 5 percent of epilepsies diagnosed in the first year of life are Dravet syndrome, equating to 320 new cases per year in the United States with a mortality rate that studies have shown may be as high as 15 percent in the first 20 years of life. By our estimate, there are approximately 5,440 patients with Dravet syndrome in the United States under the age of 20 years. Applying the same assumptions in Europe, we believe there are an estimated 6,710 Dravet syndrome patients in the European Union under the age of 20 years.
A large percentage of cases of Dravet syndrome have a family history for epilepsy or convulsions. Heterozygous de novo mutations of the alpha 1 (α-1) subunit of the SCN1A gene, which encodes a voltage-gated sodium channel, are the major cause of Dravet syndrome and are found in approximately 75 percent – 80 percent of patients and more than 500 SCN1A mutations have been reported to be associated with this disorder. There are currently no FDA-approved treatments specifically indicated for Dravet syndrome. The standard of care usually involves a combination of the following anticonvulsants: clobazam, clonazepam, leviteracetam, topirimate, valproic acid, ethosuximide or zonisamide. Stiripentol is approved in Europe for the treatment of Dravet syndrome in conjunction with clobazam and valproate. In the United States, stiripentol was granted an Orphan Drug Designation for the treatment of Dravet syndrome in 2008; however, the drug is not FDA approved. Potent sodium channel blockers used to treat epilepsy actually increase seizure frequency in patients with Dravet syndrome. The most common are phenytoin, carbamazepine, lamotrigine and rufinamide. Management of this disease may also include a ketogenic diet, and physical and communication therapy. In addition to anti-convulsive drugs, many patients with Dravet syndrome are treated with anti-psychotic drugs, stimulants and drugs to treat insomnia.
Dravet Syndrome Phase 3 Clinical Program
We held a pre-Investigational New Drug, or IND, meeting with the FDA in February 2014 to discuss the investigational plan for Epidiolex in Dravet syndrome, following which we opened a commercial IND in May 2014. In October 2014, we commenced a Phase 2/3 trial designed as a two-part randomized double-blind, placebo-controlled parallel group dose escalation, safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetic and efficacy trial of single and multiple doses of Epidiolex to treat Dravet syndrome in children who are being treated with other AEDs. Part One was completed in February 2015, and included pharmacokinetic and dose-finding data elements in a total of 34 patients over a 3 week treatment period.
Following a review of the Part One data by an independent panel, Part Two (Phase 3) of the trial commenced in March 2015, and was a placebo-controlled safety and efficacy evaluation of Epidiolex (at a dose of 20mg/kg per day) over a 3-month treatment period.
This Phase 3 trial randomized 120 patients into two arms, Epidiolex 20mg/kg/day (n=61) and placebo (n=59). Epidiolex or placebo was added to current AED treatment regimens. On average, patients were taking approximately three AEDs, having previously tried and failed an average of more than four other AEDs. The average age of trial participants was ten years and 30 percent of patients were younger than six years of age. The median baseline convulsive seizure frequency per month was 13.
The primary efficacy endpoint was a comparison between Epidiolex and placebo measuring the percentage change in the monthly frequency of convulsive seizures during the 14-week treatment period compared with the 4-week baseline observation period. The results of this trial were published in May 2017 in The New England Journal of Medicine. Highlights of these results are as follows:

Patients taking Epidiolex achieved a median reduction in monthly convulsive seizures of 39 percent compared with a reduction on placebo of 13 percent (p=0.0123). A series of sensitivity analyses of the primary endpoint confirmed the robustness of this result. The difference between Epidiolex and placebo emerged during the first month of treatment and was sustained during the entire treatment period.

In the 12-week maintenance period (not including the dose escalation period), Epidiolex treatment effect increased further, achieving a median reduction in monthly convulsive seizures of 41 percent
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
compared with a reduction on placebo of 16 percent (p=0.0052). Three CBD patients achieved total seizure freedom during the entire treatment period, with one additional CBD patient achieving convulsive seizure freedom during the entire maintenance period. No placebo patients experienced seizure freedom.

62 percent of patients treated with Epidiolex were rated as improved in overall condition on the Caregiver Global Impression of Change (CGIC) scale compared to 35 percent of the placebo group (p=0.0166).

During the treatment period, patients taking Epidiolex achieved a median reduction in monthly total seizures of 29 percent compared with a reduction of 9 percent in patients receiving placebo, which was statistically significant (p=0.0335). In the 12-week maintenance period, Epidiolex treatment effect increased further, achieving a median reduction in monthly convulsive seizures of 37 percent compared with a reduction on placebo of 10 percent (p=0.0234).

There was a consistent separation between Epidiolex and placebo across all response rates. The proportion of patients who had a 50 percent or better reduction in convulsive seizure frequency was 43 percent with Epidiolex versus 27 percent with placebo (p=0.0784).
Epidiolex was generally well tolerated in this trial. Overall, 93 percent of all Epidiolex patients experienced an adverse event compared with 75 percent of patients on placebo. The most common adverse events (occurring in greater than 10 percent of Epidiolex-treated patients) were: somnolence, diarrhea, decreased appetite, fatigue, pyrexia, vomiting, lethargy, upper respiratory tract infection and convulsion. Of those patients on Epidiolex that experienced an adverse event, 84 percent were assessed to be mild or moderate. Ten patients on Epidiolex experienced a serious adverse event compared with three patients on placebo. There was no difference in episodes of status epilepticus between Epidiolex and placebo. Nine patients on Epidiolex discontinued treatment due to adverse events compared with one patient on placebo. Increases in alanine aminotransferase, or ALT, or aminotransferase, or ALT, (levels >3× upper limit of normal, or ULN) occurred in 12 patients on Epidiolex and 1 placebo patient; all patients were on concomitant valproic acid. There is a set of accepted criteria for identifying whether these transient elevations of liver enzymes are a signal for serious toxicity. These criteria are known as Hy’s law. No patients met these criteria for drug-induced liver injury. All elevations resolved to lower than 3x ULN. Of the patients who completed this trial, over 90 percent have opted to continue into an open-label extension trial.
In addition to this first Phase 3 trial, we are conducting a second Phase 3 trial of Epidiolex in Dravet syndrome which has recruited 186 patients. This placebo-controlled trial differs from the first Phase 3 trial in that it includes two Epidiolex dose arms, at 20mg/kg per day and at 10 mg/kg per day. We have completed enrolment in this trial and expect to report results in the second half of 2018.
Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome
LGS is a type of epilepsy with multiple types of seizures, particularly tonic (stiffening) and atonic (drop) seizures. According to Trevathan et al. in the December 1997 edition of Epilepsia, the estimated prevalence of LGS is between 3 percent and 4 percent of childhood epilepsy with the cause of the disorder unknown in 1 out of 4 children. LGS affects between 14,500 – 18,500 children under the age of 18 years in the United States and over 30,000 children and adults in the United States. Eighty percent of children with LGS continue to experience seizures, psychiatric, and behavioral deficits in adulthood. Seizures due to LGS are hard to control and they generally require life-long treatment as LGS usually persists into the adult years. Historically patients with LGS have had few effective treatment options. Intellectual and behavioral problems associated with LGS are common and add to the complexity of this syndrome and the difficulties in managing life with LGS.
Drug resistance is one of the main features of LGS. Generally, treatment often requires broad spectrum AEDs and/or polypharmacy. Treatment will also depend on the seizure type as some treatments that are effective for one type of seizure may worsen another. The FDA approved treatments for LGS are: Onfi (clobazam); Banzel (rufinamide); Lamictal (lamotrigine); Topamax (topirimate); and Felbatol (felbamate). These medicines are often used as adjunctive therapy with existing medications. When used with other particular AEDs, the FDA approved treatments for LGS show a level of efficacy, however, many
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
also have severe undesirable side effects. Furthermore, several of these medicines are based on the same mechanism of action as traditional AEDs. As patients with LGS generally need to take several treatments to gain any change to their seizure frequency, we believe that there is a need for further pharmacological treatments, particularly those with a different mechanism of action, to give prescribers more options in treating this rare, pharmacoresistant syndrome.
LGS Phase 3 Clinical Program
The LGS Phase 3 Clinical Program consisted of two randomized, double-blind placebo-controlled trials to evaluate the safety and efficacy of Epidiolex for the treatment of LGS in patients who were being treated with other AEDs. Patients aged two to 55 years with a confirmed diagnosis of drug-resistant LGS currently uncontrolled on one or more concomitant AEDs were eligible to participate in these trials.
In April 2015, we commenced the first Phase 3 trial which randomized 171 patients into two arms, where Epidiolex 20mg/kg/day (n=86) or placebo (n=85) was added to current AED treatment. On average, patients were taking approximately 3 AEDs, having previously tried and failed an average of 6 other AEDs. The average age of trial participants was 15 years (34 percent were 18 years of age or older). The median baseline drop seizure frequency per month was 74.
The second Phase 3 trial of Epidiolex in LGS commenced in June 2015. The trial randomized 225 patients into three arms, where Epidiolex 20mg/kg/day (n=76), Epidiolex 10mg/kg/day (n=73) or placebo (n=76) was added to current AED treatment. On average, patients were taking approximately 3 AEDs, having previously tried and discontinued an average of 7 other AEDs. The average age of trial participants was 16 years (30 percent were 18 years of age or older). The median drop seizure frequency over the 4 week baseline period was 85.
The primary efficacy endpoint, which was identical in both of these trials, was a comparison between Epidiolex and placebo in the percentage change in the monthly frequency of drop seizures during the 14 week treatment period (2 week dose escalation period followed by 12 weeks of maintenance) compared to the 4 week baseline period before randomization. Drop seizures were defined as atonic, tonic and tonic-clonic seizures involving the entire body, trunk or head that led or could have led to a fall, injury, slumping in a chair or hitting the patient’s head on a surface.
The results of the first LGS trial, as presented at the 2017 American Epilepsy Society Annual Meeting were as follows:

During the treatment period, patients taking Epidiolex achieved a median reduction in monthly drop seizures of 44 percent compared with a reduction of 22 percent in patients receiving placebo (p=0.0135). A series of sensitivity analyses of the primary endpoint confirmed the robustness of this result. The difference between Epidiolex and placebo emerged during the first month of treatment and was sustained during the entire treatment period.

In the 12-week maintenance period (not including the dose escalation period), Epidiolex treatment effect increased further, achieving a median reduction in monthly drop seizures of 49 percent compared with a reduction on placebo of 20 percent (p=0.0096).

No patients in either treatment group were drop seizure free during the treatment period. Three patients on Epidiolex were drop seizure free during the entire maintenance period, compared with no placebo patients.

Caregivers of patients on Epidiolex were significantly more likely to report an improvement in overall condition on the Subject/Caregiver Global Impression of Change scale (p=0.0008).

During the treatment period, patients taking Epidiolex achieved a median reduction in monthly total seizures of 41 percent compared with a reduction of 14 percent in patients receiving placebo (p=0.0005). In the 12-week maintenance period, Epidiolex treatment effect increased further, achieving a median reduction in monthly total seizures of 45 percent compared with a reduction on placebo of 15 percent (p=0.0004).

Median non-drop seizure frequency reduced by 49 percent in the CBD group, compared with 23 percent in the placebo group during the treatment period (p=0.0044).
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A consistent separation between Epidiolex and placebo across all drop seizure response rates. At the 50 percent seizure reduction threshold, there was a statistically-significant separation between Epidiolex and placebo (p=0.0043).
Epidiolex was generally well tolerated in this trial. Overall, 86 percent of all Epidiolex patients experienced an adverse event compared with 69 percent of patients on placebo. The most common adverse events (occurring in greater than 10 percent of Epidiolex-treated patients) were: diarrhea, somnolence, decreased appetite, pyrexia, and vomiting. Of those patients on Epidiolex who experienced an adverse event, 78 percent were assessed to be mild or moderate. Nine patients on Epidiolex experienced a treatment-related serious adverse event compared with one patient on placebo. There was no difference in episodes of status epilepticus between Epidiolex and placebo. Twelve patients on Epidiolex discontinued treatment due to adverse events compared with one patient on placebo. Increases in ALT or AST (levels >3× ULN) occurred in 19 patients on Epidiolex and 1 placebo patient; 15 of the CBD patients were on concomitant valproic acid. There is a set of accepted criteria for identifying whether these transient elevations of liver enzymes are a signal for serious toxicity. These criteria are known as Hy’s law. No patients met these criteria for drug-induced liver injury. All elevations resolved to below 3x ULN. There was one death in the Epidiolex group, which was deemed unrelated to treatment. Of the patients who completed this trial, 100 percent have opted to continue into an open-label extension trial.
The results of the second LGS trial, as highlighted at the American Academy of Neurology 2017 Annual Meeting , were as follows:

During the treatment period, patients taking Epidiolex 20mg/kg/day achieved a median reduction in monthly drop seizures of 42 percent compared with a reduction of 17 percent in patients taking placebo (p=0.0047), and patients taking Epidiolex 10mg/kg/day achieved a median reduction in monthly drop seizures of 37 percent compared with a reduction of 17 percent in patients taking placebo (p=0.0016). A series of sensitivity analyses of the primary endpoint for both dose groups confirmed the robustness of these results. In both dose groups, the difference between Epidiolex and placebo emerged during the first month of treatment and was sustained during the entire treatment period.

Key secondary endpoints also showed that a significant number of patients receiving Epidiolex 10 mg/kg/day (36 percent) and Epidiolex 20 mg/kg/day (40 percent) experienced a 50 percent or greater reduction in monthly drop seizures compared with those taking placebo (15 percent, p=0.0030 and p=0.0006, respectively).

Significantly more patients/caregivers reported an improvement in overall condition with Epidiolex 10mg/kg/day (66 percent) and Epidiolex 20mg/kg/day (57 percent) compared to 44 percent for placebo (p<0.05 for both comparisons) based on the Subject/Caregiver Global Impression of Change (S/CGIC) questionnaire.
Epidiolex was generally well tolerated in this trial. One patient on 10mg/kg Epidiolex discontinued treatment due to an adverse event compared with six patients on 20mg/kg and one patient on placebo. Of the 84 percent of 10mg/kg patients who experienced an adverse event, 89 percent of them were assessed to be mild or moderate. Of the 94 percent of 20mg/kg patients who experienced an adverse event, 88 percent of them were assessed to be mild or moderate. 72 percent of patients on placebo experienced an adverse event. The most common adverse events (occurring in greater than 10 percent of Epidiolex-treated patients) in the 10mg/kg group were: somnolence, decreased appetite, upper respiratory infection, diarrhea, and status epilepticus. None of the cases of status epilepticus in the 10mg/kg group was deemed treatment-related. The most common adverse events (occurring in greater than 10 percent of Epidiolex-treated patients) in the 20mg/kg group were: somnolence, decreased appetite, diarrhea, upper respiratory infection, pyrexia, vomiting, and nasopharyngitis. Thirteen patients on Epidiolex 10mg/kg experienced a serious adverse event (two of which were deemed treatment-related) compared with thirteen patients on 20mg/kg (five of which were deemed treatment-related) and eight patients on placebo (none of which were deemed treatment-related). There were no deaths in this trial. Of the patients who completed this trial, 99 percent have opted to continue into an open-label extension trial. Increases in ALT or AST (levels >3× ULN) occurred in 14 patients on Epidiolex (3 on Epidiolex 10mg/kg and 11 on 20mg/kg) and
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
no patients in the placebo group. Eleven of the 14 patients were on valproic acid. There is a set of accepted criteria for identifying whether these transient elevations of liver enzymes are a signal for serious toxicity. These criteria are known as Hy’s law. No patients met these criteria for drug-induced liver injury. All elevations resolved to lower than 3x ULN.
Drug:Drug Interactions
Drug:drug interactions, or DDIs, in epilepsy are commonplace and clinicians routinely monitor blood levels of concomitant AEDs. We now have extensive real world experience of Epidiolex, with over 1,700 patients having been exposed to treatment.
At our pre-NDA meeting, we reached agreement with FDA on the scope of our DDI studies. A number of these studies have now been completed. We have looked for potential interactions between Epidiolex and each of clobazam, lamotrigine, levetiracetam rufinamide, stiripentol, topiramate and valproate. To date the only pharmacokinetic DDI identified is an interaction with clobazam. Data from a phase 1 repeated-dose study in healthy volunteers to investigate the possible drug:drug interaction between clobazam and CBD was presented at the American Epilepsy Society’s Annual Meeting in December 2017. These data provided the first evidence to suggest that the pharmacokinetic CBD — clobazam interaction is bi-directional. These data demonstrate there is no important increase of clobazam exposure when CBD (750 mg twice daily) is combined with clobazam; however, there is a notable increase in its active metabolite N-desmethylclobazam (N-CLB). We believe that this interaction may be a novel finding and have submitted patent applications with the United States Patent and Trademark Office with respect to this. Further, when clobazam is combined with CBD, there is also an increase in exposure to the active metabolite of CBD, 7-OH-CBD. This suggests that the reason for any potentially enhanced response of CBD on clobazam may in fact be partly because of increased levels of CBD and a key CBD metabolite.
Data presented at the American Epilepsy Society’s Annual Meeting in December 2017 showed patients on Epidiolex who achieved clinically meaningful responses did so regardless of concomitant clobazam therapy.
These data are from a pooled, post-hoc analysis of non-randomized subgroups of 396 LGS patients (73 Epidiolex 10mg/kg/day; 162 Epidiolex 20mg/kg/day; 161 placebo) from our two pivotal Phase 3 studies and should therefore be interpreted with caution. It is important to note that this analysis is limited to those LGS patients who responded to treatment with clinical meaningful seizure reductions. Patients, who did not have such a response, including those who did not respond with ≥25 percent reductions in drop seizure frequency, were not included in this analysis. Regulatory agencies may consider this analysis and/or may analyze the data differently.
Patients took a median 3 AEDs with approximately 50 percent on concomitant clobazam. 67 percent of patients not taking clobazam had previously discontinued clobazam by medical history. The proportions of patients achieving ≥25 percent, ≥50 percent, and ≥75 percent reductions in drop seizure frequency were greater for both doses of CBD than placebo, regardless of clobazam status. Data for the ≥50 percent responder analysis during the maintenance period are provided below:
CBD 10mg/kg/day
Placebo
Overall
40 % 13 %
On clobazam
46 % 19 %
Off clobazam
33 % 8 %
CBD 20mg/kg/day
Placebo
Overall
45 % 19 %
On clobazam
56 % 24 %
Off clobazam
35 % 13 %
Patients on Epidiolex reported more adverse events (AEs) than placebo for both the on-clobazam (92 percent vs 84 percent) and off-clobazam subgroups (73 percent vs 69 percent). Elevated transaminases (>3x ULN) were reported in 3 Epidiolex 10mg/kg/day, 31 Epidiolex 20mg/kg/day, and 1 placebo patient, most of whom were on concomitant valproic acid. Some withdrew from treatment; all elevations resolved either spontaneously or with CBD/AED dose adjustment.
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
It is important to note that these patients are also taking multiple concomitant anti-seizure medications in addition to the clobazam. In addition, as these were non-randomized subgroups, there were differences in baseline characteristics and clobazam doses ranged from 2 to 100 mg/day during the study with a median average daily dose of 0.80 mg/kg/day.
Regulatory Submissions for LGS and Dravet syndrome
Following the success of the first Dravet syndrome Phase 3 trial, we requested a pre-NDA meeting with the FDA to discuss a proposed Dravet syndrome NDA. This meeting took place in July 2016 and included some discussion of the LGS trial data. As a result of this meeting, we believe the guidance received was both positive and supportive of our proposed filing strategy to submit a single NDA that includes Phase 3 data from one Dravet trial and two LGS trials. In November 2016, we held a CMC pre-NDA meeting. At this meeting, agreement was reached on key questions related to the CMC content of our planned NDA submission. This NDA was submitted on October 27, 2017 and we expect a PDUFA date in mid-2018.
In addition, GW has received confirmation from the FDA granting rare pediatric disease designation of CBD in the treatment of LGS and Dravet syndrome. This conditional designation is a pre-cursor to the potential award of a rare pediatric disease priority review voucher which, if awarded, would be granted at the time of NDA approval.
In Europe, we have now completed formal pre-submission meetings with the EMA and the designated ‘rapporteur’ regulatory authority. Following these meetings, in which it was agreed that we could submit a single application for both the Dravet syndrome and LGS indications, we are advancing plans to submit a marketing authorization application in Europe in late 2017.
Tuberous Sclerosis Complex (TSC)
TSC is a genetic disorder that causes non-malignant tumors to form in many different organs, primarily in the brain, eyes, heart, kidney, skin and lungs. The brain and skin are the most affected organs. TSC results from a mutation in tumor suppression genes TSC1 or TSC2. According to the Tuberous Sclerosis Alliance, TSC is estimated to affect approximately 50,000 patients in the United States. The most common symptom of TSC is epilepsy, which occurs in 75 – 90 percent of patients, about 70 percent of whom experience seizure onset in their first year of life. Approximately 60 percent of these TSC patients (or approximately 25,000 of patients in the United States) have treatment-resistant seizures. The seizures of TSC are typically focal in onset, meaning that they are localized to one hemisphere of the brain. There are significant co-morbidities associated with TSC including cognitive impairment in 50 percent, autism spectrum disorders in up to 40 percent and neurobehavioral disorders in over 60 percent of individuals with TSC.
A number of patients with TSC have been treated with Epidiolex in the expanded access program. Most recent Epidiolex data on TSC patients from the expanded access program was published in Epilepsia on 18 patients at Massachusetts General Hospital for Children (Hess et al  — 2016) on Epidiolex treatment of refractory epilepsy in these patients. The findings from this paper, suggest that cannabidiol may be an effective and well-tolerated treatment option for patients with refractory seizures in TSC.
TSC Phase 3 Clinical Program
We have commenced a Phase 3 trial of Epidiolex in patients with TSC. This dose-ranging trial is a 16-week comparison of Epidiolex versus placebo which is expected to recruit a total of approximately 200 patients, aged one to 65 years, to assess the safety and efficacy of Epidiolex as an adjunctive anti-epileptic treatment. The primary measure of this trial is the percentage change from baseline in seizure frequency during the treatment period. Primary endpoint seizures include focal motor seizures with or without impairment of consciousness or awareness and generalized convulsive seizures. Data is expected from this trial in the second half of 2018.
Infantile Spasms (IS)
According to the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke, an infantile spasm is a specific type of seizure seen in an epilepsy syndrome of infancy and childhood known as West syndrome. West syndrome is characterized by infantile spasms, developmental regression, and a specific pattern on
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
electroencephalography, or EEG, testing called hypsarrhythmia (chaotic brain waves). The onset of infantile spasms is usually in the first year of life, typically between 4 to 8 months of age. The seizures primarily consist of a sudden bending forward of the body with stiffening of the arms and legs; some children arch their backs as they extend their arms and legs. Spasms tend to occur upon awakening or after feeding, and often occur in clusters of up to 100 spasms at a time. Infants may have dozens of clusters and several hundred spasms per day. Many underlying disorders, such as birth injury, metabolic disorders, and genetic disorders can give rise to spasms, making it important to identify the underlying cause. In some children, no cause can be found.
According to data published on Medscape, the condition constitutes 2 percent of childhood epilepsies and 25 percent of epilepsies with onset in the first year of life. There are approximately 2,000 to 4,000 new cases in the United States each year. Cognitive and developmental delay is severe in 70 percent of patients, often with psychiatric problems such as autistic features or hyperactivity. IS usually stops by five years of age, but may be replaced by other seizure types. It has been found that 50 percent to 70 percent of patients develop other seizure types and that 18 to 50 percent will develop LGS or some other form of symptomatic generalized epilepsy. The long-term prognosis is poor and includes increased mortality and severe neurodevelopmental impairment.
The FDA approved treatments for IS are ACTH (Acthar Gel) and vigabitrin (Sabril). These treatment options are successful in 20 percent to 80 percent of patients. Both of these medicines have significant adverse events, including boxed warnings limiting their long-term use.
On December 7, 2015, at the Annual Meeting of the American Epilepsy Society, safety and efficacy data on 9 patients suffering from epileptic spasms from the Epidiolex expanded access program were presented by Massachusetts General Hospital for Children (Abati et al.). Epilepsy spasms often remain refractory to standard AEDs. According to this poster, Epidiolex exerted its effects in a short time course, with a response rate of 67 percent after two weeks and 78 percent after one month. Three of nine patients became spasm-free after two weeks of Epidiolex treatment. By parent report, patients also showed cognitive gains including improvements in alertness, verbal capacity/communication, and cognitive availability.
IS Clinical Program
We commenced a two-part Phase 2/3 trial of Epidiolex in patients with IS in the fourth quarter of 2016. The first part is now underway and results in the first quarter of 2018 will determine whether the Company proceeds into the second pivotal safety and efficacy part of the trial.
Cannabinoid Rationale for Treating Epilepsy
Several features of the pharmacology of certain cannabinoids suggest that they may be candidates for investigation as AEDs. Based on recent findings in Epilepsy and Behaviour (Rosenberg et al , 2016), CBD is likely to be acting via more than one mechanism of action with the effect of reducing neuronal hyperexcitability. Neurons routinely fire via an influx of positive ions, e.g. sodium and calcium. The mechanism to recover from depolarization is called repolarization and involves moving positively charged ions back out of the cell. If either the depolarization or repolarization mechanisms are faulty, continuous or synchronous firing can result, known as ‘hyperexcitability’.
Several different ion channels influence seizure activity. It is the former to which a proportion of the actions of plant cannabinoids can be attributed, for example through activation and blockade of G-protein coupled receptors, including orphan receptors as well as modulation of transient receptor potential (TRP) channels (differentially activated, blocked and desensitized by different plant cannabinoids). Additionally it is now recognized that there is a role for inflammation in epilepsy. Some cannabinoids possess anti-inflammatory properties including inhibition of pro-inflammatory cytokine release and modulation of glial cell/neuronal interactions. Research shows that other than THC, most plant cannabinoids have little or no affinity for the cannabinoid receptors, and therefore do not share the unwanted psychoactivity that goes along with stimulation of the CB1 receptor in particular. Finally, certain cannabinoids may possess disease modifying potential through regulation of epilepsy-related genes, as well as up-regulation of endogenous anti-convulsant neuropeptides and/or compensatory systems.
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CBD Pharmacology in Epilepsy
Importantly, the anti-seizure effects of CBD are not dependent on cannabinoid receptors, nor on sodium channels. The epilepsy-relevant pharmacology of CBD can be summarized as follows: modulation of internal calcium stores via GPR-55, desensitization of synaptic cation channel TRPV1; inhibition of adenosine uptake and indirect agonism of the neuroprotective and anti-inflammatory A2a receptor; other neuroprotective and anti-inflammatory effects which are still under investigation.
There is a significant effort to identify the specific mechanisms of action that underpin the clinical effectiveness of Epidiolex (and other cannabinoids) in epilepsy, including investigation of the effects of cannabinoids on epilepsy associated gene expression. CBD has negligible binding at the CB1 receptor, and so shares neither the pharmacology of CB1 agonists such as THC nor that of CB1 inverse agonists such as Rimonabant. CBD’s mechanism for treating seizures is not fully understood but is believed to involve a combination of beneficial effects stacking upon one another (polypharmacology).
Preclinical models suggest a broad role for CBD in generalized and partial seizures, and clinical reports of benefit extend into other congenital seizure disorders.
Our CBD Pre-Clinical Research in Pediatric Epilepsy
We have conducted pre-clinical research of CBD in epilepsy since 2007 and have reported significant anti-epileptiform and anticonvulsant activity using a variety of in vitro and in vivo models. This research has shown the ability of CBD to treat seizures in acute models of epilepsy with significantly fewer side effects than existing AEDs. Our cannabinoid research compounds were screened in electrically discharging hippocampal brain slices caused by the omission of Mg2+ ions from, or addition of the K+ channel blocker, 4-aminopyridine (4-AP) to the bathing solution. In these models, 100μM of CBD decreased epileptiform amplitude and duration as well as burst frequency; importantly, this compound exerted no effect upon the propagation of epileptiform activity.
Subsequently, the anti-convulsant actions of 1, 10 and 100 mg/kg of CBD were examined in three different in vivo seizure rodent models. In the Pentylenetetrazol (PTZ) induced acute, generalized seizures model, 100 mg/kg of CBD significantly decreased mortality rate and the incidence of tonic-clonic seizures. In the acute pilocarpine model of temporal lobe seizures all doses of CBD significantly reduced the percentage of animals experiencing the most severe seizures. In this model of partial seizures, 10 and 100 mg/kg of CBD significantly decreased the percentage of animals dying as a result of seizures and all doses of CBD also decreased the percentage of animals experiencing the most severe tonic-clonic seizures.
During 2013, we received increasing interest among U.S. pediatric epilepsy specialists and patient organizations in the potential role of CBD in treating intractable childhood epilepsy, in particular Dravet syndrome. This interest led to a medical conference organized by the New York University School of Medicine on October 4, 2013 titled: “Cannabidiols: Potential Use in Epilepsy and Other Neurological Disorders.” Epilepsy specialists at the meeting viewed CBD as attractive for the treatment of these disorders for a variety of reasons, including:

Case reports of its efficacy in severe, refractory patients consistently provide encouraging signals; and

CBD’s plant-derived profile and safety data generated to date suggest that it could be an attractive treatment option without the unwanted side effects of other AEDs.
In addition, specialists at this conference concluded the following:

Only a pharmaceutical formulation of CBD which could meet FDA requirements for standardization and quality control would be appropriate for administering to children; and

Placebo-controlled trials should be performed as a matter of urgency in order to provide robust evidence of the safety and efficacy of CBD.
Epidiolex Expanded Access INDs
In parallel with our formal clinical trial program, the FDA has authorized access to Epidiolex to over 1,000 patients through a combination of Investigational New Drug Applications (INDs) to independent
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
physician investigators in the U.S and expanded access programs supported by seven U.S. states in the State EAP program, for which we are supplying Epidiolex free of charge. These include individual emergency and non-emergency INDs. The longest duration of patient use in the EAP is over 4 years. The FDA may authorize expanded access INDs to facilitate access to investigational drugs for treatment use for patients with a serious or immediately life-threatening disease or condition who lack therapeutic alternatives.
Multiple IND sponsors have published open-label data from their programs, notably the following:
The Lancet Neurology (Devinsky et al .), December 2015
This publication titled Cannabidiol in Patients with Treatment Resistant Epilepsy: an open-label interventional trial, was from 11 independent epilepsy centers in the United States; 162 patients who had at least 12 weeks of follow-up after the first dose of CBD were included in the safety and tolerability analysis, and 137 patients were included in the efficacy analysis. Of these 162 patients, there were 33 patients with Dravet syndrome and 31 patients with LGS. The published paper reported that Epidiolex reduced seizure frequency across multiple drug-resistant epilepsy syndromes and seizure types and was generally well tolerated. In the paper the authors note that the administration of Epidiolex as an add-on treatment led to a clinically meaningful reduction in seizure frequency in many patients and had an adequate safety profile in this patient population with highly treatment-resistant epilepsies. The safety and tolerability profile of Epidiolex was favorable and consistent with other clinical experience with only 3 percent of patients terminating therapy due to an adverse event. Additionally, Clobazam co-therapy was associated with a higher rate of treatment response (median reduction in convulsive seizures): 56.4 percent v. 35.0 percent at week 12; this may reflect elevations in the N-desmethyl clobazam metabolite. This apparent effect of clobazam co-therapy was not seen in Dravet syndrome or LGS groups — at week 12, 53 percent of Dravet/LGS patients on Clobazam were 50 percent responders compared with 54 percent not taking Clobazam (odds ratio 0.97 (95 percent Confidence Interval — 0.35 – 2.65)).
Epilepsia (Rosenberg et al ), July 2017 e-publication
The authors assessed caregiver-reported Quality of Life in Childhood Epilepsy (QOLCE) in a subset of patients enrolled in the EAP (n=48). Following 12 weeks of CBD treatment, median percent change in seizure frequency was -39.4%, with a ≥50% responder rate of 41.7%. Patients experienced a mean of 8.1 points improvement in QOLCE (p<0.001). Of the 16 subdomains, those with significant improvement included energy/fatigue, memory, control/helplessness, other cognitive functions, social interactions, behavior, and global QOL. QOLCE improvements were not correlated to changes in seizure frequency or adverse events, suggesting that CBD may have beneficial effects on patient QOL that are distinct from its seizure-reducing effects. As previously reported by Devinsky et al in 2015, the EAP found CBD was generally well-tolerated; common adverse events included somnolence, decreased appetite, diarrhea, fatigue, and convulsions.
2017 American Epilepsy Society Annual Meeting Data
29 abstracts related to the Epidiolex clinical program were presented at the 71 st Annual Meeting of the American Epilepsy Society, or AES, including 15 from the physician-led Epidiolex expanded access program.
Expanded Access Program Clinical Effect and Safety Data — All Patients
At the AES Annual Meeting, physician reports of clinical effect and safety data from the expanded access program were presented on children and young adults with treatment-resistant epilepsy who had been treated with Epidiolex for a period of at least 10 weeks (Bebin et al.). These data are comprised of 607 patients in the safety data set with a median treatment duration of 338 days from 29 individually and state-sponsored INDs in the United States
Baseline monthly seizure frequency was 43 convulsive and 72 total seizures. For both convulsive and total seizures, the ≥50 percent, ≥75 percent, and the 100% responder rates were also consistent across the five time points. This long-term maintenance effect was achieved during the 96-week period when treating physicians also saw around 50% of patients reduce doses of clobazam and valproate.
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following data were presented showing the median percentage change in seizure frequency compared to a 4-week baseline period:
Week 12
(n=343)
Week 24
(n=331)
Week 48
(n=224)
Week 72
(n=157)
Week 96
(n=112)
Median percentage change in convulsive seizure
frequency
-51.4 -47.7 -44.5 -50.7 -44.1
Week 12
(n=431)
Week 24
(n=412)
Week 48
(n=282)
Week 72
(n=197)
Week 96
(n=138)
Median percentage change in total seizure frequency
-48.0 -45.7 -47.1 -53.1 -49.0
The most common AEs in the subset of patients on Epidiolex greater than ten weeks occurring in ≥10 percent of all patients include: diarrhea, somnolence, convulsion, decreased appetite, upper respiratory tract infection, vomiting, fatigue and pyrexia. Dose-related reversible elevations in liver transaminases were reported in 11 percent of patients.
Expanded Access Program Clinical Effect and Safety Data — Dravet syndrome and LGS patients only
Long-term pooled results from the expanded access program on Dravet syndrome and LGS patients only was presented at AES (Laux et al ). Data on this subset of patients included 152 patients in the safety data set with a mean treatment duration of 548 days and 147 patients in the efficacy data set. Baseline monthly seizure frequency was 41 convulsive and 63 total seizures. For both convulsive and total seizures, the ≥50 percent, ≥75 percent, and the 100% responder rates were also consistent across the five time points. This long-term maintenance effect was achieved during the 96-week period when treating physicians also saw around 50% of patients reduce doses of clobazam and valproate.
The following data were presented showing the median change in seizure frequency compared to a 4-week baseline period:
Week 12
(n=108)
Week 24
(n=91)
Week 48
(n=74)
Week 72
(n=67)
Week 96
(n=53)
Median percentage change in convulsive seizure frequency
-50.3 -45.5 -36.4 -41.2 -48.3
Week 12
(n=118)
Week 24
(n=99)
Week 48
(n=83)
Week 72
(n=74)
Week 96
(n=57)
Median percentage change in total seizure frequency
-44.3 -45.5 -42.5 -48.2 -49.6
The most common AEs in the subset of patients on Epidiolex greater than ten weeks occurring in ≥10 percent of all patients include:, somnolence, convulsion, diarrhea, upper respiratory tract infection, decreased appetite, fatigue, pyrexia, vomiting, irritability and lethargy. Abnormal liver adverse events were reported in 14 percent of patients.
Note Regarding Expanded Access Studies
The expanded access studies we are currently supporting are uncontrolled, carried out by individual physician investigators independent from us, and not always conducted in strict compliance with Good Clinical Practices, all of which can lead to an observed treatment effect that may differ from one seen in placebo-controlled trials. Data from these studies provide only anecdotal evidence of efficacy for regulatory review, although they may provide supportive safety information for regulatory review. The patients treated under these expanded access INDs contain no control or comparator group for reference and these patient data are not designed to be aggregated or reported as study results. Moreover, data from such small numbers of patients may be highly variable. Information obtained from these INDs, including the statistical principles that the independent investigators have chosen to apply to the data, may not reliably predict data collected via systematic evaluation of efficacy in our sponsored clinical trials, or evaluated via other statistical principles that may be applied in these trials. We can offer no assurances that the observations reported by the treating physicians under these expanded access INDs are due solely to Epidiolex and not as a result of other factors, such as a beneficial or synergistic drug-drug interaction, as postulated above.
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Further, due to the non-normal distribution of the data collected from the small sample size, we have chosen to use median data in its analysis. However, other statistical principles may be more appropriate to the analysis of the clinical data generated from our placebo controlled trials of Epidiolex for the treatment of Dravet syndrome, LGS, TSC and IS.
We believe the data we have received to date under these expanded access INDs support the continued investigation of Epidiolex as a potential treatment for epilepsy, including for Dravet syndrome, LGS, TSC and IS.
Emergency INDs
The FDA has also granted to physicians 29 individual emergency INDs. An emergency IND is an IND for the use of an investigational new drug or biological product for clinical treatment of a patient in an emergency situation. In order to be granted an emergency IND the following five conditions must all be met: (1) the patient or patients to be treated have a serious or immediately life-threatening disease or condition, and there is no comparable or satisfactory therapeutic options; (2) FDA must determine that the patient cannot obtain the drug under another IND or protocol; (3) the potential benefits to the patient justify the potential risks of the treatment and the risks from this investigational treatment are not unreasonable in the context of the disease or condition treated with this investigational product; (4) providing the investigational drug for the requested use will not interfere with the development of the drug for expanded access use; and (5) the physician must determine that the probable risk to the person from the investigational drug is not greater than the probable risk from the disease or condition. In these cases, we have responded to, and the FDA has approved, emergency treatment requests from physicians for children hospitalized as a result of severe and potentially life-threatening seizures. In a poster at the American Epilepsy Society annual meeting in December 2014, Lopez C. et al. presented information on a four year old patient with super refractory status epilepticus due to febrile infection related epilepsy syndrome, or FIRES, treated with Epidiolex under an emergency IND concluding that CBD was very well tolerated and associated with a significant improvement in clinical and electrographic seizure burden. We believe eight of the children treated under emergency INDs remain on Epidiolex treatment. Two children treated under emergency INDs died while receiving treatment with Epidiolex and two withdrew due to lack of efficacy; both deaths were deemed unrelated to Epidiolex by the independent investigators. 20 of the 28 eIND patients treated as of last update are still active; of the remainder, two of the eight patients died.
Currently, over 800 patients have been exposed to Epidiolex in the expanded access program. Over 700 patients have participated in comparative clinical studies, including patients with Dravet Syndrome, LGS or Tuberous Sclerosis. A total of 16 deaths have been reported to date under the expanded access program, all have been investigated and assessed as not related to Epidiolex treatment. We are also aware of the death of three additional patients who received Epidiolex on a compassionate use basis in the United Kingdom. Outside of these programs, there was one patient death during our recently completed Phase 3 trial of Epidiolex in LGS, one patient death during our ongoing Phase 3 trial of Epidiolex in TSC, and seven patient deaths during the open label extension trial for patients who have completed their treatment under our completed or ongoing Phase 3 trials of Epidiolex in Dravet syndrome and LGS. All twelve of these deaths were investigated by the independent investigators and determined to be unrelated to treatment with Epidiolex.
Collaborations with State Governments in Australia
In October 2015, we announced that we had signed a Memorandum of Understanding, or MOU, with the Government of New South Wales, or NSW, in Australia to advance a research program for Epidiolex and CBDV in children with severe, drug resistant childhood epilepsy. With respect to Epidiolex, the MOU will facilitate (i) a compassionate access program for Epidiolex, (ii) provision for NSW to host additional Phase 3 clinical trials of Epidiolex and (iii) a Phase 4 clinical trial of Epidiolex (to follow completion of the Phase 3 trials). The first patients received treatment under the compassionate access program for Epidiolex in Q3 2016.
In June 2016, we signed an MOU with the Queensland Government in Australia to advance research into the use of cannabinoid-based pharmaceutical products for the treatment of patients in Queensland with serious illness, including childhood epilepsy. The MOU will facilitate (i) establishing a center to
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
undertake clinician led observational studies using cannabinoid-based investigational medicinal products across a range of childhood developmental disorders, (ii) an expanded access treatment protocol using Epidiolex for a small number of patients with severe drug-resistant epilepsy and (iii) an observational study for a small number of patients with severe drug-resistant epilepsy using Epidiolex and other cannabinoids.
Epidiolex Manufacturing
We manufacture Epidiolex through utilization of in-house and external third party facilities for various steps in the production process. We are scaling-up various parts of the production process both in-house and with external third parties in readiness for commercial launch. In December 2016, we hosted a Good Manufacturing Practice, or GMP, inspection from the UK’s regulatory authority, the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA). This inspection resulted in no critical or major findings. In November 2016, we held a CMC pre-NDA meeting. At this meeting, understanding was reached on key questions related to the CMC content of the NDA submission and we believe that we are on track to be ready for FDA GMP pre-approval inspection anticipated in the first quarter of 2018. A satisfactory FDA GMP pre-approval inspection is a prerequisite to the approval of an NDA by FDA. With expectations of significant demand for Epidiolex upon potential approval, we plan to continue expansion of our Epidiolex manufacturing capacity well beyond our expected launch levels.
Epidiolex Commercialization
We are planning to commercialize Epidiolex in the United States and Europe using our own sales and marketing organization. In June 2015, we appointed Julian Gangolli to the position of President, North America. Mr. Gangolli is leading our commercial organization in the United States, which is based in Carlsbad, CA.
We believe that the U.S. physician awareness and enthusiasm for a new therapeutic alternative for the treatment of pediatric epilepsies is high, and that, if approved, Epidiolex would represent a new class of anti-seizure medication for specific epilepsy conditions with a potentially differentiated mechanism of action.
We will commercialize Epidiolex, and any other products in the United States, under the name Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. (Greenwich). The U.S. organization continues to build out an experienced leadership team of medical affairs professionals, marketing and market access/payor expertise, many of whom have strong epilepsy knowledge and experience. Over 2017, Greenwich continued to expand its commercial organization in preparation of an expected 2018 Epidiolex approval and launch. The key near-term objectives for the U.S. commercial team include:
Continued visibility at major U.S. medical congresses
Working with clinicians, we expect to continue dissemination of important scientific data from the Epidiolex clinical program and anticipate data presentations at important upcoming medical congresses, all of which will reinforce awareness of Greenwich Biosciences within the physician community.
Specific to the 71 st AES Annual Meeting held in December 2017, an array of new data was presented from the placebo-controlled trials, the long-term open-label extension study, and from clinics involved in the Expanded Access Program. Data presented included pooled analyses, health economic data in Dravet syndrome and LGS, mechanism of action, and additional PK drug interaction data.
Continued Medical Affairs and Medical Science Liaison team build-out
The U.S. Medical Affairs team, which in addition to a very experienced in-house team has recently expanded its field-based operation to include 15 experienced Medical Science Liaison specialists with extensive epilepsy or other neurology experience, has enabled us to open scientific and consultative communications with key stakeholders, such as the patient and physician communities in the U.S. This team is developing Dravet/LGS disease state information, rolling out programs in cannabinoid education, and intensifying interaction with key epilepsy opinion leaders to collect their insights related to the science emerging from the Epidiolex program.
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Increased payor initiatives
As we move closer to approval of Epidiolex, a major focus is on payor education and readiness. The January 2017 change in FDA guidance regarding sponsor/payor discussions (FADAMA Section 114) has allowed us to have a number of individual one on one and advisory board interactions with a wide variety of payors and insurance programs, including some of the larger commercial and state/federal payors.
Health Economic Outcomes Research and Compendia data initiatives
We have hired an experienced team of professionals focused on the development of a comprehensive pharmaco-economic dossier, including burden of illness and economic cost offset data in addition to clinical data for compendia support to assist and inform payor and formulary access and reimbursement decision making.
Patient advocacy initiatives
We continue to focus on support for, and outreach to, the major epilepsy patient advocacy groups. These initiatives include relationship building, advocacy and education.
Implementation of a dedicated sales force
As we approach the expected U.S. Epidiolex approval, we anticipate hiring approximately 60 – 70 sales professionals in the U.S. to target approximately 4,000 – 5,000 physicians. This commercial organization will be defined by a “high touch” patient, payor and physician communication, education and distribution model.
Progress in Europe
Outside the United States, we continue to make organizational preparations for the potential commercialization of Epidiolex in Europe. This European commercial effort is being led by our Chief Operating Officer, Chris Tovey, who has significant experience commercializing and launching products, including within the field of epilepsy. In addition, we have hired relevant staff in the areas of medical affairs, market access and marketing. We expect to continue to advance our planning for the potential commercialization of Epidiolex in Europe, including with respect to the development of a more comprehensive commercial organization in the major European markets and the continued development of a market access strategy.
Epidiolex Intellectual Property
In addition to orphan exclusivity, we have been seeking to protect Epidiolex through our patent portfolio. We have a portfolio of intellectual property relating to the use of CBD in epilepsy. This portfolio includes sixteen distinct patent families. This portfolio includes patent applications and granted patents with claims directed to the use of CBD in the treatment of epilepsy seizure subtypes, particular childhood epilepsy syndromes, and formulations. To date, this has resulted in 3 patents issued by the USPTO and a number of patent applications being prosecuted at the USPTO. Should the NDA for Epidiolex for the treatment of Dravet syndrome and/or LGS be approved, we do not intend to seek to list any of our currently-granted patents in the Electronic Orange Book. However, we continue to prosecute a number of patent applications before USPTO which contain claims directed to the indications or seizures types for which we are seeking approval for Epidiolex. Should the NDA for Epidiolex be approved, and should the USPTO allow any of these pending patent applications directed to the use of Epidiolex, we would expect some of these patents could be listed in the Electronic Orange Book with respect to Epidiolex in the future.
We anticipate filing additional patent applications claiming the use of Epidiolex as new data is generated.
In addition other patent families include claims directed to related inventions such as extraction techniques, CBD extracts and highly purified CBD.
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
GWP42006 (CBDV) in Epilepsy and Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD)
In addition to Epidiolex, our product candidates also include GWP42006, which features CBDV as the primary cannabinoid. CBDV has also shown anti-epileptic properties across a range of in vitro and in vivo models of epilepsy. In a paper published in the September 2012 issue of The British Journal of Pharmacology by scientists with whom we collaborate at the University of Reading, United Kingdom, GWP42006 was reported to have the potential to prevent more seizures, with few of the side effects caused by many existing AEDs, such as uncontrollable shaking. In the study, GWP42006 strongly suppressed seizures in six different experimental models commonly used in epilepsy treatment. GWP42006 was also found to provide additional efficacy when combined with drugs currently used to control epilepsy. Genetic biomarkers for response have been identified.
We have also evaluated GWP42006 in both general and syndromic pre-clinical models of ASD yielding promising signals on cognitive and social endpoints as well as repetitive behavior. These animal models include both genetically determined abnormalities of neurobehavioral, and chemically-induced models, and include Rett syndrome and Fragile X among others. Many of the pediatric intractable epilepsy conditions within the Epidiolex expanded access program share considerable overlap with ASD and these conditions often fall within the orphan disease space. Initial clinical observations from treating physicians suggest a potential role for cannabinoids in addressing problems associated with ASD such as deficits in cognition, behavior and communication.
In October 2017, a number of abstracts were presented at a symposium on the endocannabinoid system and the autism spectrum disorders, hosted by the Italian Society of Pharmacology. These abstracts included science that was developed in concert with numerous academic partners and highlighted a range of in vitro and in vivo ASD models including Rett syndrome-like phenotype rodent models and models related to cognitive and social impairment.
We have completed a Phase 1 trial of GWP42006 in 66 healthy subjects. In this trial, GWP42006 was well tolerated even at the highest tested dose. There were no serious or severe adverse events reported, nor any withdrawals due to adverse events.
We are pursuing multiple development programs for GWP42006 both within adult and childhood epilepsy and in childhood behavioral disorders:

We have completed enrolment in a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled two-part trial to investigate the pharmacokinetics, followed by efficacy and safety of CBDV as add-on therapy in adult patients with inadequately controlled focal seizures. The first part of this trial completed with enrollment of 32 patients and the dose-ranging pharmacokinetic and safety data has been reviewed by an independent panel. The placebo-controlled safety and efficacy phase of the study is now fully enrolled with 162 patients randomized. Data from this part of the trial is expected in early 2018.

We are working on various clinical initiatives for CBDV within the field of ASD. A physician-led expanded access IND to treat seizures associated with autism has been granted by FDA in 10 patients. An investigator-led 100 patient placebo-controlled trial in autism is also due to commence in the first half of 2018. For patients with Rett Syndrome, a condition in which treatment-resistant seizures are a common problem, CBDV has received Orphan drug Designation from the FDA. An open label study in Rett Syndrome and a Phase 2 placebo-controlled trial in this condition are expected to commence in 2018. We have received scientific advice from both the FDA and EMA on the study design.
CBDV Intellectual Property Portfolio
We have a portfolio of intellectual property relating to CBDV for use in various indications including epilepsy and autism spectrum disorder. These patent families include issued and pending claims to use of CBDV alone or in combination with standard anti-epileptic drugs in the treatment of seizures, and pending claims to the use of CBDV in the treatment of autism spectrum disorders and associated conditions. Other families include pending claims directed to the use of CBDV in other therapeutic areas such as neuropathic
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
pain, Alzheimer’s disease and Duchenne’s disease, CBDV compositions and CBDV extracts. We anticipate additional patent applications being filed as new data is generated.
Other Orphan Product Candidates
Glioma
Beyond epilepsy-related orphan diseases, we are evaluating a combination product containing GWP42002:GWP42003 (THC:CBD) in the treatment of recurrent glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM, a particularly aggressive brain tumor. We have received Orphan Drug Designation from the FDA and the EMA for GWP 42002:GWP42003 combination for the treatment of GBM.
Market Overview
Glioma describes any tumor that arises from the glial tissue of the brain. Glioblastoma is a particularly aggressive tumor that forms from abnormal growth of glial tissue. According to the New England Journal of Medicine, GBM accounts for approximately 46 percent of the 22,500 new cases of brain cancer diagnosed in the United States each year. Treatment options are limited and expected survival is a little over one year. GBM is considered a rare disease by the FDA and the EMA.
Our Research
Beginning in 2007, we have conducted substantial pre-clinical oncologic research on several cannabinoids in various forms of cancer including brain, lung, breast, pancreatic, melanoma, ovarian, gastric, renal, prostate and bladder. Cannabinoids have been shown to promote autophagy (the process of regulated self-degradation by cells) via several distinct mechanisms, including acting on the AKT/mTOR pathway, an important intracellular signaling pathway that is overactive in many cancers.
A study carried out in collaboration with us by specialists at St. George’s University of London, was the first to show a dramatic effect on brain tumors when combining cannabinoids with irradiation. This research, published in Molecular Cancer Therapeutics, showed that tumor growth in mouse brain was significantly slowed when a combination of THC and CBD was used with irradiation and tumor inhibition was higher than observed with irradiation alone.
In glioma, the combination of CBD and THC showed good efficacy in various animal models of glioma, particularly when used in combination with temozolomide. These pre-clinical studies justified the initiation of a Phase 2 clinical study.
Earlier this year, we completed a placebo-controlled Phase 2 study of a combination of CBD and THC in recurrent glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM. The results from this Phase 2 study were presented in a poster at American Society of Clinical Oncology, or ASCO, Annual Meeting in June, and in a poster at Society for Neuro-Oncology, or SNO, Annual Scientific Meeting in November. This study, which evaluated a number of safety and exploratory efficacy endpoints, showed that patients with documented recurrent glioblastoma treated with CBD:THC as add-on therapy to dose-intense temozolomide, had an 83 percent one year survival compared with 44 percent for patients on placebo (plus dose-intense temozolomide) (p=0.042). Preliminary data showed that median survival time for the CBD:THC group was 662 days compared with 369 days in the placebo group. Further follow-up demonstrates continued increased survival in the CBD:THC arm. CBD:THC was generally well tolerated with treatment emergent adverse events leading to discontinuation in two patients in each group. The most common adverse events (three patients or more and greater than placebo) were vomiting, dizziness, nausea, headache, and constipation.
We believe that the signals of efficacy demonstrated in this study further reinforce the potential role of cannabinoids in the field of oncology and provides our Company with the prospect of a new and distinct cannabinoid product candidate in the treatment of additional oncology indications. These data are also a catalyst for the acceleration of our oncology research interests and we expect to consult with external experts and regulatory agencies on a pivotal clinical development program for CBD:THC in GBM and to expand its research interests in other cancers.
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our portfolio of intellectual property related to the use of cannabinoids in oncology includes a number of issued patents and pending applications in both the U.S. and Europe. This portfolio is directed to the use of various cannabinoids individually or in combination, in the treatment of a variety of oncology-specific disorders and product formulations.
Neonatal Hypoxic-Ischemic Encephalopathy (NHIE)
NHIE is acute or sub-acute brain injury due to asphyxia caused during birth resulting from deprivation of oxygen, referred to as hypoxia, as a result of a sentinel event such as ruptured placenta, parental shock and even increased heart rate. Hypoxic damage can occur to most of the infant’s organs, but brain damage is the most serious and least likely to heal, resulting in encephalopathy. This can later manifest itself as either mental retardation (including developmental delay and/or intellectual disability) or physical disabilities such as spasticity, blindness and deafness. Indeed, spastic diplegia and the other forms of cerebral palsy almost always feature asphyxiation during the birth process as a contributing factor. The exact timing and underlying causes of these outcomes remains unknown but it is widely recognized that interventions need to be administered within six hours of hypoxic insult.
Market Overview
According to Kurinczuk et al. in the 2010 edition of Early Human Development, the incidence of NHIE is 1.5 to 2.8 per 1,000 births in the United States, or, by our estimate, 6,500 to 12,000 cases per year. Of these, 35 percent are expected to die in early life and 30 percent of cases will result in permanent disability. There are currently no FDA-approved medicines specifically indicated for NHIE. The only FDA-approved treatment is the Olympic Cool-Cap System and treatment guidelines in many European countries also support use of whole body hypothermia. Clinical trials have shown the Cool-Cap to reduce the occurrence of disability due to NHIE but not death, while whole body hypothermia had a more marginal effect on disability but is able to reduce mortality. This treatment is only available in specialized neonatal intensive care units and must be started within 6 hours of birth. Even if a patient is put into induced hypothermia there is still a significant rate of morbidity and mortality, with a meta-analysis of the available data revealing a 27 percent death rate. Among the patients who survive NHIE, 28 percent suffer from major neurodevelopment issues and 26 percent develop cerebral palsy. There are academic initiatives looking to develop treatments in this area. In addition, one intervention being investigated by the pharmaceutical industry is an IV infusion of 2-Iminobiotin. Neurophyxia B.V. attained Orphan Drug Designation for this treatment in both Europe and the United States and is conducting a Phase 2 trial.
Cannabinoid Rationale for Treating NHIE
The pathophysiology of NHIE includes processes such as apoptosis, oxidative stress, inflammation and excitotoxicity, and may involve not only the brain, but also other organs. Some cannabinoids are able to influence all of these processes, but unlike other therapeutic compounds under development, can combine these neuroprotective strategies within a single molecule. Firstly, cannabinoids can act on nuclear receptors that control neuronal homeostasis and survival. Secondly, not only do cannabinoids have important free radical scavenging actions, but they may also upregulate and activate endogenous antioxidant defenses. Thirdly, cannabinoids influence the immune network and modulate phenomena associated with infection or inflammation, via inhibition of macrophage and neutrophil migration, natural killer cell proliferation, and by their ability to inhibit harmful cytokine production. It has been widely reported that endocannabinoids are able to protect the glial cell, an effect that may be independent of CB receptors. Finally, the endocannabinoid system, or ECS, has been shown to be neuroprotective in animal models — the levels of endogenous cannabinoids become enhanced in the brains of newborn rats after acute injury, acting as a protective response, and it has been proposed that one additional mechanism by which plant cannabinoids work is by preventing the enzymatic degradation of endocannabinoids, thus enhancing endogenous defense mechanisms. Recent research into the neuroprotection that has been shown by cannabinoids in animal models of neonatal hypoxia has also suggested a role for the 5HT1A receptor, since some of the beneficial effects can be blocked by 5HT1A receptor antagonists.
CBD as the Primary Cannabinoid Product Candidate in NHIE
In addition to its other properties, the possible neuroprotective effects of CBD have been examined. These neuroprotective effects are thought to be based mainly on the potent anti-inflammatory and
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
anti-oxidant properties of CBD, although other actions of CBD that might also account for CBD-induced neuroprotection including: inhibition of calcium transport across membranes; inhibition of anandamide uptake and enzymatic hydrolysis; inhibition of iNOS protein expression and NF-|gkB activation; and inhibition of adenosine uptake. In a similar fashion to endocannabinoids, adenosine is thought to be part of a natural neuroprotective system, because adenosine levels rise in response to hypoxic insult in the brain and increasing extracellular adenosine acts as a neuroprotectant. It has been demonstrated that CBD enhances adenosine signaling through the inhibition of adenosine re-uptake and therefore indirectly activates the adenosine A2A receptor. Previously, it was demonstrated that CBD reduces brain damage after ischemic injury in adult animals. In a newborn piglet model of NHIE, CBD improved brain activity as measured by an EEG and reduced the numbers of seizures by half, while histological analysis of brain tissues showed that neuron degeneration was reduced. Neurological exams showed improved neurobehavioral performance up to three days after insult. There were also significant beneficial extra cerebral effects and the dose of dopamine needed by the animals to maintain blood pressure was less than half of what was required in vehicle-treated animals.
Our NHIE Research
In a paper by Castillo et al., published in Neurobiology of Disease in 2010, reporting results from our pre-clinical collaboration, CBD protected newborn mice forebrain slices from oxygen and glucose deprivation. We have further demonstrated that CBD was neuroprotective even when administered 18 hours after the hypoxic insult. A study from our pre-clinical collaboration with Lafuente, published in Paediatric Research in 2011, showed that administration of CBD to newborn piglets at doses much lower than those reported in the literature appears to protect brain cells, preserve brain activity, prevent seizures and improve neurobehavioral performance. These neuroprotective effects were not only free from side effects in the piglets but also associated with some cardiac, hemodynamic and ventilatory benefits unlike other promising compounds with neuroprotective activity. This data supports the view of CBD as a possible therapy for asphyxiated newborns. In a paper by Pazos et al. published in Neuropharmacology in 2012, post hypoxic-ischemic administration of CBD to newborn rats was shown to reduce the volume of brain damage, restore neurobehavioral function long term and reserve myelinization. In a second paper by Pazos et al., published in Neurpharmacology in 2013, reporting results from our pre-clinical collaboration, post hypoxic-ischemic administration of CBD was shown, in a piglet model, to reduce necrotic and apoptotic cell death, recover brain activity, restore neurobehavioral function in the short term and enhance hypothermia protection.
Our NHIE clinical program
We held a pre-IND meeting with the FDA to discuss the development program for an intravenous CBD formulation (GWP42003) in the treatment of NHIE. In April 2015, we received Orphan Drug Designation from the FDA for CBD for the treatment of NHIE and in July 2015 we received fast track designation. In July 2015 we received Orphan Drug Designation from the EMA for CBD for the treatment of perinatal asphyxia, an alternate term that describes the same condition. A Phase 1 trial of intravenous GWP42003 in healthy volunteers is now complete.
Our Commercialized Product: Sativex ® for MS Spasticity
Sativex ® is an oromucosal spray of a formulated extract of the cannabis sativa plant that contains the principal cannabinoids delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD) in a 1:1 ratio as well as specific minor cannabinoids and other non-cannabinoid components (The product has been granted the U.S. Adopted Name, or USAN, of nabiximols). We developed Sativex to be administered as an oromucosal spray, whereby the active ingredients are absorbed in the lining of the mouth, either under the tongue or inside the cheek. At this time, we have received regulatory approval for Sativex in numerous countries outside the United States. During the time of our collaboration with Otsuka in the United States we opened an IND with the FDA for the MS spasticity indication, which was subsequently withdrawn.
2017 ECTRIMS data
In October 2017, new Sativex data was presented at the ECTRIMS Congress in Paris, France. These data, from a trial of Sativex as add-on therapy vs. further optimized first-line ANTispastics (SAVANT) was a prospective, parallel group, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled two-phase trial conducted in Europe.
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In the trial period, phase A, eligible patients entered a 4-week, single-blind, add-on treatment period with Sativex. Patients up-titrated their Sativex sprays/day dosage until optimized symptom relief was achieved (max.12 sprays per day) as add-on therapy to optimized standard antispasticity treatment with oral baclofen and/or tizanidine and/or dantrolene (as mono- or combination therapy), according to approved labelling. Initial responders to Sativex were identified by a Minimal Clinically Important Difference (MCID) change in their spasticity score, defined as ≥20% improvement from baseline in the MS spasticity 0-10 numerical rating scale (NRS) score. Non-early responders were removed from the study. Initial responders to Sativex at 4 weeks entered the wash-out phase (1 to 4 weeks; without Sativex or placebo but with underlying antispasticity medications). Initial responders who returned to ≥80% of their baseline NRS score qualified for phase B of the study, and were randomized to receive Sativex (up-titrated to the optimum dose identified in phase A) or placebo as add-on therapy for 12 weeks. The characteristics of the patient population were comparable to those in previous clinical trials and observational studies of Sativex in resistant MS spasticity.
After 12 weeks of randomized treatment in early responders, the CID responder rate was significantly higher in favor of Sativex over placebo (77.4 vs 32.1%; p<0.0001), demonstrating a broad therapeutic gain despite allowing for dosage adjustments of underlying antispasticity medication. Overall, Sativex CID responders represented 43% of patients exposed to Sativex at the start of the trial period. This is similar to the 36% figure reported in a large placebo-controlled trial which did not have a wash-out period and did not allow adjustment of underlying antispasticity medication dosages.
Compared with placebo, Sativex also significantly improved key secondary endpoints: mean spasticity NRS (-3.5 vs -1.6; p<0.0001); mean pain NRS (-3.2 vs -1.8; p=0.0013); and mean modified Ashworth’s scale (-0.30 vs -0.06; p=0.0007). The MS EDSS scale, in which no changes were seen, is linked to overall MS evolution, and has been shown to have a low sensitivity to alterations in MS spasticity severity. Daily use of Sativex (7.3 sprays/day) was lower than that in a previous clinical trial, Novotna et al 2011(8.3 sprays/day), and closer to that in daily practice studies (mean 6.7-6.8 sprays/day). In all, 22.6% and 13.2% of patients treated with Sativex or placebo, respectively, reported TEAEs, which were mainly mild/moderate. There were no new safety concerns. Sativex as add-on therapy was shown to improve resistant MS spasticity providing clinically relevant changes. It was demonstrated to be a better alternative than readjusting first-line antispasticity medications and it was not associated with any relevant safety concerns.
Sativex in the U.S.
We are in late stage negotiations with Otsuka for the return of US development and commercialization rights to Sativex in the United States and expect these rights to be returned in the near future. In the event that we do so, we expect to evaluate the optimal route to achieve a NDA in the MS spasticity indication. We believe that this may require the conduct of an additional single pivotal trial. During 2018, we plan on consulting with the FDA on this development plan.
Our Strategic Partnerships
To support the development and commercialization of Sativex, we have entered into license and development agreements with the following major pharmaceutical companies: Otsuka in the United States; Almirall S.A., or Almirall, in Europe (excluding the United Kingdom) and Mexico; Bayer HealthCare AG, or Bayer, in the United Kingdom and Canada; Ipsen Biopharm Ltd, or Ipsen, in Latin America (excluding Mexico and the Islands of the Caribbean); and Neopharm Group, or Neopharm, in Israel. These agreements provide our collaborators with the sole right to commercialize Sativex in exclusive territories for all indications. In November 2016 we entered into a mutual termination agreement with Novartis, pursuant to which rights in Sativex in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and Africa will be returned to GW over an agreed transition period, and we have appointed a new distributor in Australia and New Zealand where Sativex is approved. From our incorporation through September 30, 2017, these agreements have yielded cash of £68.0 million in upfront fees and milestone payments. We are entitled to receive additional lump sum payments upon the achievement of certain regulatory and commercial milestones in the future, but are not relying on any of these milestones being achieved. Upon commercialization, we are also entitled to receive revenue from the supply of products as well as royalties on product sales. In addition, under the terms of our agreement with Otsuka, all pre-clinical and clinical costs associated with the development of Sativex in the United States to date have been fully funded by Otsuka.
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Following the failure of the Sativex cancer pain trials, we are in late stage negotiations with Otsuka for the return of US development and commercialization rights to Sativex in the United States and expect these rights to be returned in the near future.
With the exception of Sativex, we retain global commercial rights to all of our other product pipeline candidates.
Our Proprietary Cannabinoid Product Platform
The cannabis plant is the unique source of more than 70 structurally-related, plant-derived cannabinoids. Although one cannabinoid, THC, is known to cause psychoactive effects associated with the use of illicit herbal cannabis, none of the other cannabinoids are known to share this property. In recent decades, there have been major scientific advances that have led to the discovery of new plant-derived cannabinoids and a cannabinoid receptor system in the human body, or endocannabinoid system. We are at the forefront of this new area of science, and we believe that our proprietary cannabinoid product platform uniquely positions us to discover and develop cannabinoids as new therapeutics. We are currently evaluating the potential for cannabinoids in the treatment of central nervous system, or CNS, disorders, including epilepsy, multiple sclerosis and schizophrenia, cancer and cancer pain, type-2 diabetes, and neurodegenerative disease.
Our proprietary cannabinoid product platform consists of our:

continually evolving library of internally generated novel cannabis plant types that produce selected cannabinoids, or chemotypes. We can reproduce the selected chemotypes through propagation of plant cuttings, or clones, in order to ensure that all subsequent plant material is genetically uniform. We can also generate seeds of selected chemotypes for large scale production;

in-house extraction, processing methodologies and analytical techniques, which yield well-characterized and standardized chemotype extracts;

discovery of novel cannabinoid pharmacology through conducting in vitro and in vivo pharmacologic evaluation studies in validated disease models to determine the most promising potential therapeutic areas for each extract;

in-house formulation and manufacturing capabilities, supplemented by third party contractors;

global in-house development and regulatory expertise; and

intellectual property portfolio, which includes issued and/or pending claims directed to plants, plant extracts, extraction technology, pharmaceutical formulations, drug delivery and the therapeutic uses of cannabinoids, as well as plant variety rights, know-how and trade secrets.
We believe that the successful development and regulatory approval of Sativex for MS spasticity provide important validation of our proprietary cannabinoid product platform.
The prospect for cannabinoid therapeutics to be approved through the FDA approval pathway has been the subject of statements from the Obama White House, the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA), Congress, the Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, and the FDA. For several years, the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy carried a statement called “Facts and Answers to the Frequently Asked Questions about Marijuana” on the White House website, noting that the FDA has recognized and approved the medicinal use of isolated components of the marijuana plant and related synthetic compounds, and it specifically referenced Sativex as a product that was in late-stage clinical trials with the FDA. The NIDA website currently states that the FDA has recognized and approved the medicinal use of isolated components of the marijuana plant and related synthetic compounds, and it specifically references Epidiolex as a product that is currently in late-stage clinical trials with the FDA. ONDCP refers readers to the website of the National Institute of Health (NIH) and in a document titled “Drug Facts: Is Marijuana Medicine?”, NIH states that Sativex treats muscle control problems caused by MS, but notes that it is not FDA-approved. NIH also states that Epidiolex, a CBD-based liquid drug to treat certain forms of childhood epilepsy, is being tested in clinical trials but is not yet FDA-approved. In its June 2012 report entitled “Reducing the U.S. Demand for Illegal Drugs,” the U.S. Senate Caucus on International Narcotics Control expresses the view that the development of marijuana-based therapeutics through an approved
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
FDA process is the best route to explore and references Sativex as a promising product currently in the final phase of the FDA’s trials for approved use in the United States. In that report, the Senate Caucus urged the FDA to complete a careful review of Sativex in a timely manner. In written testimony given by Joseph Rannazzisi, then-Assistant Deputy Administrator of the DEA, before the Senate Caucus on International Narcotics Control on the subject of Cannabidiol, June 24, 2015, Mr. Rannazzissi stated that the DEA supports research involving CBD and its potential capacity to treat multiple conditions, as well as expanded access programs for CBD, specifically citing Epidiolex. A presentation in March 2015 by Douglas C. Throckmorton, Deputy Director for Regulatory Programs, Center for Drug Evaluation and Review, FDA, referenced Epidiolex and Sativex as examples of drugs in clinical testing, and concluded that drug development, grounded in rigorous scientific research is essential to determining the appropriate uses of marijuana in the treatment of human disease, and that the FDA is committed to making this process as efficient as possible and looking for ways to speed the availability of new drugs from marijuana for the American public. Further, in his statement before the Subcommittee on Crime and Terrorism, Committee on the Judiciary, U.S. Senate on “Researching the Potential Medical Benefits and Risks of Marijuana” on July 13, 2016, Douglas C. Throckmorton, Deputy Director for Regulatory Programs, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, FDA, described how development programs for drugs derived from marijuana are eligible for certain FDA expedited review and development programs under appropriate circumstances, and some are being used to aid the development of drugs derived from marijuana, giving the examples of FDA’s grant of Fast Track designation to Sativex for the treatment of pain in patients with advanced cancer, who experience inadequate analgesia during optimized chronic opioid therapy, and Epidiolex, in the treatment of Dravet syndrome. He concluded that there is considerable public interest in developing new therapies from marijuana and its constituents, and FDA will continue to play its role in ensuring that any such new therapies are safe, effective, and manufactured to a high quality, applying the drug development paradigm that continues to provide new medicines that meet these standards for patients. He repeated these remarks in July 2017.
Our Strengths
We believe that we offer the following key distinguishing characteristics:

A late stage product, Epidiolex, in pediatric epilepsy for which we have generated positive Phase 3 data, have submitted an NDA to the FDA, and which we expect to launch in 2018 .   We have reported positive Phase 3 data for Epidiolex in both Dravet syndrome and LGS. Each of these conditions is a severe, infantile-onset, genetic, drug-resistant epilepsy syndrome for which we have secured Orphan Drug Designation from the FDA. We have submitted an NDA to the FDA and expect to commercialize this product in the United States in 2018. We also plan on seeking regulatory approval in Europe for Epidiolex and expect to commercialize the product in that market in 2019.

Additional indications for Epidiolex to expand epilepsy market opportunity .   We believe that there is potential for the development of Epidiolex in additional rare childhood-onset epilepsy indications. Physician reported data on patients receiving Epidiolex under physician-led INDs includes promising signals of clinical effect in patients with conditions other than Dravet syndrome and LGS. One of these additional indications is TSC, for which Phase 3 data is expected in 2018. Another is IS, and there are additional potential target indications under consideration for future development.

We retain global commercial rights to Epidiolex and believe it has significant market potential .   We are building a U.S. commercial organization led by Julian Gangolli as President, North America, who joined us in June 2015 having previously held the same position at Allergan. We have also recruited U.S. medical affairs, clinical trials and commercial staff, many of whom have strong epilepsy knowledge and experience. There is a significant unmet need within the field of epilepsy and we believe that U.S. physician awareness and enthusiasm for Epidiolex is high. We are also now building a commercial organization in Europe.

Commercialized product validates development and regulatory pathway .   We believe that the successful development and regulatory approval of Sativex in MS spasticity outside the United States provides important validation of our proprietary cannabinoid product platform. On this basis, we believe that we can develop a portfolio of additional cannabinoid therapeutics.
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are in late stage negotiations for the return of the rights to Sativex in the U.S. from our previous partner, Otsuka, and this represents a new wholly owned late stage asset .   We plan on pursuing a clinical program to obtain approval for this product from the FDA. Additional pipeline programs within epilepsy, autism, and pediatric neurology . We are in Phase 2 clinical development for an additional product candidate, GWP42006 (CBDV), in adult epilepsy patients. GWP42006 has also shown promising pre-clinical data within the field of ASDs and we expect to commence Phase 2 development in this therapeutic area in 2018. We have received Orphan Drug Designation from the FDA for CBDV for the treatment of Rett syndrome. In addition, we have received Orphan Drug Designation from the FDA for CBD in the treatment of NHIE and have completed Phase 1 development of an intravenous CBD formulation in the treatment of NHIE.

A pipeline of additional cannabinoid orphan and non-orphan drug opportunities for which we retain global commercial rights .   We have successfully completed a Phase 1b/2a trial of another product, our combination of CBD and THC, to treat GBM, the data from which was presented at ASCO in 2017. We have successfully completed a Phase 2 trial in schizophrenia for our product candidate, GWP42003.

Opportunity for first-in-class treatments across a large number of therapeutic targets .   We are at the forefront of the commercialization of cannabinoid therapeutics using our proprietary product platform to identify, validate and develop innovative first-in-class therapeutics that are designed to meet significant unmet medical needs.

Strong competitive position in a highly specialized and regulated field .   We believe that we are uniquely positioned to benefit from the significant potential within the field of cannabinoid therapeutics in which we have developed a successful track record and expertise, as well as an intellectual property portfolio, during our 19 years of operations.

In-house manufacturing capabilities and expertise in controlled substances .   We operate under current GMP commercial manufacturing licenses in the United Kingdom, which give us the capability to supply our products to global markets. We have successfully exported cannabinoid commercial or research materials to over 30 countries and have substantial expertise in relevant international and national regulations in relation to the research, distribution and commercialization of cannabinoid therapeutics.

Highly experienced management team and network of leading scientists .   Several members of our leadership team have been in place for over ten years and we have recently hired a number of highly-experienced senior executives to augment our executive management team. We have a fully integrated in-house research and development organization, regulatory capabilities and commercial manufacturing expertise. We closely collaborate with a broad network of leading scientists in the cannabinoid field.
Our Business Strategy
Our goal is to capitalize on our leading position in the field of plant-derived cannabinoid therapeutics by pursuing the following strategies:

Secure regulatory approval and launch using our own commercial organization our lead product candidate Epidiolex in Dravet syndrome and LGS in the United States and around the world .   We have reported positive Phase 3 data in Dravet syndrome and LGS, and submitted an NDA to the FDA for which we expect a mid-2018 PDUFA date. We also expect to submit a regulatory application in Europe at the end of 2017, and also have future plans to submit applications elsewhere around the world. We are building U.S. and European commercial organizations in preparation for potential launch of Epidiolex.

Expand the market opportunity for Epidiolex within the field of epilepsy .   We have commenced Phase 3 clinical development of Epidiolex for TSC and clinical development of Epidiolex for IS. We are evaluating additional indications for Epidiolex within the field of epilepsy.

Develop additional product candidates within the field of epilepsy and pediatric neurology .   We have a second product candidate, GWP42006 (CBDV), for which a Phase 2 clinical trial in epilepsy is
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
underway with data expected in early 2018. We expect to commence an open-label study of GWP42006 in the first half of 2018 and expect to commence Phase 2 development of GWP42006 in the field of ASD, also in 2018. We also commenced a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2016 for an intravenous CBD formulation in the treatment of NHIE. In addition, following positive proof-of-concept data in a Phase 2 schizophrenia trial, we expect to conduct further research within the field of psychiatric disease in children. We retain global commercial rights to these programs.

Expand the market opportunity for Sativex .   We have recently launched Sativex in Australia and New Zealand, following the return of rights to this product by Novartis. If we recover the rights to Sativex in the United States, we plan on pursuing a clinical program to obtain approval for this product from the FDA.

Leverage our proprietary cannabinoid product platform to discover, develop and commercialize additional novel first-in-class cannabinoid products .   We believe our established platform, including our in-house development expertise, allows us to achieve candidate selection and proof-of-concept in an efficient manner.

Further strengthen our competitive position .   We will continue to develop our extensive international network of the most prominent scientists in the cannabinoid field and secure additional intellectual property rights.
Our Proprietary Cannabinoid Product Platform
We believe we have established a world-leading position in cannabinoid therapeutics through our proven proprietary cannabinoid product platform. Our platform consists of a continually evolving library of internally generated novel cannabis plant types that produce selected cannabinoids, discovery of novel cannabinoid pharmacology through our network of world leading scientists, an intellectual property portfolio, in-house formulation, processing and manufacturing capabilities, and development and regulatory expertise. We further believe that we are in a unique position to develop and manufacture plant-derived cannabinoid formulations worldwide at sufficient quality, uniformity, scale and sophistication for the purposes of pharmaceutical development and to meet international regulatory requirements.
Cannabinoid Science Overview
Although one cannabinoid, THC, is known to cause psychoactive effects associated with the use of illicit herbal cannabis, none of the other cannabinoids are known to share these properties. In recent decades, there have been major scientific advances that have led to the discovery of new plant-derived cannabinoids and the endocannabinoid system. We are at the forefront of this new area of science and our research into a large number of these cannabinoids suggests that each has distinct pharmacological effects and potential therapeutic applications.
Our research to date has focused on the following plant-based cannabinoids:
CBD (Cannabidiol) CBN (Cannabinol)
CBDV (Cannabidivarin) CBNV (Cannabinovarin)
CBDA (Cannabidiol — Acid)
D8-THC (Delta-8 Tetrahydrocannabinol)
CBDVA (Cannabidivarin — Acid)
THC (Delta-9 Tetrahydrocannabinol)
CBC (Cannabichromene)
THCA (Tetrahydrocannabinol — Acid)
CBG (Cannabigerol) THCV (Tetrahydrocannabivarin)
CBGA (Cannabigerol — Acid) THCVA (Tetrahydrocannabivarin — Acid)
CBGV (Cannabigerovarin)
Initial academic research in the field of cannabinoid science focused almost exclusively on THC. It has been widely published in scientific literature that THC has pain suppression, anti-spasmodic, anti-tremor, anti-inflammatory, appetite stimulant and anti-nausea properties. Our research and development, however, has focused primarily on exploring cannabinoids other than THC and identifying potential therapeutic
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
applications of these other cannabinoids. We have focused particularly on CBD, which has shown in pre-clinical testing conducted by us and supported by publications in scientific literature to have anti-inflammatory, anti-convulsant, anti-psychotic, anti-oxidant, neuroprotective and immunomodulatory effects. In addition, we believe CBD is not intoxicating as evidenced by its distinct pharmacology from THC as well as evidence from clinical trials. In particular, the intoxicating effects of THC result from its activity as a partial agonist at the CB1 receptor; CBD does not have this same pharmacologic activity. There is a significant body of scientific literature on the properties of CBD, which consistently describes CBD as a cannabinoid without psychotropic effects. Furthermore, according to publications in scientific literature, in particular pre-clinical research published by Zuardi, et al. in the Journal of Psychopharmacology 1982 and clinical research published by Karniol, et al. in the European Journal of Pharmacology 1974, research suggests that the presence of CBD may mitigate some of the side-effects of THC. We have also identified important pharmacological effects of other cannabinoids, such as the anti-convulsant effects of CBDV, anti-diabetic effects of THCV, anti-nausea effects of CBDA and anti-cancer effects of CBG.
There are at least two types of cannabinoid receptors, CB1 and CB2, in the human endocannabinoid system. CB1 receptors are considered to be among the most widely expressed G protein-coupled receptors in the brain and are particularly abundant in areas of the brain concerned with movement and postural control, pain and sensory perception, memory, cognition, emotion, and autonomic and endocrine function. CB1 receptors are also found in peripheral tissues including peripheral nerves and non-neuronal tissues such as muscle, liver tissues and fat. CB2 receptors are expressed primarily in tissues in the immune system and are believed to mediate the immunological effects of cannabinoids. In addition, research suggests the endocannabinoid system interacts with other important neurotransmitter and neuromodulatory systems in the human body, including TRP channels, adenosine uptake and serotonin receptors. We believe that the far-reaching and diverse pharmacology of the numerous cannabinoids provides significant potential for development of cannabinoid therapeutics across many indications and disease areas.
Our Product Development Approach
Our approach to early product development of novel cannabinoids consists of the following stages:
Cannabinoid Chemotype Development.    Our research activities commence with the generation of novel and proprietary cannabinoid plant types that produce selected cannabinoids. Our plant geneticists breed unique and protected “chemotypes,” or plants characterized by their chemical content, such that we can precisely control the cannabinoid composition of a plant. We employ traditional and molecular methods of plant breeding, with no use of genetic modification. We select chemotypes on the basis of their cannabinoid profile, appropriate levels of concentration and botanical characteristics that enable commercial viability. We seek protection for chemotypes in the form of plant variety rights, which protect the plants and the material obtained therefrom in Europe. We use plant material for the sole purpose of ongoing processing into pharmaceutical formulations.
Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient Preparation.    After we generate the unique and protected chemotypes, we develop and characterize preparations from an extract of the chemotype. In addition to preparing whole plant extracts, we also modify the extract preparations by adding or removing certain components or purifying preparations to produce a purified cannabinoid. Each of these steps may give rise to patentable opportunities.
Pharmacologic Evaluation.    We then conduct in vitro and in vivo pharmacologic evaluation studies in validated disease models, testing the potential activity, safety and routes of drug metabolism of each cannabinoid preparation as well as combinations of preparations. These studies seek to identify the pharmacology of cannabinoid preparations and allow us to determine the potential therapeutic area in which they might have promise. We then conduct additional pharmacology, toxicology and pre-clinical development on promising preparations.
We conduct most of our pharmacologic evaluations in collaboration with cannabinoid scientists at academic institutions around the world. We enter into research collaboration agreements and other arrangements that enable us to benefit from the expertise of external scientists while retaining intellectual property rights that emerge from the study of our research materials.
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Product Composition and Formulation Development.    In parallel with the later stages of pharmacological evaluation, we identify optimum extraction and processing methods for the most promising preparations and then develop clinical formulations from the plant extract and analytical methodologies to further study the formulations. We are able to develop formulations of potential product candidates that focus on one or more cannabinoids as key active constituents as well as formulations that focus on a single cannabinoid. Each of these steps may give rise to patentable opportunities.
With respect to complex extracts, our formulation approach is exemplified by Sativex, the first approved cannabinoid therapeutic based on whole plant extracts from the cannabis plant. The main active ingredients of Sativex, THC and CBD, are extracted from two proprietary chemotypes. In addition to THC and CBD, Sativex contains additional cannabinoid and non-cannabinoid plant components. In order to achieve a fully standardized formulation of these complex extracts, we employ a range of advanced analytical technologies to demonstrate batch-to-batch uniformity. We standardize the formulation across the extracts as a whole, not simply by reference to their key active components.
With respect to pure cannabinoid formulations, our approach is exemplified by Epidiolex. The active ingredient, CBD, is extracted from proprietary CBD containing chemotypes and then undergoes various processing steps to generate the isolated pure compound.
Clinical development.    Selected cannabinoid product candidates progress into clinical development. We have an in-house clinical operations team that has the proven capability to execute Phase 1, 2, 3 and 4 trials rapidly and cost-effectively. Since our inception, we have undertaken an extensive program of clinical trials in over 7,000 patients, including over 50 Phase 2 and Phase 3 trials and have undertaken post-market safety studies involving over 1,000 patients.
Advantages of Our Approach
We believe that our focus on the development of therapeutics from plant-derived cannabinoids offers the following important advantages:

Our approach is optimally suited to targeting a number of chronic conditions, especially involving the CNS. The inherent complexity of this system and the ability of one part of the system to compensate for abnormalities elsewhere in the system make the “single-target” approach to therapeutics unlikely to be successful.

Our platform enables us to evaluate the therapeutic potential of single cannabinoids as well as combinations of cannabinoids. As demonstrated with Sativex, this approach offers the prospect of developing a product that enhances the efficacy and safety features of one cannabinoid with complementary features of another cannabinoid while remaining defined as a single new medicinal entity by regulatory authorities.

The chemical complexity of our plant-based formulations provides additional hurdles for potential generic competitors who will be required to demonstrate essential similarity.
Sativex Collaboration Agreements
We have entered into six separate collaboration agreements for Sativex with major pharmaceutical companies. Each agreement provides the respective partner with exclusive rights in a defined geographic territory to commercialize Sativex in all indications, while we retain the exclusive right to manufacture and supply Sativex to such partner on commercial supply terms for the duration of the commercial life of the product. These agreements typically carry a 15 year initial term, with automatic renewal periods. Our partners have the right, under certain circumstances, to terminate their agreements with us, and three of our partners, Almirall, Otsuka and Novartis, have the right to terminate their agreements with us without cause. In November 2016 we entered into a mutual termination agreement with Novartis, pursuant to which rights in Sativex in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and Africa will be returned to GW over an agreed transition period. We are in late stage negotiations with Otsuka for the return of US development and commercialization rights to Sativex in the United States and expect these rights to be returned in the near future.
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Each of our remaining collaboration agreements for Sativex incorporates different supply and royalty terms. With the exception of the Novartis agreement, described below, each of our supply agreements requires us to supply fully labeled Sativex vials at a price that is expressed as a percentage of a partner’s in-market net sales revenue. In some cases, part of this revenue is structured as a combination of product supply price plus a royalty, although both types of revenue are accounted for similarly. Sativex supply revenue is invoiced when product inventory is delivered to or collected by the marketing partner. Royalties will be received in arrears based upon quarterly in-market net sales declarations from partners.
The price charged for Sativex in the market is controlled by our marketing partners. However, our contracts do not anticipate us being obligated to supply Sativex at a loss. In such event, if the in-market supply price would cause us to supply Sativex at a loss we would have the right to renegotiate supply terms to prevent this.
Please see Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements included as part of this Annual Report for a breakdown of our revenue by geographic location.
Sativex in the United States
In 2007, we entered into a Sativex U.S. license agreement with Otsuka, the Japanese pharmaceutical company.
Under the terms of the Sativex U.S. license agreement, we granted Otsuka an exclusive license to develop and market Sativex in the United States. We are responsible for the manufacture and supply of Sativex to Otsuka. Both companies have jointly overseen all U.S. clinical development and regulatory activities for the first cancer pain indication.
The financial terms of this agreement include total milestone payments and license fees to us of up to $272.0 million, of which approximately $18.0 million relates to license fees, $54.0 million are linked to regulatory milestones, such as initiation of Phase 3 trials, submission of an NDA to the FDA and other regulatory approvals, and $200.0 million are linked to various commercial milestones, as well as revenue from the supply of products and royalties on product sales. Our combined supply price and royalty to Otsuka equates to a percentage in the mid-twenties of Otsuka’s in-market net sales revenue. Otsuka paid us the license fee of  $18.0 million upfront and has since paid an additional milestone payment of  $4.0 million upon commencing the first Phase 3 clinical trial in cancer pain.
Following the failure of the Sativex cancer pain trials, we are in late stage negotiations with Otsuka for the return of US development and commercialization rights to Sativex in the United States and expect these rights to be returned in the near future, and therefore do not expect to receive any further milestone payments.
Sativex in Latin America, Asia, the Middle East and Africa
Novartis Pharma AG.    In 2011, we entered into an exclusive agreement with Novartis to commercialize Sativex in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and Africa.
Under the terms of this agreement, Novartis had exclusive commercialization rights to Sativex in the above-mentioned territories and will act as the marketing authorization holder for Sativex. We will be responsible for the manufacture and supply of Sativex to Novartis.
The financial terms of the agreement included an upfront fee of  $5.0 million from Novartis.
In November 2016 we entered into a mutual termination agreement with Novartis, pursuant to which rights in Sativex in these territories. As this agreement has now been terminated we will not receive any further lump sum or other payments from Novartis. However, we have identified and appointed a third party to distribute Sativex in Australia and New Zealand, which are within the former Novartis territories.
Ipsen Biopharm Ltd.    In 2014, we entered into an exclusive agreement with Ipsen. Under the terms of this agreement, Ipsen will promote and distribute Sativex in Latin America (excluding Mexico and the Islands of the Caribbean).
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Neopharm Group.    Under an agreement signed in 2010, Neopharm, an Israeli pharmaceutical company, holds exclusive commercial rights to Sativex in Israel. The financial terms of this agreement did not include a license fee and we are not entitled to any milestone payments. We will receive revenue from the supply of products to Neopharm, expected to equate to a percentage equal to forty to fifty per cent of Neopharm’s in-market net sales revenue.
Under the terms of this agreement, Neopharm acts as market authorization holder in the territory. We are responsible for commercial product supply to Neopharm for which we generate sales revenue.
Sativex in the European Union
Almirall S.A.    In 2005, we entered into an exclusive agreement with Almirall, an international pharmaceutical company with headquarters in Spain and 2016 total revenue of €859.3 million, to commercialize Sativex in the European Union (excluding the United Kingdom) and E.U. accession countries, as well as Switzerland, Norway and Turkey. In 2012, this agreement was amended to add Mexico to the licensed territory. In countries where Almirall has no direct presence at the time of product launch, we will jointly agree on the appointment of distribution partners. In such countries, we may elect to distribute the product ourselves.
Under the agreement, we are the marketing authorization holder for Sativex in all countries in the territory except where local regulations require a locally registered entity to assume this responsibility. In addition, we are responsible for commercial product supply to Almirall. The financial terms of the agreement included an upfront fee of £12.0 million. In addition, milestone payments are payable to us upon the successful completion of certain development activities, as well as on regulatory approvals and the achievement of specified sales targets. Since its initial execution in 2005, the agreement has been the subject of various amendments, two of which included the provision of new milestone payments. Since 2005, in total, we have received £20.9 million of milestone payments from Almirall. We have the potential to receive a further £17.0 million in future milestone payments in the event that the relevant milestones are achieved. Of such £17.0 million in potential future milestone payments, £4.0 million are linked to regulatory and clinical milestones and £13.0 million are linked to commercial milestones. We also receive revenue from the supply of Sativex, currently equating to a percentage in the low to mid-twenties of Almirall’s in-market net sales revenue. This percentage would increase to the mid-thirties if Sativex is approved for cancer pain in Europe, and will increase to the mid-thirties of net sales revenue from January 1, 2021.
Bayer HealthCare AG.    In 2003, we entered into an agreement with Bayer whereby we granted Bayer an exclusive license to market Sativex in the United Kingdom. This agreement was amended later in 2003 to include Canada.
Under the agreement, we are the marketing authorization holder for Sativex in the United Kingdom and Canada. In addition, we are responsible for commercial product supply to Bayer.
The financial terms of the agreement included an upfront fee of £5.0 million. In addition, milestone payments are payable on the successful completion of certain development activities, as well as on regulatory approvals and the achievement of specified sales targets. Since its initial execution in 2003, the agreement has been the subject of various amendments, one of which included the provision of new milestone payments. In total, we have received £19.8 million in milestone payments from Bayer. We have the potential to receive a further £9.0 million in milestone payments in the event that the relevant milestones are achieved, all of which are related to future regulatory approvals. We also receive revenue from supply of Sativex, equating to a percentage in the mid-thirties to forty of Bayer’s in-market net sales revenue.
Intellectual Property and Technology Licenses
Our success depends in significant part on our ability to protect the proprietary nature of Sativex, Epidiolex, our other product candidates, technology and know-how, to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others, and to defend challenges and oppositions from others and prevent others from infringing on our proprietary rights. We have sought, and plan to continue to seek, patent protection in the United States and other countries for our proprietary technologies. Our intellectual property portfolio at September 30, 2017, includes 73 patent families with issued and/or pending claims directed to plants, plant extracts, extraction technology, pharmaceutical formulations, drug delivery and the therapeutic uses of
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
cannabinoids, as well as plant variety rights, know-how and trade secrets. From these families, as of September 30, 2017, we own and/or license 269 pending patent applications worldwide. Within the United States, we have 38 issued patents with a further 47 pending patent applications under active prosecution. There are an additional 492 issued patents outside of the United States. Our policy is to seek patent protection for the technology, inventions and improvements that we consider important to the development of our business, but only in those cases where we believe that the costs of obtaining patent protection is justified by the commercial potential of the technology, and typically only in those jurisdictions that we believe present significant commercial opportunities.
We also rely on trademarks, trade secrets, know-how and continuing innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position.
Our strategy is to seek and obtain patents related to Sativex across all major pharmaceutical markets around the world. In the United States, our patents and/or pending applications (if they were to issue) relating to Sativex would expire on various dates between 2021 and 2027, excluding possible patent term extensions. We have at least seven different patent families containing one or more pending and/or issued patents directed to the Sativex formulation, the extracts from which Sativex is composed, the extraction technique used to produce the extracts and the therapeutic use of Sativex.
Under the 2007 research collaboration agreement with Otsuka, which expired in June 2013, all intellectual property (including both patents and non-manufacturing related know-how) that was conceived by either Otsuka or us during the course of the collaboration is jointly owned by Otsuka and us, and is referred to as “collaboration IP.” Since no product/product candidate(s) were licensed by Otsuka at the end of the collaboration, we have an exclusive sub-licensable royalty-bearing license to use collaboration IP both outside and within the fields of CNS and oncology.
Under the surviving provisions of the collaboration agreement, we remain responsible for the filing, prosecution, maintenance and defense of any patents filed on the jointly owned collaboration IP, and Otsuka is responsible for all out-of-pocket expenses associated therewith. In the event Otsuka no longer wishes to reimburse us for our out-of-pocket costs associated with any of the jointly owned patents, Otsuka is required to assign its rights to the patents in question back to us. Otsuka has the first right to bring and control any action for infringement of any joint patent rights in the research field, and we have the right to join such action at our own expense. In the event Otsuka fails to bring such an action, we have the right to bring and control any such action at our own expense. Neither party shall have the right to settle any infringement litigation regarding the joint patent rights inside the research field without the prior written consent of the other party.
We have a portfolio of intellectual property relating to the use of CBD in epilepsy. This portfolio includes sixteen distinct patent families which are either granted or filed. Two of these patent families are collaboration IP derived from the now expired Otsuka research collaboration, and to which we have an exclusive sub-licensable royalty-bearing license. This portfolio includes patent families with claims directed to the use of CBD in the treatment of epilepsy seizure subtypes, particular childhood epilepsy syndromes and formulations. We anticipate filing additional patent applications claiming the use of Epidiolex in 2018 as new data is generated and will continue to prosecute our existing patent applications before the USPTO. We expect the USPTO to reach a determination on a number of the pending applications in the first half of 2018. Should the NDA for Epidiolex for the treatment of Dravet syndrome and/or LGS be approved, we do not intend to seek to list any of our currently-granted patents in the Electronic Orange Book . In addition other patent families have claims directed to related inventions such as extraction techniques, CBD extracts and highly purified CBD.
We have a portfolio of intellectual property relating to CBD in schizophrenia consisting of two distinct patent families which are either granted or pending, that are directed to the use of this product candidate. One of these patent families is collaboration IP derived from the now expired Otsuka research collaboration, and to which we have an exclusive sub-licensable royalty-bearing license. These patent families include claims to use of CBD alone or in combination with other cannabinoids/anti-psychotics in the treatment of schizophrenia as well as other families which provide protection for compositions, extraction techniques, CBD extracts and highly purified CBD. We anticipate additional patent applications being filed as new data is generated.
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We have a portfolio of intellectual property relating to CBDV for use in various indications including epilepsy and autism spectrum disorder. This portfolio includes patent families which are either granted or pending that are directed to the use of this product candidate. One of these patent families is collaboration IP derived from the now expired Otsuka research collaboration, and to which we have an exclusive sub-licensable royalty-bearing license. These patent families include claims to use of CBDV alone or in combination with standard anti-epileptic drugs in the treatment of seizures, the use of CBDV in the treatment of autism spectrum disorders and associated conditions. Other families which provide protection for the use of CBDV in other therapeutic areas such as neuropathic pain, Alzheimer’s disease and Duchenne’s disease, CBDV compositions and CBDV extracts. We anticipate additional patent applications being filed as new data is generated.
We have a portfolio of intellectual property relating to CBD and THC for use in the treatment of glioma. This portfolio includes six distinct patent families which are either granted or filed, protecting the use of these product candidates in glioma. One of these patent families is collaboration IP derived from the now expired Otsuka research collaboration, and to which we have an exclusive sub-licensable royalty-bearing license. The latest expiry date of these families runs to June 2034. These patent families include claims to use of THC and CBD in various ratios either alone or in combination with chemotherapeutic drugs or radiotherapy in the treatment of glioma.
The term of individual patents depends upon the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we have filed, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or PTO, in granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over another patent.
The term of a patent that covers an FDA-approved drug may also be eligible for extension, which permits term restoration as compensation for the term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits an extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review. Extensions cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended. Similar provisions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug are available in Europe and other non-U.S. jurisdictions; indeed Supplementary Protection Certificates have been applied for such that the European formulation patent for Sativex will be extended to 2025 in Europe. In the future, if and when our pharmaceutical product candidates receive FDA approval, we may apply for extensions on patents covering those products.
To protect our rights to any of our issued patents and proprietary information, we may need to litigate against infringing third parties, avail ourselves of the courts or participate in hearings to determine the scope and validity of those patents or other proprietary rights.
We also rely on trade secret protection for our confidential and proprietary information, and it is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us.
From time to time, in the normal course of our operations, we will be a party to litigation and other dispute matters and claims relating to intellectual property. A number of our recently issued European patents are currently the subject of opposition proceedings, which may result in claims in these patents being narrowed or cancelled such that the scope of the opposed patent may not be as broad, or the opposed patent may be revoked in its entirety. Our US patent claiming the use of CBD in the treatment of partial seizures is also subject of a petition for inter partes review by the Patents Trial and Appeal Board of the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The petition has been instituted on two of the three grounds claimed and is now proceeding towards a hearing in March 2018. Litigation can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict and our view of these matters may change in the future as the litigation and events related thereto unfold. An unfavorable outcome to any legal matter, if material, could have a materially adverse effect on our operations or our financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Manufacturing
We are responsible for the manufacture and supply of our products for clinical trial and commercial purposes. We operate under GMP manufacturing licenses issued by the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency, or MHRA, in the United Kingdom and our facilities have been audited by the MHRA on a regular basis. We have personnel with extensive experience in production of botanical raw material, pharmaceutical production, quality control, quality assurance and supply chain.
For commercial Sativex production, the BRM is currently contracted to an external third party, although our staff are at the contract site to monitor activity and production quality on a weekly basis. All other steps in the commercial production process for Sativex are performed in-house. We routinely hold significant inventories of Sativex BRM and BDS, both of which have extended shelf lives that enable us to manufacture finished product on demand. We believe that these inventories are currently sufficient to enable us to continue to meet anticipated commercial demand for Sativex in the event of an interruption in our supply of BRM.
We are in the process of expanding and upgrading parts of our manufacturing facilities in order to meet future demand and FDA requirements. We finished construction of a new BDS production facility at our current site in May 2016. We are constructing an additional BDS production facility at our current site where we expect to install new, higher volume, BDS processing equipment. Construction work for this new facility commenced in October 2017 and we expect to complete the first phase of this construction in 2019, with a second phase of this completing in 2020. Longer term, depending on volume requirements, we anticipate the need to construct a new BDP facility.
For Epidiolex production, the BRM is currently contracted to the same external third party used for Sativex production plus an additional third party. In 2017 we expanded our growing capacity three fold and have successfully on boarded a new contract growing organization. Our intention is to maintain at least two contract growers and locations with long term agreements and the flexibility to increase or decrease BRM production in line with demand.
We have successfully exported cannabinoid commercial or research materials to over 30 countries and have the necessary in-house expertise to manage the import/export process worldwide. We have substantial expertise in, and experience with, relevant international and national regulations in relation to the research, distribution and commercialization of cannabinoid therapeutics. We have formed relationships with relevant international and national agencies in order to enable licensing of research sites, establishing appropriate product distribution channels and securing licensed storage, obtaining import/export licenses, and facilitating amendments to relevant legislation if required prior to commercialization.
Competition
The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our scientific knowledge, technology and development experience provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. A synthetic THC (dronabinol) oral capsule has been approved and distributed in the United States for anorexia associated with weight loss in patients with AIDS. Dronabinol and nabilone (a synthetic molecule similar to THC) capsules have been approved and distributed in the United States for the treatment of nausea and vomiting associated with cancer chemotherapy in patients who have failed to respond adequately to conventional antiemetic treatments. We are also aware of exploratory research into the effects of THC formulations in other areas. We are aware of discovery research within the pharmaceutical industry into synthetic agonists and antagonists of CB1 and CB2 receptors. We are also aware of companies that supply synthetic cannabinoids and cannabis extracts to researchers for pre-clinical and clinical investigation. We are also aware of various companies that cultivate cannabis plants with a view to supplying herbal cannabis or non-pharmaceutical cannabis-based formulations to patients. These activities have not been approved by the FDA.
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In both MS spasticity and cancer pain, Sativex aims to treat patients who do not respond adequately to standard care. In MS spasticity, such treatments include baclofen and tizanidine, and in cancer pain such treatments include morphine and other opioids. In cancer pain, the principal focus of ongoing clinical research by our potential competitors is in the development of alternative formulations of opioids.
With respect to CBD, a number of non-approved and non-standardized “artisanal” CBD preparations derived from crude herbal cannabis have been made available in limited quantities by producers of  “medical marijuana” in the United States. In addition, certain pharmaceutical companies that currently manufacture synthetic THC are likely to have the capability to manufacture synthetic CBD and may already be doing so. Insys Therapeutics, Inc. has publicly stated its intention to develop CBD in Dravet syndrome, LGS, glioma and potentially other orphan indications. Zogenix, Inc. is developing low dose fenfluramine in Dravet syndrome, for which it has reported positive results in a Phase 3 trial. Zynerba Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is developing a topical formulation of CBD, which it has stated that it intends to purse in the fields of osteoarthritis and Fragile X syndrome.
We have never endorsed or supported the idea of distributing or legalizing crude herbal cannabis, or preparations derived from crude herbal cannabis, for medical use and do not believe prescription cannabinoids are the same, and therefore competitive, with crude herbal cannabis. We have consistently maintained that only a cannabinoid medication, one that is standardized in composition, formulation and dose, administered by means of an appropriate delivery system, and tested in properly controlled pre-clinical and clinical studies, can meet the standards of regulatory authorities around the world, including those of the FDA. We have also repeatedly stressed that these regulatory processes provide important protections for patients, and we believe that any cannabinoid medication must be subjected to, and satisfy, such rigorous scrutiny.
The prospect for cannabinoid therapeutics to be approved through the FDA approval pathway has been the subject of statements from the Obama White House, NIDA, Congress and the DEA. For several years, the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy carried a statement called “Facts and Answers to the Frequently Asked Questions about Marijuana” on the White House website, noting that the FDA has recognized and approved the medicinal use of isolated components of the marijuana plant and related synthetic compounds, and it specifically referenced Sativex as a product in late-stage clinical trials with the FDA. The NIDA website currently states that the FDA has recognized and approved the medicinal use of isolated components of the marijuana plant and related synthetic compounds, and it specifically references Epidiolex as a product that is currently in late-stage clinical trials with the FDA. ONDCP refers readers to the website of the National Institute of Health (NIH) and in a document titled “Drug Facts: Is Marijuana Medicine?”, NIH states that Sativex treats muscle control problems caused by MS, but notes that it is not FDA-approved. NIH also states that Epidiolex, a CBD-based liquid drug to treat certain forms of childhood epilepsy, is being tested in clinical trials but is not yet FDA-approved. In its June 2012 report titled “Reducing the U.S. Demand for Illegal Drugs,” the U.S. Senate Caucus on International Narcotics Control expresses the view that the development of marijuana-based therapeutics through an approved FDA process is the best route to explore and references Sativex as a promising product currently in the final phase of the FDA’s trials for approved use in the United States. In that report, the Senate Caucus urged the FDA to complete a careful review of Sativex in a timely manner. In written testimony given by Joseph Rannazzisi, then-Assistant Deputy Administrator of the DEA, before the Senate Caucus on International Narcotics Control on the subject of Cannabidiol, June 24, 2015, Mr. Rannazzissi stated that the DEA supports research involving CBD and its potential capacity to treat multiple conditions, as well as expanded access programs for CBD, specifically citing Epidiolex.
Government Regulation and Product Approval
FDA Approval Process
In the United States, pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDC Act, and other federal and state statutes and regulations, govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. Failure to comply with applicable
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
U.S. requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as imposition of clinical holds, FDA refusal to approve pending NDAs, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement, civil penalties and criminal prosecution.
Pharmaceutical product development in the United States typically involves pre-clinical laboratory and animal tests and the submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before clinical testing may commence. For commercial approval, the sponsor must submit adequate tests by all methods reasonably applicable to show that the drug is safe for use under the conditions prescribed, recommended or suggested in the proposed labeling. The sponsor must also submit substantial evidence, generally consisting of adequate, well-controlled clinical trials to establish that the drug will have the effect it purports or is represented to have under the conditions of use prescribed, recommended or suggested in the proposed labeling. In certain cases, FDA may determine that a drug is effective based on one clinical study plus confirmatory evidence. Satisfaction of FDA pre-market approval requirements typically takes many years and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product or disease.
Pre-clinical tests include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, formulation and toxicity, as well as animal trials to assess the characteristics and potential safety and efficacy of the product. The conduct of the pre-clinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements, including the FDA’s good laboratory practices regulations and the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s (USDA’s) regulations implementing the Animal Welfare Act. The results of pre-clinical testing are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND along with other information, including information about product chemistry, manufacturing and controls, and a proposed clinical trial protocol. Long term pre-clinical tests, such as animal tests of reproductive toxicity and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.
A 30-day waiting period after the submission of each IND is required prior to the commencement of clinical testing in humans. If the FDA has not imposed a clinical hold on the IND or otherwise commented or questioned the IND within this 30-day period, the clinical trial proposed in the IND may begin.
Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of a qualified investigator. Clinical trials must be conducted: (i) in compliance with federal regulations, (ii) in compliance with GCP an international standard meant to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators and monitors, and (iii) under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol involving testing on U.S. patients and subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND.
The FDA may order the temporary, or permanent, discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time or impose other sanctions if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients. The trial protocol and informed consent information for patients in clinical trials must also be submitted to an institutional review board, or IRB, for approval. An IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted, either temporarily or permanently, for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements or may impose other conditions.
Clinical trials to support NDAs for marketing approval are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap. In general in Phase 1, the initial introduction of the drug into healthy human subjects or patients, the drug is tested to assess metabolism, pharmacokinetics, pharmacological actions, side effects associated with increasing doses and, if possible, early evidence on effectiveness. Phase 2 usually involves trials in a limited patient population to determine the effectiveness of the drug for a particular indication, dosage tolerance and optimum dosage, and to identify common adverse effects and safety risks. If a compound demonstrates evidence of effectiveness and an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 evaluations, Phase 3 trials are undertaken to obtain the additional information about clinical efficacy and safety in a larger number of patients, typically at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, to permit the FDA to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of the drug and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the drug. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug. FDA may, however, determine that a drug is
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
effective based on one clinical study plus confirmatory evidence. Only a small percentage of investigational drugs complete all three phases and obtain marketing approval. In some cases, FDA may require post-market studies, known as Phase 4 studies, to be conducted as a condition of approval in order to gather additional information on the drug’s effect in various populations and any side effects associated with long-term use. Depending on the risks posed by the drugs, other post-market requirements may be imposed.
After completion of the required clinical testing, an NDA is prepared and submitted to the FDA. FDA approval of the NDA is required before marketing of the product may begin in the United States. The NDA must include the results of all pre-clinical, clinical, and other testing and a compilation of data relating to the product’s pharmacology, chemistry, manufacture, and controls. The cost of preparing and submitting an NDA is substantial. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is additionally subject to a substantial application user fee, for Fiscal Year 2018 $2,421,495, and the manufacturer and/or sponsor under an approved NDA are also subject to annual program fees, for Fiscal Year 2018 $304,162.
The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency’s threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. Under the statute and implementing regulations, FDA has 180 days (the initial review cycle) from the date of filing to issue either an approval letter or a complete response letter, unless the review period is adjusted by mutual agreement between FDA and the applicant or as a result of the applicant submitting a major amendment. In practice, the performance goals established pursuant to the Prescription Drug User Fee Act have effectively extended the initial review cycle beyond 180 days. FDA’s current performance goals call for FDA to complete review of 90 percent of standard (non-priority) NDAs within 10 months of receipt and within six months for priority NDAs, but two additional months are added to standard and priority NDAs for a new molecular entity (NME).
The FDA may also refer applications for novel drug products, or drug products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy, to an advisory committee, which is typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. Additionally, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the drug is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product unless compliance with current GMP is satisfactory and the NDA contains data that provide substantial evidence that the drug is safe and effective in the indication studied.
After the FDA evaluates the NDA and the manufacturing facilities, it issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If, or when, those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing 90 per cent of resubmissions within two or six months depending on the type of information included.
An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. As a condition of NDA approval, the FDA may require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, to help ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh the potential risks. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for health care professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the drug. Moreover, product approval may require substantial post-approval testing and surveillance to monitor the drug’s safety or efficacy. Once granted, product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.
Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information
Sponsors of clinical trials of certain FDA-regulated products, including prescription drugs, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information on a public website maintained by the
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
U.S. National Institutes of Health. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigator, and other aspects of the clinical trial is made public as part of the registration. Under a new rule, effective January 18, 2017, sponsors are also obligated to disclose the results of these trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed for up to two years if the sponsor certifies that it is seeking approval of an unapproved product or that it will file an application for approval of a new indication for an approved product within one year. Competitors may use this publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the design and progress of our development programs.
Fast Track Designation and Accelerated Approval
FDA is required to facilitate the development, and expedite the review, of drugs that are intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition for which there is no effective treatment and which demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Under the Fast Track Program, the sponsor of a new drug candidate may request that FDA designate the drug candidate for a specific indication as a Fast Track drug concurrent with, or after, the filing of the IND for the drug candidate. FDA must determine if the drug candidate qualifies for Fast Track designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request.
Under the FDA’s accelerated approval regulations, FDA may approve a drug for a serious or life-threatening illness that provides meaningful therapeutic benefit to patients over existing treatments based upon a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments.
In clinical trials, a surrogate endpoint is a measurement of laboratory or clinical signs of a disease or condition that substitutes for a direct measurement of how a patient feels, functions or survives. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. A drug candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, will allow FDA to withdraw the drug from the market on an expedited basis. Unless otherwise informed by the FDA, for an accelerated approval product an applicant must submit to the FDA for consideration during the preapproval review period copies of all promotional materials, including promotional labeling as well as advertisements, intended for dissemination or publication within 120 days following marketing approval. After 120 days following marketing approval, unless otherwise informed by the FDA, the applicant must submit promotional materials at least 30 days prior to the intended time of initial dissemination of the labeling or initial publication of the advertisement
In addition to other benefits such as the ability to use surrogate endpoints and engage in more frequent interactions with FDA, FDA may initiate review of sections of a Fast Track drug’s NDA before the application is complete. This rolling review is available if the applicant provides, and FDA approves, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the applicant pays applicable user fees. However, FDA’s time period goal for reviewing an application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted. Additionally, the Fast Track designation may be withdrawn by FDA if FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.
The Hatch-Waxman Act
Orange Book Listing
In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list with the FDA each patent whose claims cover the applicant’s product. Upon approval of a drug, each of the patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. Drugs listed in the Orange Book can, in turn, be cited by potential generic competitors in support of approval of an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA. An ANDA provides for marketing of a drug product that has the same active
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ingredients in the same strengths and dosage form as the listed drug and has been shown through bioequivalence testing to be bioequivalent to the listed drug. Other than the requirement for bioequivalence testing, ANDA applicants are not required to conduct, or submit results of, pre-clinical or clinical tests to prove the safety or effectiveness of their drug product. Drugs approved in this way are considered to be therapeutically equivalent to the listed drug, are commonly referred to as “generic equivalents” to the listed drug, and can often be substituted by pharmacists under prescriptions written for the original listed drug in accordance with state law.
The ANDA applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the FDA’s Orange Book. Specifically, the applicant must certify that: (i) the required patent information has not been filed; (ii) the listed patent has expired; (iii) the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or (iv) the listed patent is invalid or will not be infringed by the new product. The ANDA applicant may also elect to submit a section viii statement, certifying that its proposed ANDA labeling does not contain (or carves out) any language regarding the patented method-of-use, rather than certify to a listed method-of-use patent.
If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired.
A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents, or that such patents are invalid, is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.
The ANDA application also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired.
Exclusivity
Upon NDA approval of a new chemical entity or NCE, which is a drug that contains no active moiety that has been approved by the FDA in any other NDA, that drug receives five years of marketing exclusivity during which time the FDA cannot receive any ANDA or 505(b)(2) application seeking approval of a drug that references a version of the NCE drug. Certain changes to a drug, such as the addition of a new indication to the package insert, are associated with a three-year period of exclusivity during which the FDA cannot approve an ANDA or 505(b)(2) application that includes the change.
An ANDA or 505(b)(2) application may be submitted one year before NCE exclusivity expires if a Paragraph IV certification is filed. If there is no listed patent in the Orange Book, there may not be a Paragraph IV certification and thus no ANDA or 505(b)(2) application may be filed before the expiration of the exclusivity period.
For a botanical drug, FDA may determine that the active moiety is one or more of the principal components or the complex mixture as a whole. This determination would affect the utility of any 5-year exclusivity as well as the ability of any potential generic competitor to demonstrate that it is the same drug as the original botanical drug.
Five-year and three-year exclusivities do not preclude FDA approval of a 505(b)(1) application for a duplicate version of the drug during the period of exclusivity, provided that the 505(b)(1) applicant conducts or obtains a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.
Patent Term Extension
After NDA approval, owners of relevant drug patents may apply for up to a five-year patent extension. The allowable patent term extension is calculated as half of the drug’s testing phase — the time between IND submission and NDA submission — and all of the review phase — the time between NDA submission
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
and approval up to a maximum of five years. The time can be shortened if FDA determines that the applicant did not pursue approval with due diligence. The total patent term after the extension may not exceed 14 years.
For patents that might expire during the application phase, the patent owner may request an interim patent extension. An interim patent extension increases the patent term by one year and may be renewed up to four times. For each interim patent extension granted, the post-approval patent extension is reduced by one year. The director of the PTO must determine that approval of the drug covered by the patent for which a patent extension is being sought is likely. Interim patent extensions are not available for a drug for which an NDA has not been submitted.
Orphan Drugs
Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to drugs intended to treat a rare disease or condition — generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the U.S (or affects more than 200,000 in the U.S. and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making available in the U.S. a drug for such disease or condition will recovered from sales in the U.S. of such drug). Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the drug and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process. The first NDA applicant to receive FDA approval for a particular active ingredient to treat a particular disease with FDA orphan drug designation is entitled to a seven-year exclusive marketing period in the U.S. for that product, for that indication. During the seven-year exclusivity period, the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same disease, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity. If FDA designates an orphan drug based on a finding of clinical superiority, FDA must provide a written notification to the sponsor that states the basis for orphan designation, including “any plausible hypothesis” relied upon by the FDA. The FDA must also publish a summary of its clinical superiority findings upon granting orphan drug exclusivity based on clinical superiority. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent the FDA from approving a different drug for the same disease or condition, or the same drug for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the NDA application user fee.
Special Protocol Assessment
A company may reach an agreement with the FDA under the Special Protocol Assessment, or SPA, process as to the required design and size of clinical trials intended to form the primary basis of an efficacy claim. According to its performance goals, the FDA is supposed to evaluate the protocol within 45 days of the request to assess whether the proposed trial is adequate, and that evaluation may result in discussions and a request for additional information. An SPA request must be made before the proposed trial begins, and all open issues must be resolved before the trial begins. If a written agreement is reached, it will be documented and made part of the administrative record. Under the FDC Act and FDA guidance implementing the statutory requirement, an SPA is generally binding upon the FDA except in limited circumstances, such as if the FDA identifies a substantial scientific issue essential to determining safety or efficacy after the study begins, public health concerns emerge that were unrecognized at the time of the protocol assessment, the sponsor and FDA agree to the change in writing, or if the study sponsor fails to follow the protocol that was agreed upon with the FDA.
Advertising and Promotion
Once an NDA is approved, a product will be subject to certain post-approval requirements. For instance, FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs.
Drugs may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS
approval of a new NDA or NDA supplement before the change can be implemented. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs.
Adverse Event Reporting and GMP Compliance
Adverse event reporting and submission of periodic reports is required following FDA approval of an NDA. The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, require under a REMS special communications regarding the safety of the drug or heightened surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product, or the FDA may place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. In addition, quality-control, drug manufacture, packaging, and labeling procedures must continue to conform to GMP, after approval. Drug manufacturers and certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with FDA and certain state agencies. Registration with the FDA subjects entities to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA, during which the agency inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with GMP. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the areas of production and quality control to maintain compliance with GMP. Regulatory authorities may withdraw product approvals or request product recalls if a company fails to comply with regulatory standards, if it encounters problems following initial marketing or if previously unrecognized problems are subsequently discovered.
Pediatric Exclusivity and Pediatric Use
The Best Pharmaceuticals for Children Act, or BPCA, provides NDA holders a six-month period of exclusivity attached to any other exclusivity listed with FDA — patent or non-patent — for a drug if certain conditions are met. Conditions for pediatric exclusivity include a determination by the FDA that information relating to the use of a new drug in the pediatric population may produce health benefits in that population; a written request by the FDA for pediatric studies; and agreement by the applicant to perform the requested studies and the submission to the FDA, completion of the studies in accordance with the written request, and the acceptance by the FDA, of the reports of the requested studies within the statutory timeframe. Applications under the BPCA are treated as priority applications.
In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, NDAs or supplements to NDAs must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and effective, unless the sponsor has received a deferral or waiver from the FDA. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA does not apply to any drug for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted. The sponsor or FDA may request a deferral of pediatric studies for some or all of the pediatric subpopulations. A deferral may be granted for several reasons, including a finding that the drug is ready for approval for use in adults before pediatric studies are complete or that additional safety or effectiveness data need to be collected before the pediatric studies begin. Under PREA, the FDA must send a non-compliance letter requesting a response with 45 days to any sponsor that fails to submit the required assessment, keep a deferral current or fails to submit a request for approval of a pediatric formulation.
Rare Pediatric Disease Designation and Priority Review Voucher Program
Rare pediatric disease designation is granted to drugs and biologics intended to treat orphan diseases affecting fewer than 200,000 patients in the United States, primarily age 18 years or younger. Under FDA’s Rare Pediatric Disease Priority Review Voucher program, a sponsor that receives approval for an NDA or BLA for a rare pediatric disease may be eligible to receive a voucher for a priority review of a subsequent marketing application for a different product. The priority review voucher may be used by the sponsor or sold or transferred. The voucher relates to only the timing and action of application review and does not guarantee approval of the application.
An original marketing application can qualify for a rare pediatric disease priority review voucher by meeting the following criteria: (1) it is an NDA or BLA for the prevention or treatment of a rare pediatric disease, contains no active ingredient (including any ester or salt of the active ingredient) that has been previously approved in any other application, and is eligible for priority review; (2) it relies on clinical data
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
derived from studies examining a pediatric population and dosages of the drug intended for that population; and (3) it does not seek approval for an adult indication in the original rare pediatric disease product application. Voucher requests must be filed in the original marketing application to FDA and should include a copy of a “rare pediatric disease” designation letter, if previously issued. FDA may not award any vouchers after September 30, 2020, unless the original marketing application is for a drug that, not later than September 30, 2020, is designated a drug for a rare pediatric disease, and is, not later than September 30, 2022, approved by FDA.
FDA may revoke any voucher if the product for which the voucher was awarded is not marketed in the United States within a one-year period beginning on the drug approval date. The sponsor of the drug product must submit a report to FDA within five years of original marketing application approval. This report must include information with respect to each of the first four years after approval of the product, including: (1) the estimated population in the United States suffering from the rare pediatric disease, (2) the estimated demand in the United States for the product, and (3) the actual amount of product distributed in the United States.
Controlled Substances
The federal Controlled Substances Act of 1970, or CSA, and its implementing regulations establish a “closed system” of regulations for controlled substances. The CSA imposes registration, security, recordkeeping and reporting, storage, manufacturing, distribution, importation and other requirements under the oversight of the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA. The DEA is the federal agency responsible for regulating controlled substances, and requires those individuals or entities that manufacture, import, export, distribute, research, or dispense controlled substances to comply with the regulatory requirements in order to prevent the diversion of controlled substances to illicit channels of commerce.
The DEA categorizes controlled substances into one of five schedules — Schedule I, II, III, IV or V — with varying qualifications for listing in each schedule. Schedule I substances by definition have a high potential for abuse, have no currently accepted medical use in treatment in the United States and lack accepted safety for use under medical supervision. They may be used only in federally approved research programs and may not be marketed or sold for dispensing to patients in the United States. Pharmaceutical products having a currently accepted medical use that are otherwise approved for marketing may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V substances, with Schedule II substances presenting the highest potential for abuse and physical or psychological dependence, and Schedule V substances presenting the lowest relative potential for abuse and dependence. The regulatory requirements are more restrictive for Schedule II substances than Schedule III substances. For example, all Schedule II drug prescriptions must be signed by a physician, physically presented to a pharmacist in most situations and cannot be refilled.
Following NDA approval of a drug containing a Schedule I controlled substance, that substance must be rescheduled as a Schedule II, III, IV or V substance before it can be marketed. On November 17, 2015, H.R. 639, Improving Regulatory Transparency for New Medical Therapies Act, passed through both houses of Congress and on November 25, 2015 the Bill was signed into law. The new law removes uncertainty associated with timing of the DEA rescheduling process after NDA approval. Specifically, it requires DEA to issue an “interim final rule,” pursuant to which a manufacturer may market its product no later than 90 days after the later of: (1) the date on which DEA receives from FDA the scientific and medical evaluation and scheduling recommendation; or (2) the date on which DEA receives from FDA notification that FDA has approved the drug. The new law also preserves the period of orphan marketing exclusivity for the full seven years such that this period only begins with the approval of the NDA or DEA scheduling, whichever is later. This contrasts with the previous situation whereby the orphan “clock” began to tick upon FDA approval, even though the product could not be marketed until DEA scheduling was complete.
Facilities that manufacture, distribute, import or export any controlled substance must register annually with the DEA. The DEA registration is specific to the particular location, activity(ies) and controlled substance schedule(s). For example, separate registrations are required for importation and manufacturing activities, and each registration authorizes which schedules of controlled substances the registrant may handle. However, certain coincident activities are permitted without obtaining a separate DEA registration, such as distribution of controlled substances by the manufacturer that produces them.
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The DEA inspects all manufacturing facilities to review security, recordkeeping, reporting and handling prior to issuing a controlled substance registration. The specific security requirements vary by the type of business activity and the schedule and quantity of controlled substances handled. The most stringent requirements apply to manufacturers of Schedule I and Schedule II substances. Required security measures commonly include background checks on employees and physical control of controlled substances through storage in approved vaults, safes and cages, and through use of alarm systems and surveillance cameras. An application for a manufacturing registration as a bulk manufacturer (not a dosage form manufacturer or a repacker/relabeler) for a Schedule I or II substance must be published in the Federal Register, and is open for 60 days to permit interested persons to submit comments, objections or requests for a hearing. A copy of the notice of the Federal Register publication is simultaneously forwarded by DEA to all those registered, or applicants for registration, as bulk manufacturers of that substance. Once registered, manufacturing facilities must maintain records documenting the manufacture, receipt and distribution of all controlled substances. Manufacturers must submit periodic reports to the DEA of the distribution of Schedule I and II controlled substances, Schedule III narcotic substances, and other designated substances. Registrants must also report any controlled substance thefts or significant losses, and must obtain authorization to destroy or dispose of controlled substances. As with applications for registration as a bulk manufacturer, an application for an importer registration for a Schedule I or II substance must also be published in the Federal Register, which remains open for 30 days for comments. Imports of Schedule I and II controlled substances for commercial purposes are generally restricted to substances not already available from domestic supplier or where there is not adequate competition among domestic suppliers. In addition to an importer or exporter registration, importers and exporters must obtain a permit for every import or export of a Schedule I and II substance or Schedule III, IV and V narcotic, and submit import or export declarations for Schedule III, IV and V non-narcotics. In some cases, Schedule III non-narcotic substances may be subject to the import/export permit requirement, if necessary to ensure that the United States complies with its obligations under international drug control treaties.
For drugs manufactured in the United States, the DEA establishes annually an aggregate quota for the amount of substances within Schedules I and II that may be manufactured or produced in the United States based on the DEA’s estimate of the quantity needed to meet legitimate medical, scientific, research and industrial needs. This limited aggregate amount of cannabis that the DEA allows to be produced in the United States each year is allocated among individual companies, which, in turn, must annually apply to the DEA for individual manufacturing and procurement quotas. The quotas apply equally to the manufacturing of the active pharmaceutical ingredient and production of dosage forms. The DEA may adjust aggregate production quotas a few times per year, and individual manufacturing or procurement quotas from time to time during the year, although the DEA has substantial discretion in whether or not to make such adjustments for individual companies.
The states also maintain separate controlled substance laws and regulations, including licensing, recordkeeping, security, distribution, and dispensing requirements. State Authorities, including Boards of Pharmacy, regulate use of controlled substances in each state. Failure to maintain compliance with applicable requirements, particularly as manifested in the loss or diversion of controlled substances, can result in enforcement action that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations, or initiate proceedings to revoke those registrations. In certain circumstances, violations could lead to criminal prosecution.
Europe/Rest of World Government Regulation
In addition to regulations in the United States, we are and will be subject, either directly or through our distribution partners, to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical trials and any commercial sales and distribution of our products, if approved.
Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in non-U.S. countries prior to the commencement of clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries.
In the E.U., medicinal products are subject to extensive pre- and post-marketing regulation by regulatory authorities at both the E.U. and national levels. Additional rules also apply at the national level
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS
to the manufacture, import, export, storage, distribution and sale of controlled substances. In many E.U. member states the regulatory authority responsible for medicinal products is also responsible for controlled substances. Responsibility is, however, split in some member states, such as the UK. Generally, any company manufacturing or distributing a medicinal product containing a controlled substance in the E.U. will need to hold a controlled substances licence from the competent national authority and will be subject to specific record-keeping and security obligations. Separate import or export certificates are required for each shipment into or out of the member state.
Clinical Trials and Marketing Approval
Certain countries outside of the United States have a process that requires the submission of a clinical trial application much like an IND prior to the commencement of human clinical trials. In Europe, for example, a clinical trial application, or CTA, must be submitted to the competent national health authority and to independent ethics committees in each country in which a company intends to conduct clinical trials. Once the CTA is approved in accordance with a country’s requirements and a company has received favorable ethics committee approval, clinical trial development may proceed in that country.
The requirements and process governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country, even though there is already some degree of legal harmonization in the European Union member states resulting from the national implementation of underlying E.U. legislation. In all cases, the clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the International Conference on Harmonization, or ICH, guidelines on GCP and other applicable regulatory requirements.
To obtain regulatory approval to place a drug on the market in the E.U., we must submit a marketing authorization application. This application is similar to the NDA in the United States, with the exception of, among other things, country-specific document requirements. All application procedures require an application in the common technical document, or CTD, format, which includes the submission of detailed information about the manufacturing and quality of the product, and non-clinical and clinical trial information. Drugs can be authorized in the European Union by using (i) the centralized authorization procedure, (ii) the mutual recognition procedure, (iii) the decentralized procedure or (iv) national authorization procedures. The initial Sativex approvals were a consequence of an application under the De-Centralized Procedure, or DCP, to the E.U. member states of the United Kingdom and Spain.
The European Commission created the centralized procedure for the approval of human drugs to facilitate marketing authorizations that are valid throughout the European Union and, by extension (after national implementing decisions) in Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway, which, together with the E.U. member states, comprise the European Economic Area, or EEA. Applicants file marketing authorization applications with the EMA, where they are reviewed by a relevant scientific committee, in most cases the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP. The EMA forwards CHMP opinions to the European Commission, which uses them as the basis for deciding whether to grant a marketing authorization. This procedure results in a single marketing authorization granted by the European Commission that is valid across the European Union, as well as in Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. The centralized procedure is compulsory for human drugs that are: (i) derived from biotechnology processes, such as genetic engineering, (ii) contain a new active substance indicated for the treatment of certain diseases, such as HIV/AIDS, cancer, diabetes, neurodegenerative diseases, autoimmune and other immune dysfunctions and viral diseases, (iii) officially designated “orphan drugs” (drugs used for rare human diseases) and (iv) advanced-therapy medicines, such as gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines. The centralized procedure may at the voluntary request of the applicant also be used for human drugs which do not fall within the above mentioned categories if the CHMP agrees that the human drug (a) contains a new active substance not yet approved on 20 November 2005); (b) constitutes a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or (c) authorization under the centralized procedure is in the interests of patients at the E.U. level.
Under the centralized procedure in the European Union, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of a marketing authorization application by the EMA is 210 days (excluding clock stops, when additional written or oral information is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions asked by the CHMP), with adoption of the actual marketing authorization by the European Commission thereafter.
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is expected to be of a major public health interest from the point of view of therapeutic innovation, defined by three cumulative criteria: the seriousness of the disease to be treated; the absence of an appropriate alternative therapeutic approach, and anticipation of exceptional high therapeutic benefit. In this circumstance, EMA ensures that the evaluation for the opinion of the CHMP is completed within 150 days and the opinion issued thereafter.
For those medicinal products for which the centralized procedure is not available, the applicant must submit marketing authorization applications to the national medicines regulators through one of three procedures: (i) the mutual recognition procedure (which must be used if the product has already been authorized in at least one other E.U. member state, and in which the E.U. member states are required to grant an authorization recognizing the existing authorization in the other E.U. member state, unless they identify a serious risk to public health), (ii) the decentralized procedure (in which applications are submitted simultaneously in two or more E.U. member states) or (iii) national authorization procedures (which results in a marketing authorization in a single E.U. member state).
Mutual Recognition Procedure
The mutual recognition procedure, or MRP, for the approval of human drugs is an alternative approach to facilitate individual national marketing authorizations within the European Union. Basically, the MRP may be applied for all human drugs for which the centralized procedure is not obligatory. The MRP is applicable to the majority of conventional medicinal products, must be used if the product has already been authorized in one or more member states. Since the first approvals for Sativex were national approvals in the United Kingdom and Spain (following a DCP), the only route open to us for additional marketing authorizations in the European Union was the MRP.
The characteristic of the MRP is that the procedure builds on an already-existing marketing authorization in a member state of the E.U. that is used as a reference in order to obtain marketing authorizations in other E.U. member states. In the MRP, a marketing authorization for a drug already exists in one or more member states of the E.U. and subsequently marketing authorization applications are made in other European Union member states by referring to the initial marketing authorization. The member state in which the marketing authorization was first granted will then act as the reference member state. The member states where the marketing authorization is subsequently applied for act as concerned member states. The concerned member states are required to grant an authorization recognizing the existing authorization in the reference member state, unless they identify a serious risk to public health.
The MRP is based on the principle of the mutual recognition by European Union member states of their respective national marketing authorizations. Based on a marketing authorization in the reference member state, the applicant may apply for marketing authorizations in other member states. In such case, the reference member state shall update its existing assessment report about the drug in 90 days. After the assessment is completed, copies of the report are sent to all member states, together with the approved summary of product characteristics, labeling and package leaflet. The concerned member states then have 90 days to recognize the decision of the reference member state and the summary of product characteristics, labeling and package leaflet. National marketing authorizations shall be granted within 30 days after acknowledgement of the agreement.
Should any Member State refuse to recognize the marketing authorization by the reference member state, on the grounds of potential serious risk to public health, the issue will be referred to a coordination group. Within a timeframe of 60 days, member states shall, within the coordination group, make all efforts to reach a consensus. If this fails, the procedure is submitted to an EMA scientific committee for arbitration. The opinion of this EMA Committee is then forwarded to the Commission, for the start of the decision making process. As in the centralized procedure, this process entails consulting various European Commission Directorates General and the Standing Committee on Human Medicinal Products. Since the initial approvals of Sativex in the United Kingdom and Spain, there have been three “waves” of additional approvals under three separate MRPs. Each of these procedures have been completed without any referral, and therefore without any delay.
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Data Exclusivity
In the E.U., marketing authorization applications for generic medicinal products do not need to include the results of pre-clinical and clinical trials, but instead can refer to the data included in the marketing authorization of a reference product for which regulatory data exclusivity has expired. If a marketing authorization is granted for a medicinal product containing a new active substance, that product benefits from eight years of data exclusivity, during which generic marketing authorization applications referring to the data of that product may not be accepted by the regulatory authorities, and a further two years of market exclusivity, during which such generic products may not be placed on the market. The two-year period may be extended to three years if during the first eight years a new therapeutic indication with significant clinical benefit over existing therapies is approved.
Orphan Medicinal Products
The EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products, or COMP, may recommend orphan medicinal product designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions affecting not more than 5 in 10,000 persons in the E.U. Additionally, designation is granted for products intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition and when, without incentives, it is unlikely that sales of the product in the E.U. would be sufficient to justify the necessary investment in developing the medicinal product. The COMP may only recommend orphan medicinal product designation when the product in question offers a significant clinical benefit over existing approved products for the relevant indication. Following a positive opinion by the COMP, the European Commission adopts a decision granting orphan status. The COMP will reassess orphan status in parallel with EMA review of a marketing authorization application and orphan status may be withdrawn at that stage if it no longer fulfills the orphan criteria (for instance because in the meantime a new product was approved for the indication and no convincing data are available to demonstrate a significant benefit over that product). Orphan medicinal product designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and 10 years of market exclusivity is granted following marketing authorization. During this period, the competent authorities may not accept or approve any similar medicinal product, unless it offers a significant clinical benefit. This period may be reduced to 6 years if the orphan medicinal product designation criteria are no longer met, including where it is shown that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity.
Pediatric Development
In the E.U., companies developing a new medicinal product must agree a Paediatric Investigation Plan (“PIP”) with the EMA and must conduct pediatric clinical trials in accordance with that PIP unless a waiver applies, for example because the relevant disease or condition occurs only in adults. The marketing authorization application for the product must include the results of pediatric clinical trials conducted in accordance with the PIP, unless a waiver applies, or a deferral has been granted, in which case the pediatric clinical trials must be completed at a later date. Products that are granted a marketing authorization on the basis of the pediatric clinical trials conducted in accordance with the PIP are eligible for a six-month extension of the protection under a supplementary protection certificate (if the product is covered by it qualifies for one at the time of approval). This pediatric reward is subject to specific conditions and is not automatically available when data in compliance with the PIP are developed and submitted.
If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension of clinical trials, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.
In addition, most countries are parties to the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs 1961, which governs international trade and domestic control of narcotic substances, including cannabis extracts. Countries may interpret and implement their treaty obligations in a way that creates a legal obstacle to our obtaining marketing approval for Sativex and our other products in those countries. These countries may not be willing or able to amend or otherwise modify their laws and regulations to permit Sativex or our other products to be marketed, or achieving such amendments to the laws and regulations may take a prolonged period of time. In that case, we would be unable to market our products in those countries in the near future or perhaps at all.
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Reimbursement
Sales of pharmaceutical products in the United States will depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of the products will be covered by third-party payers, such as government health programs, and commercial insurance and managed health care organizations. These third-party payers are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services. Additionally, the containment of health care costs has become a priority of federal and state governments, and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. The United States government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, utilization management and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our net revenue and results. If these third-party payers do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a profitable basis.
The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, imposed requirements for the distribution and pricing of prescription drugs for Medicare beneficiaries and included a major expansion of the prescription drug benefit under Medicare Part D. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities which provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Part D is available through both stand-alone prescription drug benefit plans and prescription drug coverage as a supplement to Medicare Advantage plans. Unlike Medicare Parts A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for products for which we receive marketing approval. However, any negotiated prices for our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payers often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payers.
On February 17, 2009, President Obama signed into law The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. This law provides funding for the federal government to compare the effectiveness of different treatments for the same illness. This research is overseen by the Department of Health and Human Services, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and the National Institutes for Health, and periodic reports on the status of the research and related expenditures must be made to Congress. Although the results of the comparative effectiveness studies are not intended to mandate coverage policies for public or private payers, it is not clear how such a result could be avoided and what if any effect the research will have on the sales of our product candidates, if any such product or the condition that it is intended to treat is the subject of a study. It is also possible that comparative effectiveness research demonstrating benefits in a competitor’s product could adversely affect the sales of our product candidates. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for our product candidates or a decision by a third-party payer to not cover our product candidates could reduce physician usage of the product candidate and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition.
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the ACA) enacted in March 2010. The ACA was enacted with the goal of expanding coverage for the uninsured while at the same time containing overall health care costs. With regard to pharmaceutical products, among other things, the ACA expanded and increased industry rebates for drugs covered under Medicaid programs and made changes to the coverage requirements under the Medicare D program. We still cannot fully predict the impact of the ACA on pharmaceutical companies as many of the ACA reforms require the promulgation of detailed regulations implementing the statutory provisions which has not yet been completed, and the Centers for Medicare &
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Medicaid Services has publicly announced that it is analyzing the ACA regulations and policies that have been issued to determine if changes should be made. In addition, although the United States Supreme Court has upheld the constitutionality of most of the ACA, some states have stated their intentions to not implement certain sections of the ACA and some members of Congress are still working to repeal the ACA. These challenges add to the uncertainty of the changes enacted as part of ACA. In addition, the current legal challenges to the ACA, as well as Congressional efforts to repeal the ACA, add to the uncertainty of the legislative changes enacted as part of the ACA.
In addition, in some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country. For example, some E.U. jurisdictions operate positive and negative list systems under which products may only be marketed once a reimbursement price has been agreed. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval, some of these countries may require the completion of clinical trials that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines but monitor and control company profits. Such differences in national pricing regimes may create price differentials between E.U. member states. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States. In the E.U., the downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription medicines, has become intense. As a result, barriers to entry of new products are becoming increasingly high and patients are unlikely to use a drug product that is not reimbursed by their government.
Other Health Care Laws and Compliance Requirements
In the United States, our activities are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (formerly the Health Care Financing Administration), or CMS, other divisions of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (e.g., the Office of Inspector General), the U.S. Department of Justice and individual U.S. Attorney offices within the Department of Justice, and state and local governments. For example, sales, marketing and scientific/educational grant programs must comply with the anti-fraud and abuse provisions of the Social Security Act, the False Claims Act, the privacy provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, and similar state laws, each as amended. Pricing and rebate programs must comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 and the Veterans Health Care Act of 1992, or VHCA, each as amended. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule, additional laws and requirements apply. Under the VHCA, drug companies are required to offer certain drugs at a reduced price to a number of federal agencies including the U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs and U.S. Department of Defense, the Public Health Service and certain private Public Health Service-designated entities in order to participate in other federal funding programs including Medicare and Medicaid. In addition discounted prices must be offered for certain U.S. Department of Defense purchases for its TRICARE program via a rebate system. Participation under the VHCA requires submission of pricing data and calculation of discounts and rebates pursuant to complex statutory formulas, as well as the entry into government procurement contracts governed by the Federal Acquisition Regulations.
In order to distribute products commercially, we must comply with state laws that require the registration of manufacturers and wholesale distributors of pharmaceutical products in a state, including, in certain states, manufacturers and distributors who ship products into the state, even if such manufacturers or distributors have no place of business within the state. Several states have enacted legislation requiring pharmaceutical companies to establish marketing compliance programs, file periodic reports with the state, make periodic public disclosures on sales and marketing, activities or register their sales representatives. Other legislation has been enacted in certain states prohibiting certain other sales and marketing practices. All of our activities are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.
Expanded Access to Investigational Drugs
An investigational drug may be eligible for clinical use outside the context of a manufacturer-sponsored clinical trial of the drug. “Expanded access” refers to the use of an investigational drug where the primary
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS
purpose is to diagnose, monitor, or treat a patient’s disease or condition rather than to collect information about the safety or effectiveness of a drug. Expanded access INDs are typically sponsored by individual physicians to treat patients who fall into one of three FDA-recognized categories of expanded access: expanded access for individual patients, including for emergency use; expanded access for intermediate-size patient populations; and expanded access for large patient populations under a treatment IND or treatment protocol. For all types of expanded access, FDA must determine prior to authorizing expanded access that: (1) the patient or patients to be treated have a serious or life threatening disease or condition and there is no comparable or satisfactory alternative therapy; (2) the potential patient benefit justifies the potential risks of use and that the potential risks are not unreasonable in the context of the disease or condition to be treated; and (3) granting the expanded access will not interfere with the initiation, conduct, or completion of clinical studies in support of the drug’s approval. In addition, the sponsor of an expanded access IND must submit IND safety reports and, in the cases of protocols continuing for one year or longer, annual reports to the FDA. Expanded access programs are not intended to yield information relevant to evaluating a drug’s effectiveness for regulatory purposes.
A manufacturer or distributor of an investigational drug for the diagnosis, monitoring or treatment of a serious disease or condition must make available its policy for evaluating and responding to requests for individual patient access to the investigational drug. A manufacturer or distributor must make its expanded access policy publicly available on: (1) the date of initiation of a Phase 2 or 3 study with respect to the investigational drug, or (2) if such date is applicable and earlier, 15 days after the drug receives a designation as a breakthrough therapy, fast track product or regenerative advanced therapy. The policy must be made public and readily available, such as by posting on the Internet, and may be generally applicable to all of the manufacturer’s or distributor’s investigational drugs. Posting a policy does not guarantee access to an investigational drug by any individual patient, and the manufacturer or distributor may revise the policy at any time.
Legal Proceedings and Related Matters
From time to time, we may be party to litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. We do not have any pending litigation that, separately or in the aggregate, would, in the opinion of management, have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
C.   Organizational Structure
The following is a list of our subsidiaries:
Name of undertaking
Country of registration
Activity
%
holding
GW Pharma Limited England and Wales Research and Development
100​
GW Research Limited England and Wales Research and Development
100​
Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. United States Pharmaceutical development services
100​
GWP Trustee Company Limited England and Wales
Employee Share Ownership
100​
GW Pharmaceuticals Australia Pty. Limited Australia Dormant
100​
Cannabinoid Research Institute Limited England and Wales Dormant
100​
Guernsey Pharmaceuticals Limited Guernsey Dormant
100​
G-Pharm Limited England and Wales Dormant
100​
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS
D.   Property, Plant and Equipment
Type
Location
Size (sq ft)
Expiry
Executive office Andover, United Kingdom 3,113
April 2020​
Executive office London, United Kingdom 2,680
September 2020​
Executive office
Cambridge, United Kingdom
12,120
May 2021​
Executive office Carlsbad, United States 21,895
November 2022​
Executive office Carlsbad, United States 4,911
January 2019​
Executive office Durham, United States 256
October 2017​
Executive office Southern United Kingdom 17,222
December 2025​
Research and manufacturing
Southern United Kingdom 64,620
January 2019​
Research and manufacturing
Southern United Kingdom 15,222
November 2027​
Research and manufacturing
Southern United Kingdom 3,261
September 2029​
Research and manufacturing
Southern United Kingdom 20,172
May 2036​
Research and manufacturing
Southern United Kingdom 7,050
December 2019​
Growing facility Eastern United Kingdom 1,960,000
August 2021​
Growing facility Eastern United Kingdom 815,022
February 2020​
Growing facility Northern United Kingdom 914,760
December 2018​
Growing facility Southern United Kingdom 163,350
January 2018​
All of our property is leased. We believe that our office, research and manufacturing facilities are sufficient to meet our current needs. We are not aware of any environmental issues that may affect our utilization of our property.
Further details of our Property, Plant and Equipment are given in Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements set out on page F- 29 .
Item 4A.   Unresolved Staff Comments.
There are no written comments from the staff of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission which remain unresolved before the end of the fiscal year to which the annual report relates.
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data,” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. We present our consolidated financial statements in pounds sterling and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, and as adopted by the European Union, or E.U.
The statements in this discussion regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and other non-historical statements are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described in “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” in this Annual Report. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.
Solely for the convenience of the reader, unless otherwise indicated, all pound sterling amounts as at and for the year ended September 30, 2017 have been translated into U.S. dollars at the rate at September 30, 2017, of £0.7486 to $1.00. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other exchange rate as at that or any other date.
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
A.   Operating Results.
Important Financial and Operating Terms and Concepts
Revenue
We generate revenue from product sales, license fees, collaboration fees, technical access fees, development and approval milestone fees, research and development fees and royalties. Agreements with our commercial partners generally include a non-refundable upfront fee (attributed to separately identifiable components including license fees, collaboration fees and technical access fees), milestone payments, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones, royalties on product sales of licensed products if and when such product sales occur and revenue from the supply of products. For these agreements, total arrangement consideration is attributed to separately identifiable components on a reliable basis that reasonably reflects the selling prices that might be achieved in stand-alone transactions. The allocated consideration is recognized as revenue in accordance with our accounting policies for each revenue stream.
Product sales
We recognize revenue from the sale of products when we have transferred the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods to the buyer, when we no longer have effective control over the goods sold, when the amount of revenue and costs associated with the transaction can be measured reliably, and when it is probable that we will receive future economic benefits associated with the transaction. Product sales have no rights of return.
We maintain a rebate provision for expected reimbursements to our commercial partners in circumstances in which actual net revenue per vial differs from expected net revenue per vial as a consequence of, as an example, ongoing pricing negotiations with local health authorities. The amount of our rebate provision is based on, among other things, monthly unit sales and in-market sales data received from commercial partners, and represents management’s best estimate of the rebate expected to be required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. Provisions for rebates are established in the same period that the related sales are recorded.
Licensing fees
Licensing fees are upfront payments received under our product out-licensing agreements from our commercial partners for the right to commercialize products. Such fees are generally received upfront, are non-refundable and are deferred and recognized over the period of the expected license term.
Collaboration fees
Collaboration fees are amounts received from our commercial partners for our participation in joint development activities. Such fees are generally received upfront, are non-refundable and are deferred and recognized as services are rendered based on the percentage of completion method.
Technical access fees
Technical access fees represent amounts charged to licensing partners to provide access to, and allow them to commercially exploit, data that we possess or that can be expected to result from our research programs that are in progress. Non-refundable technical access fees that involve the delivery of data that we possess and that permit our licensing partners to use the data freely and where we have no remaining obligations to perform are recognized as revenue upon delivery of the data. Non-refundable technical access fees relating to data where the research program is ongoing are recognized based on the percentage of completion method.
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Development and approval milestone fees
Development and approval milestones represent amounts received from our commercial partners, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones. We recognize development and approval milestone fees as revenue based on the percentage of completion method on the assumption that all stages will be completed successfully, but with cumulative revenue recognized limited to non-refundable amounts already received or reasonably certain to be received.
Research and development fees
Research and development fees represent amounts chargeable to our development partners relating to the conduct of our joint research plans. Revenue from development partner-funded contract research and development agreements is recognized as research and development services are rendered. Where services are in-progress at period end, we recognize revenue proportionately, in line with the percentage of completion of the service. Where such in-progress services include the conduct of clinical trials, we recognize revenue in line with the stage of completion of each trial so that revenue is recognized in line with the expenditures.
Royalties
Royalty revenue arises from our contractual entitlement to receive a fixed percentage of our commercial partner’s in-market net product sales revenue. Royalty revenue is recognized on an accrual basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreement provided that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to us and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably.
Costs of sales
Costs of sales principally includes the cost of materials, direct labor, depreciation of manufacturing assets and overhead associated with our manufacturing facilities.
Research and development expenditure
Expenses on research and development activities are recognized as an expense in the period in which the expense is incurred.
An internally generated intangible asset arising from our development activities is recognized only when an asset is created that can be identified, it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits and the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.
We have determined that regulatory approval is the earliest point at which the probable threshold for the creation of an internally generated intangible asset can be achieved. All research and development expenditure incurred prior to achieving regulatory approval is therefore expensed as incurred.
GW-funded research and development expenditure
GW-funded research and development expenditure consists of costs associated with our research activities. These costs include costs of conducting our pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, payroll costs associated with employing our team of research and development staff, share-based payment expenses, property costs associated with leasing laboratory and office space to accommodate our research teams, costs of growing botanical raw material, costs of consumables used in the conduct of our in-house research programs, payments for research work conducted by sub-contractors and sponsorship of work by our network of academic collaborative research scientists, costs associated with safety studies and costs associated with the development of further Epidiolex, Sativex or our other pipeline product data.
Development partner-funded research and development expenditure
Development partner-funded research and development expenditure represent costs incurred by us in conducting the joint research plans under our collaborations. These costs include (i) costs incurred under our Phase 3 cancer pain program and other Sativex related U.S. market development activities that are
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS
chargeable to Otsuka under the terms of the 2007 Sativex U.S. development license and (ii) costs that we incur in providing support to the regulatory and research activities of our other Sativex development partners, which are recoverable under the terms of our agreements.
Sales, general and administrative expenses
Sales, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits related to our executive, finance, commercial, business development and support functions. Other sales, general and administrative expenses include costs associated with managing our commercial activities and the costs of compliance with the day-to-day requirements of being a listed public company in the United States, including insurance, general administration overhead, legal and professional fees, audit fees and fees for taxation services.
We expect that sales, general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we expand our operating activities and continue to build our commercial team in preparation for commercialization of Epidiolex.
Net foreign exchange gains/losses
Net foreign exchange gains/losses consist primarily of gains or losses recorded on our foreign currency cash and cash equivalents translated to Pounds Sterling at the balance sheet date.
Interest expense and other income
Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense incurred on two finance leases, which will expire in 2027 and 2031, respectively.
Other income consists primarily of interest earned by investing our cash reserves in short-term interest-bearing deposit accounts.
Taxation
As a U.K. resident trading company, we are predominantly subject to U.K. corporate taxation. Our tax recognized represents the sum of the tax currently payable or recoverable, and deferred tax. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilized.
As a company that carries out extensive research and development activities, until September 30, 2017 we benefited from the U.K. research and development tax credit regime for small and medium sized companies, whereby our principal research subsidiary company, GW Research Limited, was able to surrender a portion of trading losses that arise from its research and development activities for a refundable credit of up to 33.35% of eligible research and development expenditures. Qualifying expenditures largely comprise employment costs for research staff, consumables and certain internal overhead costs incurred as part of research projects. Subcontracted research expenditures are eligible for a cash rebate of up to approximately 21.68%. The majority of our pipeline research, clinical trials management and the Epidiolex and Sativex chemistry and manufacturing controls development activities, all of which are being carried out by GW Research Limited, are eligible for inclusion within these tax credit claims. However, due to the increase in the size of our employee workforce in the U.K. and our annual turnover we are now subject to the U.K. research and development tax credit regime for large companies. Starting with the financial year ending September 30, 2018, GW Research Ltd is still able to surrender a portion of available losses that arise from research and development activity for a refundable credit, but the rate of tax relief on the eligible research and development expenditure is significantly reduced.
We may also benefit from the U.K.’s “patent box” regime in the future. This would allow certain profits attributable to revenues from patented products to be taxed at a rate of 10%. As we have many different patents covering our products, we expect that future upfront fees, milestone fees, product revenues and
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS
royalties could be taxed at this favorably low tax rate. When taken in combination with the enhanced relief available on our research and development expenditure, this could result in a long-term low rate of corporation tax. As such, we consider that the U.K. is a favorable location for us to continue to conduct our business for the long-term.
Our U.S. subsidiary, Greenwich Biosciences, Inc., is currently profitable and incurs a U.S. tax liability on taxable profits earned in the United States.
Critical Judgments in Applying our Accounting Policies
In the application of our accounting policies, we are required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
Our estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revisions and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.
The following are our critical judgments, except those involving estimation uncertainty, that we have made in the process of applying our accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Revenue recognition
We recognize revenue from product sales, license fees, collaboration fees, technical access fees, development and approval milestone fees, research and development fees and royalties. Agreements with our commercial partners generally include a non-refundable upfront fee (attributed to separately identifiable components including license fees, collaboration fees and technical access fees), milestone payments (the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones), and royalties on product sales of licensed products if and when such product sales occur and revenue from the supply of products to our commercial partners. For these agreements, we are required to apply judgment in the allocation of total agreement consideration to the separately identifiable components on a reliable basis that reasonably reflects the selling prices that might be expected to be achieved in stand-alone transactions.
Product revenue received is based on a contractually agreed percentage of our commercial partner’s in-market net sales revenue. The commercial partner’s in-market net sales revenue is the price per vial charged to end customers, less set defined deductible overheads incurred in distributing the product. In developing estimates, we use monthly unit sales and in-market sales data received from commercial partners during the course of the year. For certain markets, where negotiations are ongoing with local reimbursement authorities, an estimated in-market sales price is used, which requires the application of judgement in assessing whether an estimated in-market sales price is reliably measurable. In our assessment, we consider, inter alia, identical products sold in similar markets and whether the agreed prices for those identical products support the estimated in-market sales price. In the event that we consider there to be significant uncertainty with regards to the in-market sales price to be charged by the commercial partner as a result of, as an example, ongoing pricing negotiations with local health authorities, such that it is not possible to reliably measure the amount of revenue that will flow to us, we would not recognize revenue until that uncertainty has been resolved.
We apply the percentage of completion revenue recognition method to certain classes of revenue. The application of this approach requires our judgment with regards to the total costs incurred and total estimated costs expected to be incurred over the length of the agreement.
Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty
The key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next year are discussed below.
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Deferred taxation
Our policy is to recognize deferred tax assets only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits, feasible tax-planning strategies and deferred tax liabilities will be available against which the deferred tax assets can be utilized. At September 30, 2017, we have accumulated tax losses of £204.1 million and other deductible temporary differences of £17.8 million, which are available to offset against future profits. If the value of these losses and other deductible temporary differences were recognized within the Group’s balance sheet at September 30, 2017, the Group would be carrying a deferred tax asset of £37.7 million compared to £23.2 million at September 30, 2016. Due to cumulative losses in recent years and uncertainties with respect to achieving certain future milestones, our ability to rely on estimated future taxable profits for purposes of recognizing deferred tax assets is limited to short term profit projections of Greenwich Biosciences, Inc., our U.S. subsidiary. We recognized a deferred tax asset of £6.3 million on our balance sheet at September 30, 2017, compared to £3.9 million at September 30, 2016.
Research and Development Tax Credit
The Group’s research and development tax credit claim is complex and requires management to interpret and apply UK research and development tax legislation to the Group’s specific circumstances and requires the use of certain assumptions in estimating the portion of current year research costs that are eligible for the claim.
Segments
We operate through three reportable segments, Commercial, Sativex Research and Development and Pipeline Research and Development.
Commercial.    The Commercial segment distributes and sells the Group’s commercial products. Currently Sativex is promoted through strategic collaborations with major pharmaceutical companies for the currently approved indication of spasticity due to MS. The commercial segment will include revenues from the direct marketing of other future approved commercial products. The Group has licensing agreements for the commercialization of Sativex with Almirall S.A. in Europe (excluding the United Kingdom) and Mexico, Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. (“Otsuka”) in the U.S., Bayer HealthCare AG in the United Kingdom and Canada, Neopharm Group in Israel and Ipsen Biopharm Ltd. in Latin America (excluding Mexico and the Islands of the Caribbean). Commercial segment revenues include product sales, royalties, license, collaboration, and technical access fees, and development and approval milestone fees.
Sativex Research and Development.    The Sativex Research and Development (“Sativex R&D”) segment seeks to maximize the potential of Sativex through the development of new indications. The focus during the period for this segment was the Phase 3 clinical development program of Sativex for use in the treatment of cancer pain. Sativex R&D segment revenues consist of research and development fees charged to Sativex licensees.
Pipeline Research and Development.    The Pipeline Research and Development (“Pipeline R&D”) segment seeks to develop cannabinoid medications other than Sativex across a range of therapeutic areas using our proprietary cannabinoid technology platform. The Group’s product pipeline includes Epidiolex ® , in development as a treatment for Dravet syndrome, Lennox-Gastaut syndrome, Tuberous Sclerosis and Infantile Spasms, as well as other product candidates in Phase 1 and 2 clinical development for glioma, adult epilepsy and schizophrenia. Pipeline R&D segment revenues consist of research and development fees charged to Otsuka under the terms of our pipeline research collaboration agreement.
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Results of Operations
Comparison of Years Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, together with the changes to those items.
Year Ended September 30,
Change
2017 vs. 2016
2017
2017
2016
Increase/(Decrease)
$
£
£
£
%
(in thousands, except for percentages)
Revenue
11,004 8,238 10,315 (2,077 ) (20 )%
Cost of sales
(4,730 ) (3,541 ) (2,719 ) (822 ) 30 %
Research and development expenditure
(148,576 ) (111,229 ) (99,815 ) (11,414 ) 11 %
Sales, general and administrative expenses
(55,700 ) (41,699 ) (19,939 ) (21,760 ) 109 %
Net foreign exchange (losses)/gains
(6,739 ) (5,045 ) 25,551 (30,596 ) (120 )%
Operating loss
(204,741 ) (153,276 ) (86,607 ) (66,669 ) 77 %
Interest expense
(995 ) (745 ) (173 ) (572 ) 331 %
Interest and other income
2,159 1,616 608 1,008 166 %
Loss before tax
(203,577 ) (152,405 ) (86,172 ) (66,233 ) 77 %
Tax benefit
27,673 20,717 22,515 (1,798 ) (8 )%
Loss for the year
(175,904 ) (131,688 ) (63,657 ) (68,031 ) 107 %
Revenue
The following table summarizes our revenue for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, together with the changes to those items.
Year Ended September 30,
Change
2017 vs. 2016
2017
2017
2016
Increase/ (Decrease)
$
£
£
£
%
(in thousands, except for percentages)
Product sales
8,324 6,232 5,208 1,024 20 %
Research and development fees
699 523 3,837 (3,314 ) (86 )%
License, collaboration and technical access fees
1,834 1,373 1,172 201 17 %
Development and approval milestone fees
147 110 98 12 12 %
Total revenue
11,004 8,238 10,315 (2,077 ) (20 )%
Total revenue for the year ended September 30, 2017 was £8.2 million, compared to £10.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2016. The decrease of £2.1 million comprises:

£3.3 million decrease in research and development fees reflecting the impact of the conclusion of the Group’s partner funded Sativex Phase 3 cancer pain clinical trials.

£1.0 million increase in Sativex product sales revenues to £6.2 million due to increased shipments. In-market sales volumes sold by GW’s commercial partners for the year ended September 30, 2017 were 23% higher than the year ended September 30, 2016. Sales volumes to partners increased by 29% over the same period.

£0.2 million increase in license, collaboration and technical access fees to £1.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2017 compared to £1.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2016. This increase is due to the acceleration of signature fee revenue arising from the termination with Novartis during the period.
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cost of sales
Cost of sales for the year ended September 30, 2017 of £3.5 million represents an increase of £0.8 million compared to the £2.7 million recorded in the year ended September 30, 2016. This increase primarily reflects the growth in the volume of Sativex inventory shipped to commercial partners in the year ended September 30, 2017.
Research and development expenditure
The following table summarizes our research and development expenditure for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, together with the changes to those items.
Year Ended September 30,
Change
2017 vs. 2016
2017
2017
2016
Increase/ (Decrease)
$
£
£
£
%
(in thousands, except for percentages)
GW-funded research and development
147,876 110,705 95,978 14,727 15 %
Development partner-funded research and development
700 524 3,837 (3,313 ) (86 )%
Total research and development expenditure
148,576 111,229 99,815 11,414 11 %
Total research and development expenditure for the year ended September 30, 2017 of £111.2 million increased by £11.4 million compared to the £99.8 million incurred in the year ended September 30, 2016.
GW-funded research and development expenditure increased by £14.7 million to £110.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2017 from £96.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2016. The increase is due to:

£7.4 million increase in R&D staff and employment-related expenses linked to increased global headcount operating the Group’s Epidiolex development program and preparing for NDA submission, combined with the transition of the Group’s clinical headcount from partner-funded Sativex trials to the GW-funded pipeline activities.

£7.1 million increase in costs of growing an increased volume of high CBD plant material for the Epidiolex development program.

£3.0 million increase in other overheads associated with running clinical trials such as depreciation of R&D assets, consumables and other property-related overheads.

£2.8 million decrease in epilepsy and other GW-funded clinical program costs — reflecting the completion of the three Epidiolex Phase 3 studies in Dravet syndrome and LGS during the prior financial year.
We track all research and development expenditures against detailed budgets but do not seek to allocate and monitor all research and development costs by individual project. As noted in the segmental analysis below, we do analyze GW-funded research and development into Sativex related expenditures and pipeline related expenditures. External third-party costs of running clinical trials totaling £25.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2017 and £28.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 were tracked by individual project while the remaining £85.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2017 and £67.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 consisting largely of internal overhead costs were not allocated to individual projects. We believe that our existing liquidity is sufficient to complete our currently ongoing GW-funded research and development projects.
Development partner-funded research and development projects are funded in advance by our development partners, which involves the receipt of advanced funds every three months, sufficient to cover projected expenditure for the next three months. For further information on the risks our research and development program face, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Development and Regulatory Approval of Sativex and Our Product Candidates.”
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Development partner-funded research and development expenditure was made up of two principal elements, as follows:
Year Ended September 30,
Change
2017 vs. 2016
2017
2017
2016
Increase/(Decrease)
$
£
£
£
%
(in thousands, except for percentages)
Sativex U.S. development program
127 95 3,500 (3,405 ) (97 )%
Otsuka research collaboration expenses
573 429 337 92 27 %
Total development partner-funded research and development
700 524 3,837 (3,313 ) (86 )%
Sativex U.S. development expenses decreased by £3.4 million, or 97%, to £0.1 million during the year ended September 30, 2017 as compared to £3.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2016. This reflects decreased expenditure following the close out of the three Sativex Phase 3 cancer pain trials.
Otsuka research collaboration expenses increased by £0.1 million, or 27%, to £0.4 million during the year ended September 30, 2017 as compared to £0.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2016. The increase reflects the fact that the Otsuka research collaboration term ended on June 30, 2013 and the remaining revenue relates to income recognized on fluctuating pass-through costs under the collaboration agreement.
Sales, general and administrative expenses
Sales, general and administrative expenses for the year ended September 30, 2017 of £41.7 million increased by £21.8 million compared to the £19.9 million incurred in the year ended September 30, 2016. This net increase is due to:

£9.3 million increase in employee-related expenses, comprising a £6.4 million increase in payroll costs driven by increased commercial headcount and a £2.9 million increase in the charge in respect of staff share based payment expenses.

£9.2 million increase in respect of pre-launch commercialization preparation costs. These costs follow discrete commercialization projects.

£2.8 million increase in property and travel costs, primarily due to the expansion of U.S. based operations.

£0.5 million increase in accountancy, audit and investor relation costs arising from GW’s US listing and Sarbanes-Oxley compliance.
Net foreign exchange (losses)/gains
Net foreign exchange (losses)/gains decreased by £30.6 million, or 120%, to a £5.0 million loss for the year ended September 30, 2017 compared to a gain of £25.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2016. This represents foreign exchange losses, due to unrealized losses on our U.S. dollar denominated cash deposits at the closing balance sheet exchange rate.
Interest expense
Interest expense of £0.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2017 increased by £0.5 million, or 331%, compared to the £0.2 million recorded for the year ended September 30, 2016. This increase reflects an increase in interest paid on leases for manufacturing facilities.
Interest and other income
Interest and other income increased by £1.0 million, or 166%, to £1.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2017 compared to £0.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2016. The increase reflects the incremental interest earned on the Group’s cash and cash equivalents balance throughout the period.
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Tax
Our tax benefit decreased by £1.8 million, or 8%, to £20.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2017 compared to £22.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2016. This benefit consists of:

Accrual for an expected research and development tax credit claim of £19.9 million in respect of the year ended September 30, 2017 for GW Research Limited. We expect to submit this claim in the quarter ending March 31, 2018 and this claim is subject to agreement by HMRC.

Recognition of an additional £0.5 million of research and development tax credit in respect of the year ended September 30, 2016 for GW Research Limited.

Recognition of U.S. tax credits of £0.3 million in respect of the year ended September 30, 2017 for the Group’s U.S. subsidiary, Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. following the submission of an orphan drug tax credit claim.
Research and development tax credits recognized vary depending on our available tax losses, the eligibility of our research and development expenditure and the level of certainty relating to the recoverability of the claim.
Segmental review
Commercial segment
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Commercial segment for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, together with the changes to those items.
Year Ended September 30,
Change
2017 vs. 2016
2017
2017
2016
Increase/Decrease
$
£
£
£
%
(in thousands, except for percentages)
Product sales
8,325 6,232 5,208 1,024 20 %
License, collaboration and technical access fees
1,834 1,373 1,172 201 17 %
Development and approval milestone fees
147 110 98 12 12 %
Total revenue
10,306 7,715 6,478 1,237 19 %
Cost of sales
(4,730 ) (3,541 ) (2,719 ) (822 ) 30 %
Segmental result
5,576 4,174 3,759 415 11 %
We classify all revenue from Sativex collaboration partners, with the exception of research and development fees, as Commercial segment revenue. The principal variances in these revenue streams are summarized in the table above. An explanation of the principal movements in the revenue streams is provided in the revenue section above.
Cost of sales for the year ended September 30, 2017 of £3.5 million represents an increase of £0.8 million compared to the £2.7 million recorded in the year ended September 30, 2016. This increase reflects the growth in the volume of Sativex vials shipped to commercial partners in the year ended September 30, 2017.
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Sativex Research and Development segment
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Sativex R&D segment for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, together with the changes to those items.
Year Ended September 30,
Change
2017 vs. 2016
2017
2017
2016
Increase/(Decrease)
$
£
£
£
%
(in thousands, except for percentages)
Research and development fees
127 95 3,500 (3,405 ) (97 )%
Research and development expenditure:
GW-funded research and development
(16 ) (12 ) (625 ) 613 (98 )%
Development partner-funded research and development
(127 ) (95 ) (3,500 ) 3,405 (97 )%
Total research and development expenditure
(143 ) (107 ) (4,125 ) 4,018 (97 )%
Segmental result
(16 ) (12 ) (625 ) 613 (98 )%
Total research and development expenditure related to Sativex of £0.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2017 decreased by £4.0 million, or 97%, compared with the £4.1 million recorded for the year ended September 30, 2016. This decrease reflects the conclusion and close out of the Sativex Phase 3 cancer pain clinical trials.
As all of the development partner-funded research and development expenditure is reimbursed to us under the terms of our license agreements, the net result for this segment equals the GW-funded research and development expenditure on Sativex related projects.
Pipeline Research and Development segment
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Pipeline R&D segment for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, together with the changes to those items.
Year Ended September 30,
Change
2017 vs. 2016
2017
2017
2016
Increase/(Decrease)
$
£
£
£
%
(in thousands, except for percentages)
Research and development fees
573 428 337 91 27 %
Research and development expenditure
GW-funded research and development
(142,460 ) (106,650 ) (91,234 ) (15,416 ) 17 %
Development partner-funded research and development
(573 ) (428 ) (337 ) (91 ) 27 %
Total research and development expenditure
(143,033 ) (107,078 ) (91,571 ) (15,507 ) 17 %
Segmental result
(142,460 ) (106,650 ) (91,234 ) (15,416 ) 17 %
GW-funded pipeline research and development expenditure increased by £15.5 million, or 17%, to £107.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2017 as compared to £91.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2016. This reflects the impact of carrying out GW-funded clinical trials and research and development, including the costs associated with GW’s ongoing Phase 3 Dravet syndrome and Tuberous Sclerosis studies, plus the costs of the completed Phase 3 Dravet and Lennox-Gastaut syndrome Epidiolex studies, preclinical and scale up work associated with our epilepsy program. Additionally, we have various pipeline activities including cannabidivarin, or CBDV, which is in Phase 2 development in the field of epilepsy and is also being researched within the field of autism spectrum disorders, or ASD.
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pipeline research and development fees are equal to the development partner-funded research and development expenditure incurred by us in conducting our joint pipeline research program and recharged to Otsuka under the terms of our 2007 research collaboration agreement. The 27% year-on-year increase in pipeline research and development fees reflects ongoing pass-through costs associated with our pre-clinical research collaboration agreement with Otsuka in the field of CNS disorders, which formally ended effective June 30, 2013. GW has a worldwide license to all data and product candidates generated under the collaboration.
As the development partner-funded research and development expenditure was fully offset by the associated research and development fees, the segmental result equals the GW-funded pipeline research and development expenditure.
Comparison of Years Ended September 30, 2016 and 2015
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, together with the changes to those items.
Year Ended September 30,
Change
2016 vs. 2015
2016
2015
Increase/(Decrease)
£
£
£
%
(in thousands, except for percentages)
Revenue
10,315 28,540 (18,225 ) (64 )%
Cost of sales
(2,719 ) (2,618 ) (101 ) 4 %
Research and development expenditure
(99,815 ) (76,785 ) (23,030 ) 30 %
Sales, general and administrative expenses
(19,939 ) (12,569 ) (7,370 ) 59 %
Net foreign exchange gains
25,551 6,202 19,349 312 %
Operating loss
(86,607 ) (57,230 ) (29,377 ) 51 %
Interest expense
(173 ) (75 ) (98 ) 131 %
Interest and other income
608 244 364 149 %
Loss before tax
(86,172 ) (57,061 ) (29,111 ) 51 %
Tax benefit
22,515 12,498 10,017 80 %
Loss for the year
(63,657 ) (44,563 ) (19,094 ) 43 %
Revenue
The following table summarizes our revenue for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, together with the changes to those items.
Year Ended September 30,
Change
2016 vs. 2015
2016
2015
Increase/(Decrease)
£
£
£
%
(in thousands, except for percentages)
Product sales
5,208 4,255 953 22 %
Research and development fees
3,837 22,810 (18,973 ) (83 )%
License, collaboration and technical access fees
1,172 1,287 (115 ) (9 )%
Development and approval milestone fees
98 188 (90 ) (48 )%
Total revenue
10,315 28,540 (18,225 ) (64 )%
Total revenue for the year ended September 30, 2016 was £10.3 million, compared to £28.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease of £18.2 million comprises:

£19.0 million decrease in research and development fees reflecting the impact of the conclusion of the Group’s partner funded Sativex Phase 3 cancer pain clinical trials.
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

£1.0 million increase in Sativex product sales revenues to £5.2 million due to increased shipments. In-market sales volumes sold by GW’s commercial partners for the year ended September 30, 2016 were 14% higher than the year ended September 30, 2015. Sales volumes to partners increased by 9% over the same period.

£0.1 million decrease in licence, collaboration and technical access fees to £1.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 compared to £1.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2015. This decrease is due to the recognition period of certain signature fees having come to an end in the prior year.

£0.1 million decrease in development and approval milestones as a result of having earned one milestone from our partner Ipsen for the year ended September 30, 2016, compared to the receipt of two milestones for the year ended September 30, 2015.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales for the year ended September 30, 2016 of £2.7 million represents an increase of £0.1 million compared to the £2.6 million recorded in the year ended September 30, 2015. This increase primarily reflects the growth in the volume of Sativex inventory shipped to commercial partners in the year ended September 30, 2016.
Research and development expenditure
The following table summarizes our research and development expenditure for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, together with the changes to those items.
Year Ended September 30,
Change
2016 vs. 2015
2016
2015
Increase/ (Decrease)
£
£
£
%
(in thousands, except for percentages)
GW-funded research and development
95,978 53,975 42,003 78 %
Development partner-funded research and development
3,837 22,810 (18,973 ) (83 )%
Total research and development expenditure
99,815 76,785 23,030 30 %
Total research and development expenditure for the year ended September 30, 2016 of £99.8 million increased by £23.0 million compared to the £76.8 million incurred in the year ended September 30, 2015.
GW-funded research and development expenditure increased by £42.0 million to £96.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 from £54.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2015. The increase is due to:

£17.1 million increase in epilepsy and other GW funded clinical program costs — reflecting the costs associated with GW’s continuing Dravet and Lennox-Gastaut syndrome Epidiolex studies, setting up new Phase 3 studies, costs of our other pipeline studies and costs of providing regulatory support and Epidiolex to an increasing number of patients under FDA-authorized expanded access INDs.

£16.0 million increase in research and development staff and employment-related expenses linked to increased global headcount combined with the transition of the Group’s clinical headcount from partner funded Sativex trials to the GW funded pipeline activities and Epidiolex development program.

£6.5 million increase in other overheads associated with running clinical trials such as depreciation of R&D assets, consumables and other property-related overheads. This increase has been impacted by the Group’s refocusing of assets on GW funded activities from partner funded projects.
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

£2.4 million increase in costs of growing an increased volume of high CBD plant material for the Epidiolex development program.
We track all research and development expenditures against detailed budgets but do not seek to allocate and monitor all research and development costs by individual project. As noted in the segmental analysis below, we do analyze GW-funded research and development into Sativex related expenditures and pipeline related expenditures. External third-party costs of running clinical trials totaling £28.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 and £13.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2015 were tracked by individual project while the remaining £67.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 and £40.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2015 consisting largely of internal overhead costs were not allocated to individual projects. We believe that our existing liquidity is sufficient to complete our currently ongoing GW-funded research and development projects.
Development partner-funded research and development projects are funded in advance by our development partners, which involves the receipt of advanced funds every three months, sufficient to cover projected expenditure for the next three months. For further information on the risks our research and development program face, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Development and Regulatory Approval of Sativex and Our Product Candidates.”
Development partner-funded research and development expenditure was made up of two principal elements, as follows:
Year Ended September 30,
Change
2016 vs. 2015
2016
2015
Increase/(Decrease)
£
£
£
%
(in thousands, except for percentages)
Sativex U.S. development program
3,500 22,275 (18,775 ) (84 )%
Otsuka research collaboration expenses
337 535 (198 ) (37 )%
Total development partner-funded research and development
3,837 22,810 (18,973 ) (83 )%
Sativex U.S. development expenses decreased by £18.8 million, or 84%, to £3.5 million during the year ended September 30, 2016 as compared to £22.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2015. This reflects decreased expenditure following the completion of the three Sativex Phase 3 cancer pain trials.
Otsuka research collaboration expenses decreased by £0.2 million, or 37%, to £0.3 million during the year ended September 30, 2016 as compared to £0.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2015. The decrease reflects the fact that the Otsuka research collaboration term ended on June 30, 2013 and the remaining revenue relates to income recognized to offset the depreciation expense of property, plant and equipment purchased under the collaboration agreement, which are now all fully depreciated.
Sales, general and administrative expenses
Sales, general and administrative expenses for the year ended September 30, 2016 of £19.9 million increased by £7.3 million compared to the £12.6 million incurred in the year ended September 30, 2015. This net increase is due to:

£6.3 million increase in employee-related expenses, comprising a £5.1 million increase in payroll costs driven by increased headcount and a £1.2 million increase in the charge in respect of the provision for payroll taxes on unrealized staff share option gains.

£0.9 million increase in property and travel costs, primarily to the U.S. by staff involved in the establishment of U.S. based operations.

£0.5 million increase in accountancy, audit and investor relation costs arising from GW’s U.S. listing and Sarbanes-Oxley compliance.

A £0.4 million decrease in respect of pre-launch commercialization costs in the U.S. These costs follow discrete commercialization projects.
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Net foreign exchange gains
Net foreign exchange gains increased by £19.4 million, or 312%, to £25.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 compared to £6.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2015. This represents foreign exchange gains, due to unrealized gains on our U.S. dollar denominated cash deposits at the closing balance sheet exchange rate.
Interest expense
Interest expense of £0.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 increased by £0.1 million, or 131%, compared to the £0.1 million recorded for the year ended September 30, 2015. This increase reflects an increase in interest paid on leases for manufacturing facilities.
Interest and other income
Interest and other income increased by £0.4 million, or 149%, to £0.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 compared to £0.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2015. The increase reflects the increase in the Group’s cash and cash equivalents balance and additional tax credit recognized in the UK.
Tax
Our tax benefit increased by £10.0 million, or 80%, to £22.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 compared to £12.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2015. This benefit consists of:

Accrual for an expected research and development tax credit claim of £21.2 million in respect of the year ended September 30, 2016 for GW Research Limited. We submitted this claim in the quarter ending March 31, 2017 and this claim is subject to agreement by HMRC.

Recognition of an additional £0.5 million of research and development tax credit in respect of the year ended September 30, 2015 for GW Research Limited.

Recognition of U.S. tax credits of £0.8 million in respect of the years ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2016 for the Group’s U.S. subsidiary, Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. (formerly GW Pharmaceuticals Inc.) following the submission of an orphan drug tax credit claim.
Research and development tax credits recognized vary depending on our available tax losses, the eligibility of our research and development expenditure and the level of certainty relating to the recoverability of the claim.
Segmental review
Commercial segment
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Commercial segment for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, together with the changes to those items.
Year Ended September 30,
Change
2016 vs. 2015
2016
2015
Increase/Decrease
£
£
£
%
(in thousands, except for percentages)
Product sales
5,208 4,255 953 22 %
License, collaboration and technical access fees
1,172 1,287 (115 ) (9 )%
Development and approval milestone fees
98 188 (90 ) (48 )%
Total revenue
6,478 5,730 748 13 %
Cost of sales
(2,719 ) (2,618 ) (101 ) 4 %
Segmental result
3,759 3,112 647 21 %
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We classify all revenue from Sativex collaboration partners, with the exception of research and development fees, as Commercial segment revenue. The principal variances in these revenue streams are summarized in the table above. An explanation of the principal movements in the revenue streams is provided in the revenue section above.
Cost of sales for the year ended September 30, 2016 of £2.7 million represents an increase of £0.1 million compared to the £2.6 million recorded in the year ended September 30, 2015. This increase reflects the growth in the volume of Sativex vials shipped to commercial partners in the year ended September 30, 2016.
Sativex Research and Development segment
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Sativex R&D segment for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, together with the changes to those items.
Year Ended September 30,
Change
2016 vs. 2015
2016
2015
Increase/(Decrease)
£
£
£
%
(in thousands, except for percentages)
Research and development fees
3,500 22,275 (18,775 ) (84 )%
Research and development expenditure:
GW-funded research and development
(625 ) (4,123 ) 3,498 (85 )%
Development partner-funded research and development
(3,500 ) (22,275 ) 18,775 (84 )%
Total research and development expenditure
(4,125 ) (26,398 ) 22,273 (84 )%
Segmental result
(625 ) (4,123 ) 3,498 (85 )%
Total research and development expenditure related to Sativex of £4.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 decreased by £22.3 million, or 84%, compared with the £26.4 million recorded for the year ended September 30, 2015. This decrease reflects the conclusion and close out of the Sativex Phase 3 cancer pain clinical trials.
As all of the development partner-funded research and development expenditure is reimbursed to us under the terms of our license agreements, the net result for this segment equals the GW-funded research and development expenditure on Sativex related projects.
Pipeline Research and Development segment
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Pipeline R&D segment for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, together with the changes to those items.
Year Ended September 30,
Change
2016 vs. 2015
2016
2015
Increase/(Decrease)
£
£
£
%
(in thousands, except for percentages)
Research and development fees
337 535 (198 ) (37 )%
Research and development expenditure
GW-funded research and development
(91,234 ) (48,327 ) (42,907 ) 89 %
Development partner-funded research and development
(337 ) (535 ) 198 (37 )%
Total research and development expenditure
(91,571 ) (48,862 ) (42,709 ) 87 %
Segmental result
(91,234 ) (48,327 ) (42,907 ) 89 %
GW-funded pipeline research and development expenditure increased by £42.7 million, or 87%, to £91.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 as compared to £48.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2015. This reflects the impact of carrying out GW-funded clinical trials and research and
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS
development, including the costs associated with GW’s ongoing Phase 3 Dravet syndrome and Tuberous Sclerosis studies, plus the costs of the completed Phase 3 Dravet and Lennox-Gastaut syndrome Epidiolex studies, preclinical and scale up work associated with our epilepsy program. Additionally, we have various pipeline activities including cannabidivarin, or CBDV, which is in Phase 2 development in the field of epilepsy and is also being researched within the field of autism spectrum disorders, or ASD.
Pipeline research and development fees are equal to the development partner-funded research and development expenditure incurred by us in conducting our joint pipeline research program and recharged to Otsuka under the terms of our 2007 research collaboration agreement. The 20% year-on-year decrease in pipeline research and development fees reflects the ending, effective June 30, 2013, of our pre-clinical research collaboration with Otsuka in the field of CNS disorders and unwinding of remaining revenue associated with this collaboration. GW has a worldwide license to all data and product candidates generated under the collaboration.
As the development partner-funded research and development expenditure was fully offset by the associated research and development fees, the segmental result equals the GW-funded pipeline research and development expenditure.
B.   Liquidity and Capital Resources.
In recent years, we have largely funded our operations and growth from issuances of equity securities, research and development fees and tax credits and milestone payments from our development partners. We have also funded our operations and growth with cash flows from operating activities, including Sativex revenue credits and interest income. Our cash flows may fluctuate, are difficult to forecast and will depend on many factors, including:

the timing of achievement of future Epidiolex regulatory approvals and commercial launches in the United States and Europe;

the extent to which we seek to retain development rights to our pipeline of new product candidates or whether we seek to out-license them to a partner who will fund future research and development expenditure in return for a right to share in future commercial revenue;

the extent of success in our early pre-clinical and clinical stage research programs which will determine the amount of funding required to further the development of our product candidates;

the terms and timing of new strategic collaborations;

the number and characteristics of the product candidates that we seek to develop;

the outcome, timing and cost of regulatory approvals of Epidiolex and our other product candidates;

the costs involved in constructing larger, FDA-compliant manufacturing facilities for Epidiolex and our other product candidates;

the costs involved in filing and prosecuting patent applications and enforcing and defending potential patent claims;

the costs of hiring additional skilled employees to support our continued growth; and

the rate of growth of our Sativex revenue, which relies upon the marketing efforts of our commercial partners and factors such as the timing of further national approvals, the price levels achieved by our partners in each country, and the availability of reimbursement in countries in which the product is able to be marketed.
We believe that, our cash and cash equivalents as at September 30, 2017 of £241.2 million, coupled with cash flows from operating activities will be sufficient to fund our operations, including currently anticipated research and development activities and planned capital expenditures, for the foreseeable future, including for at least the next 12 months.
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes the results of our cash flows for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015.
Year Ended September 30,
2017
2017
2016
2015
$
£
£
£
(in thousands)
Net cash outflow from operating activities
(147,261 ) (110,245 ) (84,594 ) (46,471 )
Net cash outflow from investing activities
(20,387 ) (15,262 ) (8,756 ) (17,791 )
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities
(2,742 ) (2,053 ) 206,807 128,419
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
322,154 241,175 374,392 234,872
Operating activities
Net cash outflow from operating activities for the year ended September 30, 2017 of £110.2 million was £25.6 million higher than the £84.6 million outflow from operating activities for the year ended September 30, 2016, principally reflecting the increase in investment in the Epidiolex development and commercialization activities, offset by the receipt of additional tax benefit.
Net cash outflow from operating activities for the year ended September 30, 2016 of £84.6 million was £38.1 million higher than the £46.5 million outflow from operating activities for the year ended September 30, 2015, principally reflecting the increase in investment in Epidiolex and other pipeline research and development activities offset by additional tax benefit.
Investing activities
The net cash outflow from investing activities increased by £6.5 million to £15.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2017 from £8.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2016, reflecting an increase in capital expenditure of £7.4 million during the year ended September 30, 2017 due to the commencement of the next phase of construction of our manufacturing facilities. This is offset by an increase of £1.0 million in interest received compared to the prior year.
The net cash outflow from investing activities decreased by £9.0 million to £8.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 from £17.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2015, reflecting a decrease in capital expenditure of £9.2 million during the year ended September 30, 2016 due to the conclusion of a significant phase of construction of our new manufacturing facilities.
Financing activities
Net cash flow from financing activities decreased by £208.9 million to a £2.1 million outflow in the year ended September 30, 2017 compared to a £206.8 million inflow for the year ended September 30, 2016 due to a £206.9 million decrease in net new equity funding inflows, a £0.9 million increase in interest costs, a £0.7 million increase in fit out funding repayments and a £0.4 million decrease in proceeds on exercise of share options.
Net cash flow from financing activities increased by £78.4 million to a £206.8 million inflow in the year ended September 30, 2016 compared to a £128.4 million inflow for the year ended September 30, 2015 due to a £79.1 million increase in net new equity funding inflows, a £0.6 million reduction in proceeds from the exercise of employee share options, a £0.2 million increase in fit out funding repayments and a £0.1 million decrease in finance lease repayments.
C.   Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.
Full details of our research and development activities and expenditures are given in the Business section and Operating and Financial Review and Prospects sections of this Annual Report above.
102

TABLE OF CONTENTS
D.   Trend information
The following charts illustrate the key financial trends in our business:
[MISSING IMAGE: TV480101_CHRT-BAR1.JPG]
Our revenues consist of R&D fees, product sales revenues, royalties, license collaboration and technical access fees and development and approval milestone fees.
For the year ended September 30, 2017, we recorded revenues of £6.2 million for Sativex product sales, an increase of £1.0 million from the £5.2 million recorded for the year ended September 30, 2016. This increase was due primarily to an increase in the volume of shipments to partners of 29%.
In the year to September 30, 2017 we have seen a continued decline in our research and development fee income, as the level of rechargeable activity associated with our recently completed cancer pain trials programme has concluded during the course of the year. We consider our license, collaboration and technical access fees and our product sales revenues to be recurring revenues. The milestone revenues recognized in each of the financial years above tend to be individual items linked to specific development milestones achieved in a particular financial year.
In 2013, we received one £250,000 development and approval milestone, linked to the signature of an agreement with Ipsen, our commercial partner in Latin America. In 2014, we received no development and approval milestones. In 2015, we received two €125,000 development and approval milestones linked to regulatory filings by Ipsen. In 2016, we received one €125,000 development and approval milestone linked to a regulatory submission filing by Ipsen in Venezuela. In 2017, we received one €125,000 development and approval milestone linked to a regulatory submission filing by Ipsen in Argentina.
The Sativex In-market vial sales volumes graph above illustrates the trend in in-market commercial sales volumes of Sativex by our commercial marketing partners Bayer in UK/Canada, Almirall in Europe and Neopharm in Israel. In-market sales volumes grew by 23% from 2016 to 2017.
In 2013 commercial sales by Almirall commenced in Norway, Austria, Italy, Poland and by Neopharm in Israel. In 2014, Almirall launched Sativex in Switzerland and Finland. 2015 and 2016 saw volume growth driven primarily by increased prescribing in Germany and Italy, as well as launch in Belgium. In 2017, we launched in New Zealand following the return of the rights for Sativex from Novartis.
[MISSING IMAGE: TV480101_CHRT-BAR2.JPG]
103

TABLE OF CONTENTS
As illustrated in the Total Group Expenditure graph above, our research and development expenditures have shown a consistent growth trend over the last five financial years from £32.7 million in 2013 to £111.2 million in 2017. The growth during 2017 of £11.4 million from the £99.8 million of research and development incurred in 2016 demonstrates the continuation of our epilepsy Phase 3 clinical research with Epidiolex as well as progress with a number of other pipeline product candidates. In addition, SG&A expenditure has increased from £19.9 million in 2016 to £41.7 million in 2017, reflecting the increased activity in respect of pre-launch commercialization in the U.S. and Europe.
In the last five years, a significant proportion of the partner-funded R&D expenditure has been driven by our US Phase 3 cancer pain clinical trials programme, which included three pivotal Phase 3 cancer pain trials plus a series of supporting Phase 1 clinical trials and regulatory activities. All of this clinical activity was funded by our development partner Otsuka. These activities concluded during the year ended September 30, 2017.
In 2013, Otsuka also funded a significant amount of pre-clinical activity as part of our six-year pre-clinical research collaboration. This pre-clinical collaboration ended on 30 June 2013. GW now has a worldwide license to all data and product candidates generated under this collaboration.
From 2013 to 2017 GW-funded R&D increased from £9.1 million in 2013 to £110.7 million in 2017. In 2014 GW-funded R&D increased significantly to £19.2 million, reflecting our investment in the development of Epidiolex, cannabidivarin (“CBDV”) and other pipeline candidates. In 2015 GW-funded R&D increased further to £54.0 million, as we initiated five Phase 3 clinical trials in several forms of refractory childhood epilepsy, including Dravet syndrome and Lennox-Gastaut syndrome. In 2016 GW-funded R&D increased to £96.4 million as we completed three Phase 3 clinical trials, and continued to invest in our wider epilepsy program to support the forthcoming NDA filing in the United States. In 2017, GW-funded R&D increased to £110.7 million as we continued to invest in our wider epilepsy program to support the NDA filing in the United States, and forthcoming EMA filing in Europe. We have also continued our Phase 3 clinical trial in Tuberous Sclerosis Complex, as well as continuing to progress multiple active Phase 1/2 clinical trials in other disease areas such as epilepsy partial seizures and Glioma.
The Total Group Cash graph above illustrates the trend in our financial year-end closing cash position for each of the last five years.
Since 2013, having taken the decision to invest in the development of Epidiolex to treat a number of refractory forms of childhood onset epilepsy we have consistently recorded operating cash outflows, offset by the proceeds of a series of fundraisings, each of which have been conducted following the achievement of key product development milestones. Our aim has been to ensure that the Group remains well funded with sufficient working capital to successfully execute our Epidiolex and other pipeline product development plans. These equity fundraisings, together with proceeds from share options and warrants, have generated net financing cash inflows as follows:

£18.1 million of net new funds from issue of equity as part of our Nasdaq initial public offering in May 2013

£136.6 million in 2014

£128.7 million in 2015

£207.2 million in 2016
As a result of this series of successful equity fundraisings the Group has made excellent progress with the execution of our Epidiolex development and commercialization strategy, leading to the completion of our NDA filing with FDA on October 27, 2017.
E.   Off Balance Sheet Arrangements.
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
104

TABLE OF CONTENTS
F.   Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations.
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as at September 30, 2017.
Payments Due by Period
Total
Less than
1 year
1 – 3 years
3 – 5 years
More than
5 years
£
£
£
£
£
(in thousands)
Operating lease obligations (1)
14,310 3,628 5,364 3,381 1,937
Finance lease obligations (2)
8,735 556 1,110 1,110 5,959
Purchase obligations (3)
7,583 7,583
Borrowings (4) 12,953 965 1,930 1,930 8,128
Growing operations (5)
38,914 8,973 18,323 11,618
Total contractual obligations
82,495 21,705 26,727 18,039 16,024
(1)
We enter into operating leases in the normal course of business. Most lease arrangements provide us with the option to renew the leases on defined terms. The future operating lease obligations would change if we exercise our renewal options or if we were to enter into additional new operating leases. See Note 25 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
(2)
We enter into finance leases when beneficial to the Group. See Note 19 to our consolidated financial statements included on page F- 32 to this Annual Report.
(3)
Purchase obligations include signed orders for capital equipment, which have been committed but not yet received at the balance sheet date totaling £7.6 million.
(4)
We enter into borrowings when beneficial to the Group. See Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements included on page F- 32 to this Annual Report.
(5)
During the year ended September 30, 2016, the Group signed a commercial growing agreement with an external supplier to produce plant material for use in the Epidiolex development programs and commercial release. This agreement commenced on January 1, 2017 and includes multiple fee-elements designed to incentivize cost efficient, reliable production volumes of raw materials for use in research, development and commercial activities. As part of the accounting treatment for this agreement a component operating lease was identified under the requirements of IFRIC 4 Determining Whether an Arrangement Contains a Lease. Rental payments commenced on January 1, 2017 and continue over a five-year non-cancellable period. Future minimum lease payments associated with this operating lease are included in the table shown above and (1).
G.   Safe Harbor.
See the section titled “Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this Annual Report.
105

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item 6   Directors, Senior Management and Employees.
A.   Directors and Senior Management.
The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and non-employee directors:
Name
Age
Position
Executive Directors
Dr. Geoffrey Guy (3)
63
Chairman of the Board of Directors and member of Board of Directors
Justin Gover
46
Chief Executive Officer and member of Board of Directors
Non-Employee Directors
James Noble (1)(2)(3)(4)
58
Deputy Chairman and member of Board of Directors
Cabot Brown (1)(2)(3)(4)
56
Non-Executive Director and member of Board of Directors
Thomas Lynch (1)(2)(3)(4)
61
Non-Executive Director and member of Board of Directors
Executive Officers
Scott Giacobello
47
Chief Financial Officer
Adam George
47
Managing Director, UK and Company Secretary
Chris Tovey
52
Chief Operating Officer
Julian Gangolli
59
President, North America
Volker Knappertz
52
Chief Medical Officer
Doug Snyder
53
Chief Legal Officer
(1)
Member of the Audit Committee.
(2)
Member of the Remuneration Committee.
(3)
Member of the Nomination Committee.
(4)
An “independent director” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.
Executive Directors
Dr. Geoffrey Guy is our founder and has served as Chairman since 1998. Dr. Guy has over 30 years of experience in medical research and global drug development, previously as Chairman and Chief Executive of Ethical Holdings plc, a Nasdaq-quoted drug delivery company (now Amarin Corporation plc, or Amarin), which he founded in 1985 and led to its Nasdaq listing in 1993. He also founded Phytopharm plc in 1989, of which he was Chairman until 1997. Dr. Guy has been the physician in charge of over 300 clinical studies including first dose in man, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, dose-ranging, controlled clinical trials and large scale multi-centred studies and clinical surveys. He is also an author on numerous scientific publications and has contributed to six books. Dr. Guy was appointed as Visiting Professor in the School of Science and Medicine at the University of Buckingham in July 2011. He also received the “Deloitte Director of the Year Award in Pharmaceuticals and Healthcare” in 2011. Dr. Guy was appointed Visiting Professor at Westminster University, and awarded Honorary DSc at Reading University in 2016. Dr. Guy holds a BSc in pharmacology from the University of London, an MBBS at St Bartholomew’s Hospital, an MRCS Eng. and LRCP London, an LMSSA Society of Apothecaries and a Diploma of Pharmaceutical Medicine from the Royal Colleges of Physicians.
Justin Gover has been Chief Executive Officer of GW Pharmaceuticals since January 1999, shortly after the Company was founded. In this time, Mr. Gover has been the lead executive responsible for the running of the company’s operations, leading equity financings and business development activities. He raised initial rounds of private capital, following which led the company’s initial public offering on the AIM stock exchange in London in 2001, and more recently led GW’s initial public offering on Nasdaq in 2013. In total, he has led equity financing rounds which have raised approx. $900m. In 2015, Mr. Gover relocated to
106

TABLE OF CONTENTS
the U.S. to open the company’s U.S. headquarters in California. Prior to joining GW, Mr. Gover was Head of Corporate Affairs at Ethical Holdings plc, a UK-based Nasdaq listed company, where he was responsible for the company’s strategic corporate activities, including mergers and acquisitions, strategic investments, equity financings and investor relations. Mr. Gover holds an M.B.A. from the INSEAD business school in France.
Executive Officers
Scott Giacobello has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2017. Mr. Giacobello has over 25 years of finance and operational experience. He is an accomplished executive who most recently and until its acquisition by Allergan, Inc. in late 2016, served as Chief Financial Officer for Chase Pharmaceuticals Corporation, a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of improved treatments for neurodegenerative disorders. From 2008 through 2015, Mr. Giacobello held senior level finance positions at Allergan, Inc., most recently serving as Vice President of Finance for Global Research & Development. While at Allergan, he also served as Vice President of Corporate Finance and Vice President of Internal Audit & Compliance. Mr. Giacobello’s previous experience includes financial positions at the Black & Decker Corporation and Ernst & Young, LLP. Mr. Giacobello holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from the University of Notre Dame and is a Certified Public Accountant.
Adam George joined GW in 2007 and was Group Financial Controller until June 1, 2012, at which time he joined the Board as Chief Financial Officer. On March 6, 2017, Mr. George was appointed as Managing Director, U.K., a newly-created executive role with broad leadership responsibilities for U.K. operations. Mr. George also acts as Company Secretary, a role he has held since he first joined the Company. Prior to joining GW, Mr. George occupied several senior finance roles within both listed and privately owned high growth businesses. From 2004 to 2007, Mr. George was Finance Director of Believe It Group Limited (now 4Com plc), a telecommunications service provider, having been Group Financial Controller from 2001 to 2004.
Chris Tovey has served as our Chief Operating Officer since October 2012. Prior to joining our Company, Mr. Tovey was at UCB Pharmaceuticals from 2006 to 2012. In his last role there, Mr. Tovey was the Vice President of Global Marketing Operations where he was responsible for worldwide marketing activities on a portfolio of UCB products including Keppra ® (Anti-epileptic) generating over €2.0 billion in annual sales. Previous experience and roles at UCB included a number of multi-country product launches including Vimpat ® (Anti-epileptic), Managing Director Greece and Cyprus, and leader of all UCB activities on the orphan narcotic medication Xyrem ® , used in the treatment of narcolepsy. Mr. Tovey previously spent 18 years at GlaxoSmithKline plc in senior commercial roles in both the European and UK organizations. These roles included Director Commercial Strategy Distribution Europe, Director European Vaccine Therapy, Director Commercial Development UK, Director Vaccines Business Unit UK and Business Unit Manager Oncology UK While at GSK, Mr. Tovey worked across a wide range of therapeutic areas including neurology, infectious diseases, oncology, diabetes, respiratory, gastroenterology and immunology.
Julian Gangolli has served as our President, North America since his appointment in June 2015. Mr. Gangolli has more than two decades of senior management experience with large pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical, and start-up biotechnology companies. Since July 2016, Mr. Gangolli has served on the board and Audit Committee of Revance Therapeutics, Inc. Prior to joining GW, Mr. Gangolli was, from 2004 until April 2015, President of the North American Pharmaceutical division of Allergan Inc., with responsibility for a 1,400-person integrated commercial operation with sales exceeding $3.8 billion in 2014. As a Corporate Vice President and member of the Executive Committee, Allergan’s most senior leadership team overseeing worldwide operations, Mr. Gangolli was an integral part of the executive management team that transformed Allergan into one of the leading specialty pharmaceutical companies in the US. Prior to Allergan, Mr. Gangolli was Vice President, Sales and Marketing at VIVUS, Inc. where he established from inception a fully functioning commercial operation. Prior to VIVUS, Mr. Gangolli held roles at Syntex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Ortho-Cilag Pharmaceuticals Ltd. in the United Kingdom. Mr. Gangolli was raised in the UK and received a BSc (Honours) in Applied Chemistry from Kingston University in England.
107

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Volker Knappertz has served as our Chief Medical Officer since May 2017. Dr. Knappertz has over 25 years of clinical trial experience and 17 years of pharmaceutical drug development experience, holding leadership positions with responsibilities for managing international clinical trial and medical affairs programs. Most recently, as the Vice President of clinical development for multiple sclerosis, oncology and biosimilar products at Teva Pharmaceuticals, Dr. Knappertz oversaw multiple regulatory submissions and approvals in the U.S., Canada, Europe and Japan. Prior to joining Teva in 2012, Dr. Knappertz served in clinical and medical roles in CNS, CV, and biologics at Bayer Pharmaceuticals and AstraZeneca. Dr. Knappertz is a U.S. Board certified neurologist who received his residency training at Yale University, New Haven, CT where he served as chief resident and was fellowship trained at Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, NC. He received his clinical scientist training and M.D. as well as a doctorate degree in research on glioblastoma from the University at Cologne in Germany.
Doug Snyder has served as our Chief Legal Officer since July 2017. Mr. Snyder brings more than 20 years of experience providing counsel in the pharmaceutical industry, at the FDA and in private practice. Prior to joining GW, he led the legal and compliance teams as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary for Actelion U.S. Prior to that, Mr. Snyder held the position of Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary at Eisai Inc. where he led the Legal, Compliance, Legislative Affairs, Internal Audit and Security Group. From 1999-2005, he was Vice-President, Associate General Counsel for GlaxoSmithKline. During his tenure at GSK, Mr. Snyder managed the legal and communications strategies related to some of the Company’s most high profile matters concerning the New York Attorney General, the U.S. department of Justice and the FDA. Before joining the pharmaceutical industry, he held the role of Associate General Counsel for the FDA where he counseled the Commissioner, appeared before Congress in key initiatives, and led the initial False Claims/Kickback cases against the pharmaceutical industry.
Non-Employee Directors
James Noble has served as a non-executive Director since January 2007. Mr. Noble has extensive experience in the biotech industry and currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of Adaptimmune Therapeutics plc, a Nasdaq-listed company (ADAP) involved in T cell therapeutics. Mr. Noble was previously Chief Executive Officer of Avidex Limited, a private biotech company and, until March 2014, was Chief Executive Officer of Immunocore Limited. Mr. Noble qualified as a chartered accountant with PriceWaterhouse in 1983 and then spent seven years at investment bank Kleinwort Benson Limited, where he became a Director in 1990. He then joined British Biotech plc as Chief Financial Officer and secured the company’s IPO on Nasdaq and London in 1992. From 1997 to 2001, he held numerous non-executive Director positions, including at PowderJect Pharmaceuticals plc, Oxford GlycoSciences plc, MediGene AG, and Advanced Medical Solutions plc. Mr. Noble graduated from the University of Oxford in 1980.
Cabot Brown joined the GW Board in February 2013. Mr. Brown is the Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Carabiner LLC, a strategic and financial advisory firm based in San Francisco that specializes in healthcare and education. Previously, Mr. Brown served as a Managing Director and Head of the Healthcare Group at GCA Savvian, an international financial advisory firm, from 2011 to 2012. Before joining GCA Savvian, Mr. Brown worked for 10 years at Seven Hills Group, an investment banking group he co-founded where he also directed the firm’s healthcare activities. He also was Managing Director of Brown, McMillan & Co, an investment firm he co-founded that sponsored buy-outs and venture capital investments. From 1987 until 1995, Mr. Brown worked at Volpe, Welty & Company, a boutique investment bank where he co-founded and ran the healthcare practice and served as a member of its Executive Committee. Mr. Brown holds an MBA from Harvard Business School with high distinction as a George F Baker Scholar and an AB cum laude in Government from Harvard College.
Thomas Lynch has served as a non-executive Director since 2010. Mr. Lynch currently serves as Chairman of the boards of Evofem Biosciences Inc., Profectus Biosciences Inc. and Adherium Inc. Mr. Lynch is also chairman of the Ireland East Hospital Group and the Mater Misericordiae University Hospital. Mr. Lynch serves on the board of a number of other privately held biotechnology companies. Mr. Lynch previously served as Chairman of Icon plc and was a member of its board for 22 years. Mr. Lynch has also worked in a variety of capacities in Amarin Corporation plc, Elan Corporation plc and Warner Chilcott plc. From 2001 to 2010, Mr. Lynch was a member of the Board of IDA Ireland (an Irish government investment agency). Mr. Lynch qualified as a chartered accountant with KPMG in 1983 and served as a partner in that firm from 1990 to 1993.
108

TABLE OF CONTENTS
B.   Compensation.
The following discussion provides the amount of compensation paid, and benefits in-kind granted, by us and our subsidiaries to our directors, executive officers and non-employee directors for services in all capacities to us and our subsidiaries for the year ended September 30, 2016, as well as the amount contributed by us or our subsidiaries into money purchase plans for the year ended September 30, 2016 to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to, our directors, executive officers and non-employee directors.
Directors and Executive Management Board Compensation
Executive Director and Officer Compensation
For the year ended September 30, 2017, the table below sets forth the compensation paid to our directors, and, in the case of Messrs. Guy, Gover, Wright and George, reflects the compensation paid for their services as our executives.
Year Ended September 30, 2017 Executive Directors and Officer Compensation (1)
Name
Salary/Fees
Annual
Bonus
Benefit
Excluding
Pension (2)
Pension
Benefit (3)
Total
£
£
£
£
£
Dr. Geoffrey Guy
Executive Director
Chairman
421,027 355,603 11,878 18,228 806,736
Justin Gover (4)
Executive Director
Chief Executive Officer
406,765 362,329 38,393 15,492 822,979
Scott Giacobello
Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
162,337 10,530 4,309 177,176
Adam George
Executive Officer
Managing Director – UK
251,132 198,248 7,200 10,162 466,742
Dr. Stephen Wright (5)
Executive Officer
Chief Medical Officer
159,095 243,564 7,804 12,485 422,948
Chris Tovey
Executive Officer
Chief Operating Officer
255,161 215,234 7,355 11,033 488,783
Julian Gangolli
Executive Officer
President, North America
329,658 324,830 3,567 11,395 669,450
Volker Knappertz
Executive Officer
Chief Medical Officer
117,936 38,433 6,077 162,446
Doug Snyder
Executive Officer
Chief Legal Officer
54,115 18,296 712 73,123
James Noble
Non-Executive Director
Deputy Chairman
69,600 69,600
Cabot Brown
Non-Executive Director
68,181 68,181
Thomas Lynch (6)
Non-Executive Director
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(1)
For the year ended September 30, 2017, the compensation of Dr. Geoffrey Guy, Adam George, Dr. Stephen Wright, Chris Tovey, and James Noble are set and paid in pounds sterling (£). Compensation of James Noble and Cabot Brown are set in US dollars ($) and paid in pounds sterling. Compensation of Julian Gangolli is set and paid in US dollars ($). Compensation of Justin Gover is set and paid in a combination of pounds sterling and US dollars ($).
(2)
For our Executive Officers, these amounts represent the value of the personal benefits granted to our senior management for the year ended September 30, 2017, which include car allowance and medical and life insurance.
(3)
These amounts represent our contribution into money purchase and 401(k) plans.
(4)
The Remuneration Committee has agreed to indemnify the residual US tax suffered by Mr. Gover that occurred in respect of the gain on exercising options arising from the September 2013 LTIP award. Further details are provided in Note 26 to our consolidated financial statements.
(5)
Dr. Wright retired as Chief Medical Officer as of April 30, 2017, but remains an employee of the Group.
(6)
Mr. Lynch has waived his right to receive fees for his service as a Non-Executive Director.
Executive Officers Compensation
The compensation for each our executive directors and executive officers is comprised of the following elements: base salary, annual bonus, personal benefits, pension or 401(k) plan and long-term equity-based incentives. The total amount of compensation paid and benefits in kind granted to the members of our executive management board, whether or not a director, for the year ended September 30, 2017 was £4.2 million.
Bonus Plans
The discussion set forth below describes each bonus plan pursuant to which compensation was paid to our directors and our executive officers for our last full year.
Executive Officers are eligible for an annual bonus at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. Bonus awards are reviewed at the end of each calendar year and any such awards are determined by the performance of the individual and the Group as a whole based upon the achievement of strategic objectives set at the beginning of the year. The awards are normally limited to a maximum of 50% of basic salary, however in exceptional circumstances the annual maximum may increase up to 150% of base salary.
Outstanding Equity Awards, Grants and Option Exercise
During the year ended September 30, 2017 a total of 2,308,677 options to purchase ordinary shares were awarded to the directors and executive officers under our Long Term Incentive Plan.
Name of Director
Type of
Plan
Granted
Nominal
value
Exercise price
Date of exercise
Date of expiry
Dr. Geoffrey W. Guy
LTIP
138,672
0.1p​
$100.52 per ADS​
August 10, 2020​
August 10, 2025​
LTIP
15,336
0.1p​
0.1p​
August 10, 2018​
August 10, 2025​
LTIP
15,336
0.1p​
0.1p​
August 10, 2019​
August 10, 2026​
LTIP
15,336
0.1p​
0.1p​
August 10, 2020​
August 10, 2027​
LTIP
15,336
0.1p​
0.1p​
August 10, 2021​
August 10, 2028​
LTIP
204,552
0.1p​
0.1p​
August 10, 2020​
August 10, 2027​
Justin Gover
LTIP
142,344
0.1p​
$117.74 per ADS​
January 6, 2020​
January 6, 2027​
LTIP
17,517
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2018​
March 15, 2019​
LTIP
17,517
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2019​
March 15, 2020​
LTIP
17,517
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2020​
March 15, 2021​
LTIP
17,517
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2021​
March 15, 2022​
LTIP
233,568
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2020​
March 15, 2021​
110

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Name of Director
Type of
Plan
Granted
Nominal
value
Exercise price
Date of exercise
Date of expiry
Scott Giacobello
LTIP
67,161
0.1p​
$103.72 per ADS​
May 18, 2020​
May 18, 2027​
LTIP
8,135
0.1p​
0.1p​
May 18, 2018​
March 15, 2019​
LTIP
8,135
0.1p​
0.1p​
May 18, 2019​
March 15, 2020​
LTIP
8,135
0.1p​
0.1p​
May 18, 2020​
March 15, 2021​
LTIP
8,135
0.1p​
0.1p​
May 18, 2021​
March 15, 2022​
LTIP
108,465
0.1p​
0.1p​
May 18, 2020​
March 15, 2021​
Adam George
LTIP
52,560
0.1p​
$117.40 per ADS​
January 6, 2020​
January 6, 2027​
LTIP
6,468
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2018​
January 6, 2025​
LTIP
6,468
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2019​
January 6, 2026​
LTIP
6,468
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2020​
January 6, 2027​
LTIP
6,468
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2021​
January 6, 2028​
LTIP
86,244
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2020​
January 6, 2027​
Chris Tovey
LTIP
52,560
0.1p​
$117.40 per ADS​
January 6, 2020​
January 6, 2027​
LTIP
6,468
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2018​
January 6, 2025​
LTIP
6,468
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2019​
January 6, 2026​
LTIP
6,468
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2020​
January 6, 2027​
LTIP
6,468
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2021​
January 6, 2028​
LTIP
86,244
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2020​
January 6, 2027​
Julian Gangolli
LTIP
87,660
0.1p​
$117.74 per ADS​
January 6, 2020​
January 6, 2027​
LTIP
10,788
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2018​
March 15, 2019​
LTIP
10,788
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2019​
March 15, 2020​
LTIP
10,788
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2020​
March 15, 2021​
LTIP
10,788
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2021​
March 15, 2022​
LTIP
143,832
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2020​
March 15, 2021​
Volker Knappertz
LTIP
150,442
0.1p​
$103.72 per ADS​
May 18, 2020​
May 18, 2027​
LTIP
12,148
0.1p​
0.1p​
May 18, 2018​
March 15, 2019​
LTIP
12,148
0.1p​
0.1p​
May 18, 2019​
March 15, 2020​
LTIP
12,148
0.1p​
0.1p​
May 18, 2020​
March 15, 2021​
LTIP
12,148
0.1p​
0.1p​
May 18, 2021​
March 15, 2022​
LTIP
121,481
0.1p​
0.1p​
May 18, 2020​
March 15, 2021​
Doug Snyder
LTIP
82,956
0.1p​
$117.40 per ADS​
August 10, 2020​
August 10, 2025​
LTIP
9,180
0.1p​
0.1p​
August 10, 2018​
March 15, 2019​
LTIP
9,180
0.1p​
0.1p​
August 10, 2019​
March 15, 2020​
LTIP
9,180
0.1p​
0.1p​
August 10, 2020​
March 15, 2021​
LTIP
9,180
0.1p​
0.1p​
August 10, 2021​
March 15, 2022​
LTIP
122,364
0.1p​
0.1p​
August 10, 2020​
March 15, 2021​
James Noble
LTIP
18,636
0.1p​
$117.40 per ADS​
January 6, 2020​
January 6, 2027​
LTIP
9,168
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2020​
January 6, 2027​
Cabot Brown
LTIP
18,636
0.1p​
$117.40 per ADS​
January 6, 2020​
January 6, 2027​
LTIP
9,168
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2020​
January 6, 2027​
Thomas Lynch
LTIP
18,636
0.1p​
$117.40 per ADS​
January 6, 2020​
January 6, 2027​
LTIP
9,168
0.1p​
0.1p​
January 6, 2020​
January 6, 2027​
111

TABLE OF CONTENTS
As of September 30, 2017, directors and executive officers held options to purchase 7,139,671 ordinary shares. During the year ended September 30, 2017, directors exercised and sold options over 1,697,437 ordinary shares.
We periodically grant share options to employees, directors, executive officers and consultants to enable them to share in our successes and to reinforce a corporate culture that aligns employee interests with that of our shareholders.
Options issued under our Long Term Incentive Plan generally have an exercise price of £0.001 per share and are subject to a range of vesting periods from one to four years (although this could be shorter) and expire ten years from the date of grant (save in relation to options granted to a participant subject to the federal income tax laws of the United States, which may only be exercised for a short period following vesting). Generally, these options are also subject to a number of different performance conditions. If the relevant performance conditions are not achieved by the vesting date, the options lapse. In addition, generally, an option holder must remain an employee, director or consultant throughout the relevant vesting period, or the options will lapse. Options issued under the other share option schemes were all issued with an exercise price equal to the closing market price on the day prior to grant, a three-year vesting period and an expiration ten years from date of grant. The only condition linked to these awards was continued employment throughout the vesting period.
Pension, Retirement and Similar Benefits
For the year ended September 30, 2017, we and our subsidiaries contributed a total of £0.1 million into money purchase plans to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our directors and members of the executive management board. The Group does not operate any pension plans directly.
Employment Agreements
Dr. Geoffrey Guy
On March 14, 2013, GW Research Limited entered into a service agreement with Dr. Guy, our Chairman and Founder. Dr. Guy’s service agreement provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than 12 months’ written notice. Upon notice of termination, GW Research Limited may require Dr. Guy not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Research Limited may terminate Dr. Guy’s employment with immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his service agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct or serious or repeated breaches of obligations of his service.
Dr. Guy’s service agreement provides for a base salary of £341,794 per annum (to be reviewed annually), a car allowance of £24,960 per annum, plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary, permanent health insurance coverage, life assurance coverage and private health insurance, and a bonus on such terms and of such amount as approved from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion. With effect from January 1, 2017, Dr. Guy’s base salary was revised to £451,684 per annum, and entitlement to pension contributions and car allowance ceased. Dr. Guy’s service agreement provides that for 12 months following termination of his employment with GW Research Limited, he will not entice, induce or encourage any customer or employee to end their relationship with GW Research Limited or any other member of the Group, solicit or accept business from customers or engage in competitive acts more fully described in his service agreement.
Justin Gover
On February 26, 2013, GW Research Limited entered into a service agreement with Mr. Gover, our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Gover’s service agreement provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than 12 months’ written notice. Upon notice of termination, GW Research Limited may require Mr. Gover not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Research Limited may terminate Mr. Gover’s employment with immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his service agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct or serious or repeated breaches of obligations of his service.
112

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Mr. Gover’s service agreement provides for a base salary of £281,061 per annum (to be reviewed annually), plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary, car allowance of £15,600 per annum, permanent health insurance coverage, life assurance coverage and private health insurance, and a bonus on such terms and of such amount as approved from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion.
Mr. Gover’s service agreement provides that, for 12 months following termination of his employment with GW Research Limited, he will not entice, induce or encourage any customer or employee to end their relationship with GW Research Limited or any other member of the Group, solicit or accept business from customers or engage in competitive acts more fully described in his service agreement.
On July 21, 2015, (i) this service agreement was novated to GW Pharmaceuticals plc by GW Research Limited and at the same time Mr. Gover’s commitment to GW Pharmaceutical plc was reduced to no more than 30 days per annum, to be worked outside the United States, and his base salary was reduced pro rata to £33,079 ($51,482) per annum (to be reviewed annually) and his entitlement to a car allowance and private health insurance from GW Pharmaceuticals plc were removed, and (ii) Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. (formerly GW Pharmaceuticals Inc.), entered into a service agreement with Mr. Gover, which provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than 12 months’ written notice. Upon notice of termination, Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. may require Mr. Gover not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Research Limited may terminate Mr. Gover’s employment with immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his service agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct or serious or repeated breaches of obligations of his service.
Mr. Gover’s service agreement with Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. provides for a base salary of  $446,177 per annum less the amount to be paid to Mr. Gover by GW Pharmaceuticals plc in the UK in respect of his role as its Chief Executive Officer (initially $51,482 per annum), plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary once Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. has established its 401(k) Plan, subject to the annual statutory cap of  $9,000 per annum, car allowance of  $24,279 per annum, permanent health insurance coverage, life assurance coverage and private health insurance, and a bonus on such terms and of such amount as approved from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion. With effect from January 1, 2017, Mr. Gover’s base salary was revised to $540,000 per annum, and entitlement to pension contributions and car allowance ceased.
Scott Giacobello
On February 21, 2017, Mr. Giacobello accepted an offer for the role of Chief Financial Officer from Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. (formerly GW Pharmaceuticals Inc.) with an effective start date of March 6, 2017.
Mr. Giacobello’s employment arrangement with Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. provides for a base salary of  $375,000 per annum, a target bonus of 50% of base salary on such terms and of such amount as approved from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion, plus life assurance coverage, matching contributions of up to 50% of the first 6% contributed by Mr. Giacobello to a 401(k) plan during any pay period, subject to the annual statutory cap of  $9,000 per annum and company-sponsored medical, dental, vision, life, AD&D and disability benefits.
Mr. Giacobello’s terms of employment specify that his employment is “at will” and may be terminated with immediate effect at any upon giving notice in writing. However, with effect from August 2, 2017, Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. entered into a change in control and severance benefit plan participation agreement with Mr. Giacobello under which in the event Mr. Giacobello is the subject of an involuntary termination, or his service with Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. is otherwise terminated as a result of a change in control of Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. or GW Pharmaceuticals plc, or redundancy, he is entitled to receive between 9 and 18 months’ base salary (depending on the reason for termination), continued payment of health plan benefits for a period of between 9 and 18 months (depending on the reason for termination), and outplacement support. In the event his service is terminated as a result of a change in
113

TABLE OF CONTENTS
control of Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. or GW Pharmaceuticals plc, or redundancy, Mr. Giacobello is also entitled to a severance bonus of up to 1.5 times his target bonus (depending on the reason for termination) and the vesting and exercisability of some or all of his unvested equity awards shall be accelerated (depending on the reason for termination).
Adam George
On June 1, 2012, GW Pharma Limited entered into a service agreement with Mr. George, our Managing Director — UK and former Chief Financial Officer. The service agreement provides for a base salary of £190,550 per annum (to be reviewed annually), plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary, a car allowance of £15,600 per annum, life assurance coverage, the cost of membership for Mr. George, his spouse and children in a private patients medical plan, access to a permanent health insurance plan, and a discretionary bonus on such terms and of such amount as decided from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion. With effect from January 1, 2017, Mr. George’s base salary was revised to £273,881 per annum, and entitlement to pension contributions and car allowance ceased.
Mr. George’s service agreement provides that, his service will continue until either party provides no less than 12 months’ written notice. Upon notice of termination, GW Pharma Limited may require Mr. George not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Pharma Limited may terminate Mr. George’s employment with immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his service agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct or serious or repeated breaches of obligations of his service.
Mr. George’s service agreement provides that for a period of 12 months following termination of his employment with GW Pharma Limited, he will not entice, induce or encourage any customer or employee to end their relationship with GW Pharma Limited or any member of the Group, solicit or accept business from customers or engage in competitive acts more fully described in his service agreement.
Chris Tovey
On July 11, 2012, GW Pharma Limited entered into a service agreement with Mr. Tovey, our Chief Operating Officer. The service agreement provides for a base salary of £206,876 per annum (to be reviewed annually), plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary, a car allowance of £15,600 per annum, life assurance coverage, the cost of membership for Mr. Tovey, his spouse and children in a private patients medical plan, access to a permanent health insurance plan, and a discretionary bonus on such terms and of such amount as decided from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion. With effect from January 1, 2017, Mr. Tovey’s base salary was revised to £273,881 per annum, and entitlement to pension contributions and car allowance ceased.
Mr. Tovey’s service agreement provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than 12 months’ written notice. Upon notice of termination, GW Pharma Limited may require Mr. Tovey not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Pharma Limited may terminate Mr. Tovey’s employment with immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his employment agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct, or serious or repeated breaches of obligations to his service.
Mr. Tovey’s service agreement provides that for a period of 12 months following termination of his employment with GW Pharma Limited, he will not entice, induce or encourage any customer or employee to end their relationship with GW Pharma Limited or any other member of the Group, solicit or accept business from customers or engage in competitive acts more fully described in his service agreement.
Julian Gangolli
On May 6, 2015, Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. (formerly GW Pharmaceuticals Inc.) entered into a service agreement with Mr. Gangolli, our President, North America. Mr. Gangolli’s service agreement provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than one month’s written notice.
114

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Upon notice of termination, Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. may pay Mr. Gangolli his salary in lieu of giving a month’s written notice. However, with effect from July 12, 2017, Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. entered into a change in control and severance benefit plan participation agreement with Mr. Gangolli under which in the event Mr. Gangolli is the subject of an involuntary termination, or his service with Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. is otherwise terminated as a result of a change in control of Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. or GW Pharmaceuticals plc, or redundancy, he is entitled to receive between 9 and 18 months’ base salary (depending on the reason for termination), continued payment of health plan benefits for a period of between 9 and 18 months (depending on the reason for termination), outplacement support. In the event his service is terminated as a result of a change in control of Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. or GW Pharmaceuticals plc, or redundancy, Mr. Gangolli is also entitled to a severance bonus of up to 1.5 times his target bonus (depending on the reason for termination) and the vesting and exercisability of some or all of his unvested equity awards shall be accelerated (depending on the reason for termination).
Mr. Gangolli’s service agreement with Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. provides for a base salary of $400,000 per annum (to be reviewed annually), less any amounts paid under his service agreement with GW Pharmaceuticals plc (described below), a bonus on such terms and of such amount as approved from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion, life assurance coverage, matching contributions of up to 50% of the first 6% contributed by Mr. Gangolli to a 401(k) plan, subject to the annual statutory cap of  $9,000 per annum and company-sponsored medical, dental and vision benefits. With effect from January 1, 2017, Mr. Gangolli’s base salary was revised to $420,240 per annum.
Volker Knappertz
On April 20, 2017, Dr. Knappertz accepted an offer for the role of Chief Medical Officer from Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. with an effective start date of May 15, 2017.
Dr. Knappertz’s employment arrangement with Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. provides for a base salary of  $420,000 per annum, a one-time retention bonus of  $79,000 should Dr. Knappertz remain continuously employed by Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. at December 31, 2017, a target bonus of 50% of base salary on such terms and of such amount as approved from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion, plus life assurance coverage, matching contributions of up to 50% of the first 6% contributed by Dr. Knappertz to a 401(k) plan during any pay period, subject to the annual statutory cap of  $9,000 per annum, and company-sponsored medical, dental, vision, life, AD&D and disability benefits.
Dr. Knappertz’s terms of employment specify that his employment is “at will” and may be terminated with immediate effect at any upon giving notice in writing. However, with effect from July 13, 2017, Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. entered into a change in control and severance benefit plan participation agreement with Dr. Knappertz under which in the event Dr. Knappertz is the subject of an involuntary termination, or his service with Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. is otherwise terminated as a result of a change in control of Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. or GW Pharmaceuticals plc, or redundancy, he is entitled to receive between 9 and 18 months’ base salary (depending on the reason for termination), continued payment of health plan benefits for a period of between 9 and 18 months (depending on the reason for termination), and outplacement support. In the event his service is terminated as a result of a change in control of Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. or GW Pharmaceuticals plc, or redundancy, Dr. Knappertz is also entitled to a severance bonus of up to 1.5 times his target bonus (depending on the reason for termination) and the vesting and exercisability of some or all of his unvested equity awards shall be accelerated (depending on the reason for termination).
Doug Snyder
On May 8, 2017, Mr. Snyder accepted an offer for the role of Chief Legal Officer from Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. with an effective start date anticipated to be July 10, 2017. Mr. Snyder’s employment commenced on July 24, 2017.
Mr. Snyder’s employment arrangement with Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. provides for a base salary of $410,000 per annum, a target bonus of 50% of base salary on such terms and of such amount as approved from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion, plus life assurance coverage, matching contributions of up to 50% of the first 6% contributed by Mr. Snyder to a 401(k) plan during any
115

TABLE OF CONTENTS
pay period, subject to the annual statutory cap of  $9,000 per annum, and company-sponsored medical, dental, vision, life, AD&D and disability benefits. Mr. Snyder is also entitled to receive relocation assistance in the amount of up to $30,000, which is repayable in whole or part if he voluntarily leaves his employ with Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. or is dismissed for cause, within 24 months from September 30, 2017.
Mr. Snyder’s terms of employment specify that his employment is “at will” and may be terminated with immediate effect at any upon giving notice in writing. However, with effect from August 9, 2017, Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. entered into a change in control and severance benefit plan participation agreement with Mr. Snyder under which in the event Mr. Snyder is the subject of an involuntary termination, or his service with Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. is otherwise terminated as a result of a change in control of Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. or GW Pharmaceuticals plc, or redundancy, he is entitled to receive between 9 and 18 months’ base salary (depending on the reason for termination), continued payment of health plan benefits for a period of between 9 and 18 months (depending on the reason for termination), and outplacement support. In the event his service is terminated as a result of a change in control of Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. or GW Pharmaceuticals plc, or redundancy, Mr. Snyder is also entitled to a severance bonus of up to 1.5 times his target bonus (depending on the reason for termination) and the vesting and exercisability of some or all of his unvested equity awards shall be accelerated (depending on the reason for termination).
James Noble
On January 19, 2007, GW Pharmaceuticals plc appointed Mr. Noble Deputy Chairman and Non-Executive Director with effect from January 26, 2007. On February 1, 2016, GW Pharmaceuticals plc entered into an appointment letter with Mr. Noble, which continues for no specific duration. The appointment letter provides for Director’s fees of £63,000 per annum, plus reimbursement for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred on GW Pharmaceutical plc business and director’s and officer’s liability insurance, subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as our board of directors may from time to time decide. Mr. Noble’s agreement provides that he is not entitled to participate in any pension scheme and is not eligible for any other employee benefits. Mr. Noble is eligible to participate in the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan under its rules. With effect from January 1, 2017, Mr. Noble’s fees were revised to $92,000 per annum, with pension contributions and car allowance aggregated within base pay.
Mr. Noble’s appointment letter provides that his appointment will continue until either party provides no less than three months’ written notice and that he should be prepared to spend at least 12 days per year on company business. Mr. Noble’s appointment may be automatically terminated if he is removed from office by a resolution of the shareholders, is not re-elected to office, vacates his office, commits any act that would justify summary termination of an employment contract, or is unable to perform his duties under his appointment for six months consecutively or in aggregate in any period of one year. Mr. Noble’s appointment letter provides that GW Pharmaceuticals plc may, during any period of notice, ask Mr. Noble not to attend any board or general meetings or to perform any other services on its behalf. The appointment letter includes a non-compete clause, to take effect on termination, for 12 months following termination of his office.
Cabot Brown
We originally appointed Mr. Brown as a Non-Executive Director on February 19, 2013. Mr. Brown serves as a member of the Audit Committee, the Remuneration Committee and Nominations Committee.
On January 1, 2016, GW Pharmaceuticals plc entered into an appointment letter with Mr. Brown, which continues for no specific duration. The appointment letter provides for Director’s fees of  $70,000 plus reimbursement for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred on GW Pharmaceuticals plc’s business and director’s and officer’s liability insurance, subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as our board of directors may from time to time decide. Mr. Brown’s appointment letter provides that he is not entitled to participate in any pension and will not be eligible for other employee benefits. Mr. Brown is eligible to participate in the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan under its rules. With effect from January 1, 2017, Mr. Brown’s fees were revised to $90,000 per annum, with pension contributions and car allowance aggregated within base pay.
116

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Mr. Brown’s appointment letter also provides that his appointment will continue until either party provides no less than three months’ written notice and that he should be prepared to spend at least 12 days per year attending board and general meetings of GW Pharmaceuticals plc. Mr. Brown’s appointment may be automatically terminated if he is removed from office as a director of GW Pharmaceuticals plc by a resolution of the shareholders, is not re-elected to office, vacates his office, commits any act that would justify summary termination of an employment contract or if he is unable to perform his duties under his appointment for six months consecutively or in aggregate in any period of one year. Mr. Brown’s appointment letter provides that GW Pharmaceuticals plc may, during any period of notice, ask Mr. Brown not to attend any board or general meetings or to perform any other services on its behalf. The appointment letter includes a non-compete clause, to take effect on termination, for one year.
Thomas Lynch
On July 22, 2010, GW Pharmaceuticals plc appointed Mr. Lynch a Non-Executive Director. On February 26, 2013, Mr. Lynch entered into an updated appointment letter with GW Pharmaceuticals plc, which continues for no specific duration. Mr. Lynch has waived his right to receive fees for this role. Mr. Lynch’s agreement provides for reimbursement for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred on GW Pharmaceutical plc business and director’s and officer’s liability insurance, subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as our Board of Directors may from time to time decide. Mr. Lynch’s agreement provides that he is not entitled to participate in any pension or any other employee benefits. Mr. Lynch is eligible to participate in the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan under its rules.
Mr. Lynch’s appointment letter provides that his appointment will continue until either party provides no less than three months’ written notice and that he should be prepared to spend at least 12 days per year on company business. Mr. Lynch’s appointment may be automatically terminated if he is removed from office by a resolution of the shareholders, is not re-elected to office, vacates his office, commits any act that would justify summary termination of an employment contract or if he is unable to perform his duties under his appointment for six months consecutively or in aggregate in any period of one year.
Mr. Lynch’s appointment letter provides that GW Pharmaceuticals plc may, during any period of notice, ask Mr. Lynch not to attend any board or general meetings or to perform any other services on its behalf. The agreement includes a non-compete clause, to take effect on termination, for 12 months following termination of his office.
Equity Compensation Plans
2017 GW Pharmaceuticals plc Long-Term Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted and our shareholders approved the 2017 GW Pharmaceuticals plc Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan, on March 14, 2017. The 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan permits the grant of awards over our ordinary shares and our ADSs to any employee, director (including a non-executive director) of, or any consultant to, the Company and any of its subsidiaries (referred to in this annual report as “awards”), as summarized below.
Operation.    The 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan is operated by the board of directors of the Company, or a duly authorised committee of the board, or a duly authorised person (together referred to in this summary as the “Board”), although some powers are reserved to the remuneration committee of the board (the “Remuneration Committee”).
Grant of awards.    Under the terms of the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan the Remuneration Committee may grant awards to acquire either the Company’s ordinary shares or the Company’s ADSs. The 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan allows for the grant of awards in the form of: (a) conditional awards, which are rights to receive shares for free automatically to the extent the award vests; and (b) options, which are awards under which the participant can buy shares, to the extent the award has vested, during the exercise period at a price (which may be nominal value) set when the option is granted. Options may be granted on terms that they are automatically exercised on vesting. The 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan allows for the grant of options to US employee participants that may qualify as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the US Internal Revenue Code. The 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan also provides for
117

TABLE OF CONTENTS
invitations to be made to participants to acquire “investment shares” using their own money or after-tax bonuses. Where a participant acquires investment shares, they will also be granted a matching award (which may be either a conditional award or an option). The Remuneration Committee may also grant cash-based awards of an equivalent value to share-based awards, or settle share-based awards in cash. An award may not be granted more than 5 years after shareholder approval of the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan. No payment is required for the grant of an award (other than in connection with the acquisition of investment shares as described above). Awards are not pensionable.
Individual limit.    A participant may not receive awards in any financial year which have a fair value (calculated as at the relevant grant date in accordance with generally accepted methodologies) which exceeds 600% of his base salary or fees, as appropriate, save where the Remuneration Committee decides that exceptional circumstances exist, such as in relation to the recruitment or retention of an eligible employee, then awards may be granted to him in excess of this limit.
Performance conditions.    The vesting of awards may be subject to performance conditions set by the Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration Committee may also vary the performance conditions applying to existing awards if an event has occurred which causes the Remuneration Committee reasonably to consider that it would be appropriate to amend the performance conditions.
Vesting of Awards.    Awards normally vest three years after grant to the extent that any performance conditions have been satisfied and provided the participant is still employed in the Company’s group. Awards may, however, vest earlier or later than the third anniversary of grant if the Remuneration Committee so determines at the date of grant. In addition, awards may vest before the normal vesting date upon certain types of terminations and corporate events, and if and to the extent the Remuneration Committee so determines in its discretion. Matching Awards will also only vest if the investment shares have been retained by the participant. On the vesting of a matching award, the participant will be able to sell or otherwise transfer his related investment shares (subject to any shareholding requirement which may apply to the participant). If a participant transfers, charges or otherwise disposes of his investment shares before the vesting of his associated matching award then that matching award will lapse pro-rata to the number of the related investment shares so treated. Once vested, options may generally be exercised at any time until the tenth anniversary of the date of grant (subject to earlier lapse in accordance with the rules, for instance for leavers or following a corporate event). However, for options granted to US participants which have an exercise price lower than the fair market value at the date of grant, the options must generally be exercised upon or within a short period of having vested.
As a general rule, if a participant ceases to be a director or employee of, or a consultant to, us or our affiliates before the normal vesting date of an award the award will lapse upon cessation of service. However, if a participant ceases to be a director or employee of, or a consultant to, us or our affiliates before the normal vesting date of an award by reason of  (i) death, (ii) retirement with the agreement of the Remuneration Committee (in the case of our executive directors or senior management) or the employer or company to whom the participant provides services (in the case of other participants), (iii) ill health, injury or disability, (iv) redundancy, (v) his office, employment or consultancy contract is with a company that ceases to be one of our affiliates or relating to a business or part of a business which is transferred to an unrelated third party or (vi) for any other reason that the Remuneration Committee determines (a so-called “good leaver”), then the leaver’s unvested awards will generally vest on the date when they would have vested if they had not so ceased, subject to the performance condition being satisfied at that time. The Remuneration Committee also has the discretion to reduce the number of shares which would otherwise vest in these circumstances. Alternatively, the Remuneration Committee may decide that a good leaver’s award will vest when they leave (or a later date, but before the normal vesting date), in which circumstances the Remuneration Committee can determine the extent that any performance conditions shall be deemed met at that time, and may then determine a further reduction to the number of shares which would otherwise vest as a result of the participant leaving before the normal vesting date.
Tax liabilities.    Under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan, where a participant has a tax or social security contributions liability arising from the vesting or exercise of an award for which a group company is obliged to account, the award shall not vest or be exercised until the participant has entered into arrangements satisfactory to the Board to ensure that the relevant group company will receive that amount.
118

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Similar arrangements apply in relation to any social security liability of a group company (employer national insurance contributions or equivalent outside the United Kingdom) arising from the vesting or exercise, to the extent that the Remuneration Committee so requires (and where permitted in the relevant jurisdiction). These liabilities may be settled by the Company selling some of the shares subject to the award on behalf of the participant, or by withholding the number of shares from the award equal in value to the amount of the liabilities (in which latter case fewer shares will be delivered in settlement of the award) or in such other manner determined by the Remuneration Committee.
Participants’ rights.    Awards made under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan will not confer any shareholder rights until they have vested or have been exercised (as applicable) and the participants have received their shares. The Remuneration Committee may decide that participants will receive a payment (in cash and/or shares) on or shortly following the vesting of their awards of an amount equivalent to the dividends that would have been paid on those shares between the time when the awards were granted and the time when they vest. Alternatively, participants may have their awards increased as if dividends were paid on the shares subject to their award and then reinvested in further shares.
Rights attaching to Shares.    Any shares allotted when an award vests under 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan or is exercised will rank equally with shares then in issue (except for rights arising by reference to a record date prior to their allotment).
Limits on shares and awards.    The 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan may operate over new issue Shares or existing Shares. The Company may not grant awards in any calendar year under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan if at the time of the proposed grant that grant would cause the aggregate number of new ordinary shares which have been or may be issued pursuant to rights granted during the ten calendar years ending with that year under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan, any other employee share plan operated by the Company and any other share incentive arrangement operated by the Company for the benefit of directors of, or consultants to, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to exceed 10% of the issued share capital at that time. In addition, there is an overall limit on the number of ordinary shares which may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan of 15,000,000 (equivalent to 1,250,000 ADSs) (the “Overall Share Limit”). There is also a limit of 5,000,000 on the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be acquired by US employee participants pursuant to options that qualify as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the US Internal Revenue Code. These limits are subject to adjustment upon stock splits or similar transactions).
Takeovers and Corporate Events.    In the event of a completed takeover or winding up of the Company (not being an internal corporate reorganisation), all unvested awards will vest early to the extent that the Remuneration Committee determines in its absolute discretion. In the event of an internal corporate reorganisation, awards will be replaced by equivalent new awards over shares in a new holding company unless the Committee decides that awards should vest on the basis which would apply in the case of a takeover. If a demerger, special dividend or other similar event is proposed which, in the opinion of the Remuneration Committee, would affect the market price of shares to a material extent, then the Remuneration Committee may decide that awards will vest on the basis which would apply in the case of a takeover as described above.
Adjustment of Awards.    In the event that there is any variation in our share capital or any demerger, special dividend or other similar event which affects the market price of our shares to a material extent, the Remuneration Committee may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate to the number of shares subject to an award and/or the exercise price payable (if any).
Transferability.    Except in limited circumstances award under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan may be transferred, assigned, charged or otherwise disposed of  (except on death to the recipient’s personal representatives) and will lapse immediately upon an attempt to do so. The limited circumstances in which an award under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan may be transferred, assigned, charged or otherwise disposed of is as follows: participants resident in the United States of America may, with the permission of the Remuneration Committee, transfer an award to family members by gift or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An award under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan will lapse immediately if the recipient of an Award is declared bankrupt.
119

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Amendment and Termination.    The 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan will expire five years after the date that it was approved by our shareholders and no awards may be granted thereunder after the expiration date. The Committee may, at any time, alter the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan in any respect, provided that the prior approval of shareholders is obtained for any amendments that are to the advantage of participants in respect of the rules governing the limits on participation and the overall limits on the issue of Shares or the transfer of treasury shares. The 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan contains an express prohibition on the Company’s ability to reprice or cancel any options with an option price greater than the current fair market value of the shares in exchange for cash or other awards, unless our shareholders approve such action within the prior twelve months. The requirement to obtain the prior approval of shareholders will not, however, apply to any minor alteration made to benefit the administration of the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for participants or for any company in the Company’s group. Shareholder approval will also not be required for any amendments to any performance condition applying to an award.
2008 GW Pharmaceuticals plc Long-Term Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted and our shareholders approved the 2008 GW Pharmaceuticals plc Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, on March 18, 2008, and it has subsequently been amended in accordance with its terms. The 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan permits the grant of awards over our ordinary shares to be granted to our employees, directors and consultants, referred to in this annual report as Awards, all summarized below.
Types of Award.    Under the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, the Remuneration Committee may grant Matching Awards (which are granted in connection with invitations to participants to acquire Investment Shares, see the following paragraph) or Performance Awards (awards other than Matching Awards). Awards are in the form of either an option to purchase our ordinary shares, referred to in this Annual Report as an Option or a conditional right to acquire a number of our ordinary shares for no payment upon vesting, referred to in this Annual Report as a Conditional Award. Awards may be granted only within the six weeks beginning with the dealing date after the date on which we announce our results for any period or at any other time that the Committee determines that the circumstances justify the grant. The Remuneration Committee may determine that any Conditional Award or Option may be settled in cash rather than ordinary shares unless it would be unlawful to do so or if it would cause adverse tax or social security contribution consequences for the participant or us or our affiliates.
Matching Awards and Investment Shares.    The Remuneration Committee may invite any eligible employee to participate in the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan by purchasing ordinary shares, which are referred to as Investment Shares in this Annual Report. The invitation will specify the maximum amount of Investment Shares which can be purchased, the procedure for purchasing the Investment Shares, the maximum number of ordinary shares which may be received as a Matching Award and other terms of the Award. A “Return Date” will also be specified which is the date by which the invitation to participate must be accepted. As soon as practicable after the Return Date, we procure the acquisition of the Investment Shares and the participant is granted a Matching Award. The participant will have full rights with respect to the Investment Shares. Any ordinary shares subject to a Matching Award with respect to Investment Shares will be transferred to the participant when the Matching Award vests.
Vesting of Awards.    Awards generally vest on the later of the date on which the Remuneration Committee determines whether any applicable performance conditions or other vesting condition have been met or the third anniversary of the grant date (or such other date as the Remuneration Committee may determine prior to the grant of the applicable Award, which may be before the third anniversary of the grant date). In addition, a Matching Award will lapse on the date on which the participant does any act in breach of the terms relating to Investment Shares or loses his entitlement to, transfers, charges or otherwise disposes of the Investment Shares to which the Matching Award relates and the lapse shall be pro rata to the number of the affected Investment Shares. Options, once vested, will generally remain exercisable until the tenth anniversary of the grant date (subject to earlier lapse in accordance with the rules), however Options granted to a participant who is subject to the federal income tax laws of the United States may only be exercised for a short period following vesting.
120

TABLE OF CONTENTS
If a participant ceases to be a director or employee of, or a consultant to, us or our affiliates before the normal vesting date of an Award by reason of  (i) death, (ii) retirement with the agreement of the Remuneration Committee (in the case of our executive directors or senior management) or the employer or company to whom the participant provides services (in the case of other participants), (iii) ill health, injury or disability, (iv) redundancy, (v) his office, employment or consultancy contract is with a company that ceases to be one of our affiliates or relating to a business or part of a business which is transferred to an unrelated third party or (vi) for any other reason that the Remuneration Committee determines, then the Award will vest on the normal vesting date unless the Remuneration Committee decides that the Award will vest on the date of cessation (and an Option could generally be exercised for six months thereafter). If a participant ceases to be a director, employee or consultant in other circumstances, the Award will lapse immediately upon cessation of service. Special rules apply to determine the number of ordinary shares that will vest in any specified circumstances, including application of any performance conditions.
Limits on Ordinary Shares and Awards.    No Award may be made under the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan in any calendar year if, at the time of the proposed grant date, it would cause the number of our ordinary shares allocated on or after June 28, 2001 and in the period of ten calendar years ending with that calendar year under the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, any other employee share plan operated by us or any other share incentive arrangement operated by us for the benefit of directors or consultants to any participating company to exceed ten percent of our ordinary share capital in issue at that time. Ordinary shares are generally considered to be allocated if they are subject to outstanding options to acquire unissued shares or treasury shares, if they are issued or transferred from treasury otherwise than pursuant to an option or other right to acquire the ordinary shares, or, in certain circumstances, if they are issued or may be issued to any trustees to satisfy the grant of an option or other contractual right. Existing shares other than treasury shares that are transferred or over which options or other contractual rights are granted are not treated as allocated. Special rules apply to the determination of whether shares are allocated in the case of awards that expire or are settled in cash or where institutional investor guidelines cease to require the shares to be counted as allocated. In addition, the aggregate number of shares in relation to which Awards may be made pursuant to the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan after March 14, 2013 shall not exceed 15 million.
As approved at our Annual General Meeting on February 5, 2015, the maximum total market value of our ordinary shares over which Award may be granted to any director, employee or consultant during any year is 600% of such person’s base salary or fees. These Awards can now include restricted stock options which have service but no other performance conditions. The expected value of an Award shall be calculated as at the date of grant in accordance with generally accepted methodologies based on Black Scholes or binomial stochastic models.
Takeovers and Corporate Events.    If a person or group obtains control of us pursuant to a general offer to acquire our ordinary shares or has obtained control of us and then makes such an offer or such an offer becomes unconditional in all respects, then the Remuneration Committee will notify all participants and all Awards will vest on the date determined by the Remuneration Committee (but no later than the date of the change in control or offer becoming unconditional) and any Option can be exercised within one month after such early vesting date. Special vesting rules apply in the context of a winding up of us or in the event of a demerger, special dividends or other events which, in the opinion of the Remuneration Committee would affect the market price of our ordinary shares to a material extent. In exceptional circumstances, the Remuneration Committee, with the consent of an acquiring company if applicable, may decide before the change of control that an Award will not vest under the special vesting provisions but shall instead be surrendered in consideration for the grant of a new award which the Remuneration Committee determines is equivalent in value to the Award that it replaces. Absent such exceptional circumstances, the Remuneration Committee’s intention is that all Awards will vest. Special rules apply to determine the numbers of ordinary shares that will vest in any specified circumstances, including application of any performance conditions.
Adjustment of Awards.    In the event that there is any variation in our share capital or any demerger, special dividend or other similar event which affects the market price of our ordinary shares to a material extent, the Remuneration Committee may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate, taking into account where relevant, any adjustment to the related holding of Investment Shares. Any such adjustments
121

TABLE OF CONTENTS
may be made to one or more of the number of ordinary shares subject to an Award, the option price or the number of ordinary shares that may be transferred pursuant to a vested Award which has not yet been settled. Limitations apply to the extent that any such adjustments may reduce the price at which ordinary shares may be purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option.
Transferability.    No award under the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan may be transferred, assigned, charged or otherwise disposed of  (except on death to the recipient’s personal representatives) and will lapse immediately upon an attempt to do so. In addition, an award under the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan will lapse immediately if the recipient of an Award is declared bankrupt.
Amendment and Termination.    The 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan will expire ten years after the date that it was approved by our shareholders and no awards may be granted thereunder after the expiration date. The Committee may, at any time, alter the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan or the terms of any Award; provided, however, that no alteration to the benefit of a participant or potential participants will be made to the provisions relating to the individual limits on participation, the overall limits on the issue of ordinary shares or transfer of treasury shares, the overall limit on the number of ordinary shares which may be subject to Awards or the foregoing restrictions without approval of our ordinary shareholders. Minor alterations to benefit the administration of the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, to take into account changes in law or obtain or maintain favorable tax treatment, exchange control or regulatory treatment for participants or us and our affiliates or alterations to performance conditions are not subject to shareholder approval. Alterations to the disadvantage of participants (other than changes to performance conditions) may not be made unless all participants have the opportunity to approve the change and the change is approved by a majority of the participants. Although performance conditions can generally be altered by the Committee, we have undertaken to consult with our major shareholders prior to altering any performance conditions existing as of January 18, 2008.
GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme
GW Pharma Limited (formerly GW Pharmaceuticals Ltd) adopted the GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme, or the Share Scheme, on August 16, 2000 and it was approved by the U.K.’s Inland Revenue on August 25, 2000 as what is now known as an approved share incentive plan. The Share Scheme provides for the grant of awards of our ordinary shares, which may be Free Shares, Matching Shares or Partnership Shares, or, collectively, Share Scheme Awards, all summarized below, in a tax advantageous manner. Dividends payable in relation to Share Scheme Awards may be reinvested as Dividend Shares subject to the scheme. Shares awarded are held by the trustees of the scheme, or the Trustees, in a specially established trust on behalf of the participants. The scheme originally operated over ordinary shares in GW Pharma Limited, but following our acquisition of GW Pharma Limited the scheme was amended so that it operated over our ordinary shares.
Eligibility.    Generally, employees of GW Pharma or certain of its subsidiaries are eligible to receive Share Scheme Awards under the Plan. In order to satisfy certain U.K. tax rules, certain participants, referred to in this Annual Report as Qualifying Employees, must be invited to participate in the Share Scheme if they are otherwise eligible.
Generally, all Qualifying Employees who are required to be invited (or who have been invited) to participate in a Share Scheme Award under the Share Scheme will participate on the same terms. We may, however, make awards of Free Shares to Qualifying Employees which vary by reference to their remuneration, length of service or hours worked or by reference to their performance.
Free Shares.    The Trustees, with the prior consent of GW Pharma Limited., may award Free Shares. The number of Free Shares to be awarded to each Qualifying Employee will be determined by GW Pharma Limited. and the initial market value of any such Share Scheme Award in any tax year will not exceed £3,000. The number of Free Shares granted to a Qualifying Employee on any date may be determined by reference to performance allowances. If such performance allowances are used, they will apply to all Qualifying Employees. The Share Scheme sets forth methodologies for determining how to calculate the number of Free Shares that are awarded to a Qualifying Employee by reference to performance allowances. With respect to the grant of Free Shares, a holding period is specified through which a participant who has
122

TABLE OF CONTENTS
been granted Free Shares must be bound by the terms of a Free Share agreement. The length of the holding period will not be less than three nor more than five years beginning on the award date and will be the same for all participants who receive a grant at the same time.
Partnership Shares.    GW Pharma Limited. may invite every Qualifying Employee to enter into an agreement with respect to the grant of Partnership Shares. Partnership Shares are subject to the terms and conditions of the Share Scheme and are not subject to any forfeiture provisions. Participants are required to have amounts deducted from their compensation to pay for Partnership Shares, such amounts referred to in this Annual Report as Partnership Share Money; provided, however, that the maximum amount of Partnership Share Money for any month cannot exceed £125 or such lower figure that may be specified and the total Partnership Share Money for any period during which contributions are accumulated to purchase Partnership Shares such period referred to in this Annual Report as the Accumulation Period, cannot exceed 10% of the payments of salary made to the participant over the Accumulation Period. There may also be a minimum amount of Partnership Share Money for any month (applied uniformly to all participants), which minimum cannot exceed £10. Any Partnership Share Money that is deducted in excess of the limitations, less applicable taxes, will be paid to the participant as soon as practicable.
If there is an Accumulation Period, the maximum number of Partnership Shares that may be acquired for that Accumulation Period will be determined by reference to the lower of the value of our shares at the beginning of the Accumulation Period or the value of ordinary shares on the acquisition date. Any excess Partnership Share Money remaining after purchase of the ordinary shares may, with the agreement of the participant, be carried over to the next Accumulation Period or in other cases be paid to the participant less applicable taxes. The number of Partnership Shares that may be purchased as of any date may be reduced if the applications to purchase exceed the permitted limits.
An employee may withdraw from purchasing Partnership Shares at any time. Unless otherwise specified by the employee, the withdrawal will take effect 30 days after we receive the notice. In the event of a withdrawal, any Partnership Purchase Money held on behalf of the withdrawing employee, less applicable taxes, will be returned to the employee as soon as practicable.
If approval of the Share Scheme is withdrawn or if the Share Scheme is terminated, all Partnership Share Money, less applicable taxes, will be repaid to employees as soon as practicable.
Matching Shares.    Matching Shares are granted on the basis set forth in the Partnership Agreement relating to the grant of Partnership Shares. No payment is made by the participants in relation to Matching Shares. Generally, Matching Shares are awarded to all participants on the same basis. In no event will the ratio of Matching Shares to Partnership Shares exceed 2:1.
Dividend Shares.    If any dividends are paid in relation to ordinary shares held pursuant to the Share Scheme for participants, GW Pharma Limited may specify that some or all of those dividends shall be applied to purchase Dividend Shares or they may give the participants the choice between such dividends being applied to purchase Dividend Shares or being paid in cash. Special rules apply to reinvestment of dividends. Dividend Shares are subject to a three year holding period.
Limits on Shares and Awards.    No ordinary shares will be issued under the Share Scheme if the issue would result in the aggregate number of our ordinary shares which have been allocated under the Share Scheme, any other employees’ share plan adopted by us or any other share incentive arrangements for employees, directors, officers and consultants of our affiliates during the period of ten years ending on the date of the issue to exceed 10% of our ordinary shares then in issue. “Allocated” for these purposes means the grant of options or other rights to acquire ordinary shares which may be satisfied by the issue of new shares, or, where no such rights are granted, the issue of ordinary shares. Rights which have lapsed are no longer taken into account.
Amendment.    GW Pharma Limited. may, with the Trustees’ written consent, amend the Share Scheme, provided that no amendment which may increase the limits described in the preceding paragraph may be made without the approval of our shareholders. In addition, no amendment may be made which would adversely prejudice to a material extent the rights attached to any ordinary shares awarded, and certain amendments would require the approval of the UK tax authorities.
123

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Reconstructions and Rights Issues.    The Share Scheme sets forth special rules that apply in the case of reconstructions and rights issues.
Options granted to non-employees
Our consultants and non-executive directors, who are not employees of companies in the Group, are not eligible to participate in our equity compensation plans described above. Certain of these consultants and non-executive directors have been granted options to acquire our shares pursuant to separate option agreements. These options are generally on comparable terms to options granted under the Executive Option Scheme.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters
To the extent permitted by the Companies Act 2006, we shall indemnify our directors against any liability. We maintain directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and therefore is unenforceable.
C.   Board Practices.
Board Composition
Our business affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which is currently composed of five members. As a foreign private issuer, we have elected to follow home country practices in lieu of Nasdaq Global Market requirement that a majority of our board qualify as independent directors. Three of our directors qualify as independent directors under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Marketplace Rules.
Terms of Directors and Executive Officers
Our executive officers are selected by and serve at the discretion of our board of directors. A director may be removed by an ordinary resolution passed by our shareholders in a general meeting.
Committees of the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance
We have established an Audit Committee, a Remuneration Committee and a Nominations Committee. Each of these committees has the responsibilities described below. Our board of directors may also establish other committees from time to time to assist in the discharge of its responsibilities.
Audit Committee
Our Audit Committee is comprised of our three non-executive directors, Mr. James Noble, Mr. Cabot Brown and Mr. Thomas Lynch, and each of these members satisfies the independence requirements of Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Marketplace Rules and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act. Mr. Noble serves as chair of the Audit Committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Noble is a financial expert as contemplated by applicable SEC rules. Our Audit Committee oversees the monitoring of our internal control over financial reporting, our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. Our Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things:

selecting our independent auditors, approving their reappointment or removal and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by our independent auditors;

reviewing all related-party transactions on an ongoing basis;

discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and our independent auditors;
124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our Audit Committee charter;

meeting separately and periodically with management and our independent auditors;

reporting regularly to our full board of directors; and

such other matters that are specifically delegated to our Audit Committee by our board of directors from time to time.
Remuneration Committee
Our Remuneration Committee is comprised of our three non-executive directors, Mr. James Noble, Mr. Cabot Brown and Mr. Thomas Lynch, and each of the members satisfies the independence requirements of Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Marketplace Rules and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act. Mr. Lynch serves as chair of this committee. Under Nasdaq Stock Market, Marketplace Rules, there are heightened independence standards for members of the Remuneration Committee, including a prohibition against the receipt of any compensation from us other than standard director compensation. All of our compensation committee members meet this heightened standard.
Our Remuneration Committee assists our board of directors in reviewing and approving the compensation structure of our directors and executive officers, including all forms of compensation to be provided to our directors and executive officers. Members of the Remuneration Committee are prohibited from direct involvement in determining their own compensation, including participation in meetings about their individual compensation. It is a policy of the Remuneration Committee that no individual, including our chief executive officer and other executive directors, participates in discussions or decisions concerning his own Remuneration and such persons may not be present at any Remuneration Committee meeting during which their compensation is deliberated.
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for, among other things:

reviewing the compensation plans, policies and programs adopted by our management;

reviewing and approving the compensation package for our Executive Directors and Officers;

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive directors, including, our chief executive officer, evaluating the performance of those Executive Directors and Officers in light of those goals and objectives, and setting the compensation level of those executive directors, including, our chief executive officer, based on this evaluation; and

reviewing periodically and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding any long-term incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements, annual bonuses, employee pension and welfare benefit plans.
Nominations Committee
Our Nominations Committee is comprised of our three non-executive directors, Mr. Thomas Lynch Mr. James Noble, and Mr. Cabot Brown and each of the members satisfies the independence requirements of Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Marketplace Rules and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act. Mr. Lynch serves as chair of this committee.
The Nominations Committee meets at least twice a year and reviews the structure, size and composition of the board of directors, supervising the selection and appointment process of directors, making recommendations to the board of directors with regard to any changes and using an external search consultancy if considered appropriate. For new appointments, the Nominations Committee makes a final recommendation to the board of directors, and the board has the opportunity to meet the candidate prior to approving the appointment. Once appointed, the Nominations Committee oversees the induction of new directors and provides the appropriate training to the board during the course of the year in order to ensure that each member has the knowledge and skills necessary to operate effectively. The Nominations Committee is also responsible for annually evaluating the performance of the board, both on an individual
125

TABLE OF CONTENTS
basis and for the board as a whole, taking into account such factors as attendance record, contribution during board meetings and the amount of time that has been dedicated to board matters during the course of the year. Mr. Thomas Lynch serves as Chair of the Nominations Committee and oversees the evaluation of the board’s performance. Mr. Lynch’s own performance as Chairman of the Committee and in his capacity as a member of the Board is reviewed annually by Mr. Noble, in his capacity as senior independent director, taking into account feedback from other members of the board of directors.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors and is available on our website at http://www.gwpharm.com. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics provides that our directors and officers are expected to avoid any action, position or interest that conflicts with the interests of our company or gives the appearance of a conflict. Our directors and officers have an obligation under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics to advance our company’s interests when the opportunity to do so arises. We expect that any amendment to this code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this document, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this document.
D.   Employees.
The number of employees by function and geographic location as of the end of the period for our fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows:
2017
2016
2015
By Function:
Research and development
271 268 207
Manufacturing and operations
118 80 56
Quality control and assurance
69 61 51
Commercial
41 15 7
Management and administrative
84 72 48
Total
583 496 369
By Geography:
United Kingdom
475 425 342
North America
108 71 27
Total
583 496 369
We have never had a work stoppage and none of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements or represented by a labor union. We believe our relationships with our employees around the world are good.
E.   Share Ownership.
See Item 7, below.
126

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item 7   Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.
A.   Major Shareholders.
The following table and related footnotes set forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares, as of September 30, 2017, by:

each of our directors and executive officers; and

each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our ordinary shares as of September 30, 2017.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of ordinary shares owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. These ordinary shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person. Ownership of our ordinary shares by the “principal shareholders” identified above has been determined by reference to our share register, which provides us with information regarding the registered holders of our ordinary shares but generally provides limited, or no, information regarding the ultimate beneficial owners of such ordinary shares. As a result, we may not be aware of each person or group of affiliated persons who beneficially owns more than 5% of our ordinary shares.
Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each of the shareholders in the table below is c/o GW Pharmaceuticals plc, Sovereign House, Vision Park, Chivers Way, Histon, Cambridge, CB24 9BZ, United Kingdom.
Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned (2)
Name of Beneficial Owner (1)
Number
Percent
Greater than 5% Shareholders
Capital Research and Management Company (3)
44,594,160 14.7
Scopia Capital Management LP (4)
35,856,228 11.8
Prudential plc group of companies (5)
23,972,808 7.9
Janus Henderson Group plc (6)
16,251,564 5.3
Named Executive Officers and Directors
Dr. Geoffrey Guy (7)
10,775,909 3.5
Mr. Justin Gover (8)
*
Mr. Thomas Lynch
*
Mr. James Noble
*
Mr. Adam George (9)
*
Mr. Julian Gangolli
*
Mr. Chris Tovey
*
Mr. Cabot Brown
*
Mr. Scott Giacobello
*
Dr. Volker Knappertz
*
Mr. Doug Snyder
*
All Named Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (11 persons)
*
*
Indicates beneficial ownership of less than one percent of our ordinary shares.
(1)
The business addresses for the listed beneficial owners are as follows: Prudential plc group of companies — Laurence Pountney Hill, London, EC4R 0HH; Scopia Capital Management LP — 152 West 57 th Street, 33 rd Floor, New York, NY 10019; Fidelity Management & Research Co. — 245 Summer Street, Boston, MA 02210
(2)
Number of shares owned as shown both in this table and the accompanying footnotes and percentage ownership is based on 304,439,740 ordinary shares outstanding on September 30, 2017.
127

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(3)
Capital Research and Management Company, or CRMC, a U.S. – based investment management company, holds these shares in the form of ADSs. The Capital Group Companies, Inc. is the parent company of CRMC. The business address for CRMC is 333 South Hope Street, Los Angeles, CA 90071.
(4)
Scopia Capital Management LP, a U.S.-based investment management company, holds these shares in the form of ADSs. The business address for Scopia Capital Management LP is 152 West 57 th Street, New York, NY 10019.
(5)
Includes (i) 23,972,808 ordinary shares indirectly held by Prudential plc, (ii) 23,972,808 ordinary shares indirectly held by M&G Group Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Prudential plc, (iii) 23,972,808 ordinary shares indirectly held by M&G Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of M&G Group Limited, (iv) 23,972,808 ordinary shares indirectly held by M&G Investment Management Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of M&G Limited and (v) 23,972,808 ordinary shares held of record by M&G Securities Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of M&G Limited. The business address for Prudential plc is 225 W Wacker Drive Suite 1200, Chicago, IL60606.
(6)
The business addresses for the listed beneficial owners are as follows: Janus Henderson Group plc, a U.K.-based investment management company, is located at 201 Bishopsgate, London, EC2M 3AE; Janus Capital Management LLC, a U.S.-based investment management company, is located at 151 Detroit St., Denver, CO 80206.
(7)
Includes 25,000 ordinary shares beneficially owned by Dr. Guy’s spouse, 523,925 shares held by a pension plan of which Dr. Guy and his spouse are beneficiaries, and options to purchase 128,053 ordinary shares that have vested.
(8)
Includes 2,143,314 ordinary shares beneficially owned by The Gover Family Investment LLP, of which Mr. Gover owns 99% and the remaining 1% is held by his spouse.
(9)
Includes 21,696 shares held by his personal pension plan, 5,912 shares owned personally and options to purchase 507,572 ordinary shares that have vested.
Our major shareholders do not have different voting rights. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.
Citibank, N.A. is the holder of record for our ADS program, whereby each ADS represents twelve ordinary shares. As of September 30, 2017, Citibank, N.A. held 283,563,168 ordinary shares representing 93% of our issued share capital held at that date. As of September 30, 2017, we had a further 723,622 ordinary shares held by 11 U.S. resident shareholders of record, representing less than one percent of total voting power. Certain of these ordinary shares and ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees. As a result, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the U.S. is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of beneficial holders.
B.   Related Party Transactions.
During the three year period ended September 30, 2017, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any material transaction or series of similar material transactions to which we were or are a party in which any of our directors, members of our executive management board, associates, holders of more than 10% of any class of our voting securities, or any affiliates or member of the immediate families of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than the compensation and shareholding arrangements we describe where required in the section of this Annual Report titled “Management.”
We have adopted a related person transaction policy which sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were or will be participants. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. A related person is any employee, director or beneficial owner of more than 3% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.
Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our Audit Committee, or, if Audit Committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors, for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of
128

TABLE OF CONTENTS
the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third-party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer and, to the extent feasible, significant shareholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy. In addition, under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.
C.   Interests of Experts and Counsel.
Not Applicable.
Item 8   Financial Information.
A.   Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information.
See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”
B.   Significant Changes.
There have been no significant changes since September 30, 2017.
Item 9   The Offer and Listing.
A.   Offer and Listing Details.
Price History of Stock
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low closing sale prices of our ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market in U.S. dollars.
Price Per ADS
High
Low
Annual (Year Ended September 30):
2013 (May 1, 2013 through September 30, 2013)
$ 17.75 $ 8.51
2014
$ 107.35 $ 17.01
2015
$ 129.69 $ 61.55
2016
$ 132.73 $ 36.64
2017
$ 134.02 $ 94.14
2018 (through December 1, 2017)
$ 128.15 $ 98.51
Quarterly:
First Quarter 2015
$ 82.33 $ 61.55
Second Quarter 2015
$ 100.48 $ 69.61
Third Quarter 2015
$ 129.69 $ 90.58
Fourth Quarter 2015
$ 129.01 $ 88.78
First Quarter 2016
$ 92.27 $ 64.96
Second Quarter 2016
$ 85.24 $ 36.64
Third Quarter 2016
$ 94.19 $ 73.64
Fourth Quarter 2016
$ 132.73 $ 80.65
First Quarter 2017
$ 134.02 $ 109.28
Second Quarter 2017
$ 132.51 $ 112.38
Third Quarter 2017
$ 120.81 $ 94.14
Fourth Quarter 2017
$ 117.16 $ 98.75
First Quarter 2018 (through December 1, 2017)
$ 128.15 $ 98.51
129

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Price Per ADS
High
Low
Most Recent Six Months:
June 2017
$ 104.72 $ 94.14
July 2017
$ 117.21 $ 100.10
August 2017
$ 117.61 $ 98.75
September 2017
$ 112.27 $ 101.49
October 2017
$ 114.54 $ 98.51
November 2017
$ 128.15 $ 110.24
December 2017 (through December 1, 2017)
$ 122.95 $ 122.95
On September 29, 2017, and December 1, 2017, the last reported sale prices of our ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market were $101.49 per ADS and $122.95 per ADS, respectively.
B.   Plan of Distribution.
Not Applicable.
C.   Markets.
Our ordinary shares underlie ADSs listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “GWPH.” The depositary for the ADSs holds twelve ordinary shares for every ADS.
D.   Selling Shareholders.
Not Applicable.
E.   Dilution.
Not Applicable.
F.   Expenses of the Issue.
Not Applicable.
Item 10   Additional Information.
A.   Share Capital.
Not Applicable.
B.   Memorandum and Articles of Association.
The information called for by this item has been reported previously in our Registration Statement on form F-3 (File No. 333-217329), filed with the SEC April 17, 2017 under the heading “Description of Share Capital” and is incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.
C.   Material Contracts.
Except as otherwise disclosed in this Annual Report (including the exhibits thereto), we are not currently, and have not been in the last two years, party to any material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of our business.
D.   Exchange Controls.
There are no governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in the United Kingdom that may affect the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by us, or that may affect the remittance of dividends, interest, or other payments by us to non-resident holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs, other than withholding tax requirements. There is no limitation imposed by English law or our articles of association on the right of non-residents to hold or vote shares.
130

TABLE OF CONTENTS
E.   Taxation
U.S. Federal Income Taxation
The following discussion describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) under present law of the ownership and disposition of the ADSs. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in effect as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.
This discussion applies only to U.S. Holders that hold the ADSs as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. It does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase the ADSs by any particular investor. In particular, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to a U.S. Holder that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation, a dealer in securities or currencies, a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings, banks, thrifts, or other financial institutions, an insurance company, a tax-exempt organization, a person that holds the ADSs as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction for tax purposes, a person whose functional currency for tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar, certain former citizens or residents of the United States, a person subject to the U.S. alternative minimum tax, or a person that owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of the company’s voting stock. In addition, the discussion does not address tax consequences to an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds the ADSs, or a partner in such partnership. The U.S. federal income tax treatment of each partner of such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Prospective purchasers that are partners in a partnership holding the ADSs should consult their own tax advisers.
YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISORS ABOUT THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX RULES TO YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS THE STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE ADSs.
The discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of ADSs and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

a trust that (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and subject to the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
If you hold ADSs, you should be treated as the holder of the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on the ADSs
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, the gross amount of cash distributions made by us to you with respect to the ADSs will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt by the depositary bank, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). To the extent, if any, that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your ADSs, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a
131

TABLE OF CONTENTS
distribution will generally be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to them if we pay dividends in any non-U.S.currency. A dividend in respect of the ADSs will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.
With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will generally be taxed at the preferential rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (i) the ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or we are eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program, (ii) we are not a PFIC (as discussed below) for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, (iii) certain holding period requirements are met and (iv) you are not under any obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the preferential rate for dividends paid with respect to the ADSs.
Dividends generally will constitute income from sources outside the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. However, if 50% or more of our stock is treated as held by U.S. persons, we will be treated as a “U.S.-owned foreign corporation.” In that case, dividends may be treated for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes as income from sources outside the United States to the extent paid out of our non-U.S. source earnings and profits, and as income from sources within the United States to the extent paid out of our U.S. source earnings and profits. We cannot assure you that we will not be treated as a U.S.-owned foreign corporation. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the U.S. foreign tax credit limitation will generally be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the preferential rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to the ADSs will generally constitute “passive category income.”
Taxation of Dispositions of ADSs
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of an ADS equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the ADS and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the ADS. The gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the ADS for more than one year, you may be eligible for preferential tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.
Medicare Tax
Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on some or all of such U.S. Holder’s “net investment income.” Net investment income generally includes income from the ADSs unless such income is derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). You should consult your tax advisors regarding the effect this Medicare tax may have, if any, on your acquisition, ownership or disposition of the ADSs.
Disposition of Foreign Currency
U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of receiving, converting or disposing of any non-U.S. currency received as dividends on the ADSs or on the sale or retirement of an ADS.
Passive Foreign Investment Company
Special U.S. tax rules apply to companies that are considered to be PFICs. We will be classified as a PFIC in a particular taxable year if either (i) 75% or more of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or (ii) on average at least 50% of the value of our assets produce passive income or are held
132

TABLE OF CONTENTS
for the production of passive income. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, certain dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from commodities and securities transactions and from the sale or exchange of property that gives rise to passive income. In making this determination, we will be treated as earning our proportionate share of any income and owning our proportionate share of any assets of any corporation in which we hold a 25% or greater interest (by value).
Based on our estimated gross income, the average value of our assets, including goodwill, and the nature of our active business, we do not believe that we were classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our taxable year ended September 30, 2017. Our status for any taxable year will depend on our assets and activities in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any future taxable year. The market value of our assets may be determined in large part by reference to the market price of the ADSs and our ordinary shares, which is likely to fluctuate (and may fluctuate considerably given that market prices of life sciences companies can be especially volatile). Furthermore, because the value of our gross assets is likely to be determined in large part by reference to our market capitalization and the value of our goodwill, a decline in the value of our shares could affect the determination of whether we are a PFIC. We do not intend to make a determination of our or any of our future subsidiaries’ PFIC status in the future.
A U.S. Holder may be able to mitigate some of the adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences described below with respect to owning the ADSs if we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year, provided that such U.S. Holder is eligible to make, and validly makes a mark-to-market election, described below. In certain circumstances a U.S. Holder can make a qualified electing fund election, or QEF election, to mitigate some of the adverse tax consequences described with respect to an ownership interest in a PFIC by including in income its share of the PFIC’s income on a current basis. However, we do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable a U.S. Holder to make a qualified electing fund election.
In the event we are classified as a PFIC, in any year in which you hold the ADSs, and you do not make the election described in the following paragraphs, any gain recognized by you on a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the ADSs would be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ADSs. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed. Further, to the extent that any distribution received by you on your ADSs were to exceed 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the ADSs received during the preceding three years or your holding period, whichever is shorter, that distribution would be subject to taxation in the same manner as gain on the sale or other disposition of shares, described above. Classification as a PFIC may also have other adverse tax consequences, including, in the case of individuals, the denial of a step-up in the basis of your ADSs at death.
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you holds the ADSs, then in lieu of being subject to the special tax regime and interest charge rules discussed above, you may make an election to include gain on the ADSs as ordinary income under a mark-to-market method, provided that such the ADSs are treated as “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange.” In general, the ADSs will be treated as “regularly traded” for a given calendar year if more than a de minimis quantity of the ADSs are traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter of such calendar year. Although the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has not published any authority identifying specific exchanges that may constitute “qualified exchanges,” Treasury Regulations provide that a qualified exchange is (a) a U.S. securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, (b) the U.S. market system established pursuant to section 11A of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or (c) a non-U.S. securities exchange that is regulated or supervised by a governmental authority of the country in which the market is located, provided that (i) such non-U.S. exchange has trading volume, listing, financial disclosure, surveillance and other requirements designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open, fair and orderly, market, and to protect investors; and the laws of the country in which such non-U.S. exchange is located and the rules of such non-U.S. exchange ensure that such requirements are actually enforced and (ii) the rules of such
133

TABLE OF CONTENTS
non-U.S. exchange effectively promote active trading of listed shares. No assurance can be given that the ADSs will meet the requirements to be treated as “regularly traded” for purposes of the mark-to-market election. In addition, because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we may own, you may continue to be subject to the special tax regime with respect to your indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, including shares in any future subsidiary of ours that is treated as a PFIC.
If you make this mark-to-market election, you will be required in any year in which we are a PFIC to include as ordinary income the excess of the fair market value of your ADSs at year-end over your basis in those ADSs. In addition, the excess, if any, of your basis in the ADSs over the fair market value of your ADSs at year-end is deductible as an ordinary loss in an amount equal to the lesser of  (i) the amount of the excess or (ii) the amount of the net mark-to-market gains that have been included in income in prior years. Any gain recognized upon the sale of the ADSs will be taxed as ordinary income in the year of sale. Amounts treated as ordinary income will not be eligible for the preferential tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains. Your adjusted tax basis in the ADSs will be increased by the amount of any income inclusion and decreased by the amount of any deductions under the mark-to-market rules. If you make a mark-to market election, it will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless the ADSs are no longer regularly traded on a qualified exchange or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election.
The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are complex. You are urged to consult your tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ADSs, any elections available with respect to such ADSs and the U.S. Internal Revenue Service information reporting obligations with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ADSs.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Distributions with respect to ADSs and proceeds from the sale, exchange or disposition of ADSs may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S.Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information. If a U.S. Holder owns ADS during any year in which we are a PFIC, such U.S. Holder (including, potentially, indirect holders) generally must file a U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 with such holder’s federal income tax return for that year.
Specified Foreign Financial Assets
Tax reporting obligations are imposed on certain U.S. persons that own “specified foreign financial assets,” including securities issued by any foreign person, either directly or indirectly or through certain foreign financial institutions, if the aggregate value of all of those assets exceeds $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (and in some circumstances, a higher threshold). This reporting requirement applies to individuals and certain U.S. entities. The ADSs may be treated as specified foreign financial assets, and investors may be subject to this information reporting regime. Significant penalties and an extended statute of limitations may apply to a U.S. Holder subject to this reporting requirement that fails to file information reports. Each prospective investor that is a U.S. person should consult its own tax advisor regarding this information reporting obligation.
United Kingdom Tax Considerations
The following is a general summary of certain U.K. tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposal of the ordinary shares or the ADSs and does not address all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the ordinary shares or the ADSs. It is based on current U.K. tax law and generally
134

TABLE OF CONTENTS
published HM Revenue & Customs, (or “HMRC”), practice as at the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, both of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect.
Save as provided otherwise, this summary applies only to persons who are resident (and, in the case of individuals, domiciled) in the United Kingdom for tax purposes and who are not resident for tax purposes in any other jurisdiction and do not have a permanent establishment or fixed base in any other jurisdiction with which the holding of the ordinary shares or ADSs is connected (“U.K. Holders”). Persons (a) who are not resident (or, if resident are not domiciled) in the United Kingdom for tax purposes, including those individuals and companies who trade in the United Kingdom through a branch, agency or permanent establishment in the United Kingdom to which the ordinary shares or the ADSs are attributable, or (b) who are resident or otherwise subject to tax in a jurisdiction outside the United Kingdom, are recommended to seek the advice of professional advisors in relation to their taxation obligations.
This summary is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be considered to be, legal or tax advice to any particular investor. It does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to specific investors in light of their particular circumstances or to investors subject to special treatment under U.K. tax law. In particular:

this summary only applies to the absolute beneficial owners of the ordinary shares or the ADSs and any dividends paid in respect of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs where the dividends are regarded for U.K. tax purposes as that person’s own income (and not the income of some other person);

this summary: (a) only addresses the principal U.K. tax consequences for investors who hold the ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets/investments, (b) does not address the tax consequences that may be relevant to certain special classes of investor such as dealers, brokers or traders in shares or securities and other persons who hold the ordinary shares or ADSs otherwise than as an investment, (c) does not address the tax consequences for holders that are financial institutions, insurance companies, collective investment schemes, pension schemes, charities or tax-exempt organizations, (d) assumes that the holder is not an officer or employee of the Company (or of any related company) and has not (and is not deemed to have) acquired the ordinary shares or ADSs by reason of an office or employment, and (e) assumes that the holder does not control or hold (and is not deemed to control or hold), either alone or together with one or more associated or connected persons, directly or indirectly (including through the holding of the ADSs), an interest of 10% or more in the issued share capital (or in any class thereof), voting power, rights to profits or capital of the Company, and is not otherwise connected with the Company.
This summary further assumes that a holder of ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owner of the underlying ordinary shares for U.K. tax purposes.
POTENTIAL INVESTORS IN THE ADSs SHOULD SATISFY THEMSELVES PRIOR TO INVESTING AS TO THE OVERALL TAX CONSEQUENCES, INCLUDING, SPECIFICALLY, THE CONSEQUENCES UNDER U.K. TAX LAW AND HMRC PRACTICE OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSAL OF THE ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs, IN THEIR OWN PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES BY CONSULTING THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS.
Taxation of dividends
Withholding Tax
Dividend payments in respect of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs may be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of U.K. tax.
Income Tax
Dividends received by individual U.K. Holders will be subject to U.K. income tax on the amount of the dividend paid.
135

TABLE OF CONTENTS
An individual U.K. Holder will be exempt from U.K. income tax (by applying a nil rate of tax) on the first £5,000 or, from April 6, 2018, £2,000 of dividend income received by such individual U.K. Holder in a tax year, regardless of the amount of the individual’s other taxable income.
Dividend income in excess of the £5,000, or, from April 6, 2018, £2,000 allowance will be taxed at the rate of 7.5% to the extent that the dividend, when treated as the top slice of the relevant U.K. Holder’s income, does not exceed the basic rate income tax limit, at the rate of 32.5% to the extent that the dividend, when treated as the top slice of the relevant U.K. Holder’s income, exceeds the basic rate income tax limit but does not exceed the higher rate income tax limit, and at the rate of 38.1% to the extent that the dividend, when treated as the top slice of the relevant U.K. Holder’s income, exceeds the higher rate income tax limit.
An individual holder of ordinary shares or ADSs who is not a U.K. Holder will not be chargeable to U.K. income tax on dividends paid by the Company, unless such holder carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom to which the ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable. In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances, be chargeable to U.K. income tax on dividends received from the Company.
Corporation Tax
A U.K. Holder within the charge to U.K. corporation tax may be entitled to exemption from U.K. corporation tax in respect of dividend payments. If the conditions for the exemption are not satisfied, or such U.K. Holder elects for an otherwise exempt dividend to be taxable, U.K. corporation tax will be chargeable on the gross amount of any dividends. If potential investors are in any doubt as to their position, they should consult their own professional advisers.
A corporate holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that is not a U.K. Holder will not be subject to U.K. corporation tax on dividends received from the Company, unless it carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment to which the ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable. In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on its individual circumstances and if the exemption from U.K. corporation tax discussed above does not apply, be chargeable to U.K. corporation tax on dividends received from the Company.
Taxation of disposals
U.K. Holders
A disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs by an individual U.K. Holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances, give rise to a chargeable gain or to an allowable loss for the purpose of U.K. capital gains tax. The principal factors that will determine the capital gains tax position on a disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs are the extent to which the holder realizes any other capital gains in the tax year in which the disposal is made, the extent to which the holder has incurred capital losses in that or any earlier tax year and the level of the annual allowance of tax-free gains in that tax year (the “annual exemption”). The annual exemption for the 2017/2018 tax year is £11,300. If, after all allowable deductions, an individual U.K. Holder’s total taxable income (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes any dividend income within the £5,000 or £2,000 nil rate band described above) for the year exceeds the basic rate income tax limit, a taxable capital gain accruing on a disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs will be taxed at 20%. If, after all allowable deductions, an individual U.K. Holder’s total taxable income for the year does not exceed the basic rate income tax limit, and assuming the individual does not have any other taxable capital gains in the tax year that would use up the remaining basic rate allowance, a taxable capital gain accruing on a disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs will be taxed at 10% on an amount that, when treated as the top slice of the relevant U.K. Holder’s income/gains, does not exceed the basic rate income tax limit and at 20% on the remainder.
A disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs by a corporate U.K. Holder may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purpose of U.K. corporation tax. Such a holder may, subject to the restriction described below, be entitled to an indexation allowance, which applies to reduce capital gains to take
136

TABLE OF CONTENTS
account of inflation. The allowance may reduce a chargeable gain but will not create or increase an allowable loss. The U.K. government announced as part of the Autumn Budget 2017 that, for disposals on or after 1 January 2018, indexation allowance will only be available for periods up to December 2017.
Any gains or losses in respect of currency fluctuations over the period of holding the ADSs would also be brought into account on the disposal.
Non-U.K. Holders
An individual holder who is not a U.K. Holder will not be liable to U.K. capital gains tax on capital gains realized on the disposal of his or her ordinary shares or ADSs unless such holder carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom to which the ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable. In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances, be chargeable to U.K. capital gains tax on chargeable gains arising from a disposal of his or her ordinary shares or ADSs.
A corporate holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that is not a U.K. Holder will not be liable for U.K. corporation tax on chargeable gains realized on the disposal of its ordinary shares or ADSs unless it carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment to which the ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable. In these circumstances, a disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs by such holder may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of U.K. corporation tax.
Inheritance Tax
If for the purposes of the Taxes on Estates of Deceased Persons and on Gifts Treaty 1978 between the United States and the United Kingdom an individual holder of ordinary shares or ADSs is domiciled in the United States and is not a national of the United Kingdom, any ordinary shares or ADSs beneficially owned by that holder will not generally be subject to U.K. inheritance tax on that holder’s death or on a gift made by that holder during his/her lifetime, provided that any applicable United States federal gift or estate tax liability is paid, except where (i) the ordinary shares or ADSs are part of the business property of a U.K. permanent establishment or pertain to a U.K. fixed base used for the performance of independent personal services; or (ii) the ordinary shares or ADSs are comprised in a settlement unless, at the time the settlement was made, the settlor was domiciled in the United States and not a national of the U.K. (in which case no charge to U.K. inheritance tax should apply).
Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax
Issue and Transfer of Ordinary Shares
No U.K. stamp duty is payable on the issue of the ordinary shares.
Based on current published HMRC practice and recent case law, there should be no U.K. stamp duty reserve tax (“SDRT”) payable on the issue of ordinary shares to a depositary receipt system or a clearance service (for example DTC).
Transfers, other than transfers which are integral to the raising of new capital, of ordinary shares to, or to a nominee or agent for, a person whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts or to, or to a nominee or agent for, a person whose business is or includes the provision of clearance services, has generally been regarded by HMRC as subject to stamp duty or SDRT at 1.5% of the amount or value of the consideration or, in certain circumstances, the value of the ordinary shares transferred. In practice, this liability for stamp duty or SDRT has in general been borne by such person depositing the relevant shares in the depositary receipt system or clearance service. Recent case law has cast doubt as to whether HMRC’s position regarding transfer to clearance services (and, by extension, depositary systems) is correct. However, HMRC’s publicly stated position as at the date of this document remains as stated above. Transfers of ordinary shares between depositary receipt systems and clearance services will generally be exempt from stamp duty and SDRT.
The transfer on sale of ordinary shares by a written instrument of transfer will generally be liable to U.K. stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration for the transfer. The purchaser normally pays the stamp duty.
137

TABLE OF CONTENTS
An agreement to transfer ordinary shares outside a depositary receipt system or a clearance service will generally give rise to a liability on the purchaser to SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration. Such SDRT is payable on the seventh day of the month following the month in which the charge arises, but where an instrument of transfer is executed and duly stamped before the expiry of a period of six years beginning with the date of that agreement, (i) any SDRT that has not been paid ceases to be payable, and (ii) any SDRT that has been paid may be recovered from HMRC, generally with interest.
Transfer of ADSs
Based on current HMRC published practice, no U.K. stamp duty should be payable on a written instrument transferring an ADS or on a written agreement to transfer an ADS, on the basis that an ADS is not regarded as “stock” or a “marketable security” for U.K. stamp duty purposes.
No SDRT will be payable on an agreement to transfer an ADS, as an ADS is not considered a “chargeable security” for the purposes of SDRT.
F.   Dividends and Paying Agents.
Not Applicable.
G.   Statement by Experts.
Not Applicable.
H.   Documents on Display.
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we are required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. You may inspect and copy reports and other information filed with the SEC at the Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.
We also make available on our website, free of charge, our Annual Report and the text of our reports on Form 6-K, including any amendments to these reports, as well as certain other SEC filings, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our website address is “www.gwpharm.com.” The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.
I.   Subsidiary Information
Not Applicable.
Item 11   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Market risk arises from our exposure to fluctuation in interest rates and currency exchange rates. These risks are managed by maintaining an appropriate mix of cash deposits in various currencies, placed with a variety of financial institutions for varying periods according to expected liquidity requirements.
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to interest rate risk as we place surplus cash funds on deposit to earn interest income. We seek to ensure that we consistently earn commercially competitive interest rates by using the services of an independent broker to identify and secure the best commercially available interest rates from those banks that meet our stringent counterparty credit rating criteria. In doing so, we manage the term of cash deposits, up to 365 days, in order to maximize interest earnings while also ensuring that we maintain sufficient readily available cash in order to meet short-term liquidity needs.
138

TABLE OF CONTENTS
At September 30, 2017, our cash and cash equivalents consisted of very short-term cash deposits with maturities of less than 90 days, in order to maximize the liquidity of our funds during a period of economic uncertainty and increased concern about counterparty credit risk.
We do not have any balance sheet exposure to assets or liabilities that would increase or decrease in fair value with changes to interest rates.
Currency Risk
Our functional currency is pounds sterling and the majority of our transactions are denominated in that currency. However, we receive revenue and incur expenses in other currencies and are exposed to the effects of exchange rates. We seek to minimize this exposure by passively maintaining other currency cash balances at levels appropriate to meet foreseeable expenses in these other currencies, converting surplus currency balances of these other currencies into pounds sterling as soon as they arise. We do not use forward exchange contracts to manage exchange rate exposure.
For additional information about our quantitative and qualitative risks, see Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements.
Item 12
Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.
A.   Debt Securities.
Not Applicable.
B.   Warrants and Rights.
Not Applicable.
C.   Other Securities.
Not Applicable.
D.   American Depositary Shares.
Fees and Charges
The following table shows the fees and charges that a holder of our ADSs may have to pay, either directly or indirectly. The majority of these costs are set by the Depositary and are subject to change:
Service
Fees
Issuance of ADSs Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS issued
Cancellation of ADSs Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS canceled
Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held
Distribution of ADSs pursuant to stock dividends, free stock distributions or exercise of rights Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held
Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held
Depositary Services Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held on the applicable record date(s) established by the depositary bank
ADS holders may also be responsible to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges such as:

Fees for the transfer and registration of ordinary shares charged by the registrar and transfer agent for the ordinary shares in England and Wales (i.e., upon deposit and withdrawal of ordinary shares).

Expenses incurred for converting foreign currency into U.S. dollars.
139

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expenses for cable, telex and fax transmissions and for delivery of securities.

Taxes and duties upon the transfer of securities (i.e., when ordinary shares are deposited or withdrawn from deposit).

Fees and expenses incurred in connection with the delivery or servicing of ordinary shares on deposit.
140

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART II
Item 13.   Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.
None
Item 14.   Material Modifications To The Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.
Not Applicable.
Item 15.   Controls and Procedures.
A.   Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
As required by Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, management, including our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Disclosure controls and procedures refer to controls and other procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding our required disclosure.
Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of September 30, 2017, our disclosure controls and procedures in internal control over financial reporting were effective.
B.   Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as endorsed by the European Union and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB. We have a program for the review of our internal control over financial reporting to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act and Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS, as endorsed by the European Union and as issued by IASB;

provide reasonable assurance that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
141

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2017. In conducting its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management based its evaluation on the Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO as at September 30, 2017. Based on its evaluation, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as at September 30, 2017.
The Group’s internal control over financial reporting at September 30, 2017 has been audited by Deloitte LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm who also audit the Group’s consolidated financial statements. Their audit report on internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 15C. Deloitte LLP has also audited the consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended September 30, 2017 and their report expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
C.   Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm.
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of GW Pharmaceuticals plc
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of GW Pharmaceuticals plc and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as at September 30, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on that risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2017, based on the criteria established in Internal Control —  Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
142

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended September 30, 2017 and our report dated December 4, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
D.   Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation described above in “Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” that occurred during the year ended September 30, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 16A.
Audit Committee Financial Expert.
Our Audit Committee consists of James Noble, Cabot Brown and Thomas Lynch and is chaired by Mr. James Noble. Each of our Audit Committee members satisfies the independence requirements of Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Marketplace Rules, and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Noble qualifies as an Audit Committee financial expert within the meaning of the applicable SEC rules.
Item 16B.
Code of Ethics.
Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors and is available on our website at http://www.gwpharm.com. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics provides that our directors and officers are expected to avoid any action, position or interest that conflicts with the interests of our company or gives the appearance of a conflict. Our directors and officers have an obligation under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics to advance our company’s interests when the opportunity to do so arises. We expect that any amendment to this code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this document, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this document.
Item 16C.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and are audited by Deloitte LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in the United States.
Deloitte LLP has served as our independent registered public accountant for each of the years ended September 30, 2017, September 30, 2016 and September 30, 2015 for which audited statements appear in this Annual Report.
The following table shows the aggregate fees billed to us, including some of our subsidiaries, for services rendered by Deloitte LLP.
Year ended September 30,
2017
2016
(in thousands)
Audit Fees
£ 533 £ 450
Audit-Related Fees (1)
122 184
All Other Fees (2)
Total
£ 655 £ 634
(1)
For the years ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, audit-related fees includes fees for the performance of interim reviews, and assuring reporting on historical financial information included in the Company’s shelf registration statements and SEC registration statements in connection with following offerings on the Nasdaq Global Market.
(2)
No fees incurred in this category.
143

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our Audit Committee reviews and pre-approves the scope and the cost of audit services related to us and permissible non-audit services performed by the independent auditors, other than those for de minimis services which are approved by the Audit Committee prior to the completion of the audit. All of the services related to our company provided by Deloitte LLP during the last fiscal year have been approved by the Audit Committee.
Item 16D.
Exemptions From the Listing Standards For Audit Committees.
Not Applicable.
Item 16E.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.
Not Applicable.
Item 16F.
Change in the Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.
Not Applicable.
Item 16G.
Corporate Governance.
We rely on a provision in Nasdaq’s Listed Company Manual that allows us to follow English corporate law and the Companies Act 2006 with regard to certain aspects of corporate governance. This allows us to follow certain corporate governance practices that differ in significant respects from the corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. companies listed on the Nasdaq Global Market.
For example, we are exempt from regulations that require a listed company to:

have a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

require non-management directors to meet on a regular basis without management present;

promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers that should address certain specified items;

have an independent nominating committee;

solicit proxies and provide proxy statements for all shareholder meetings;

have a compensation committee charter specifying the items enumerated in Nasdaq Stock Market, Marketplace Rule 5605(d)(1) and a review and assessment of the adequacy of that charter on an annual basis; and

seek shareholder approval for the implementation of certain equity compensation plans and issuances of ordinary shares.
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will continue to, follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements.
In accordance with our Nasdaq Global Market listing, our Audit Committee is required to comply with the provisions of Section 301 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, both of which are also applicable to Nasdaq Global Market-listed U.S. companies. Because we are a foreign private issuer, however, our Audit Committee is not subject to additional Nasdaq Global Market requirements applicable to listed U.S. companies, including an affirmative determination that all members of the Audit Committee are “independent,” using more stringent criteria than those applicable to us as a foreign private issuer.
Item 16H.
Mine Safety Disclosure.
Not Applicable.
144

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART III
Item 17
Financial Statements.
We have elected to provide financial statements pursuant to Item 18.
Item 18
Financial Statements.
The financial statements are filed as part of this Annual Report beginning on page F- 1 .
Item 19
Exhibits
Exhibit 
Number
Description of Exhibit
1.1* Memorandum & Articles of Association of GW Pharmaceuticals plc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
2.1* Form of specimen certificate evidencing ordinary shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
2.2 (1) * Form of Deposit Agreement among GW Pharmaceuticals plc, Citibank, N.A., as the depositary bank and all Holders and Beneficial Owners of ADSs issued thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
2.3 (1) * Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 2.2) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.1†* Licence and Distribution Agreement between Bayer AG Division Pharma and GW Pharma Limited., dated May 20, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.2†* Amendment Number 1 to the Licence and Distribution Agreement, dated November 4, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.3* Amendment Number 2 to the Licence and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Limited. and Bayer Healthcare AG Division Pharma, dated January 14, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.4†* Amendment Number 3 to the Licence and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Limited. and Bayer Healthcare AG Division Pharma, dated March 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.5†* Amendment Number 4 to the Licence and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Limited. and Bayer Healthcare AG Division Pharma, dated May 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.6* Amendment Number 5 to the Licence and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Limited. and Bayer Schering Pharma AG (f/k/a Bayer AG, Bayer HealthCare, Division Pharma), dated March 10, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.7†* Supply Agreement between Bayer AG and GW Pharma Limited, dated May 20, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
145

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Exhibit 
Number
Description of Exhibit
4.8†* Amendment Number 1 to the Supply Agreement between GW Pharma Limited. and Bayer Healthcare AG, dated November 4, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.9†* Amendment Number 2 to the Supply Agreement between GW Pharma Limited. and Bayer Healthcare AG, dated May 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.10†* Amendment Number 3 to the Supply Agreement between GW Pharma Limited. and Bayer Schering Pharma AG (f/k/a Bayer AG, Bayer HealthCare, Division Pharma), dated March 10, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.11†* Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement between GW Pharma Limited and Almirall Prodesfarma, S.A., dated June 6, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.12†* Amendment No. 1 to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement between GW Pharma Limited. and Laboratorios Almirall S.A., dated March 4, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.13†* Amendment to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement, dated June 6, 2006 between GW Pharma Limited. and Almirall S.A., dated July 23, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.14†* Supplementary Agreement to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement, dated June 6, 2006 between GW Pharma Limited. and Almirall S.A., dated November 17, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.15†* Amendment and Supplementary Agreement to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement, dated June 6, 2006 between GW Pharma Limited. and Almirall S.A., dated March 13, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.16†* Research Collaboration and Licence Agreement between GW Pharma Limited. and GW Pharmaceuticals plc and Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., dated July 9, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.17†* Amendment No. 1 to Research Collaboration and Licence Agreement, dated March 14, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.18†* Amendment No. 2 to Research Collaboration and Licence Agreement, dated June 29, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.19†* Development and Licence Agreement between GW Pharma Limited. and GW Pharmaceuticals Plc and Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., dated February 14, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
146

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Exhibit 
Number
Description of Exhibit
4.20†* Amendment No. 1 to Development and Licence Agreement, dated November 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.21†* Letter amending Development and Licence Agreement, dated October 21, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.22†* Distribution and Licence Agreement, dated April 8, 2011, by and between GW Pharma Limited. and Novartis Pharma AG (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.23†* Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated November 9, 2011, by and between Novartis Pharma AG and GW Pharma Limited. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.24†* Production Supply Agreement, dated March 7, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.25†* Lease, dated July 6, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.26†* Lease, dated October 9, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.27†* Lease, dated April 6, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.28†* Lease, dated October 12, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.29†* Lease, dated January 6, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.30†* Agreement for Lease, dated April 4, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.31* Occupational Underlease, dated August 11, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.32* Lease, dated May 24, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.33* Tenancy Agreement, dated November 19, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.34* Service Agreement by and between GW Pharma Limited, and Adam George, dated June 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
147

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Exhibit 
Number
Description of Exhibit
4.35†* Service Agreement by and between GW Pharma Limited, and Chris Tovey, dated July 11, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.36* Service Agreement by and between GW Research Limited and Dr. Geoffrey Guy, dated March 14, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.37* Service Agreement by and between GW Research Limited and Justin Gover, dated February 26, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.38* Service Agreement by and between GW Research Limited and Dr. Stephen Wright, dated January 18, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.39* Letter of Appointment by and between GW Pharmaceuticals plc and James Noble, dated February 26, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.40* Letter of Appointment by and between GW Pharmaceuticals plc and Thomas Lynch, dated February 26, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.41* Service Agreement by and between Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. (formerly GW Pharmaceuticals Inc.) and Cabot Brown, dated November 7, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to our Annual Report (file no. 001-35892), filed with the SEC on November 25, 2013).
4.42* Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 (file no. 333-204389), filed with the SEC on May 22, 2015).
4.43* GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
4.44* GW Pharmaceuticals Approved Share Option Scheme 2001, as amended.
4.45* GW Pharmaceuticals Unapproved Share Option Scheme 2001, as amended.
4.46†* Lease, dated May 24, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.46 to our Annual Report (file no. 001-35892), as amended, originally filed with the SEC on November 25, 2013).
4.47†* Lease, dated May 24, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.47 to our Annual Report (file no. 001-35892), as amended, originally filed with the SEC on November 25, 2013).
4.48†* Lease, dated May 24, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.48 to our Annual Report (file no. 001-35892), as amended, originally filed with the SEC on November 25, 2013).
4.49* Lease, dated August 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.49 to our Annual Report (file no. 001-35892), as amended, originally filed with the SEC on November 25, 2013).
4.50* Lease, dated July 16, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.50 to our Annual Report (file no. 001-35892), as amended, originally filed with the SEC on November 25, 2013).
4.51* Amendment to the Distribution and Licence Agreement, dated May 5, 2014 between Novartis Pharma AG and GW Pharma Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to our Report on Form 6-K, filed with the SEC on May 7, 2014).
4.52*† Amendment and Supplementary Agreement to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement dated June 6, 2006, between GW Pharma Limited and Almirall, S.A., dated September 30, 2014.
4.53* Transfer of Contract, dated July 20, 2015 among GW Pharmaceuticals plc, GW Research Limited and Justin Gover.
148

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Exhibit 
Number
Description of Exhibit
4.54* Offer Letter, dated July 17, 2015 between Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. (formerly GW Pharmaceuticals Inc.) and Justin Gover.
4.55* Offer Letter, dated May 5, 2015 between Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. (formerly GW Pharmaceuticals Inc.) and Julian Gangolli.
4.56* Discretionary Benefits Letter, dated May 5, 2015 between Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. (formerly GW Pharmaceuticals Inc.) and Julian Gangolli.
4.57* Service Agreement by and between GW Pharmaceuticals plc and Julian Gangolli, effective July 21, 2015.
4.58*† Lease, dated May 27, 2016.
4.59*† Amended and Restated Production and Supply Agreement, dated August 31, 2016, among GW Pharma Limited, GW Pharmaceuticals plc and British Sugar plc.
4.60* Mutual Termination Agreement, dated November 24, 2016 between Novartis Pharma AG and GW Pharma Ltd.
4.61* Letter of Appointment by and between GW Pharmaceuticals plc and Cabot Brown, effective January 1, 2016.
4.62* Letter of Appointment by and between GW Pharmaceuticals plc and James Noble, effective February 1, 2016.
4.63** Fee Letter, dated April 10, 2017 from GW Pharmaceuticals plc to Cabot Brown.
4.64** Fee Letter, dated April 10, 2017 from GW Pharmaceuticals plc to James Noble.
4.65** Salary and Bonus Letter, dated April 13, 2017 from GW Pharmaceuticals plc to Chris Tovey.
4.66** Salary and Bonus Letter, dated April 13, 2017 from GW Pharmaceuticals plc to Geoffrey Guy.
4.67**
4.68** Salary and Bonus Letter, dated April 13, 2017 from GW Pharmaceuticals plc to Adam George.
4.69** Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. Compensation Memo, dated February 21, 2017 to Justin Gover.
4.70** Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. Compensation Memo, dated February 22, 2017 to Julian Gangolli.
4.71**
4.72** Offer Letter, dated April 20, 2017 between Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. and Volker Knappertz.
4.73** Offer Letter, dated May 5, 2017 between Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. and Douglas Snyder.
4.74** Relocation Assistance Agreement, dated May 8, 2017 between Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. and Douglas Snyder.
4.75** Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan.
4.76** Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan Participation Agreement, dated July 12, 2017 between Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. and Julian Gangolli.
4.77** Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan Participation Agreement, dated July 13, 2017 between Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. and Volker Knappertz.
4.78** Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan Participation Agreement, dated August 2, 2017 between Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. and Scott Giacobello.
4.79** Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan Participation Agreement, dated August 9, 2017 between Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. and Douglas Snyder.
4.80** Master Services Agreement, dated April 1, 2017 between GW Research Ltd and inVentiv Health Commercial Europe Limited.
4.81**†† Master Statement of Work, dated June 15, 2017 between GW Research Ltd and inVentiv Health Commercial Europe Limited.
149

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Exhibit 
Number
Description of Exhibit
4.82**†† Purchase Agreement, dated March 1, 2017 between GW Pharma Limited and Natex Prozesstechnologie GesmbH.
4.83**†† Contract for the Design, Construction, Testing and Commissioning of GW Pharma Building 750B and Process Equipment at Kent Science Park, dated September 7, 2017 between GW Pharma Limited and The Austin Company of  (U.K.) Limited.
8.1** List of Subsidiaries.
12.1** Certificate of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2** Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.1** Certificate of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.2** Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
15.1** Consent of Deloitte LLP.
*
Previously filed.
**
Filed herewith.

Confidential treatment previously requested and granted as to portions of the exhibit. Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
††
Confidential treatment requested as to portions of the exhibit. Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(1)
Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-187978), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to ADSs representing ordinary shares.
150

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Signature
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.
GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC
By:
/s/ J ustin G over
Name: Justin Gover
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date: December 4, 2017
151

TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of GW Pharmaceuticals plc
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GW Pharmaceuticals plc and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as at 30 September 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, consolidated statements of changes in equity, and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the three years in the period ended 30 September 2017. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GW Pharmaceuticals plc and subsidiaries as at 30 September 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 30 September 2017, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as at 30 September 2017, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated 4 December 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ DELOITTE LLP
London, United Kingdom
4 December 2017
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Consolidated Income Statements
For the year ended 30 September
Notes
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
Revenue
3
8,238
10,315 28,540
Cost of sales
(3,541 )
(2,719 ) (2,618 )
Research and development expenditure
4
(111,229 )
(99,815 ) (76,785 )
Sales, general and administrative expenses
(41,699 )
(19,939 ) (12,569 )
Net foreign exchange (loss)/gain
(5,045 )
25,551 6,202
Operating loss
(153,276 )
(86,607 )
(57,230 )
Interest expense
9
(745 )
(173 ) (75 )
Interest and other income
9
1,616
608 244
Loss before tax
5
(152,405 )
(86,172 ) (57,061 )
Tax benefit
10
20,717
22,515 12,498
Loss for the year
(131,688 )
(63,657 )
(44,563 )
Loss per share – basic
11
(43.4 )p
(23.5 )p (18.1 )p
Loss per share – diluted
11
(43.4 )p
(23.5 )p (18.1 )p
All activities relate to continuing operations.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated income statements.
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
For the year ended 30 September
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
Loss for the year
(131,688 )
(63,657 ) (44,563 )
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
(716 )
349 (71 )
Other comprehensive (loss)/gain for the year
(716 )
349
(71 )
Total comprehensive loss for the year
(132,404 )
(63,308 )
(44,634 )
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 September
Share
Capital
£000s
Share
Premium
Account
£000s
Other
Reserves
£000s
Accumulated
Deficit
£000s
Total
Equity
£000s
At 1 October 2014
237 220,551 19,260 (81,464 ) 158,584
Issue of share capital
22 127,812 127,834
Expenses of new equity issue
(271 ) (271 )
Exercise of share options
2 1,183 1,185
Share-based payment transactions
2,488 2,488
Loss for the year
(44,563 ) (44,563 )
Deferred tax attributable to unrealised share option gains
84 84
Other comprehensive loss
(71 ) (71 )
Balance at 30 September 2015
261 349,275 19,189 (123,455 ) 245,270
Issue of share capital (note 22)
39 206,512 206,551
Expenses of new equity issue
(472 ) (472 )
Underwriters’ contribution towards expenses of new equity issue
472 472
Exercise of share options (note 22)
2 690 692
Share-based payment transactions
8,152 8,152
Loss for the year
(63,657 ) (63,657 )
Deferred tax attributable to unrealised share option gains
1,133 1,133
Other comprehensive gain
349 349
Balance at 30 September 2016
302 556,477 19,538 (177,827 ) 398,490
Exercise of share options (note 22)
2 93 95
Share-based payment transactions
11,860 11,860
Loss for the year
(131,688 ) (131,688 )
Deferred tax attributable to unrealised share option gains
134 134
Other comprehensive loss
(716 ) (716 )
Balance at 30 September 2017
304 556,570 18,822 (297,521 ) 278,175
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As at 30 September
Notes
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
Non-current assets
Intangible assets – goodwill
12
5,210
5,210
Other intangible assets
13
1,049
629
Property, plant and equipment
14
43,666
38,947
Deferred tax asset
10
6,282
3,873
56,207
48,659
Current assets
Inventories
15
4,244
4,248
Taxation recoverable
10
20,072
21,322
Trade receivables and other current assets
16
11,217
4,556
Cash and cash equivalents
21
241,175
374,392
276,708
404,518
Total assets
332,915
453,177
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
17
(33,119 )
(31,170 )
Current tax liabilities
10
(838 )
(883 )
Obligations under finance leases
19
(205 )
(211 )
Deferred revenue
20
(2,307 )
(2,686 )
(36,469 )
(34,950 )
Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
17
(9,256 )
(9,423 )
Obligations under finance leases
19
(4,755 )
(4,959 )
Deferred revenue
20
(4,260 )
(5,355 )
Total liabilities
(54,740 )
(54,687 )
Net assets
278,175
398,490
Equity
Share capital
22
304
302
Share premium account
556,570
556,477
Other reserves
24
18,822
19,538
Accumulated deficit
(297,521 )
(177,827 )
Total equity
278,175
398,490
The financial statements of GW Pharmaceuticals plc, registered number 04160917, were authorised by the Board and approved for issue on 4 December 2017.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance sheets.
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Consolidated Cash Flow Statements
For the year ended 30 September
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
(Loss)/profit for the year
(131,688 )
(63,657 )
(44,563 )
Adjustments for:
Interest expense
745
173 75
Interest and other income
(1,616 )
(608 ) (244 )
Tax benefit
(20,717 )
(22,515 ) (12,498 )
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
5,276
3,605 2,250
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
635
606
Reversal of impairment of property, plant and equipment
(216 )
Amortisation of intangible assets
245
62 52
Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)
5,045
(25,551 ) (6,282 )
Increase in provision for inventories
100
72 33
Decrease in deferred signature fees
(1,370 )
(1,170 ) (1,250 )
Share-based payment charge
11,860
8,152 2,478
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
582
1 1
(131,119 )
(101,436 ) (59,342 )
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
(96 )
436 (12 )
Increase in trade receivables and other current assets
(2,728 )
(753 ) (1,010 )
Increase in trade and other payables and deferred revenue
4,312
4,761 8,478
Cash used in operations
(129,631 )
(96,992 )
(51,886 )
Income taxes paid
(2,293 )
(883 )
Research and development tax credits received
21,679
13,281 5,415
Net cash outflow from operating activities
(110,245 )
(84,594 )
(46,471 )
Investing activities
Interest received
1,433
434 236
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(16,059 )
(8,678 ) (17,915 )
Purchase of intangible assets
(636 )
(512 ) (114 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
2
Net cash outflow from investing activities
(15,262 )
(8,756 )
(17,791 )
Financing activities
Proceeds on exercise of share options
96
540 1,185
Proceeds of new equity issue
206,550 127,834
Expenses of new equity issue
(134 )
(319 ) (271 )
Underwriters’ contribution towards expenses of new equity issue
472
Interest paid
(965 )
(69 ) (74 )
Repayments of fit out funding
(841 )
(240 )
Repayments of obligations under finance leases
(209 )
(127 ) (255 )
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities
(2,053 )
206,807
128,419
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
(5,657 )
26,063 6,224
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
(133,217 )
139,520
70,381
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
374,392
234,872 164,491
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
241,175
374,392
234,872
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated cash flow statements.
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
1.   General Information
GW Pharmaceuticals plc (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) are primarily involved in the development of cannabinoid prescription medicines using botanical extracts derived from the Cannabis plant. The Group is developing a portfolio of cannabinoid medicines, of which the lead product is Epidiolex ® , an oral medicine for the treatment of refractory childhood epilepsies.
The Company is a public limited company, which has had American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”) registered with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and has been listed on Nasdaq since 1 May 2013. Until 5 December 2016, the Company was also listed on the Alternative Investment Market (“AIM”), which is a sub-market of the London Stock Exchange. The Company is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The address of the Company’s registered office and principal place of business is Sovereign House, Vision Park, Histon, Cambridgeshire.
2.   Significant Accounting Policies
The principal Group accounting policies are summarised below.
Basis of Accounting
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as endorsed by the European Union and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The Group financial statements also comply with Article 4 of the European Union IAS regulation.
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for the assets and received for the liabilities. The principal accounting policies are set out below.
Going Concern
At 30 September 2017 the Group had cash and cash equivalents of £241.2 million (2016: £374.4 million). The Directors have considered the financial position of the Group, its cash position and forecast cash flows for the 12-month period from the date of this report when considering going concern. They have also considered the Group’s key risks and uncertainties affecting the likely development of the business. In the light of this review, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least a 12-month period from the date of this report. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing these financial statements.
Basis of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries) made up to 30 September each year. Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity concerned, generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights.
The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with those used by the Group. All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation. Acquisitions are accounted for under the acquisition method.
In future business combinations, if a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary arises, such non-controlling interest will be identified separately from the Group’s equity therein. The interests of non-controlling shareholders that are present ownership interests entitling their holders to a proportionate share of net assets upon liquidation may initially be measured at fair value or at the non-controlling interests’ proportionate share of the fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. The choice of
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
measurement is made on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis. Other non-controlling interests are initially measured at fair value. Subsequent to acquisition, the carrying amount of non-controlling interests is the amount of those interests at initial recognition plus the non-controlling interests’ share of subsequent changes in equity. Total comprehensive income is attributed to non-controlling interests even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.
Changes in the Group’s interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions. The carrying amount of the Group’s interests and the non-controlling interests are adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the subsidiaries. Any difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognised directly in equity and attributed to the owners of the Company.
When the Group loses control of a subsidiary, the profit or loss on disposal is calculated as the difference between (i) the aggregate of the fair value of the consideration received and the fair value of any retained interest and (ii) the previous carrying amount of the assets (including goodwill), less liabilities of the subsidiary and any non-controlling interests. Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in relation to the subsidiary are accounted for (i.e. reclassified to profit or loss or transferred directly to accumulated deficit) in the same manner as would be required if the relevant assets or liabilities are disposed of. The fair value of any investment retained in the former subsidiary at the date when control is lost is regarded as the fair value on initial recognition for subsequent accounting under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement or, when applicable, the costs on initial recognition of an investment in an associate or jointly controlled entity.
Intangible Assets — Goodwill
Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as an asset at the date that control is acquired. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest (if any) in the entity over the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets and liabilities assumed.
Goodwill is not amortised but is tested for impairment at least annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.
On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.
Intangible Assets — Other
Other intangible assets are stated at cost less provisions for amortisation and impairments. Licences, patents, know-how, software and marketing rights separately acquired or acquired as part of a business combination are amortised over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line basis from the time they are available for use. The estimated useful lives for determining the amortisation take into account patent lives and related product application, but do not exceed their lifetime. Asset lives are reviewed annually and adjusted where necessary. Contingent milestone payments are recognised at the point that the contingent event becomes certain. Any subsequent development costs incurred by the Group and associated with acquired licences, patents, know-how or marketing rights are written off to the income statement when incurred, unless the criteria for recognition of an internally generated intangible asset are met, usually when a regulatory filing has been made in a major market and approval is considered highly probable.
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Revenue
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods and services provided in the normal course of business net of value added tax and other sales-related taxes. The Group recognises revenue when the amount can be reliably measured; when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Group; and when specific criteria have been met for each of the Group’s activities, as described below.
The Group’s revenue arises from product sales, licensing fees, collaboration fees, technical access fees, development and approval milestone fees, research and development fees and royalties. Agreements with commercial partners generally include non-refundable up-front licence and collaboration fees, milestone payments, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones, as well as royalties on product sales of licenced products, if and when such product sales occur, and revenue from the supply of products. For these agreements, total arrangement consideration is attributed to separately identifiable components on a reliable basis that reasonably reflects the selling prices that might be expected to be achieved in stand-alone transactions. The then allocated consideration is recognised as revenue in accordance with the principles described below.
The percentage of completion method is used for a number of revenue streams of the Group. For each of the three years ended 30 September 2017, there were no discrete events or adjustments which caused the Group to revise its previous estimates of completion associated with those revenue arrangements accounted for under the percentage of completion method.
Product Sales
Revenue from the sale of products is recognised when the Group has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods, the Group no longer has effective control over the goods sold, the amount of revenue and costs associated with the transaction can be measured reliably, and it is probable that the Group will receive future economic benefits associated with the transaction. Product sales have no rights of return other than where products are damaged or defective.
The Group maintains a rebate provision for expected reimbursements to our commercial partners in circumstances in which actual net revenue per vial differs from expected net revenue per vial as a consequence of, as an example, ongoing pricing negotiations with local health authorities. The amount of our rebate provision is based on, amongst other things, monthly unit sales and in-market sales data received from commercial partners and represents management’s best estimate of the rebate expected to be required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. Provisions for rebates are established in the same period that the related sales are recorded.
Licensing Fees
Licensing fees received in connection with product out-licensing agreements, even where such fees are non-refundable, are deferred and recognised over the period of the licence term.
Collaboration Fees
Collaboration fees are deferred and recognised as services rendered based on the percentage of completion method.
Technical Access Fees
Technical access fees represent amounts charged to licensing partners to provide access to, and to commercially exploit, data that the Group possesses or which can be expected to result from Group research programmes that are in progress. Non-refundable technical access fees that involve the delivery of data that the Group possesses and that permit the licensing partner to use the data freely and where the Group has no remaining obligations to perform are recognised as revenue upon delivery of the data. Non-refundable technical access fees relating to data where the research programme is ongoing are recognised based on the percentage of completion method.
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Development and Approval Milestone Fees
Development and approval milestone fees are recognised as revenue based on the percentage of completion method on the assumption that all stages will be completed successfully, but with cumulative revenue recognised limited to non-refundable amounts already received or reasonably certain to be received.
Research and Development Fees
Revenue from partner-funded contract research and development agreements is recognised as research and development services are rendered. Where services are in-progress at period end, the Group recognises revenues proportionately, in line with the percentage of completion of the service. Where such in-progress services include the conduct of clinical trials, the Group recognises revenue in line with the stage of completion of each trial so that revenues are recognised in line with the expenditures.
Research and Development
Expenditure on research and development activities is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred prior to achieving regulatory approval.
An internally generated intangible asset arising from the Group’s development activities is recognised only if the following conditions can be demonstrated:

the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;

the intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;

the ability to use or sell the intangible asset;

how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;

the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset; and

the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.
The Group has determined that regulatory approval is the earliest point at which the probable threshold can be achieved. All research and development expenditure incurred prior to achieving regulatory approval is therefore expensed as incurred.
Government Grants
Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attaching to them and that the grants will be received. Government grants for research programmes are recognised as revenue over the periods necessary to match them with the related costs incurred, and in the consolidated income statement are deducted from the related costs. Government grants related to property, plant and equipment are treated as deferred income and released to the consolidated income statement over the expected useful lives of the assets concerned.
Borrowing Costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale. All other borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method.
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. Depreciation is provided so as to write off the cost of assets, less their estimated residual values, over their useful lives using the straight-line method, as follows:
Leasehold buildings 20 years or term of lease if shorter
Plant, machinery and lab equipment 3 to 20 years
Office and IT equipment 3 to 5 years
Leasehold improvements 4 to 20 years or term of the lease if shorter
Assets under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or, where shorter, over the term of the relevant lease.
No depreciation is provided on assets under the course of construction. Cost includes professional fees and, for qualifying assets, borrowing costs capitalised in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy. Depreciation on these assets commences when the assets are available for use.
The gain or loss arising on disposal or scrappage of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in operating profit.
Property, plant and equipment assets are classified as assets held-for-sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale transaction and a sale is considered highly probable in its current condition. They are stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Depreciation is not recorded on assets classified as held-for-sale.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost method. Cost includes materials, direct labour, depreciation of manufacturing assets and an attributable proportion of manufacturing overheads based on normal levels of activity. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price, less all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.
If net realisable value is lower than the carrying amount, a write down provision is recognised for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its net realisable value.
Inventories manufactured prior to regulatory approval are capitalised as an asset but provided for until there is a high probability of regulatory approval of the product. At the point when a high probability of regulatory approval is obtained, the provision is adjusted appropriately to increase the carrying value to expected net realisable value, which may not exceed original cost.
Adjustments to the provision for inventories manufactured prior to regulatory approval are recorded as a component of research and development expenditure. Adjustments to the provision against commercial product related inventories manufactured following achievement of regulatory approval are recorded as a component of cost of goods.
Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable or recoverable and deferred tax. Current and deferred taxes are recognised in profit or loss, except when they relate to items that are recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case, the current and deferred tax are also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively. Where current or deferred tax arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.
The tax payable or recoverable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit before tax as reported in the consolidated income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient future taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised based on tax laws and rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the consolidated income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited in other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.
(Loss)/Earnings per Share
Basic earnings or loss per share represents the profit or loss for the year, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding the weighted average number of ordinary shares held in the GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme (the “ESOP”) during the year to satisfy employee share awards.
Diluted earnings or loss per share represents the profit or loss for the year, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding the weighted average number of shares held in the ESOP during the year to satisfy employee share awards, plus the weighted average number of dilutive shares resulting from share options or warrants where the inclusion of these would not be anti-dilutive.
Retirement Benefit Costs
The Group does not operate any pension plans, but makes contributions to personal pension arrangements of its Executive Directors and employees. The amounts charged to the consolidated income statement in respect of pension costs are the contributions payable in the year. Differences between contributions payable in the year and contributions paid are shown as either accruals or prepayments in the consolidated balance sheet.
Foreign Currency
The individual financial statements of each Group company are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates (its functional currency). For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position of each Group company are expressed in Pounds Sterling.
In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency (foreign currencies) are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
retranslated at the rates of exchange prevailing at that date. Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.
For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate for the period, unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly during the period, in which case the exchange rates at the date of transactions are used. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity.
Share-based payments
The Group operates a number of equity-settled share-based compensation plans under which the Company receives services from employees as consideration for equity instruments (options) of the Company. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the awards is recognised as an expense. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted (excluding the effect of any non-market-based performance and service vesting conditions) at the date of grant.
The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market-based performance and service vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees are measured at the fair value of the goods or services received, except where that fair value cannot be estimated reliably, in which case they are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted, measured at the date of grant.
Leases
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.
Rentals under operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease except where another more systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the lease are consumed. Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.
In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognised as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.
Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the Group at their fair value or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments, each determined at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease obligation. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the finance lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance expenses are recognised immediately in profit or loss, unless they are directly attributable to qualifying assets, in which case they are capitalised in accordance with the Group’s general policy on borrowing costs. Contingent rentals are recognised as an expense in the periods in which they are incurred.
Financial Instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
All financial assets are recognised and derecognised on a trade date where the purchase or sale of a financial asset is under a contract whose terms require delivery of the financial asset within the timeframe established by the market concerned, and are initially measured at fair value, plus transaction costs, except for those financial assets classified as at fair value through profit or loss, which are initially measured at fair value.
Financial assets are classified into the following specified categories: financial assets “at fair value through profit or loss”, “held-to-maturity” investments, “available-for-sale” financial assets and “loans and receivables”. The classification depends on the nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition.
For each reporting period covered herein, the Group’s financial assets were restricted to “loans and receivables”.
Loans and Receivables
Trade receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as “loans and receivables”. Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost, less any impairment. Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.
Trade receivables are assessed for indicators of impairment at each balance sheet date. Trade receivables are impaired where there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after initial recognition, the estimated future cash flows of the receivables have been affected. Appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts are recognised in the consolidated income statement. The allowance recognised is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate computed at initial recognition.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and on-call deposits held with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less.
Financial Liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities “at fair value through profit and loss” or “other financial liabilities”. For each reporting period covered herein, the Group’s financial liabilities were restricted to “other financial liabilities”.
Other Financial Liabilities
Trade payables are initially recognised at fair value and then held at amortised cost which equates to nominal value. Long-term payables are discounted where the effect is material.
All borrowings are initially recorded at the amount of proceeds received, net of transaction costs. Borrowings are subsequently carried at amortised cost, using the effective interest method. The difference between the proceeds, net of transaction costs, and the amount due on redemption is recognised as a charge to the income statement over the period of the relevant borrowing.
The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial liability or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.
Critical Judgements in Applying the Group’s Accounting Policies
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described above, the Board of Directors are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revisions and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.
The following are the critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations (which are dealt with separately below), that the Directors have made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
The Group recognises revenue from product sales, licensing fees, collaboration fees, technical access fees, development and approval milestone fees, research and development fees and royalties. Agreements with commercial partners generally include a non-refundable up-front fee, milestone payments, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones, as well as royalties on product sales of licenced products, if and when such product sales occur. For these agreements, the Group is required to apply judgement in the allocation of total agreement consideration to the separately identifiable components on a reliable basis that reasonably reflects the selling prices that might be expected to be achieved in stand-alone transactions.
Product revenue received is based on a contractually agreed percentage of our commercial partner’s in-market net sales revenue. The commercial partner’s in-market net sales revenue is the price per vial charged to end customers, less set defined deductible overheads incurred in distributing the product. In developing estimates, the Group uses monthly unit sales and in-market sales data received from commercial partners during the course of the year. For certain markets, where negotiations are ongoing with local reimbursement authorities, an estimated in-market sales price is used, which requires the application of judgement in assessing whether an estimated in-market sales price is reliably measurable. In the Group’s assessment, the Group considers, inter alia, identical products sold in similar markets and whether the agreed prices for those identical products support the estimated in-market sales price. In the event that the Group considers there to be significant uncertainty with regard to the in-market sales price to be charged by the commercial partner as a result of, as an example, ongoing pricing negotiations with local health authorities, such that it is not possible to reliably measure the amount of revenue that will flow to the Group, the Group would not recognise revenue until that uncertainty has been resolved.
The Group applies the percentage of completion revenue recognition method to certain classes of revenue. The application of this approach requires the judgement of the Group with regard to the total costs incurred and total estimated costs expected to be incurred over the length of the agreement.
Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty
The key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are discussed below.
Deferred Taxation
At the balance sheet date, the Group has accumulated tax losses of £204.1 million (2016: £102.8 million) and other temporary differences of £17.8 million (2016: £33.9 million) available to offset against future profits. If the value of these losses and other temporary differences were recognised within the Group’s balance sheet at the balance sheet date, the Group would be carrying an additional deferred tax asset of £37.7 million (2016: £23.2 million). However, as explained in the tax accounting policy note, the Group’s policy is to recognise deferred tax assets only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits, feasible tax-planning strategies, and deferred tax liabilities will be available against which the brought-forward trading losses can be utilised. Estimation of the level of future taxable profits is therefore required in order to determine the appropriate carrying value of the deferred tax asset at each balance sheet date. As such, a deferred tax asset of £6.3 million has been recognised at 30 September 2017 (2016: £3.9 million) in respect of temporary timings differences relating to the Group’s US subsidiary that are expected to be fully recoverable.
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Research and Development and Orphan Tax Credits
The Group’s research and development tax credit claim is complex and requires management to interpret and apply UK and US research and development and orphan credit tax legislation to the Group’s specific circumstances. The recognition of the estimated UK research and development tax credit requires the use of certain assumptions in estimating the portion of current year research costs that are eligible for the claim under the Corporation Tax Act 2009. At 30 September 2017, the Group has estimated its research and development tax credit of £19.9 million (2016: £21.1 million) from HMRC.
Adoption of New and Revised Standards
In the current year the following revised standards have been adopted in these financial statements. Adoption has not had a significant impact on the amounts reported in these financial statements but may impact the accounting for future transactions.
IFRS 14 Regulatory Deferral Accounts (January 2014)
Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2012 – 2014 Cycle (September 2014)
Amendments to IFRS 11: Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests in Joint Operations (May 2014)
Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38: Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation (May 2014)
Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 41: Bearer Plants (June 2014)
Amendments to IAS 27: Equity Method in Separate Financial Statements (August 2014)
Amendments to IAS 1: Disclosure Initiative (December 2014)
Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 28: Investment Entities — Applying the Consolidation Exception (December 2014)
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following Standards and Interpretations which have not been applied in these financial statements were issued by the IASB but not yet effective:
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (July 2014)
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (May 2014)
IFRS 16 Leases (January 2016)
IFRS 17 Insurance contracts (May 2017)
Amendments to IFRS 2: Classification and Measurement of Share-Based Payment Transactions (June 2016)
Amendments to IFRS 4: Applying IFRS 9 Financial Instruments with IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts (September 2016)
Clarifications to IFRS 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers (April 2016)
Amendments to IAS 7: Disclosure Initiative (January 2016)
Amendments to IAS 12: Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses (January 2016)
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28: Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture (September 2014)
Amendments to IAS 40: Transfer of Investment Property (December 2016)
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2014-16 (December 2016)
Amendments to IFRS 9: Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (October 2017)
Amendments to IAS 28: Long-Term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures (October 2017)
IFRS 15:    Revenue from Contracts with Customers establishes comprehensive guidelines for determining when to recognise revenue and how much revenue to recognise. The core principle in that framework is that a company should recognise revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. The Group continues to assess the impact of IFRS 15 on the results of the Group, and expects to finalise this assessment now that final endorsement by the EU has occurred. The impact is expected to be limited to historic revenue-generative partner agreements.
IFRS 16:    Leases will replace IAS 17 for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. In so doing it will eliminate the distinction between classification of leases as finance or operating leases. As at the reporting date, the Group has non-cancellable operating lease commitments, however, the Group is in the process of determining the extent which these commitments will result in the recognition of an asset
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
and a liability for future payments and how this will affect the Group’s profit and classification of cash flows as our assessment is still ongoing.
The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the remaining Standards and Interpretations in future periods will have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group.
3.   Segmental Information
During the current financial year, the Group’s Board of Directors was reorganised and an Executive Leadership Team (ELT), consisting of statutory and non-statutory Directors, was formed. This reorganisation of the Group’s governance structures was carried out to align the Group’s management processes with the strategic objectives and requirements of commercialising Epidiolex. As part of this reorganisation the chief operating decision maker (CODM) for the Group is now identified as a sub-group of the ELT consisting of those members charged with executive management of the Group’s business activities.
Information reported to this sub-group of the ELT, for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance, is focused on the stage of product development. The Group’s reportable segments are as follows:

Commercial:    The Commercial segment distributes and sells the Group’s commercial products. Currently Sativex is promoted through strategic collaborations with major pharmaceutical companies for the currently approved indication of spasticity due to multiple sclerosis (“MS”). The Commercial segment will include revenues from the direct marketing of other future approved commercial products. The Group has licensing agreements for the commercialisation of Sativex ® with Almirall S.A. in Europe (excluding the United Kingdom) and Mexico, Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. (“Otsuka”) in the US, Bayer HealthCare AG in the United Kingdom and Canada, Neopharm Group in Israel, Emerge Health Pty. Ltd. in Australasia and Malaysia and Ipsen Biopharm Ltd. in Latin America (excluding Mexico and the Islands of the Caribbean). Commercial segment revenues include product sales, royalties, licence, collaboration and technical access fees, and development and approval milestone fees.

Sativex ® Research and Development:    The Sativex Research and Development (“Sativex R&D”) segment seeks to maximise the potential of Sativex through the development of new indications. Sativex has shown promising efficacy in Phase 2 trials in other indications such as neuropathic pain, but these areas are not currently the subject of full development programmes. Sativex Research and Development segment revenues consist of research and development fees charged to Sativex licensees.

Pipeline Research and Development:    The Pipeline Research and Development (“Pipeline R&D”) segment seeks to develop cannabinoid medications other than Sativex across a range of therapeutic areas using our proprietary cannabinoid technology platform. The Group’s product pipeline includes Epidiolex ® , in development as a treatment for Dravet syndrome, Lennox-Gastaut syndrome, Tuberous Sclerosis and Infantile Spasm, as well as other product candidates in Phase 1 and 2 clinical development for glioma, adult epilepsy and schizophrenia. Pipeline R&D segment revenues consist of research and development fees charged to Otsuka under the terms of our pipeline research collaboration agreement.
The accounting policies of the reportable segments are consistent with the Group’s accounting policies described in note 2. Segment result represents the result of each segment without allocation of share-based payment expenses, and before sales, general and administrative expenses, interest expense, interest income and tax. No measures of segment assets and segment liabilities are reported to the CODM in order to assess performance and allocate resources. There is no intersegment activity and all revenue is generated from external customers.
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Segment Results
For the Year Ended 30 September 2017
Commercial
£000s
Sativex R&D
£000s
Pipeline R&D
£000s
Total
Reportable
Segments
£000s
Unallocated
Costs (1)
£000s
Consolidated
£000s
Revenue:
Product sales
6,232 6,232
6,232
Research and development fees 
95 428 523
523
Licence, collaboration and technical access fees
1,373 1,373
1,373
Development and approval milestones
110 110
110
Total revenue
7,715 95 428 8,238
8,238
Cost of sales
(3,541 ) (3,541 )
(3,541 )
Research and development expenditure
(107 ) (107,078 ) (107,185 ) (4,044 )
(111,229 )
Segmental result
4,174 (12 ) (106,650 ) (102,488 ) (4,044 )
(106,532 )
Sales, general and administrative expenses
(41,699 )
Net foreign exchange loss
(5,045 )
Operating loss
(153,276 )
Interest expense
(745 )
Interest and other income
1,616
Loss before tax
(152,405 )
Tax benefit
20,717
Loss for the year
(131,688 )
(1)
Unallocated costs represent the portion of share-based payment expenditures which is included in research and development expenditure, but which is not allocated to segments. The remaining share-based payment expenditure is included within sales, general and administrative expenses, which is similarly excluded from segmental result.
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Segment Results
For the Year Ended 30 September 2016
Commercial
£000s
Sativex R&D
£000s
Pipeline R&D
£000s
Total
Reportable
Segments
£000s
Unallocated
Costs (1)
£000s
Consolidated
£000s
Revenue:
Product sales
5,208 5,208 5,208
Research and development fees 
3,500 337 3,837 3,837
Licence, collaboration and technical access fees
1,172 1,172 1,172
Development and approval milestones
98 98 98
Total revenue
6,478 3,500 337 10,315 10,315
Cost of sales
(2,719 ) (2,719 ) (2,719 )
Research and development expenditure
(4,125 ) (91,571 ) (95,696 ) (4,119 ) (99,815 )
Segmental result
3,759 (625 ) (91,234 ) (88,100 ) (4,119 ) (92,219 )
Sales, general and administrative expenses
(19,939 )
Net foreign exchange gain
25,551
Operating loss
(86,607 )
Interest expense
(173 )
Interest and other income
608
Loss before tax
(86,172 )
Tax benefit
22,515
Loss for the year
(63,657 )
(1)
Unallocated costs represent the portion of share-based payment expenditures which is included in research and development expenditure, but which is not allocated to segments. The remaining share-based payment expenditure is included within sales, general and administrative expenses, which is similarly excluded from segmental result.
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Segment Results
For the Year Ended 30 September 2015
Commercial (1)
£000s
Sativex R&D
£000s
Pipeline R&D
£000s
Total
Reportable
Segments
£000s
Unallocated
Costs (1)
£000s
Consolidated
£000s
Revenue:
Product sales
4,255 4,255 4,255
Research and development fees
22,275 535 22,810 22,810
Licence, collaboration and technical access fees
1,287 1,287 1,287
Development and approval milestones
188 188 188
Total revenue
5,730 22,275 535 28,540 28,540
Cost of sales
(2,618 ) (2,618 ) (2,618 )
Research and development expenditure
(26,398 ) (48,862 ) (75,260 ) (1,525 ) (76,785 )
Segmental result
3,112 (4,123 ) (48,327 ) (49,338 ) (1,525 ) (50,863 )
Sales, general and administrative expenses
(12,569 )
Net foreign exchange gain
6,202
Operating loss
(57,230 )
Interest expense
(75 )
Interest and other income
244
Loss before tax
(57,061 )
Tax benefit
12,498
Loss for the year
(44,563 )
(1)
Unallocated costs represent the portion of share-based payment expenditures which is included in research and development expenditure, but which is not allocated to segments. The remaining share-based payment expenditure is included within sales, general and administrative expenses, which is similarly excluded from segmental result.
Segment Results
Revenues from the Group’s largest customer are included within the above segments as follows:
Commercial
£000s
Sativex R&D
£000s
Pipeline R&D
£000s
Total
£000s
Year ended 30 September 2017
5,033 5,033
Year ended 30 September 2016
4,310 4,310
Year ended 30 September 2015
3,385 3,385
Revenues from the Group’s second largest customer are included within the above segments as follows:
Commercial
£000s
Sativex R&D
£000s
Pipeline R&D
£000s
Total
£000s
Year ended 30 September 2017
1,559 1,559
Year ended 30 September 2016
1,419 1,419
Year ended 30 September 2015
1,474 1,474
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Revenues from the Group’s third largest customer, the only other customer where revenues account for more than 10% of the Group’s revenues, are included within the above segments as follows:
Commercial
£000s
Sativex R&D
£000s
Pipeline R&D
£000s
Total
£000s
Year ended 30 September 2017
280 95 428 803
Year ended 30 September 2016
280 3,500 337 4,117
Year ended 30 September 2015
280 22,275 535 23,090
Geographical Analysis of Revenue by Destination of Customer:
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
UK
1,502
1,082 1,158
Europe (excluding UK)
5,342
4,435 3,592
United States
375
3,780 22,555
Canada
582
680 700
Asia/Other
437
338 535
8,238
10,315 28,540
4.   Research and Development Expenditure
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
GW-funded research and development
110,705
95,978 53,975
Development partner-funded research and development
524
3,837 22,810
111,229
99,815 76,785
GW-funded research and development expenditure consists of costs associated with the Group’s research activities. These costs include costs of conducting pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, payroll costs associated with employing a team of research and development staff, share-based payment expenses, property costs associated with leasing laboratory and office space to accommodate research teams, costs of growing botanical raw material, costs of consumables used in the conduct of in-house research programmes, payments for research work conducted by sub-contractors by a network of academic collaborative research scientists, costs associated with safety studies and costs associated with the development of Epidiolex, Sativex or other pipeline product data.
Development partner-funded research and development expenditures include the costs of employing staff to work on joint research and development plans, plus the costs of sub-contracted pre-clinical studies and sponsorships of academic scientists who collaborate with the Group. These expenditures are charged to the Group’s commercial partners, principally Otsuka. The Group is the primary obligor for these activities and under the terms of the Sativex development agreements, the Group uses both its internal resources and third-party contractors to provide contract research and development services to its commercial partners.
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
5.   Loss Before Tax
Loss before tax is stated after charging/(crediting):
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
Operating lease rentals – land and buildings
3,602
2,341 1,473
Operating lease rentals – equipment
25
20
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
5,276
3,605 2,250
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
635
606
Reversal of impairment of property, plant and equipment
(216 )
Amortisation of intangible assets
245
62 52
Decrease in provision for inventories
100
72 33
Foreign exchange loss/(gain)
5,045
(25,551 ) (6,202 )
Staff costs (see note 7)
55,328
40,463 23,083
6.   Auditor’s Remuneration
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
The auditor for the years ended 30 September 2017, 2016 and 2015 was Deloitte LLP
Audit fees:
 –  Audit of the Group’s annual accounts (1)
475
400 400
 –  Audit of the Company and subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
58
50 50
Total audit fees
533
450 450
Other services
 –  Audit-related assurance (2)
102
75 53
 –  Other assurance services (3)
20
109 92
Total non-audit fees
122
184 145
(1)
For the years ended 30 September 2017, 2016 and 2015, audit fees include amounts for the audit of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with the International Standards of Auditing, standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and include amounts for the audit of the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting.
(2)
Audit-related assurance fees relate to fees for the performance of interim reviews, and other procedures on interim results.
(3)
Other assurance services represents assurance reporting on historical financial information included in the Company’s shelf and follow-on US registration statements.
An additional £59,000 was billed in respect of the 2016 audit during the year ended 30 September 2017.
An additional £40,000 was billed in respect of the 2015 audit during the year ended 30 September 2016.
The Audit Committee’s policy is to pre-approve all audit, audit-related and other services performed by the auditor. All such services were pre-approved during the years ended 30 September 2017, 2016 and 2015 under the Audit Committee’s policy.
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
7.   Staff Costs
The average number of Group employees (including Executive Officers) for the year ended 30 September was:
2017
Number
2016
Number
2015
Number
Research and development
433
391 288
Sales, general and administration
100
53 34
533
444 322
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
Group aggregate remuneration comprised:
Wages and salaries
37,517
25,823 17,092
Social security costs
4,301
5,132 2,748
Other pension costs
1,650
1,356 765
Share-based payment
11,860
8,152 2,478
55,328
40,463 23,083
Included in social security costs are local tax obligations on unrealised share option gains.
8.   Directors’ Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration and other benefits for the year ended 30 September were as follows:
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
Emoluments
3,130
2,523 2,395
Money purchase contributions to Directors’ pension arrangements
79
215 211
Gain on exercise of share options
12,977
6,453 7,910
16,186
9,191 10,516
During 2017, six Directors were members of defined contribution pension schemes (2016 six, 2015: five).
9.   Other income and expense
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
Interest expense – finance lease interest
(361 )
(173 ) (75 )
Interest expense – fit out funding interest
(384 )
Total interest expense
(745 )
(173 ) (75 )
Interest income – bank interest
1,616
435 244
Other income
173
Total interest and other income
1,616
608 244
Other income for the year ended 30 September 2016 related to an “above the line” credit associated with the UK large company R&D tax scheme. This represented an amount which was claimable from UK tax authorities in relation to qualifying expenditure incurred in the year ended 30 September 2016.
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
10.   Tax
a) Analysis of Tax Credit for the Year
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
Current year research and development tax credit
(19,900 )
(21,150 ) (12,641 )
Current period tax (credit)/charge
2,144
1,175 366
Adjustment in respect of prior year tax credit
(468 )
(546 ) (165 )
Deferred tax credit
(2,623 )
(2,037 ) (335 )
Movements on deferred tax assets
130
43 277
Tax benefit
(20,717 )
(22,515 ) (12,498 )
Tax credits relate to UK research and development tax credits claimed under the Corporation Tax Act 2009. The current period tax credit relates to US taxation on the taxable profit for the Group’s US subsidiary.
The Group recognises in full the estimated benefit for qualifying current year UK research and development expenditures and resulting tax credits. Any difference in the credit ultimately received is recorded as an adjustment in respect of prior year.
The Group recognises the likely recoverable estimated benefit for qualifying current year US research and development expenditures and resulting tax credits. Any difference in the credit ultimately received is recorded as an adjustment in respect of prior year.
At 30 September 2017 the Group had tax losses available for carry forward of approximately £204.1 million (2016: £102.8 million). Of such carried-forward losses, which are not subject to expiry, the Group has recognised a deferred tax asset of £1.6 million (2016: £1.8 million) up to the level of deferred tax liabilities arising in the same jurisdiction and additionally an asset supportable by taxable income projections of £nil (2016: £nil). The Group has also recognised a deferred tax asset of £6.3 million (2016: £3.9 million) in respect of taxable temporary timing differences relating to timing differences in another jurisdiction supportable by taxable income projections. In addition, the Group has not recognised deferred tax assets relating to other temporary differences of £17.8 million (2016: £33.9 million). These deferred tax assets have not been recognised as the Group’s management considers that there is insufficient future taxable income, taxable temporary differences and feasible tax-planning strategies to utilise all of the cumulative losses and therefore it is probable that the deferred tax assets will not be realised in full. If future income differs from current projections, this could significantly impact the tax charge or benefit in future periods.
In addition to the amount charged to the income statement and other comprehensive income, the following amounts relating to tax have been recognised directly in equity:
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
Change in estimate of excess tax deductions related to share-based payments
134
1,133 84
Total income tax recognised directly in equity
134
1,133 84
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
b) Factors Affecting the Tax Benefit for the Year
The tax benefit for the year can be reconciled to the tax benefit on the Group’s loss for the year at the standard UK corporation tax rate as follows:
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
Loss before tax
(152,405 )
(86,172 ) (57,061 )
Tax credit on Group loss before tax at the standard UK corporation tax rate of 19.5% (2016: 20.0%; 2015: 20.5%)
(29,717 )
(17,234 ) (11,698 )
Effects of:
Expenses not deductible in determining taxable profit
756
588 233
Impact of employee share acquisition relief
(2,792 )
(1,842 ) (2,519 )
Current year UK research and development tax credit
(19,900 )
(21,150 ) (12,641 )
Current year US tax credits
(2,016 )
(1,766 )
R&D enhanced tax relief and surrender of losses
11,634
12,679 7,756
Effect of unrecognised losses and temporary differences
21,329
6,634 6,536
Overseas profits taxed at different rates
456
122
Adjustment in respect of prior year tax credit
(467 )
(546 ) (165 )
Tax
(20,717 )
(22,515 ) (12,498 )
The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the current and prior reporting periods:
Accelerated
Tax
Depreciation
£000s
Tax
Losses and
Credits
£000s
Share-Based
Payment and
Other
Compensation
£000s
Total
£000s
At 1 October 2014
(605 ) 882 277
(Charged)/credited to profit or loss
(1,290 ) 1,002 345 57
Credited to equity
84 84
At 1 October 2015
(1,895 )
1,884
429
418
(Charged)/credited to profit or loss
(23 ) (48 ) 2,072 2,001
Credited to equity
1,454 1,454
At 1 October 2016
(1,918 )
1,836
3,955
3,873
Credited/(charged) to profit or loss
107 220 2,297 2,623
Credited to equity
(215 ) (215 )
At 30 September 2017
(1,811 ) 2,056 6,037 6,282
Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset where the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so, and intends to settle on a net basis. The taxing authority permits the Group to make or receive a single net payment for all UK subsidiaries. The Group’s US subsidiary operates in a different jurisdiction with no legally enforceable right to offset against UK tax charges or credits.
On 15 September 2016, the reduction in the main rate of corporation tax from 19% to 17% was enacted, with effect from 1 April 2020. The enacted UK tax rate until 1 April 2015 was 21%, and 20% until 1 April 2017.
On 16 November 2017, the US House of Representatives approved its version of comprehensive tax reform legislation. The Group is continuing to monitor the developments of these reform proposals and the alternative proposals made by the Senate Finance Committee on 2 December 2017, as they progress through the Senate. If the two proposals are successfully reconciled and pass as proposed, it is considered that there may be an impact of a rate reduction on the deferred tax asset held but at the current time, it is not possible to fully quantify the potential impact.
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
11.   Loss Per Share
The calculations of loss per share are based on the following data:
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
Loss for the year – basic and diluted
(131,688 )
(63,657 ) (44,563 )
Number of Shares
2017
Million
2016
Million
2015
Million
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
303.6
270.4 246.4
Less ESOP trust ordinary shares (1)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for purposes of basic earnings per share
303.6
270.4 246.4
Effect of potentially dilutive shares arising from share options (2)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for purposes of diluted earnings per share
303.6
270.4 246.4
Loss per share – basic
(43.4 )p
(23.5 )p (18.1 )p
Loss per share – diluted
(43.4 )p
(23.5 )p (18.1 )p
(1)
As at 30 September 2017, 33,054 ordinary shares were held in the ESOP trust (2016: 33,054 and 2015: 33,054). The effect is less than 0.1 million shares, and consequently these have not been presented above.
(2)
The Group incurred a loss in each of the financial years above. As a result, the inclusion of potentially dilutive share options in the diluted loss per share calculation would have an anti-dilutive effect on the loss per share for the period. The impact of 7.5 million share options have therefore been excluded from the diluted loss per share calculation for the year ended 30 September 2017 (30 September 2016: 7.1 million; 30 September 2015: 7.8 million).
12.   Intangible Assets — Goodwill
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
Cost  – as at 1 October
5,210
5,210
Net book value  – as at 30 September
5,210
5,210
Goodwill arose upon the acquisition of GW Research Limited (formerly G-Pharm Limited) in 2001. For impairment testing purposes, all goodwill has been allocated to the Commercial segment as a separate cash-generating unit. Goodwill has an indefinite useful life and is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indications of impairment.
The Group has determined the recoverable amount of the Commercial segment based on a value-in-use calculation. This calculation uses pre-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a two-year period. Cash flows beyond the two-year period are based upon detailed internal and external third party analysis of the Group’s product opportunity, of which Epidiolex is a significant contributor, or are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. The projections include assumptions about the timing and likelihood of product launches and pricing policy.
Management has determined the following assumptions to be the key assumptions in the calculation of value-in-use for the Commercial segment:
Growth rate  — sales volume in each period is the main driver for revenue and costs. The same growth rates have been used in financial budgets and are consistent with in-market run rates and internal commercial forecasts based on a 10-year period.
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Long-term growth rate  — A 0% growth rate has been applied after 10 years (2016: 0% after ten years). This approach has been adopted by management as it is representative of the long development and product lifecycle in the pharmaceutical sector. In future periods, depending on the performance of the Commercial segment, it may be necessary to revise the terminal growth rate.
Discount rate  — a 15.7% (2016: 12.6%) pre-tax rate has been used. This is considered appropriate for the purpose of impairment reviews as it reflects the current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the cash-generating unit.
Any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which value-in-use is based would not cause the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount of the Commercial segment.
13.   Other Intangible Assets
Intangible
Assets Under
the Course of
Construction
£000s
Software
£000s
Licences
£000s
Total
£000s
Cost
At 1 October 2015
66 220 59 345
Additions
387 35 24 446
Transfers of completed assets
(38 ) 38
At 1 October 2016
415 293 83 791
Additions
259 359 47 665
Reclassifications
41 41
Transfers of completed assets
(546 ) 546
Disposals
(41 ) (41 )
At 30 September 2017
128 1,198 130 1,456
Accumulated amortisation
At 1 October 2015
96 4 100
Charge for the year
57 5 62
At 1 October 2016
153 9 162
Charge for the year
233 12 245
At 30 September 2017
386
21
407
Net book value
At 30 September 2017
128 812 109 1,049
At 30 September 2016
415 140 74 629
Included in additions are £nil of other intangible assets which are unpaid at the balance sheet date and are included in trade and other payables (2016: £nil).
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
14.   Property, Plant and Equipment
Assets Under
the Course of
Construction
£000s
Leasehold
Buildings
£000s
Plant,
Machinery and
Lab Equipment
£000s
Office and IT
Equipment
£000s
Leasehold
Improvements
£000s
Total
£000s
Cost
At 1 October 2015
17,283 7,915 3,347 8,164 36,709
Additions
7,698 3,603 1,754 273 473 13,801
Reclassifications
1,463 (1,463 )
Transfers of completed assets
(3,623 ) 1,809 29 1,785
Disposals
(112 ) (789 ) (122 ) (1,023 )
Exchange differences
20 1 21
At 1 October 2016
21,358 3,603 12,829 1,417 10,301 49,508
Additions
11,090 470 72 418 12,050
Reclassifications
(41 ) (41 )
Transfers of completed assets
(26,566 ) 9,944 131 16,491
Transfers to assets held for sale
in year
(1,249 ) (1,249 )
Disposals
(390 ) (770 ) (33 ) (225 ) (1,418 )
Exchange differences
(6 ) (5 ) (11 )
At 30 September 2017
5,451 3,603 21,224 1,581 26,980 58,839
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 October 2015
606 3,765 1,339 2,266 7,976
Charge for the year
63 1,654 338 1,550 3,605
Reclassifications
216 (216 )
Disposals
(112 ) (788 ) (122 ) (1,022 )
Exchange differences
1 1 2
At 1 October 2016
606 63 5,523 674 3,695 10,561
Charge for the year
180 2,166 331 2,599 5,276
Transfers to assets held for sale
in year
(340 ) (340 )
Impairment of assets
635 635
Reversal of impairment of assets
(216 ) (216 )
Disposals
(390 ) (168 ) (32 ) (150 ) (740 )
Exchange differences
(2 ) (1 ) (3 )
At 30 September 2017
243 7,816 971 6,143 15,173
Net book value
At 30 September 2017
5,451 3,360 13,408 610 20,837 43,666
At 30 September 2016
20,752 3,540 7,306 743 6,606 38,947
The net book value of property, plant and equipment at 30 September 2017 includes £4.6 million in respect of assets held under finance leases (2016: £4.9 million). Included in addition is £2.0 million of property, plant and equipment which is unpaid and is included in trade and other payables (2016: £3.2 million).
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
During the current financial year, the Group’s purpose-built manufacturing and processing facility was completed and occupied. Upon completion the associated capitalised costs previously held in Assets Under the Course of Construction were reclassified to the relevant asset class for each component asset. Depreciation commenced at this date and will continue over the relevant assets’ useful economic lives.
The impairment loss on plant, machinery and lab equipment arose in connection with the reorganisation of the Group’s plant material growing strategy, whereby the recoverable value of the assets did not exceed their carrying value.
The reversal of a previous impairment of assets under the course of construction relates to manufacturing assets for which their intended use has changed such that their value is now recoverable. During the year these assets were transferred out of assets under the course of construction, are now in use and are being depreciated over their useful economic life.
15.   Inventories
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
Raw materials
199
252
Work in progress
3,379
3,226
Finished goods
666
770
Total inventories, net of provision
4,244
4,248
Inventories with a carrying value of £2.1 million are considered to be recoverable after more than one year from the balance sheet date, but within the Group’s normal operating cycle (2016: £2.2 million).
The provision for inventories relates to inventories expected to be utilised in the Group’s R&D activities. The movement in the provision for inventories is as follows:
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
Opening balance as at 1 October
118
66
Write down of inventories
159
129
Write off of inventories included in the provision
(177 )
(20 )
Reversal of write down of inventories
(59 )
(57 )
Closing balance as at 30 September
41
118
The reversal of write down is as a result of an increased level of production, reducing the level of work in progress expected to expire before use. Write off of inventories previously provided for does not impact cash flow.
16.   Trade Receivables and Other Current Assets
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
Amounts falling due within one year
Trade receivables
1,023
778
Prepayments and accrued income
7,481
2,637
Other receivables
2,713
1,141
11,217
4,556
Trade receivables disclosed above are classified as loans and receivables and are therefore measured at amortised cost.
Trade receivables at 30 September 2017 represent 45 days of sales (2016: 27 days). The average trade receivable days during the year ended 30 September 2017 was 47 days (2016: 19 days). The credit period extended to customers is 30 to 60 days.
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The trade receivables balance at 30 September 2017 consisted of balances due from five customers (2016: four customers) with the largest single customer representing 53% (2016: 70%) of the total amount due. The Group’s customers consist of a small number of large pharmaceutical companies, where the risk attributable to each customer is considered to be low. The Group seeks to mitigate credit risk by seeking payments in advance from pharmaceutical partners for significant expenditure to be incurred on their behalf.
No interest is charged on trade receivables. No impairment losses were recognised during the year ended 30 September 2017 (2016: £nil).
Prepayments and accrued income include £3.8 million (2016: £1.0 million) of deposits paid in advance on tangible and intangible fixed assets. The goods and services associated with these deposits are expected to be received by the Group within one year.
The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade receivables approximates to their fair value due to the short maturity thereof.
17.   Trade and Other Payables
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
Amounts falling due within one year
Other creditors and accruals
19,335
15,899
Trade payables
5,807
3,433
Clinical trial accruals
5,520
9,503
Other taxation and social security
2,032
1,490
Fit out funding (see note 18)
389
845
Onerous lease provision
36
33,119
31,170
Amounts falling due after one year
Fit out funding (see note 18)
7,957
8,342
Other creditors and accruals
1,288
1,081
Onerous lease provision
11
9,256
9,423
42,375
40,593
Trade payables principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs. Trade payables at 30 September 2017 represent the equivalent of 19 days’ purchases (2016: 14 days).
The average credit period taken for trade purchases during the year ended 30 September 2017 was 15 days (2016: 14 days).
For most suppliers, no interest is charged on invoices that are paid within a pre-agreed trade credit period. The Group has procedures in place to ensure that invoices are paid within agreed credit terms so as to ensure that interest charges by suppliers are minimised.
The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade payables approximates to their fair value due to the short maturity thereof.
Non-current other creditors and accruals relates entirely to the expected employer’s payroll taxes payable on employee share options which will vest more than one year after the financial year end.
The onerous lease provision recognised in the year relates to an operating lease held on a property which was vacated in order to occupy larger premises.
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
18.   Fit Out Funding
On 19 November 2013 the Group entered into an agreement with its landlord to receive fit out funding of £7.8 million to fund the expansion and upgrades to manufacturing facilities. The funds were received in tranches, with the final amount received on 1 July 2014. The repayment of the borrowing takes the form of quarterly rental payments over a period of 15 years which commenced on 27 May 2016 when the Group entered into the associated lease of the building. As at 30 September 2017 associated interest of £2.2 million has been incurred (30 September 2016: £1.6 million). The total liability at 30 September 2017 is £8.3 million (30 September 2016: £9.2 million). The Group has estimated that £0.4 million of the total liability will be due within one year and the remaining £7.9 million is due after one year.
The liability in respect of the funding was initially recognised at the amount of proceeds received, net of transaction costs, and has been subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method and a rate of 7.0% (30 September 2016: 7.0%).
The following table details the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its borrowings and the related interest payments. The tables are based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group could be required to pay. The table includes cash flows for both interest, based on the rate applicable as at 30 September 2017, and principal amounts:
Forward projection of cash flows as at
30 September 2017
<1 year
£000s
1 – 2 years
£000s
2 – 3 years
£000s
3 – 4 years
£000s
4 – 5 years
£000s
5+ years
£000s
Total
£000s
Principal
389 417 446 480 514 6,100 8,346
Interest
576 548 519 485 451 2,028 4,607
Total
965 965 965 965 965 8,128 12,953
Forward projection of cash flows as at
30 September 2016
<1 year
£000s
1 – 2 years
£000s
2 – 3 years
£000s
3 – 4 years
£000s
4 – 5 years
£000s
5+ years
£000s
Total
£000s
Principal
845 389 417 446 479 6,611 9,187
Interest
603 576 548 519 486 2,480 5,212
Total
1,448 965 965 965 965 9,091 14,399
19.   Obligations Under Finance Leases
Minimum Lease
Payments
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
Amounts payable under finance leases:
Within one year
556
571
In the second to fifth years inclusive
2,220
2,223
After five years
5,959
6,511
8,735
9,305
Less: future finance charges
(3,775 )
(4,135 )
Present value of lease obligations
4,960
5,170
Present Value of Lease
Payments
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
Amounts payable under finance leases:
Amounts due for settlement within 12 months
205
211
Amounts due for settlement after 12 months
4,755
4,959
4,960
5,170
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
It is the Group’s policy to lease certain of its property, plant and equipment under finance leases. The weighted average lease term remaining is 16.1 years (2016: 17.1 years). For the year ended 30 September 2017, the average effective borrowing rate was 7.6% (2016: 7.5%). Interest rates are fixed at the contract date. All leases to date have been on a fixed repayment basis and no arrangements have been entered into for contingent rental payments.
All lease obligations are denominated in Pounds Sterling.
The carrying value of the Group’s lease obligations as at 30 September 2017 approximates to their fair value.
The Group’s obligations under finance leases are generally secured by the lessors’ rights over the leased assets.
20.
Deferred Revenue
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
Amounts falling due within one year
Deferred licence, collaboration and technical access fee income (1)
1,166
1,451
Advance research and development fees (2)
1,141
1,235
2,307
2,686
Amounts falling due after one year
Deferred licence, collaboration and technical access fee income (1)
4,260
5,355
(1)
Deferred revenue primarily relates to up-front licence fees received in 2005 of £12.0 million from Almirall S.A. (deferred revenue balance as at 30 September 2017: £2.7 million; 30 September 2016: £3.5 million) and collaboration and technical access fees from other Sativex licensees. Amounts deferred under each agreement will be recognised in revenue as disclosed in note 2.
(2)
Advance payments received represent payments for research and development activities to be recognised as revenue in future periods as the services are rendered.
21.
Financial Instruments
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue operating as a going concern while maximising shareholder returns. The Group’s overall strategy remains unchanged.
Group senior management are responsible for monitoring and managing the financial risks relating to the operations of the Group, which include credit risk, market risks arising from interest rate risk and currency risk, and liquidity risk. The Board of Directors and the Audit Committee review and approve the internal policies for managing each of these risks, as summarised below. The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.
F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The Group’s financial instruments, as at 30 September, are summarised below:
Categories of Financial Instruments
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
Financial assets – loans and receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
241,175
374,392
Trade receivables – at amortised cost
1,023
778
Other receivables
1,699
385
Total financial assets
243,897
375,555
Financial liabilities – amortised cost
Other creditors and accruals
16,546
12,401
Clinical trial accruals
5,520
9,503
Trade payables
5,807
3,433
Fit out funding
8,346
9,187
Obligations under finance leases
4,960
5,170
Total financial liabilities
41,179
39,694
All financial assets are current in nature. All financial liabilities, other than the non-current element of £4.8 million in respect of the obligations under finance leases (2016: £5.0 million), £1.3 million (2016: £1.1 million) of other creditors and accruals and £7.9 million (2016: £8.3 million) of fit out funding received from the Group’s landlord, are current in nature. In all instances, the Directors consider that the carrying value of financial assets and financial liabilities approximates to their fair value.
It is, and has been throughout the years ended 30 September 2016 and 2017, the Group’s policy that no speculative trading in financial instruments shall be undertaken.
Credit Risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The Group has a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties, principally involving the major UK clearing banks and their wholly owned subsidiaries, when placing cash on deposit. In addition the Group operates a treasury policy that dictates the maximum cash balance that may be placed on deposit with any single institution or group. This policy is reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors.
Trade receivables represent amounts due from customers for the sale of commercial product and research funding from development partners, consisting primarily of a small number of major pharmaceutical companies where the credit risk is considered to be low.
At the balance sheet date the maximum credit risk attributable to any individual counterparty was £85.5 million (2016: £244.0 million) which is held by HSBC.
The carrying amount of the financial assets recorded in the financial statements represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk as no collateral or other credit enhancements are held.
Market Risk
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to financial risks of changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. These risks are managed by maintaining an appropriate mix of cash deposits in various currencies, placed with a variety of financial institutions for varying periods according to the Group’s expected liquidity requirements. There has been no material change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures risk.
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
i) Interest Rate Risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as it places surplus cash funds on deposit to earn interest income. The Group seeks to ensure that it secures the best commercially available interest rates from those banks that meet the Group’s stringent counterparty credit rating criteria. In doing so, the Group manages the term of cash deposits, up to a maximum of 90 days, in order to maximise interest earnings while also ensuring that it maintains sufficient readily available cash in order to meet short-term liquidity needs.
Interest income of £1.6 million (2016: £0.4 million; 2015: £0.2 million) during the year ended 30 September 2017 was earned from deposits with a weighted average interest rate of 0.89% (2016: 0.36%; 2015: 0.24%). Therefore, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would have increased interest income, and reduced the loss for the year, by £1.8 million (2016: reduced loss by £1.2 million; 2015: reduced loss by £1.0 million).
The Group does not have any balance sheet exposure to assets or liabilities which would increase or decrease in fair value with changes to interest rates.
ii) Currency Risk
The functional currency of the Company, and each of its subsidiaries apart from Greenwich Biosciences, Inc., is Pounds Sterling and the majority of transactions in the Group are denominated in that currency. The functional currency of Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. is US Dollars ($). The Group receives revenues and incurs expenditures in foreign currencies and is exposed to the risks of foreign exchange rate movements, with the impact recognised in the consolidated income statement. The Group seeks to minimise this exposure by passively maintaining foreign currency cash balances at levels appropriate to meet foreseeable foreign currency expenditures, converting surplus foreign currency balances into Pounds as soon as they arise. The Group does not use derivative contracts to manage exchange rate exposure.
The table below shows analysis of the Pounds Sterling equivalent of year-end cash and cash equivalent balances by currency:
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
Cash at bank and in hand:
Pounds Sterling
57,246
73,277
Euro
1,848
1,582
US Dollar
25,681
169,738
Canadian Dollar
1,002
448
Total
85,777
245,045
Short-term deposits (less than 30 days):
Pounds Sterling
31,564
US Dollar
155,398
97,783
Total cash and cash equivalents
241,175
374,392
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The table below shows those transactional exposures that give rise to net currency gains and losses recognised in the consolidated income statement. Such exposures comprise the net monetary assets and monetary liabilities of the Group that are not denominated in the functional currency of the relevant Group entity. As at 30 September these exposures were as follows:
Net Foreign Currency Assets/(Liabilities)
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
US Dollar
171,375
263,094
Euro
420
1,665
Canadian Dollar
1,002
649
Other
(276 )
(38 )
172,521
265,370
Foreign Currency Sensitivity Analysis
The most significant currencies in which the Group transacts, other than Pounds Sterling, are the US Dollar, the Euro and the Canadian Dollar. The Group also trades in other currencies in small amounts as necessary.
The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to a 10% change in the year-end rate, which the Group feels is the maximum likely change in rate based upon recent currency movements, in the key foreign currency exchange rates against Pounds Sterling:
Year Ended 30 September 2017
Euro
£000s
US Dollar
£000s
Can Dollar
£000s
Other
£000s
Loss before tax
42 17,138 100 (28 )
Equity
42 17,138 100 (28 )
Year Ended 30 September 2016
Euro
£000s
US Dollar
£000s
Can Dollar
£000s
Other
£000s
Loss before tax
167 26,309 65 (4 )
Equity
167 26,309 65 (4 )
Year Ended 30 September 2015
Euro
£000s
US Dollar
£000s
Can Dollar
£000s
Other
£000s
Loss before tax
77 17,780 95 (6 )
Equity
77 17,780 95 (6 )
In management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is unrepresentative of the inherent foreign exchange risk as the year-end exposure does not reflect the exposure during the year.
Liquidity Risk
Responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Board of Directors, which has built a liquidity risk management framework to enable the monitoring and management of short, medium and long-term cash requirements of the business.
The Board of Directors actively monitors Group cash flows and regularly reviews projections of future cash requirements to ensure that appropriate levels of liquidity are maintained. The Group manages its short-term liquidity primarily by planning the maturity dates of cash deposits in order to time the availability of funds as liabilities fall due for payment. The Group does not maintain any borrowing facilities.
Cash deposits, classified as cash and cash equivalents on the balance sheet, comprise deposits placed on money markets for periods of up to three months and on call. The weighted average time for which the rate was fixed was 32 days (2016: 32 days).
F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
All of the Group’s financial liabilities at each balance sheet date have maturity dates of less than 12 months from the balance sheet date, other than the £4.8 million in respect of the obligations under finance leases (2016: £5.0 million) and £7.9 million (2016: £8.3 million) of fit out funding received from the Group’s landlord. The obligations under finance leases will be repaid over a weighted average 16.1 year term (2016: 17.1 year term) and the fit out funding received is being repaid over a 15-year finance term of which repayments commenced during the year. There have been no material changes to the Group’s exposure to liquidity risks or the manner in which it manages and measures liquidity risk.
22.   Share Capital
As at 30 September 2017 the share capital of the Company’s allotted, called-up and fully paid amounts were as follows:
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
Allotted, called-up and fully paid
304
302
Changes to the number of ordinary shares in issue have been as follows:
Number of
Shares
Total
Nominal
Value
£000s
Total
Share
Premium
£000s
Total
Consideration
£000s
As at 1 October 2015
261,180,173 261 349,275 349,536
Issue of new shares (net of issuance costs)
38,640,000 39 206,512 206,551
Exercise of share options
2,272,966 2 690 692
As at 1 October 2016
302,093,139
302
556,477
556,779
Exercise of share options
2,346,601 2 93 95
As at 30 September 2017
304,439,740 304 556,570 556,874
In July 2016, the Group completed an equity financing, issuing 38,640,000 ordinary shares in the form of American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) listed on the Nasdaq Global market, raising net proceeds after expenses of  $273.1 million (£206.6 million). This took the form of 3,220,000 ADSs at a price to the public of  $90.00 per ADS. Each ADS represents 12 ordinary shares of 0.1p each in the capital of the Company.
The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income.
23.   Share-based Payments
Equity-settled Share Option Schemes
The Company operates various equity-settled share option schemes for employees of the Group. All options granted under these schemes are exercisable at the share price on the date of the grant, with the exception of certain options issued under the GW Pharmaceuticals Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) which are issued with an exercise price equivalent to the par value of the shares under option. All such options granted are equity-settled share options which entitle the holder to acquire an equity share in the Group. The vesting period for all options granted range between one and four years from the date of grant and options lapse after six months to seven years from the vesting date. Options generally also lapse if the employee leaves the Group before the options vest. However, at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, under the “Good Leaver” provisions of the various share option scheme rules, employees may be allowed to retain some or all of the share options upon ceasing employment by the Group. Vested options usually need to be exercised within six months of leaving.
In the year ended 30 September 2017, two employees designated as “Good Leavers” were permitted to retain options over 26,109 shares upon ceasing employment. Also during the year ended 30 September 2017, 9,556 non-director LTIP share options were subject to a modification of terms per the provisions of IFRS 2 Share Based Payment . This led to the recognition of an incremental fair value charge of less than £0.1 million, calculated using the Black-Scholes share option pricing model, which arises due to increases in the underlying share price since the initial options were granted.
F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In the year ended 30 September 2016, two employees designated as “Good Leavers” were permitted to retain options over 4,807 shares upon ceasing employment. Also during the year ended 30 September 2016, 90,000 non-director LTIP share options were replaced and accounted for as a modification of terms per the provisions of IFRS 2 Share Based Payment . This led to the recognition of an incremental fair value charge of £0.4 million, calculated using the Black-Scholes share option pricing model, which arises due to increases in the underlying share price since the initial options were granted.
LTIP Share Options and Performance Conditions
LTIP awards granted to employees (excluding Executive Officers) are subject to service and non-market-based performance conditions which must be achieved before the options vest and become exercisable. Typically these are linked to operational, regulatory or strategic milestones and are designed to incentivise individual employees and advance the Group’s progress towards its strategic objectives.
LTIP awards granted to Executive Officers are subject to service and performance conditions which are determined by the Remuneration Committee. These are usually a mixture of market-based and non-market-based performance conditions which are intended to link executive compensation to the key value drivers for the business whilst aligning the interests of the Executive Directors with those of shareholders and employees. Typically these performance conditions relate to operational milestones or regulatory filing and approval. In the event that the performance conditions (non-market and market) are not achieved within the required vesting period, the options lapse.
LTIP awards granted to Non-Executive Directors are subject to service based performance conditions only, and vest automatically on completion of the required service period as determined at the point of grant.
The number of outstanding options under each scheme can be summarised as follows:
30 Sept 2017
Number of
Share Options
30 Sept 2016
Number of
Share Options
Employee share option schemes
107,542
Employee LTIP awards
11,925,948
10,525,630
Options outstanding
11,925,948
10,633,172
The movement in share options in each scheme during the year can be summarised as follows:
Employee Options
Employee LTIP
Total Options
Number of
Share
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
£
Number of
Share
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
£
Number of
Share
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
£
Outstanding at 1 October 2015
770,936 1.02 7,660,564 0.29 8,431,500 0.35
Granted during the year
4,767,106 0.60 4,767,106 0.60
Exercised during the year
(663,394 ) 1.04 (1,609,572 ) 0.001 (2,272,966 ) 0.305
Lapsed during the year
(292,468 ) 0.001 (292,468 ) 0.001
Outstanding at 1 October 2016
107,542 0.868 10,525,630 0.482 10,633,172 0.61
Granted during the year
3,927,368 1.525 3,927,368 1.525
Exercised during the year
(107,538 ) 0.868 (2,239,063 ) 0.001 (2,346,601 ) 0.041
Lapsed during the year
(4 ) 0.540 (287,987 ) 0.001 (287,991 ) 0.001
Outstanding at 30 September 2017
11,925,948 0.927 11,925,948 0.927
F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Share options outstanding at 30 September 2017 can be summarised as follows:
Employee Options
Employee LTIP
Total Options
Number of
Share
Options
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life/Years
Number of
Share
Options
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life/Years
Number of
Share
Options
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life/Years
£0.00 – £0.50
9,752,126 5.34 9,752,126 5.34
£2.50+
2,173,822 8.70 2,173,822 8.70
Outstanding at 30 September 2017
11,925,948 5.95 11,925,948 5.95
Exercisable at 30 September 2017
1,986,029 4.87 1,986,029 4.87
Share options outstanding at 30 September 2016 can be summarised as follows:
Employee Options
Employee LTIP
Total Options
Number of
Share
Options
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life/Years
Number of
Share
Options
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life/Years
Number of
Share
Options
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life/Years
£0.00 – £0.50
4,000 1.97 9,182,071 6.26 9,186,071 6.25
£0.51 – £1.00
103,542 0.59 103,542 0.59
£1.00+
1,343,559 7.24 1,343,559 7.24
Outstanding at 30 September 2016
107,542 0.64 10,525,630 6.38 10,633,172 6.32
Exercisable at 30 September 2016
107,542 0.64 3,057,821 6.12 3,165,363 5.93
Charges for share-based payments have been allocated to the research and development expenditure and Sales, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated income statements as follows:
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
Research and development expenditure
4,044
4,119 1,525
Sales, general and administrative expenses
7,816
4,033 953
11,860
8,152 2,478
In the year ended 30 September 2017, options were granted on 19 December 2016, 6 January 2017, 11 January 2017, 21 February 2017, 15 March 2017, 17 April 2017, 18 May 2017, 28 June 2017, 6 July 2017, 10 August 2017, and 6 September 2017. The aggregate of the estimated fair values of the options granted on those dates is £26.3 million and the weighted average fair value of the awards made during 2016 was £6.69 per option.
In the year ended 30 September 2016, options were granted on 29 December 2015, 15 January 2016, 15 February 2016, 18 March 2016, 14 April 2016, 12 May 2016, 9 June 2016 and 26 August 2016. The aggregate of the estimated fair values of the options granted on those dates is £12.7 million and the weighted average fair value of the awards made during 2016 was £2.66 per option.
F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Fair values were calculated using the Black-Scholes share option pricing model for grants with non-market-based performance conditions. The following weighted average assumptions were used in calculating these fair values:
2017
2016
2015
Weighted average share price
744p
298p
579p
Weighted average exercise price
152p
60p
109p
Expected volatility
67%
58%
59%
Expected life
3.26 years
3.3 years
3.6 years
Risk-free rate
1.25%
1.09%
1.32%
Expected dividend yield
Nil
Nil
Nil
Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group’s ADS share price over previous years. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions, performance conditions and behavioural considerations.
24.   Other Reserves
Other reserves of £18.8 million (30 September 2016: £19.5 million) relate to a £19.3 million merger reserve (30 September 2016: £19.3 million) and a £0.5 million debit relating to exchange difference on translation of foreign operations (30 September 2016: credit £0.2 million). The merger reserve was created as a result of the acquisition by the Company of the entire issued share capital of GW Pharma Limited in 2001. This acquisition was effected by a share-for-share exchange which was merger accounted under UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (“UK GAAP”), in accordance with the merger relief provisions of Section 131 of the Companies Act 1985 (as amended) relating to the accounting for business combinations involving the issue of shares at a premium. In preparing consolidated financial statements, the amount by which the fair value of the shares issued exceeded their nominal value was recorded in a merger reserve on consolidation, rather than in a share premium account. The merger reserve was retained upon transition to IFRSs, as allowed under UK law. This reserve is not considered to be distributable.
ESOP Reserve
The Group’s “ESOP” is an Inland Revenue-approved all employee share scheme constituted under a trust deed. The trust holds shares in the Company for the benefit of and as an incentive for the employees of the Group. The trustee of the ESOP is GWP Trustee Company Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Costs incurred by the trust are expensed in the Group’s financial statements as incurred. Distributions from the trust are made in accordance with the scheme rules and on the recommendation of the Board of Directors of the Company.
Shares held in trust represent issued and fully paid up 0.1p ordinary shares and remain eligible to receive dividends. The shares held by the ESOP were originally acquired in 2000 for nil consideration by way of a gift from a shareholder and hence the balance on the ESOP reserve is nil (2016: nil).
As at 30 September the ESOP held the following shares:
2017
Number
2016
Number
Unconditionally vested in employees
69,119
90,043
Shares available for future distribution to employees
33,054
33,054
Total
102,173
123,097
The valuation methodology used to compute the share-based payment charge related to the ESOP is based on fair value at the grant date, which is determined by the application of a Black-Scholes share option pricing model. The assumptions underlying the Black-Scholes model for the ESOP shares are as detailed in note 23 relating to the LTIP awards. The exercise price for shares granted under the ESOP is nil, and the vesting conditions include employment by the Group over a three-year vesting period from the date of grant. The share-based payment charge for shares granted under the ESOP plan amounted to £nil in the year ended 30 September 2017 (2016: £nil).
F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
As at 30 September 2017 the number and market value of shares held by the trust which have not yet unconditionally vested in employees is 33,054 (2016: 33,054) and £0.2 million (2016: £0.3 million) respectively.
25.   Financial Commitments
The Group had capital commitments for property, plant and equipment contracted but not provided for at 30 September 2017 of £7.6 million (2016: £5.1 million).
At the balance sheet date the Group had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases, which fall due as follows:
Group
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
Within one year
3,628
2,723
Between two and five years
8,745
8,117
After five years
1,937
2,198
14,310
13,038
The minimum lease payments payable under operating leases recognised as an expense in the year were £3.6 million (2016: £2.4 million).
Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for certain of its leased properties. Manufacturing and laboratory facilities are subject to 5 to 20-year leases, some of which have a lease break three years prior to the conclusion of the lease at the Group’s option. Office properties are subject to 1 to 10-year leases.
During the year ended 30 September 2016, the Group signed a commercial growing agreement with an external supplier to produce plant material for use in the Epidiolex development programmes and commercial release. This agreement commenced on 1 January 2017 and includes multiple fee-elements designed to incentivise cost efficient, reliable production volumes of raw materials for use in research, development and commercial activities.
As part of the accounting treatment for this agreement a component operating lease was identified under the requirements of IFRIC 4 Determining Whether an Arrangement Contains a Lease . Rental payments commenced on 1 January 2017 and continue over a five-year non-cancellable period. Future minimum lease payments associated with this operating lease are included in the table shown above.
Other gross payments associated with this agreement, excluding operating lease rentals and capital commitments outlined above, fall due as follows:
Group
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
Within one year
8,973
6,755
Between two and five years
29,942
36,667
After five years
2,248
38,915
45,670
F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
26.   Related Party Transactions
Remuneration of Key Management Personnel
The remuneration of the Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in aggregate for each of the categories specified in IAS 24 Related party disclosures.
2017
£000s
2016
£000s
2015
£000s
Short-term employee benefits
4,144
2,523 2,395
Post-employment benefits
84
215 211
Share-based payments
7,237
4,556 1,164
11,465
7,294 3,770
Other Related Party Transactions
During the year ended 30 September 2017, the Remuneration Committee agreed to indemnify Justin Gover for the incremental US taxation that would be suffered on the gain arising from one grant of LTIP options as a result of having relocated to the US at the Company’s request during the vesting period for this award. As at 30 September 2017 the residual liability is estimated as $0.8 million (2016: $1.2 million, 2015: $nil), and is expected to be payable within the next 12 months.
The Group paid £nil (2016: £138; 2015: £263) under a consultancy agreement for medical writing services to Kathryn Wright, wife of the Group’s former Chief Medical Officer Stephen Wright, who retired during the year ended 30 September 2017. As at 30 September 2017 there was no amount due to Kathryn Wright (2016 and 2015: £nil).
The Group paid £nil (2016 £47, 2015: £nil) to Adaptimmune Ltd in relation to travel expenses incurred by James Noble, a non-executive Director of the Group, who also acts as Chief Executive Officer for Adaptimmune Ltd. As at 30 September 2017 there was no amount due to Adaptimmune Ltd (2016 and 2015: £nil).
All fees outlined above were paid on an arms’ length basis and were carried out in accordance with the Group’s policy regarding related party transactions.
F-42

Exhibit 4.63

 

 

 

 

Cabot Brown

 

 

 

10 th April 2017

 

Dear Cabot,

 

Fee Increase

 

I am pleased to confirm that with effect from the 1 st January 2017 your fees have been increased to $90,000 per annum.

 

All other terms and conditions of your appointment remain unchanged.

 

If you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact me.

 

Yours Sincerely

 

Adam George

Company Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GW Pharmaceuticals plc Sovereign House, Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB24 9BZ

Telephone : +44 (0)1223 266800       www.gwpharm.com

 

Exhibit 4.64

 

 

 

James Noble

 

10 th April 2017

 

Dear James,

 

Fee increase

 

I am pleased to confirm that with effect from the 1 st January 2017 your fees have been increased to $92,000 per annum.

 

All other terms and conditions of your appointment remain unchanged.

 

If you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact me.

 

Yours Sincerely  
   
/s/ Adam George  
Adam George  
Company Secretary  

 

GW Pharmaceuticals plc Sovereign House, Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB24 9BZ

Telephone: +44 (0)1223 266800 www.gwpharm.com

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.65

 

 

 

FILE NOTE

 

Employee – Chris Tovey

 

Date - 13/04/17

 

Base Pay Increase/Bonus and Removal of Allowances

 

Base Pay increase to £273,881 per annum with effect from 1/1/17.

 

Annual Bonus of £215,234 for 2016 paid with February 2017's pay.

 

GW Pension Contributions and Car Allowance have been aggregated in to 2017 base pay.

 

/s/ Philippa Crompton  
Philippa Crompton, HR Director  
   
Date - 13/04/17  

 

GW Pharmaceuticals plc Sovereign House Histon Cambridge United Kingdom

Telephone: +44 (0)1223 266800 Facsimile: +44 (0)1223 235667 www.gwpharm.com

Company No. 4160917 Registered in England and Wales

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.66

 

 

 

FILE NOTE

 

Employee – Geoffrey Guy

 

Date - 13/04/17

 

Base Pay Increase/Bonus and Removal of Allowances

 

Base Pay increase to £451,684 per annum with effect from 1/1/17.

 

Annual Bonus of £355,603 for 2016 paid with February 2017's pay.

 

GW Pension Contributions and Car Allowance have been aggregated in to 2017 base pay.

 

/s/ Philippa Crompton  
Philippa Crompton, HR Director  
   
Date - 13/04/17  

 

GW Pharmaceuticals plc Sovereign House Histon Cambridge United Kingdom

Telephone: +44 (0)1223 266800 Facsimile: +44 (0)1223 235667 www.gwpharm.com

Company No. 4160917 Registered in England and Wales

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.67 

 

 

 

FILE NOTE

 

Employee – Stephen Wright

 

Date - 13/04/17

 

Base Pay Increase/Bonus and Removal of Allowances

 

Base Pay increase to £307,877 per annum with effect from 1/1/17.

 

Annual Bonus of £243,564 for 2016 paid with February 2017's pay.

 

GW Pension Contributions and Car Allowance have been aggregated in to 2017 base pay.

 

/s/ Philippa Crompton  
Philippa Crompton, HR Director  
   
Date - 13/04/17  

 

GW Pharmaceuticals plc Sovereign House Histon Cambridge United Kingdom

Telephone: +44 (0)1223 266800 Facsimile: +44 (0)1223 235667 www.gwpharm.com

Company No. 4160917 Registered in England and Wales

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.68

 

 

 

FILE NOTE

 

Employee – Adam George

 

Date - 13/04/17

 

Base Pay Increase/Bonus and Removal of Allowances

 

Base Pay Increase to £273,881 per annum with effect from 1/1/17.

 

Annual Bonus of £198,248 for 2016 paid with February 2017's pay.

 

GW Pension Contributions and Car Allowance have been aggregated in to 2017 base pay.

 

/s/ Philippa Crompton  
Philippa Crompton, HR Director  
   
Date - 13/04/17  

 

GW Pharmaceuticals plc Sovereign House Histon Cambridge United Kingdom

Telephone: +44 (0)1223 266800 Facsimile: +44 (0)1223 235667 www.gwpharm.com

Company No. 4160917 Registered in England and Wales

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.69

 

 

PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

COMPENSATION MEMO

 

Date: February 21, 2017  
To: Justin Gover  
From: Tom Lynch  
cc: Human Resources  

 

**************************************************************************************

 

Justin,

 

I am pleased to inform you of the following compensation decisions, approved by the Remuneration Committee:

 

  Annual Salary - Effective January 1, 2017
  New Base Salary: 540,000 USD
     
  Paid via US Payroll: 487,488 USD
  Paid via UK Payroll:   52,512 USD
     
  Please note that effective January 1, 2017, the company provided pension contribution of 17.5% of your salary and your car allowance of $24,279 per annum have ceased.

 

  Performance Bonus - Discretionary bonus to be paid Mar 3, 2017
  Bonus Amount: 455,100 USD

 

  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) – Grant date January 6, 2017
  Restricted Stock Options:   70,068  UK Ordinary Shares
  Performance Stock Options: 233,568  UK Ordinary Shares
  Market Priced Options: 142,344  UK Ordinary Shares

 

Thank you for all of your hard work. I look forward to us working together to achieve yet more this year.

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.70

 

 

 

PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

COMPENSATION MEMO

 

Date: February 22, 2017  
To: Julian Gangolli  
From: Justin Gover  
cc: Human Resources  

 

**************************************************************************************

 

Julian,

 

I am pleased to inform you of the following compensation decisions, approved by the Remuneration Committee:

 

  Annual Salary - Effective January 1, 2017
  Current Salary: 408,000 USD
  New Base Salary: 420,240 USD
  % Increase: 3.00%

 

Note: Effective Feb 1, 2017 all of your salary will be paid through the US payroll.

 

  Performance Bonus - Discretionary bonus to be paid Mar 3, 2017
  Bonus Amount: 408,000 USD
     
  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) – Grant date January 6, 2017
  Restricted Stock Options:   43,152  UK Ordinary Shares
  Performance Stock Options: 143,832  UK Ordinary Shares
  Market Priced Options:   87,660  UK Ordinary Shares

 

Thank you for all of your hard work. I look forward to us working together to achieve yet more this year.

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.71

 

 

 

Your offer.

February 20, 2017

 

Scott Giacobello

 

Dear Scott:

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. is pleased to offer you the position of Chief Financial Officer for GW Pharmaceuticals, based in Carlsbad, CA. In this position, you will report directly to Justin Gover, Chief Executive Officer of GW Pharmaceuticals. Your anticipated start date will be March 6, 2017.

 

Base Compensation

In this exempt position, your salary will be $375,000 annualized, less applicable taxes and other withholdings, and paid bi-weekly in accordance with Greenwich Biosciences’ normal payroll practices.

 

Bonus Plan

You will be eligible to participate in Greenwich Biosciences’ discretionary Bonus Plan per standard company practices with a bonus target of 50% of base pay. Any bonus earned will be based on a combination of the Company’s overall performance, financial position, and individual performance, to be determined by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion. Any bonus earned will be in accordance of the terms and conditions of the plan, which states in part you must be employed on the day the bonus is paid to earn and receive the bonus. Any bonus will be pro-rated for the year of hire.

 

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

If you decide to join and subject to ratification from the Remuneration Committee, within three months following the start of your employment with Greenwich Biosciences, you will be granted LTIP share options with a targeted economic grant value of $1,125,000 through three instruments and subject to your continuous employment with Greenwich Biosciences:

 

· 25% as Market Priced Options that vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant
· 25% as Restricted Stock Options that vest in annual 1/4 th equal increments over a four year period
· 50% as Performance Stock Options that vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant subject to the following corporate performance conditions having been achieved:
o 50% of the Performance Stock Options will vest upon receipt from FDA of their confirmation of acceptance of an Epidiolex NDA filing
o 50% of the Performance Stock Options will vest upon FDA grant of Epidiolex regulatory approval

 

The share options will be subject to the terms of the LTIP and grant documents thereunder which will be provided to you evidencing the specifics of your grant.

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. 5800 Armada Drive, Suite 210, Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan (CIC Plan)

If you decide to join and subject to approval of the Greenwich Biosciences’ Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan (CIC Plan) by the Remuneration Committee, you will be a participant in the CIC Plan. Under the CIC Plan, you will be eligible to receive vesting acceleration of your LTIP share options describe above upon certain change in control events involving Greenwich Biosciences and/or GW Pharmaceuticals plc. You will also be eligible to receive additional severance benefits under the CIC Plan which will be set forth in a participation agreement provided to you. After you join, you will be provided a copy of the CIC Plan and your individual participation agreement containing the details of these benefits and you will be required to execute and return the participation agreement to us.

 

To indicate your acknowledgement of the terms of your employment, please sign, date and return to me by February 21, 2017.

 

We look forward to your favorable reply and having you join the Greenwich Biosciences team.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  /s/ Shelly Applegate
   
  Shelly Applegate
  Vice President, Human Resources

 

Scott Giacobello

 

/s/  Scott Giacobello   2/21/17
Signature   Date

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. 5800 Armada Drive, Suite 210, Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

Your benefits.

 

Time Off

Greenwich Biosciences currently offers Chief/President Level employees 20 days per year of paid vacation, which begins to accrue upon the date you commence work with the Company. You will also be eligible to take a maximum of 8 paid sick days for illness or injury per calendar year, which may also be used for the illness or injury of family members and for certain other purposes in accordance with applicable laws. Based on your hire date, you are eligible to take a maximum of 8 paid sick days in 2017. In addition, Greenwich Biosciences provides 11 paid holidays per year, consisting of 9 company designated holidays and 2 personally designated floating holidays.

 

Retirement Savings Plan

Greenwich Biosciences offers a 401(k) and employees may elect to contribute an amount of up to 100% (in whole percentages and subject to limits prescribed by law) of eligible compensation each payroll period. Employees are also permitted to make post-tax Roth contributions (subject to legal requirements). Greenwich Biosciences will match 50% of the first 6% you contribute per pay period.

 

Health Benefits

Full-time employees are eligible for company sponsored benefits (medical, dental, vision) on the first day of the month following first day of employment.

 

Other Insurance

Greenwich Biosciences pays 100% of the monthly premium for employees to be covered under Basic Life and AD&D Insurance at 2x annual base salary up to a maximum of $500,000. In addition, Greenwich Biosciences provides Short and Long Term Disability benefits.

 

Flexible Spending Accounts

You have the option to enroll in and contribute towards an FSA helping to reduce your taxable income and pay for eligible expenses for yourself, your spouse, and your eligible dependents, on a tax-free basis.

 

Other

These are descriptions of discretionary benefits currently provided to US employees. All compensation, benefits and employer policies and programs will be administered in accordance with Greenwich Biosciences’ policies, plans and procedures, which may include waiting periods and other eligibility requirement to participate. Greenwich Biosciences reserves the right to change or eliminate these policies and programs at any time during the course of your employment, without notice or compensation. Provision of any benefits listed in this section is discretionary and is not considered part of your employment offer. Please sign and date here to confirm that you have read and understand this document:

 

Scott Giacobello

 

/s/  Scott Giacobello   2/21/17
Signature   Date

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. 5800 Armada Drive, Suite 210, Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

Almost there.

 

Congratulations on your offer of employment with Greenwich Biosciences! This offer is contingent upon the following:

 

1. Successful completion of a background check.

 

2. Compliance with federal I-9 requirements (please bring documentation on your first day of work verifying your identity and legal authorization to work in the United States).

 

3. Signing and complying with Greenwich Biosciences’ Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at Greenwich Biosciences.

 

4. Signing and complying with Greenwich Biosciences’ Arbitration Agreement.

 

5. Your representation that working for Greenwich Biosciences will not cause you to violate any contractual or other obligations you have to any third party, including a former employer.

 

6. As a Greenwich Biosciences employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and standards. Specifically, you will be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s Code of Conduct, Insider Trading Policy, Whistleblower Policy, and the Company Handbook.

 

Should you accept our offer, your employment with Greenwich Biosciences will be “at-will.” This means your employment with Greenwich Biosciences is not for a specific term and may be terminated by either you or Greenwich Biosciences at any time with or without cause and with or without advance notice. In addition, Greenwich Biosciences reserves the right to modify your position or duties to meet business needs and to use discretion in deciding on appropriate discipline.

 

This document, together with the agreements referenced above, as well as your offer letter, constitutes the entire agreement between you and Greenwich Biosciences relating to the terms and conditions of your employment and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations or representations, whether written or oral, express or implied on this subject. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a specific written agreement signed by you and GW Pharmaceutical’s Chief Executive Officer. Note that base compensation and bonus are subject to adjustment by the Company, in its sole discretion from time to time.

 

I have read this Offer Contingencies document in its entirety, along with the referenced documents, and agree to the terms and conditions of employment. I understand and agree that my employment with Greenwich Biosciences is at-will. By signing below, I represent that I am not restricted from working for Greenwich Biosciences and that my employment with Greenwich Biosciences will not cause me to violate any obligations I have to any third party, including a former employer.

 

Scott Giacobello

 

/s/  Scott Giacobello   2/21/17
Signature   Date

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. 5800 Armada Drive, Suite 210, Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.72

 

 

 

Your offer.

 

April 20, 2017

 

Volker Knappertz

 

Dear Volker:

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. is pleased to offer you the position of Chief Medical Officer for GW Pharmaceuticals reporting directly to Justin Gover, Chief Executive Officer of GW Pharmaceuticals. Your anticipated start date will be May 9, 2017 (“Start Date”). This position will be based in Carlsbad, CA. You are expected and agree to relocate to the San Diego area by no later than September 1, 2017 (“Relocation Date”). You will work remotely from your current residence in Maryland until you relocate to CA and are expected to travel as the business requires.

 

Base Compensation

In this exempt position, your salary will be $420,000 annualized, less applicable taxes and other withholdings, and paid bi-weekly in accordance with Greenwich Biosciences’ normal payroll practices.

 

Bonus Plan

You will be eligible to participate in Greenwich Biosciences’ discretionary Bonus Plan per standard company practices with a bonus target of 50% of base pay. Any bonus earned will be based on a combination of the Company’s overall performance, financial position, and individual performance, to be determined by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion. Any bonus earned will be in accordance of the terms and conditions of the plan, which states in part you must be employed on the day the bonus is paid to earn and receive the bonus. Any bonus will be pro-rated for the year of hire.

 

Retention Bonus

Greenwich Biosciences will provide you a one-time retention bonus of $79,000 (less applicable taxes and other withholdings), if you remain continuously employed by Greenwich Biosciences through December 31, 2017. This retention bonus will be payable to you in the first pay period following December 31, 2017.

 

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

If you decide to join and subject to ratification from the Remuneration Committee, within three months following the start of your employment with Greenwich Biosciences, you will be granted LTIP share options with a targeted economic grant value of $1,680,000 through three instruments and subject to your continuous employment with Greenwich Biosciences:

 

· 37.5% as Market Priced Options that vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant
· 25% as Restricted Stock Units that vest in annual 1/4 th equal increments over a four year period
· 37.5% as Performance Stock Options that vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant subject to the following corporate performance conditions having been achieved:
o 100% of the Performance Stock Options will vest upon FDA grant of Epidiolex regulatory approval

 

The share options will be subject to the terms of the LTIP and grant documents thereunder which will be provided to you evidencing the specifics of your grant.

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. 5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200, Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

Relocation Assistance

Greenwich Biosciences is also offering you relocation assistance, not to exceed $50,000. That assistance must be utilized within one year from your Relocation Date and may be a combination of providing approved relocation services and/or a lump sum bonus (less applicable taxes and other withholdings). This assistance is subject to the Benefits Repayment Obligation summarized in the section “If you leave early” and will be subject to the terms of a separate Promissory Note, which will be forgiven on the first year anniversary of your Relocation Date.

 

Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan (CIC Plan)

If you decide to join and subject to approval by the Remuneration Committee, you will be a participant in the Greenwich Biosciences’ Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan (CIC Plan). Under the CIC Plan, you will be eligible to receive vesting acceleration of your LTIP share options describe above upon certain change in control events involving Greenwich Biosciences and/or GW Pharmaceuticals plc. You will also be eligible to receive additional severance benefits under the CIC Plan which will be set forth in a participation agreement provided to you. After you join, you will be provided a copy of the CIC Plan and your individual participation agreement containing the details of these benefits and you will be required to execute and return the participation agreement to us.

 

Additional terms and conditions of your offer are included in the sections attached to this letter, titled “Your Benefits,” “If You Leave Early,” and “Almost There.”

 

To indicate your acknowledgement of the terms of your employment, please sign, date and return to me by April 21, 2017.

 

We look forward to your favorable reply and having you join the Greenwich Biosciences team.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  /s/ Justin Gover
   
  Justin Gover
  Chief Executive Officer

 

Volker Knappertz

 

/s/  Volker Knappertz   4/20/2017
Signature   Date

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. 5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200, Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

Your benefits.

 

Time Off

Greenwich Biosciences currently offers Chief/President Level employees 20 days per year of paid vacation, which begins to accrue upon the date you commence work with the Company. You will also be eligible to take a maximum of 8 paid sick days for illness or injury per calendar year, which may also be used for the illness or injury of family members and for certain other purposes in accordance with applicable laws. Based on your hire date, you are eligible to take a maximum of 6 paid sick days in 2017. In addition, Greenwich Biosciences provides 11 paid holidays per year, consisting of 9 company designated holidays and 2 personally designated floating holidays.

 

Retirement Savings Plan

Greenwich Biosciences offers a 401(k) and employees may elect to contribute an amount of up to 100% (in whole percentages and subject to limits prescribed by law) of eligible compensation each payroll period. Employees are also permitted to make post-tax Roth contributions (subject to legal requirements). Greenwich Biosciences will match 50% of the first 6% you contribute per pay period.

 

Health Benefits

Full-time employees are eligible for company sponsored benefits (medical, dental, vision) on the first day of the month following first day of employment.

 

Other Insurance

Greenwich Biosciences pays 100% of the monthly premium for employees to be covered under Basic Life and AD&D Insurance at 2x annual base salary up to a maximum of $500,000. In addition, Greenwich Biosciences provides Short and Long Term Disability benefits.

 

Flexible Spending Accounts

You have the option to enroll in and contribute towards an FSA helping to reduce your taxable income and pay for eligible expenses for yourself, your spouse, and your eligible dependents, on a tax-free basis.

 

Other

These are descriptions of discretionary benefits currently provided to US employees. All compensation, benefits and employer policies and programs will be administered in accordance with Greenwich Biosciences’ policies, plans and procedures, which may include waiting periods and other eligibility requirement to participate. Greenwich Biosciences reserves the right to change or eliminate these policies and programs at any time during the course of your employment, without notice or compensation. Provision of any benefits listed in this section is discretionary and is not considered part of your employment offer. Please sign and date here to confirm that you have read and understand this document:

 

Volker Knappertz

 

/s/  Volker Knappertz   4/20/2017
Signature   Date

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. 5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200, Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

If you leave early.

 

Relocation Assistance

By signing below, you acknowledge the Benefits Repayment Obligation. The Benefits Repayment Obligation means that, if within 12 months of your Relocation Date, you (a) voluntarily terminate your employment for any reason or (b) are terminated for “cause” you agree to repay to Greenwich Biosciences the relocation assistance benefits received. Repayment will be due in full immediately upon the effective date of the termination of your employment.

 

For purposes of the Benefits Repayment Obligation, “cause” means theft, dishonesty or misconduct with respect to your employment or otherwise relating to the business of Greenwich Biosciences; material neglect of duties; falsification of any employment or Greenwich Biosciences’ records, improper use or disclosure of Greenwich Biosciences’ trade secret or confidential information; conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony if such conviction or plea is likely to harm the business or reputation of Greenwich Biosciences; or other conduct that is likely to have an adverse effect on the name or public image of Greenwich Biosciences.

 

Other

All compensation, benefits and employer policies and programs will be administered in accordance with Greenwich Biosciences’ policies, plans and procedures, which may include waiting periods and other eligibility requirement to participate. Greenwich Biosciences reserves the right to change or eliminate these policies and programs at any time during the course of your employment, without notice. Please sign and date here to confirm that you have read and understand this document:

 

Volker Knappertz

 

/s/  Volker Knappertz   4/20/2017
Signature   Date

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. 5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200, Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

Almost there.

 

Congratulations on your offer of employment with Greenwich Biosciences! This offer is contingent upon the following:

 

1. Successful completion of a background check.

 

2. Compliance with federal I-9 requirements (please bring documentation on your first day of work verifying your identity and legal authorization to work in the United States).

 

3. Signing and complying with Greenwich Biosciences’ Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at Greenwich Biosciences.

 

4. Signing and complying with Greenwich Biosciences’ Arbitration Agreement.

 

5. Your representation that working for Greenwich Biosciences will not cause you to violate any contractual or other obligations you have to any third party, including a former employer.

 

6. As a Greenwich Biosciences employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and standards. Specifically, you will be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s Code of Conduct, Insider Trading Policy, Whistleblower Policy, and the Company Handbook.

 

Should you accept our offer, your employment with Greenwich Biosciences will be “at-will.” This means your employment with Greenwich Biosciences is not for a specific term and may be terminated by either you or Greenwich Biosciences at any time with or without cause and with or without advance notice. In addition, Greenwich Biosciences reserves the right to modify your position or duties to meet business needs and to use discretion in deciding on appropriate discipline.

 

This document, together with the agreements referenced above, as well as your offer letter, constitutes the entire agreement between you and Greenwich Biosciences relating to the terms and conditions of your employment and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations or representations, whether written or oral, express or implied on this subject. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a specific written agreement signed by you and GW Pharmaceutical’s Chief Executive Officer. Note that base compensation and bonus are subject to adjustment by the Company, in its sole discretion from time to time.

 

I have read this Offer Contingencies document in its entirety, along with the referenced documents, and agree to the terms and conditions of employment. I understand and agree that my employment with Greenwich Biosciences is at-will. By signing below, I represent that I am not restricted from working for Greenwich Biosciences and that my employment with Greenwich Biosciences will not cause me to violate any obligations I have to any third party, including a former employer.

 

Volker Knappertz

 

/s/  Volker Knappertz   4/20/2017
Signature   Date

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. 5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200, Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.73

 

 

 

Your offer.

 

May 5, 2017

 

Douglas Snyder

 

Dear Doug:

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. is pleased to offer you the position of Chief Legal Officer for GW Pharmaceuticals reporting directly to the Justin Gover, Chief Executive Officer. This position will be based in Carlsbad, CA. Your anticipated start date will be July 10, 2017 (“Start Date”). You are expected and agree to relocate to the San Diego area by no later than September 30, 2017 (“Relocation Date”).

 

Base Compensation

In this exempt position, your salary will be $410,000 annualized, less applicable taxes and other withholdings, and paid bi-weekly in accordance with Greenwich Biosciences’ normal payroll practices.

 

Bonus Plan

You will be eligible to participate in Greenwich Biosciences’ discretionary Bonus Plan per standard company practices with a bonus target of 50% of base pay. Any bonus earned will be based on a combination of the Company’s overall performance, financial position, and individual performance, to be determined by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion. Any bonus earned will be in accordance of the terms and conditions of the plan, which states in part you must be employed on the day the bonus is paid to earn and receive the bonus. Any bonus will be pro-rated for the year of hire.

 

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

If you decide to join and subject to ratification from the Remuneration Committee, within three months following the start of your employment with Greenwich Biosciences, you will be granted LTIP share options with a targeted economic grant value of $1,230,000 through three instruments and subject to your continuous employment with Greenwich Biosciences:

 

· 25% as Market Priced Options that vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant
· 25% as Restricted Stock Options that vest in annual 1/4 th equal increments over a four year period
· 50% as Performance Stock Options that vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant subject to the following corporate performance condition having been achieved:
o 100% of the Performance Stock Options will vest upon FDA grant of Epidiolex regulatory approval

 

The share options will be subject to the terms of the LTIP and grant documents thereunder which will be provided to you evidencing the specifics of your grant.

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. 5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200, Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

Relocation Assistance

Greenwich Biosciences is also offering you relocation assistance. Relocation assistance benefits are outlined in the Relocation Assistance Agreement that will accompany this offer letter. This assistance is subject to the Benefits Repayment Obligation summarized in the section “If you leave early” and will be subject to the terms of a separate Promissory Note, which will be forgiven on the second year anniversary of your Relocation Date.

 

Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan (CIC Plan)

If you decide to join and subject to approval by the Remuneration Committee, you will be a participant in the Greenwich Biosciences’ Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan (CIC Plan). Under the CIC Plan, you will be eligible to receive vesting acceleration of your LTIP share options describe above upon certain change in control events involving Greenwich Biosciences and/or GW Pharmaceuticals plc. You will also be eligible to receive additional severance benefits under the CIC Plan which will be set forth in a participation agreement provided to you. After you join, you will be provided a copy of the CIC Plan and your individual participation agreement containing the details of these benefits and you will be required to execute and return the participation agreement to us.

 

Additional terms and conditions of your offer are included in the sections attached to this letter, titled “Your Benefits,” “If You Leave Early,” and “Almost There.”

 

To indicate your acknowledgement of the terms of your employment, please sign, date and return to me by May 8, 2017.

 

We look forward to your favorable reply and having you join the Greenwich Biosciences team.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  /s/ Shelly Applegate
   
  Shelly Applegate
  Vice President, Human Resources

 

Douglas Snyder

 

/s/ Douglas Snyder   5/8/17
Signature   Date

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. 5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200, Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

Your benefits.

 

Time Off

Greenwich Biosciences currently offers Chief/President Level employees 20 days per year of paid vacation, which begins to accrue upon the date you commence work with the Company. You will also be eligible to take a maximum of 8 paid sick days for illness or injury per calendar year, which may also be used for the illness or injury of family members and for certain other purposes in accordance with applicable laws. Based on your hire date, you are eligible to take a maximum of 6 paid sick days in 2017. In addition, Greenwich Biosciences provides 11 paid holidays per year, consisting of 9 company designated holidays and 2 personally designated floating holidays.

 

Retirement Savings Plan

Greenwich Biosciences offers a 401(k) and employees may elect to contribute an amount of up to 100% (in whole percentages and subject to limits prescribed by law) of eligible compensation each payroll period. Employees are also permitted to make post-tax Roth contributions (subject to legal requirements). Greenwich Biosciences will match 50% of the first 6% you contribute per pay period.

 

Health Benefits

Full-time employees are eligible for company sponsored benefits (medical, dental, vision) on the first day of the month following first day of employment.

 

Other Insurance

Greenwich Biosciences pays 100% of the monthly premium for employees to be covered under Basic Life and AD&D Insurance at 2x annual base salary up to a maximum of $500,000. In addition, Greenwich Biosciences provides Short and Long Term Disability benefits.

 

Flexible Spending Accounts

You have the option to enroll in and contribute towards an FSA helping to reduce your taxable income and pay for eligible expenses for yourself, your spouse, and your eligible dependents, on a tax-free basis.

 

Other

These are descriptions of discretionary benefits currently provided to US employees. All compensation, benefits and employer policies and programs will be administered in accordance with Greenwich Biosciences’ policies, plans and procedures, which may include waiting periods and other eligibility requirement to participate. Greenwich Biosciences reserves the right to change or eliminate these policies and programs at any time during the course of your employment, without notice or compensation. Provision of any benefits listed in this section is discretionary and is not considered part of your employment offer. Please sign and date here to confirm that you have read and understand this document:

 

Douglas Snyder

 

/s/ Douglas Snyder   5/8/17
Signature   Date

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. 5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200, Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

If you leave early.

 

Relocation Assistance

By signing below, you acknowledge the Benefits Repayment Obligation. The Benefits Repayment Obligation means that, if within 24 months of your Relocation Date, you (a) voluntarily terminate your employment for any reason or (b) are terminated for “cause” you agree to repay to Greenwich Biosciences the relocation assistance benefits received according to the following rates and schedule:

 

100% if employed for less than 6 months
75% if employed for 6 months but less than 12 months
50% if employed 12 months but less than 18 months
25% if employed 18 months but less than 24 months

 

Repayment of full amount owed will be due immediately upon the effective date of the termination of your employment.

 

For purposes of the Benefits Repayment Obligation, “cause” means theft, dishonesty or misconduct with respect to your employment or otherwise relating to the business of Greenwich Biosciences; material neglect of duties; falsification of any employment or Greenwich Biosciences’ records, improper use or disclosure of Greenwich Biosciences’ trade secret or confidential information; conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony if such conviction or plea is likely to harm the business or reputation of Greenwich Biosciences; or other conduct that is likely to have an adverse effect on the name or public image of Greenwich Biosciences.

 

Other

All compensation, benefits and employer policies and programs will be administered in accordance with Greenwich Biosciences’ policies, plans and procedures, which may include waiting periods and other eligibility requirement to participate. Greenwich Biosciences reserves the right to change or eliminate these policies and programs at any time during the course of your employment, without notice. Please sign and date here to confirm that you have read and understand this document:

 

Douglas Snyder

 

/s/ Douglas Snyder   5/8/17
Signature   Date

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. 5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200, Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

Almost there.

 

Congratulations on your offer of employment with Greenwich Biosciences! This offer is contingent upon the following:

 

1. Successful completion of a background check and reference checks.

 

2. Compliance with federal I-9 requirements (please bring documentation on your first day of work verifying your identity and legal authorization to work in the United States).

 

3. Signing and complying with Greenwich Biosciences’ Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at Greenwich Biosciences.

 

4. Signing and complying with Greenwich Biosciences’ Arbitration Agreement.

 

5. Your representation that working for Greenwich Biosciences will not cause you to violate any contractual or other obligations you have to any third party, including a former employer.

 

6. As a Greenwich Biosciences employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and standards. Specifically, you will be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s Code of Conduct, Insider Trading Policy, Whistleblower Policy, and the Company Handbook.

 

Should you accept our offer, your employment with Greenwich Biosciences will be “at-will.” This means your employment with Greenwich Biosciences is not for a specific term and may be terminated by either you or Greenwich Biosciences at any time with or without cause and with or without advance notice. In addition, Greenwich Biosciences reserves the right to modify your position or duties to meet business needs and to use discretion in deciding on appropriate discipline.

 

This document, together with the agreements referenced above, as well as your offer letter, constitutes the entire agreement between you and Greenwich Biosciences relating to the terms and conditions of your employment and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations or representations, whether written or oral, express or implied on this subject. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a specific written agreement signed by you and GW Pharmaceutical’s Chief Executive Officer. Note that base compensation and bonus are subject to adjustment by the Company, in its sole discretion from time to time.

 

I have read this Offer Contingencies document in its entirety, along with the referenced documents, and agree to the terms and conditions of employment. I understand and agree that my employment with Greenwich Biosciences is at-will. By signing below, I represent that I am not restricted from working for Greenwich Biosciences and that my employment with Greenwich Biosciences will not cause me to violate any obligations I have to any third party, including a former employer.

 

Douglas Snyder

 

/s/ Douglas Snyder   5/8/17
Signature   Date

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. 5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200, Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.74

 

 

 

RELOCATION ASSISTANCE AGREEMENT

Doug Snyder

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) will provide relocation assistance to Douglas Snyder (the “Employee”) under the terms outlined in this agreement. Relocation benefits must be utilized within one year from the start date in the new location. The employee’s “Start Date” is the date in which they begin employment with the Company.

 

Benefits under the plan will cease if the Employee resigns his/her employment or is terminated for cause, including poor performance. In addition, if Employee resigns from his/her employment, or is terminated for cause, including for poor performance, within 24 months of relocating, the employee will be required to reimburse the Company for relocation expenses paid for by the Company under this agreement.

 

Nothing in this agreement should be construed as a contract for employment for any period of time or as altering the at-will nature of the employment relationship. The Company has the right to terminate employees for any or no reason at all, at any time.

 

The Company will not be responsible for any action taken which is beyond the scope of this agreement, up to and including the Employee’s selection of vendors to facilitate or execute the relocation.

 

EXPENSES COVERED

 

Movement of Household Goods

The Company will cover expenses up to a maximum of $10,000 for the services listed below. Where possible, the company will make payments directly to the vendor:

 

1.       Shipment of Household Goods

The cost of normal household moving services from the former residence to the new residence.

 

2.       Packing and Unpacking

The cost for normal moving services including packing of normal household effects for shipment and partial unpacking and placement of household goods at the new residence.

 

4.     Shipment of Personal Vehicles – Maximum of 2 vehicles

The cost of normal move via moving van or auto carrier for 2 personal vehicles from the former residence to the new residence. See “Moving to New Residence.”

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.      No assistance will be provided for the following:

 

a. Moving or shipment of items such as livestock, boats, shrubs, construction materials, additional cars, or similar items requiring special handling.
b. Removal or installation of permanently fixed items such as lighting fixtures, fencing, patios, fireplaces, etc.
c. Assembly or disassembly of swing sets, pool tables, waterbeds, outdoor fixtures, appliances, etc.
d. Purchase of fixtures, appliances, equipment or materials for new residence.
e. Tips or gifts to moving company employees.
f. Any services performed by you, your dependents or relatives.

 

Moving to New Residence

Employee will be reimbursed for reasonable and actual expenses incurred for the cost of:

 

· Airfare (one-way economy class airfare for employee and eligible dependents) or automobile mileage reimbursement at approved IRS rate per mile incurred while driving to new location.
· One hotel night at origin or destination or en route, if driving

 

Miscellaneous Relocation Allowance

To help Employee offset the cost of any miscellaneous costs incurred in a relocation, Employee will receive a lump-sum payment equal to $20,000. This payment is considered taxable income and is subject to state and federal payroll taxes.

 

This allowance is provided to Employee in a lump-sum payment within 30 days of their Start Date. This payment offers Employee the flexibility to use the funds for interim living and other incidental moving expenses as listed below.

 

Examples of expenses for which this allowance is provided are as follows:

 

· Any fees for breaking a rental lease early.
· Interim living expenses at the new location, including meals and lodging, until the new residence is occupied.
· Car rental, laundry, telephone and other incidental expenses incurred during interim living.
· Charges for disconnection, reinstallation and/or alteration of draperies, carpets, television antennas, etc.
· All incremental costs for all special services requested by the transferee, as outlined under Movement of Household Goods.
· New automobile license plates and drivers’ licenses required as a result of an interstate move.
· Cleaning costs at the former residence and any cleaning cost which may be incurred at the new residence.

 

 

 

 

 

 

· Conversion/transfer of television, phone, and internet services, etc.
· Interest charges on bridging loans personally obtained by new employee.
· All structural changes and/or repairs to the new residence.

 

Receiving the Miscellaneous Relocation Allowance in a lump-sum permits Employee to manage the amount to their best advantage in paying for such expenses. No amount in addition to this lump-sum (other than specifically called for in other sections of the Relocation Policy) will be provided.

 

Other Items

Before any reimbursement is made under this policy, Employee will be required to sign a Promissory Note requiring Employee to reimburse the Company for any relocation expenses paid if Employee should voluntarily leave the employment of the Company or be released from employment for cause, including poor performance, within 24 months of relocating.

 

For purposes of this repayment obligation, “cause” means theft, dishonesty or misconduct with respect to your employment or otherwise relating to the business of Greenwich Biosciences; material neglect of duties; falsification of any employment or Greenwich Biosciences’ records, improper use or disclosure of Greenwich Biosciences’ trade secret or confidential information; conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony if such conviction or plea is likely to harm the business or reputation of Greenwich Biosciences; or other conduct that is likely to have an adverse effect on the name or public image of Greenwich Biosciences.

 

 

 

 

 

 

RELOCATION EXPENSE AGREEMENT

 

Greenwich Biosciences (the “Company”) is providing in its offer of employment relocation assistance of up to a maximum of $10,000 and a relocation lump-sum Miscellaneous Relocation Allowance of $20,000 to Douglas Snyder. This amount will be paid to Douglas Snyder within 30 days of his Start Date.

 

I, Douglas Snyder, agree to reimburse the Company, if I voluntarily terminate my employment, or if I am terminated for cause, including poor performance, prior to the completion of 24 months (two years) of service after relocating according to the following rates and schedule:

 

· 100% if employed for less than 6 months
· 75% if employed for 6 months but less than 12 months
· 50% if employed 12 months but less than 18 months
· 25% if employed 18 months but less than 24 months

 

I also acknowledge that this payment provided for non-deductible moving and relocation expenses will be included in my gross income as wages and treated by the Company as taxable wages subject to withholding of all applicable taxes.

 

I hereby certify my acceptance of the payback schedule listed above and agree to reimburse the Company in the event of my voluntary or involuntary termination, under the terms described above, prior to the completion of 24 months of service after relocating.

 

Employee Signature:   Date: 5/8/17

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.75

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.

Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan

 

Section 1. Introduction.

 

The Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”) is hereby established effective upon the Effective Date (as defined in the Appendix). The purpose of the Plan is to provide for the payment of change in control and severance benefits to eligible service providers of the Company. This Plan document also is the Summary Plan Description for the Plan. Capitalized terms used in this Plan shall have the meanings set forth in the Appendix which is attached hereto and incorporated herein in its entirety.

 

Section 2. Eligibility for Benefits.

 

(a)           Eligible Participants . Each and every employee of the Company who primarily lives in and works for the Company in the U.S. is a Participant eligible to receive Change in Control Benefits set forth in Section 3(a). While the Plan is intended primarily for the benefit of employees, the Plan Administrator has the discretion to designate in writing other individuals who provide services (including non-employee services) to the Company as Participants eligible to receive Change in Control Benefits set forth in Section 3(a), and the provision of any such benefits to such individuals shall in no way obligate the Company, any Company Group member or the Plan Administrator to provide such benefits to any other individual, even if similarly situated. In addition, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, designate in writing any individual Participant as eligible to receive Severance Benefits, which benefits will be set forth in a separate Participation Agreement with the Participant. In order to be eligible for any such Severance Benefits, a Participant must (1) execute and return the Participation Agreement to the Company within the time period provided therein and (2) execute a Release within the applicable time period set forth therein, and allow such Release to become effective in accordance with its terms, which must occur in no event more than 60 days following the date of the Participant’s Involuntary Termination, CIC Termination or RIF Termination, as applicable.

 

(b)           Plan Benefits Provided In Lieu of Individual Agreement Benefits. This Plan shall supersede any change in control or severance benefit plan, policy or practice previously maintained by the Company with respect to a Participant and any change in control or severance benefits in any individually negotiated employment contract or other written or oral agreement between the Company and a Participant; provided that , this Plan shall be in addition to, and not supersede, the terms of the LTIP and any equity award granted to a Participant thereunder and, for the avoidance of doubt, this Plan shall not interfere with or affect the rights of the Company to discharge any individual or such individual to terminate his or her employment or other services with the Company and, except as provided otherwise in a Participant’s Participation Agreement (if any), any written notice or pay-in-lieu of notice provisions that the Company and a Participant have previously agreed to.

 

(c)           Exceptions to Severance Benefit Entitlement. An individual who otherwise is Participant designated to receive Severance Benefits and has timely executed a Participation Agreement will not receive Severance Benefits under the Plan in the following circumstances, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion:

 

(1)        The Participant voluntarily terminates employment with the Company in order to accept employment with another entity that is wholly or partly owned (directly or indirectly) by the Company or a member of the Company Group.

 

 

 

 

(2)        The Participant is offered an identical or substantially equivalent or comparable position with the Company or a member of the Company Group. For purposes of the foregoing, a “substantially equivalent or comparable position” is one that provides the employee substantially the same level of responsibility and compensation and would not give rise to the employee’s right to a Resignation for Good Reason.

 

(3)        The Participant is offered immediate reemployment by a successor to the Company (or Parent, if applicable) or by a purchaser of the assets of the Company (or Parent, if applicable), as the case may be, following a Change in Control and the terms of such reemployment would not give rise to the employee’s right to a Resignation for Good Reason. For purposes of the foregoing, “immediate reemployment” means that the employee’s employment with such successor entity or asset purchaser, as the case may be, results in uninterrupted employment such that the employee does not incur a lapse in pay or benefits as a result of the Change in Control. For the avoidance of doubt, a Participant who becomes immediately reemployed as described in this Section 2(c)(3) by a successor to the Company (or Parent, if applicable) or by a purchaser of the assets of the Company (or Parent, if applicable), as the case may be, following a Change in Control shall continue to be a Participant following the date of such reemployment.

 

(4)        The Participant is rehired by the Company or a member of the Company Group and recommences employment prior to the date Severance Benefits under the Plan are scheduled to commence.

 

(d)           Termination or Reduction of Benefits . A Participant’s right to receive benefits under this Plan shall terminate immediately if, at any time prior to or during the period for which the Participant is receiving benefits under the Plan, the Participant, without the prior written approval of the Plan Administrator, breaches any material statutory, common law, or contractual obligation to the Company or a member of the Company Group (including, without limitation, the contractual obligations set forth in any confidentiality, non-disclosure and developments agreement or similar type agreement between the Participant and the Company or Company Group member, as applicable).

 

Section 3. Description of Benefits.

 

(a)           Change in Control Benefits . The following provisions of this Section 3(a) shall apply to all Participants upon a Change in Control.

 

(1)        Upon a Parent CIC (irrespective of whether such Parent CIC is also a Company CIC), all Equity Awards will receive Full Acceleration, as of immediately prior to the Closing or on such other date as the Committee may determine (such date being no later than the Closing).

 

(2)        Upon a Company CIC that is not also a Parent CIC, to the extent the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) in such Company CIC does not either assume or continue any Participant’s Equity Award (whether unvested or vested) or substitute a similar stock award for such Equity Award (including but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company in the Company CIC), then, such Equity Award that is not assumed, continued, or substituted for shall receive Full Acceleration, as of immediately prior to the Closing or on such other date as the Committee may determine (such date being no later than the Closing). If and to the extent that any Participant’s Equity Award is assumed, continued or substituted for by the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) in such Company CIC as described above in this Section 3(a)(2) (such award, a “ Replacement Equity Award ”), then if the Participant incurs an Involuntary Termination upon Closing or within the 24 months following Closing, such Replacement Equity Award shall, to the extent not previously accelerated, receive Full Acceleration, effective upon such Involuntary Termination.

 

 

 

 

(b)           Severance Benefits. If a Participant has been offered a Participation Agreement providing for Severance Benefits, the terms of such Severance Benefits shall be set forth in the Participation Agreement. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the authority to reduce a Participant’s Severance Benefits, in whole or in part, by any other severance benefits, pay and benefits provided during a period following written notice of a business closing or mass layoff, pay and benefits in lieu of such notice, or other similar benefits payable to the Participant by the Company or a Company Group member that become payable in connection with the Participant’s termination of employment pursuant to (i) any applicable legal requirement, including, without limitation, the U.S. Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or any other similar state law or (ii) any Company or Parent policy or practice providing for the Participant to remain on the payroll for a limited period of time after being given notice of the termination of the Participant’s employment, and the Plan Administrator shall so construe and implement the terms of the Plan. Any such reductions that the Plan Administrator determines to make pursuant to this Section 3(b) shall be made such that any Severance Benefit under the Plan shall be reduced solely by any similar type of benefit under such legal requirement, agreement, policy or practice ( i.e ., any cash severance benefits under the Plan shall be reduced solely by any cash payments or severance benefits under such legal requirement, agreement, policy or practice). The Plan Administrator’s decision to apply such reductions to the Severance Benefits of one Participant and the amount of such reductions shall in no way create any obligation to apply the same reductions in the same amounts to the Severance Benefits of any other Participant, even if similarly situated. In the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, such reductions may be applied on a retroactive basis, with Severance Benefits previously paid being re-characterized as payments pursuant to the Company’s (or Parent’s, if applicable) statutory obligation, as applicable, and to the extent permissible under applicable law.

 

(c)           Parachute Payments. If any payment or benefit a Participant will or may receive from the Company, Company Group member or otherwise (a “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then any such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state, local and foreign employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in the Participant’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “ Reduction Method ”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for the Participant. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “ Pro Rata Reduction Method ”).

 

Notwithstanding any provisions in this Section above to the contrary, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for the Participant as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events ( e.g. , being terminated without Cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

 

 

 

Unless the Participant and the Company agree on an alternative accounting firm or law firm, the accounting firm engaged by the entity undergoing the Change in Control (the Company (or the Parent, as applicable) for general tax compliance purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company or the Parent is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting or law firm to make the determinations required by this Section. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting or law firm required to be made hereunder. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting or law firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Participant and the Company within 15 calendar days after the date on which Participant’s right to a Payment becomes reasonably likely to occur (if requested at that time by Participant or the Company) or such other time as requested by Participant or the Company.

 

If the Participant receives a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) above and the U.S. Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, the Participant agrees to promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) above) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) above, the Participant shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

Section 4. Return of Company Property.

 

A Participant who is eligible for Severance Benefits under the Plan will not be entitled to payment of any such Severance Benefits unless and until the Participant returns all Company Property. For this purpose, “ Company Property ” means all documents (and all copies thereof) and other property of the Company and all Company Group members which the Participant had in Participant’s possession at any time, including, but not limited to, files, notes, drawings, records, plans, forecasts, reports, studies, analyses, proposals, agreements, financial information, research and development information, sales and marketing information, operational and personnel information, specifications, code, software, databases, computer-recorded information, tangible property and equipment (including, but not limited to, computers, facsimile machines, mobile telephones, servers), credit cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys; and any materials of any kind which contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company or any member of the Company Group (and all reproductions thereof in whole or in part).

 

Section 5. Time of Payment and Form of Benefits.

 

All payments and benefits under the Plan will be subject to applicable required withholding for federal, state, foreign and local taxes. All benefits provided under the Plan are intended to satisfy the requirements for an exemption from application of Section 409A to the maximum extent that an exemption is available and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted accordingly; provided, however , that to the extent such an exemption is not available, the benefits provided under the Plan are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal tax consequences and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Severance Benefits provided under the Plan that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall not commence in connection with a Participant’s termination of employment unless and until the Participant has also incurred a Separation from Service, unless the Company reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to the Participant without incurring adverse tax consequences under Section 409A. In addition, if and to the extent necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences under Section 409A, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, a “Change in Control” for must also constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, as provided in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

 

It is intended that (i) each installment of any benefits payable under the Plan to a Participant be regarded as a separate “payment” for purposes of U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i) and (ii) all payments of any such benefits under the Plan satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A, including those provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii). However, if the Company determines that any benefits payable under the Plan constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and the Participant is a “specified employee” of the Company, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, (A) the timing of such benefits shall be delayed until the earlier of (1) the date that is six months and one day after the Participant’s Separation from Service and (2) the date of the Participant’s death (such applicable date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), and (B) the Company shall (1) pay the Participant a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the benefit payments that the Participant would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of benefits had not been delayed pursuant to this paragraph and (2) commence paying the balance, if any, of the benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule.

 

In no event shall payment of any Severance Benefits under the Plan be made prior to a Participant’s employment termination date or prior to the effective date of the Release. If the Company determines that any Severance Benefits provided under the Plan constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, and the Participant’s Separation from Service occurs at a time during the calendar year when the Release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Separation from Service occurs, then regardless of when the Release is returned to the Company and becomes effective, the Release will not be deemed effective, solely for purposes of the timing of payment of Severance Benefits under this Plan, any earlier than the latest permitted effective date. Except to the extent that Severance Benefits may be delayed until the Delayed Initial Payment Date pursuant to the preceding paragraph, on the first regular payroll date following the effective date of a Participant’s Release, the Company shall (1) pay the Participant a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the Severance Benefits that the Participant would otherwise have received through such payroll date but for the delay in payment related to the effectiveness of the Release and (2) commence paying the balance, if any, of the Severance Benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule.

 

 

 

 

Section 6. Transfer and Assignment .

 

The rights and obligations of a Participant under this Plan may not be transferred or assigned without the prior written consent of the Plan Administrator. This Plan shall be binding upon any entity or person who is a successor by merger, acquisition, consolidation or otherwise to the business formerly carried on by the Company without regard to whether or not such entity or person actively assumes the obligations hereunder and without regard to whether or not a Change in Control occurs.

 

Section 7. Right to Interpret and Administer Plan; Amendment and Termination.

 

(a)           Interpretation and Administration. Prior to the Closing, the Plan Administrator shall be the Committee, which may delegate some of all of its authority to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The Plan Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion and authority to establish rules, forms, and procedures for the administration of the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and to decide any and all questions of fact, interpretation, definition, computation or administration arising in connection with the operation of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the eligibility to participate in the Plan and amount of benefits paid under the Plan. The rules, interpretations, computations and other actions of the Plan Administrator shall be binding and conclusive on all persons. Upon and after the Closing, the Plan will be interpreted and administered in good faith by the Representative who shall be the Plan Administrator during such period. All actions taken by the Representative in interpreting the terms of the Plan and administering the Plan upon and after the Closing will be final and binding on all Participants. Any references in this Plan to the “Committee” or “Plan Administrator” with respect to periods following the Closing shall mean the Representative.

 

(b)           Amendment. The Plan Administrator reserves the right to amend the Plan or any Participation Agreement at any time; provided, however, that any such amendment will not be effective as to a particular Participant who is or may be materially and adversely impacted by such amendment without the written consent of such Participant, unless such amendment is required pursuant to applicable law or regulation or to avoid adverse tax consequences under Section 409A.

 

(c)           Termination. Unless otherwise extended by the Committee, the Plan will automatically terminate upon the earliest of: (i) the three year anniversary of the Effective Date, if the Closing has not occurred on or prior to such date and (ii) following satisfaction of all the Company’s obligations under the Plan.

 

Section 8. No Implied Employment or Service Contract.

 

The Plan shall not be deemed (i) to give any employee or other person any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any member of the Company Group or (ii) to interfere with the right of the Company or any member of the Company Group to discharge any employee or other person at any time, with or without cause, which right is hereby reserved.

 

Section 9. Legal Construction.

 

This Plan is intended to be governed by and shall be construed in accordance with ERISA and, to the extent not preempted by ERISA, the laws of the State of California.

 

Section 10. Claims, Inquiries and Appeals.

 

(a)           Applications for Benefits and Inquiries. Any application for benefits, inquiries about the Plan or inquiries about present or future rights under the Plan must be submitted to the Plan Administrator in writing by an applicant (or his or her authorized representative). The Plan Administrator is:

 

 

 

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.

Remuneration Committee of the GW Pharmaceuticals plc Board of Directors or Representative

5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200

Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

with a copy to:

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.

General Counsel

5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200

Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

(b)           Denial of Claims. In the event that any application for benefits is denied in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator must provide the applicant with written or electronic notice of the denial of the application, and of the applicant’s right to review the denial. Any electronic notice will comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. The notice of denial will be set forth in a manner designed to be understood by the applicant and will include the following:

 

(1)        the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

(2)        references to the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

 

(3)        a description of any additional information or material that the Plan Administrator needs to complete the review and an explanation of why such information or material is necessary; and

 

(4)        an explanation of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a denial on review of the claim, as described in Section 10(d) below.

 

This notice of denial will be given to the applicant within 90 days after the Plan Administrator receives the application, unless special circumstances require an extension of time, in which case, the Plan Administrator has up to an additional 90 days for processing the application. If an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant before the end of the initial 90 day period.

 

This notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render its decision on the application.

 

(c)           Request for a Review. Any person (or that person’s authorized representative) for whom an application for benefits is denied, in whole or in part, may appeal the denial by submitting a request for a review to the Plan Administrator within 60 days after the application is denied. A request for a review shall be in writing and shall be addressed to:

 

 

 

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.

Remuneration Committee of the GW Pharmaceuticals plc Board of Directors or Representative

5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200

Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

with a copy to:

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.

General Counsel

5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200

Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

A request for review must set forth all of the grounds on which it is based, all facts in support of the request and any other matters that the applicant feels are pertinent. The applicant (or his or her representative) shall have the opportunity to submit (or the Plan Administrator may require the applicant to submit) written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to his or her claim. The applicant (or his or her representative) shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim. The review shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the applicant (or his or her representative) relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

(d)           Decision on Review. The Plan Administrator will act on each request for review within 60 days after receipt of the request, unless special circumstances require an extension of time (not to exceed an additional 60 days), for processing the request for a review. If an extension for review is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant within the initial 60 day period. This notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render its decision on the review. The Plan Administrator will give prompt, written or electronic notice of its decision to the applicant. Any electronic notice will comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. In the event that the Plan Administrator confirms the denial of the application for benefits in whole or in part, the notice will set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant, the following:

 

(1)        the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

(2)        references to the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

 

(3)        a statement that the applicant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim; and

 

(4)        a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

(e)           Rules and Procedures. The Plan Administrator will establish rules and procedures, consistent with the Plan and with ERISA, as necessary and appropriate in carrying out its responsibilities in reviewing benefit claims. The Plan Administrator may require an applicant who wishes to submit additional information in connection with an appeal from the denial of benefits to do so at the applicant’s own expense.

 

 

 

 

(f)       Exhaustion of Remedies. No legal action for benefits under the Plan may be brought until the applicant (i) has submitted a written application for benefits in accordance with the procedures described by Section 10(a) above, (ii) has been notified by the Plan Administrator that the application is denied, (iii) has filed a written request for a review of the application in accordance with the appeal procedure described in Section 10(c) above, and (iv) has been notified that the Plan Administrator has denied the appeal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan Administrator does not respond to a Participant’s claim or appeal within the relevant time limits specified in this Section 10, the Participant may bring legal action for benefits under the Plan pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

Section 11. Basis of Payments to and from Plan.

 

The Plan shall be unfunded, and all cash payments under the Plan shall be paid only from the general assets of the Company.

 

Section 12. Other Plan Information.

 

(a)           Employer and Plan Identification Numbers. The Employer Identification Number assigned to the Company (which is the “Plan Sponsor” as that term is used in ERISA) by the Internal Revenue Service is 464429269. The Plan Number assigned to the Plan by the Plan Sponsor pursuant to the instructions of the Internal Revenue Service is 502.

 

(b)           Ending Date for Plan’s Fiscal Year. The date of the end of the fiscal year for the purpose of maintaining the Plan’s records is December 31.

 

(c)           Agent for the Service of Legal Process. The agent for the service of legal process with respect to the Plan is:

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.

5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200

Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

In addition, service of legal process may be made upon the Plan Administrator.

 

(d)           Plan Sponsor. The “Plan Sponsor” is:

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.

5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200

Carlsbad, CA 92008

(760) 795-2200

 

(e)           Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator is the Committee (or its designee) prior to the Closing and the Representative upon and following the Closing. The Plan Administrator’s contact information is:

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.

Remuneration Committee of the GW Pharmaceuticals plc Board of Directors or Representative

5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200

Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

 

 

 

with a copy to:

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.

General Counsel

5750 Fleet Street, Suite 200

Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

The Plan Administrator is the named fiduciary charged with the responsibility for administering the Plan.

 

Section 13. Statement of ERISA Rights.

 

Participants in this Plan (which is a welfare benefit plan sponsored by Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.) are entitled to certain rights and protections under ERISA. If you are a Participant, under ERISA, you are entitled to:

 

(a)           Receive Information About Your Plan and Benefits

 

(1)        Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrator’s office and at other specified locations, such as worksites, all documents governing the Plan and a copy of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if applicable, filed by the Plan with the U.S. Department of Labor and available at the Public Disclosure Room of the Employee Benefits Security Administration;

 

(2)        Obtain, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, copies of documents governing the operation of the Plan and copies of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if applicable, and an updated (as necessary) Summary Plan Description. The Administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies; and

 

(3)        Receive a summary of the Plan’s annual financial report, if applicable. The Plan Administrator is required by law to furnish each Participant with a copy of this summary annual report.

 

(b)           Prudent Actions by Plan Fiduciaries. In addition to creating rights for Plan Participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan. The people who operate the Plan, called “fiduciaries” of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of you and other Participants and beneficiaries. No one, including your employer, your union or any other person, may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from obtaining a Plan benefit or exercising your rights under ERISA.

 

(c)           Enforce Your Rights. If your claim for a Plan benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you have a right to know why this was done, to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.

 

Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if you request a copy of Plan documents or the latest annual report from the Plan, if applicable, and do not receive them within 30 days, you may file suit in a U.S. Federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and pay you up to $110 a day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator.

 

 

 

 

If you have a claim for benefits which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit in a U.S. state or Federal court.

 

If you are discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file suit in a U.S. Federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If you are successful, the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds your claim is frivolous.

 

(d)           Assistance with Your Questions. If you have any questions about the Plan, you should contact the Plan Administrator. If you have any questions about this statement or about your rights under ERISA, or if you need assistance in obtaining documents from the Plan Administrator, you should contact the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in your telephone directory or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. You may also obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

 

 

 

 

Appendix

 

Definitions

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.

Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan

 

Base Salary ” means base pay from the Company and any other Company Group member, if applicable (excluding incentive pay, premium pay, commissions, overtime, bonuses and other forms of variable compensation) as in effect prior to any reduction that would give rise to a Participant’s right to a Resignation for Good Reason.

 

Cause ” means, with respect to a particular Participant, first, as such term is defined the Participant’s written employment or offer letter agreement with the Company or, in absence of such agreement, any of the following events: (i) conviction, indictment or pleading guilty or no contest to any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or any country where a member of the Company Group operates; (ii) intentional misconduct; (iii) sustained poor job performance and/or failure to meet material performance or production standards, as determined by the Plan Administrator in good faith; (iv) unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets of any member of the Company Group; (v) attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against any member of the Company Group; (vi) material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and any member of the Company Group, any written policy of a member of the Company Group applicable to the Participant, or of any statutory duty owed to any member of the Company Group; (vii) intentional act that has or is reasonably likely to lead to a material detrimental effect on the reputation or business of any member of the Company Group; (viii) failure to cooperate with any member of the Company Group in any investigation or formal proceeding

 

Change in Control ” means either a Company CIC or a Parent CIC. For the avoidance of doubt, a Change in Control shall not require both a Company CIC and a Parent CIC but shall be deemed to occur in the event of either a Company CIC or a Parent CIC.

 

Company CIC ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)       there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(ii)       there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries to an entity, 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

 

 

 

 

(iii)       any Exchange Act Person becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, or (C) solely because the level of ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

 

Change in Control Period ” means the period commencing one month prior to the Closing and ending 24 months following the Closing.

 

Closing ” means the initial closing of the Change in Control as defined in the definitive agreement executed in connection with the Change in Control. In the case of a series of transactions constituting a Change in Control, “Closing” means the first closing that satisfies the threshold of the definition for a Change in Control.

 

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

 

Committee ” means the Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors of Parent.

 

Company ” means Greenwich Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent, or, following a Change in Control, the surviving entity or acquiring entity (in the case of a Change in Control that is a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries), as applicable, resulting from such event.

 

Company Group ” means the Company, the Parent and any Group Member (as defined in the LTIP) (and references in the Plan to a “member” of the Company Group shall mean each of the Company, the Parent and every Group Member).

 

CIC Termination ” means an Involuntary Termination that occurs within the Change in Control Period.

 

Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, such Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) of the Code, and will be determined by the Company or on the basis of such medical evidence as the Company deems warranted under the circumstances.

 

 

 

 

Effective Date ” means February 27, 2017, the date this Plan was approved by the Committee and became effective.

 

Equity Award ” means each outstanding stock option and other stock-based award (including a Conditional Award, as defined in the LTIP), as applicable, granted under the LTIP.

 

ERISA ” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Parent, Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Parent, Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under such an employee benefit plan, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) that, as of the Effective Date, is the owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

 

Full Acceleration ” means the vesting and exercisability (if applicable) of each Participant’s Equity Award(s) shall be accelerated in full. For purposes of determining the number of shares that will vest pursuant to Full Acceleration with respect to any Equity Award subject to vesting based on the achievement of performance conditions for which such performance achievement has not occurred as of such acceleration, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in an individual Equity Award Agreement, vesting acceleration shall occur assuming all applicable performance conditions had been fully satisfied on or before the date of such acceleration.

 

Involuntary Termination ” means a termination of Participant’s continuous service with the Company that is due to (i) a termination by the Company (or Parent, if applicable) without Cause (and other than as a result of the Participant’s death or Disability) or (ii) Participant’s Resignation for Good Reason.

 

LTIP ” means the GW Pharmaceuticals plc Long-Term Incentive Plan as approved by the shareholders of the Parent on March 18, 2008 and amended most recently on May 5, 2015, as amended from time to time (including any current or future sub plan thereto); provided that , if adopted by the shareholders of Parent in 2017, “ LTIP ” means the GW Pharmaceuticals plc 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (including any current or future sub plan thereto). The Plan Administrator may, without the consent of any Participant, update the meaning of “ LTIP ” (and references to rules therein) to refer to any future long term equity incentive plan adopted by Parent that is maintained to grant future equity incentives to employees of the Company or Parent in lieu of the LTIP described in the foregoing sentence.

 

Parent ” means GW Pharmaceuticals plc (registered in England and Wales with registered number 4160917).

 

 

 

 

Parent CIC ” means any of the events described in in LTIP Rule 12.1 ( General offers ) or Rule 12.2 ( Schemes of arrangement and winding-up ) (or any successor rules or sections thereto) which amounts to a change in “Control” as defined in the LTIP.

 

Participant ” means each and every employee of the Company who primarily lives in and works for the Company in the U.S. (and, if specifically approved by the Plan Administrator, any other individual who provides services to the Company) and who has timely executed a Participation Agreement with the Company, if required, as further specified in Section 2(a).

 

Participation Agreement ” means a written agreement, in such form prepared by the Company, between a Participant and the Company that provides for Severance Benefits and such other terms as the Plan Administrator deems necessary or advisable in accordance with the Plan.

 

Plan ” means the Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan.

 

Plan Administrator ” means the Committee (or its designee) prior to the Closing and the Representative upon and following the Closing, as applicable, as further described in Section 7(a).

 

Release ” means a general waiver and release of claims in favor of the Company and the Company Group in such form as provided by the Company.

 

Representative ” means one or more members of the Committee or other persons or entities designated by the Committee (or its designee) prior to or in connection with a Change in Control that will have authority to administer and interpret the Plan upon and following the Closing as provided in Section 7(a).

 

Resignation for Good Reason ” means, with respect to a particular Participant, the Participant’s resignation from all positions such Participant then holds with the Company and any member of the Company Group, as a result of the occurrence of any of the following events, conditions or actions described in (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, taken by the Company or Company Group member (as applicable) without Cause and without such Participant’s consent:

 

(i)        with respect to a resignation that is effective prior to Closing: (1) material reduction in such Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities (and not simply a change in title or reporting relationships); (2) a material reduction of such Participant’s annual base salary, which is a reduction of more than 10% of such base salary (unless pursuant to a salary reduction program that occurs prior to a Change in Control and is applicable generally to the Company’s similarly situated employees); (3) a relocation of such Participant’s principal place of employment with the Company (or successor to the Company, if applicable) to a place that increases such Participant’s one-way commute by more than 35 miles as compared to such Participant’s then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation (excluding regular travel in the ordinary course of business); or (4) a material breach of the Plan by any successor to the Company or Parent in a Change in Control.

 

(ii)        with respect to a resignation that is effective upon or following Closing: (1) material reduction in such Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities (which shall include, but not be limited to, a material reduction in such Participant’s policy or decision making authority or a material reduction in the budget or personnel over which Participant retains authority); (2) a material reduction in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom the Participant is required to report; (3) a material reduction of such Participant’s annual base salary, which is a reduction of more than 10% of such base salary; (4) a relocation of such Participant’s principal place of employment with the Company (or successor to the Company, if applicable) to a place that increases such Participant’s one-way commute by more than 35 miles as compared to such Participant’s then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation (excluding regular travel in the ordinary course of business); or (5) a material breach of the Plan by any successor to the Company or Parent in a Change in Control.

 

 

 

 

In either case of (i) or (ii), as applicable, in order for any Participant’s resignation to constitute a Resignation for Good Reason, the Participant must first give the Company written notice of the action or omission giving rise to “Resignation for Good Reason” within 30 days after the first occurrence thereof; the Company must fail to reasonably cure such action or omission within 30 days after receipt of such notice (the “ Cure Period ”), and the Participant’s resignation must be effective not later than 30 days after the expiration of such Cure Period.

 

RIF Termination ” means a termination of Participant’s service with the Company that is (1) due to a termination by the Company (or Parent, if applicable) without Cause (and other than as a result of the Participant’s death or Disability) and (2) in connection with or as a consequence of a reduction-in-force, a determination of redundancy, a reorganization, a restructuring or other corporate operational or financial decision not based primarily on job performance or conduct. A Participant who declines an offer to be transferred to a position with the Company or a member of the Company Group with substantially the same pay and benefits and which would not give rise to the Participant’s right to a Resignation for Good Reason shall not be considered to have suffered a RIF Termination, unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion. 

 

Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code and any state law of similar effect.

 

Separation from Service ” means a “separation from service,” as such term is defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

Severance Benefits ” means special discretionary benefits provided to select Participants in the event of an Involuntary Termination, CIC Termination and/or RIF Termination, which are provided in a Participation Agreement.

 

Short-Term Deferral Deadline ” means, with respect to a payment to the Participant under the Plan, the day that is the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the later of (1) Participant’s first taxable year in which such payment is no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” (as defined in Section 409A) or (ii) the Company’s (or other service recipient’s, under Section 409A) first taxable year in which such payment is no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” (as defined in Section 409A).

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.76

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.

 

Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan

 

Participation Agreement

 

Name: Julian Gangolli

 

Section 1.       Eligibility.

 

You have been designated as a Participant eligible to receive Severance Benefits under the Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”), a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A to this Participation Agreement (the “ Participation Agreement ”).

 

Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Participation Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan. You will be eligible to receive the Severance Benefits set forth below if you meet all the eligibility requirements set forth in the Plan, including, without limitation, executing the required Release within the applicable time period set forth therein and provided that such Release becomes effective in accordance with its terms. The Severance Benefits are in addition to the Change in Control Benefits to which you are also eligible for under the Plan, as described in Section 3(a) of the Plan. Notwithstanding the schedule for provision of benefits as set forth below, the schedule and timing of payment of any Severance Benefits under this Participation Agreement is subject to any delay in payment that may be required under Section 5 of the Plan.

 

Section 2.       Involuntary Termination . If you incur an Involuntary Termination that does not occur within the Change in Control Period, you shall receive the Severance Benefits set forth in this Section 2.

 

(a)        Base Salary. You shall receive payment of your Base Salary for nine months (the “ Base Salary Payment Period ”). The Base Salary will be paid to you in equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule, subject to all standard deductions and withholdings, for a nine month period commencing on the first payroll period following the effective date of your Release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator, it its sole discretion, may determine to pay some or all of the Base Salary payments in one lump sum cash payment on or before the Short-Term Deferral Deadline.

 

(b)        Payment of Continued Group Health Plan Benefits . If you are eligible for and timely elect continued group health plan continuation coverage under the U.S. Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“ COBRA ”) following your date of termination, the Company shall pay directly to the carrier the full amount of the COBRA premiums on behalf of you for your continued coverage under the Company’s group health plans, including coverage for your eligible dependents, until the earliest of (i) the end of the nine month period following the date of your termination (the “ COBRA Payment Period ”), (ii) the expiration of your eligibility for the continuation coverage under COBRA, or (iii) the date when you become eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment. Upon the conclusion of such period of insurance premium payments made by the Company, you will be responsible for the entire payment of premiums (or payment for the cost of coverage) required under COBRA for the duration of your eligible COBRA coverage period, if any. For purposes of this Section, (1) references to COBRA shall be deemed to refer also to analogous provisions of state law and (2) any applicable insurance premiums that are paid by the Company shall not include any amounts payable by you under a U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 125 health care reimbursement plan, which amounts, if any, are your sole responsibility.

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot provide the COBRA premium benefits without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the U.S. Public Health Service Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums directly to the carrier on your behalf, the Company will instead pay you on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Payment Period a fully taxable cash payment equal to (x) the value of your last monthly group health insurance premiums immediately prior to your Involuntary Termination or (y) the value of your last monthly COBRA premiums paid by the Company, as applicable (dependent on the time the Company makes such determination that it cannot pay the COBRA premiums directly) and in either case subject to applicable tax withholding (such amount, the “ Special Severance Payment ”), such Special Severance Payment to be made without regard to your election of COBRA coverage or payment of COBRA premiums and without regard to your continued eligibility for COBRA coverage during the COBRA Payment Period. Such Special Severance Payment shall end upon expiration of the COBRA Payment Period.

 

(c)        Outplacement Benefits . The Company will provide you with outplacement services from an executive outplacement organization arranged for by the Company, to assist you in the search for new employment. Such outplacement services must commence within the first six months following the date of your termination and shall not exceed six months in duration. The Company will pay for the services directly to the outplacement organization, in an amount not to exceed $15,000.

 

Section 3.       RIF Termination . If you incur a RIF Termination, you shall receive the Severance Benefits set forth in this Section 3.

 

(a)        Enhanced Involuntary Termination Benefits. You shall receive each of the benefits described in Section 2(a)(b) and (c) above, except that the Base Salary Payment Period and the COBRA Payment Period shall be twelve, rather than nine, months.

 

(b)        Bonus. You will receive an amount equal to the greater of (1) your annual target bonus for the year in which the date of your termination occurs, if established by the Company at the time of such termination, and (2) the average of the actual annualized bonus payment percentages (as described below) for the three years prior to the year in which date of termination occurs (the greater of such amounts (1) and (2), as applicable, the “ Severance Bonus ”), pro-rated for the period of time (measured on a weekly basis) you provided services to the Company during the year in which your termination occurs. Your “bonus payment percentage” for purposes of calculation of your Severance Bonus Amount is the actual annual bonus earned by you with respect to a particular year, expressed as a percentage of your annual base salary for such year. The pro-rated Severance Bonus shall be payable to you in a lump sum payment within 30 days following the effective date of your Release, but in any event on or before the Short-Term Deferral Deadline.

 

(c)        Equity Acceleration. The vesting and exercisability (if applicable) of each unvested Equity Award that you hold that is subject to vesting over time shall be accelerated to the extent necessary to give effect to the period of time you remained continuously employed with the Company prior to your RIF Termination during the full duration of vesting period of such Equity Award. For example, if your Equity Award vests upon conclusion of your service for a three-year period and your RIF Termination occurs after you have completed one year of such service, you shall accelerate vesting and exercisability as to one-third of such Equity Award. Each unvested Equity Award that you hold that is subject to vesting based on the achievement of performance conditions for which such achievement has not yet occurred, vesting acceleration shall occur to the extent the Committee determines that it is fair and reasonable to consider that the performance conditions would have been achieved had you remained continuously employed during the full duration of the performance period, pro-rated for the period of time you remained continuously employed with the Company prior to your RIF Termination during the full duration of performance period of such Equity Award.

 

 

 

 

Section 4.       CIC Termination . If you incur a CIC Termination, you shall receive the Severance Benefits set forth in this Section 4.

 

(a)        Enhanced RIF Termination Benefits. You shall receive each of the benefits described in Section 3(a) and (b) above, except that:

 

(1)        the Base Salary Payment Period and the COBRA Payment Period shall be 18, rather than 12, months;

 

(2)        the Severance Bonus shall not be pro-rated and shall instead by multiplied by 1.5; and

 

(3)        the Base Salary payments will be made to you in one lump sum cash payment within 30 days following the effective date of your Release, but in any event on or before the Short-Term Deferral Deadline.

 

(b)        Equity Acceleration. If the Change in Control is a Parent CIC, each Equity Award that you hold will receive Full Acceleration in connection with such Change in Control as provided under Section 3(a)(1) of the Plan (which is irrespective of your CIC Termination). If your CIC Termination occurs within the one month before any Change in Control (including a Parent CIC and/or Company CIC), each Equity Award that you hold shall receive Full Acceleration, as of immediately prior to the Closing or on such other date as the Committee may determine, such date being no later than the Closing. If necessary to give effect to this Section 4(b), upon your Involuntary Termination, all of the Equity Awards you hold as of immediately prior to your Involuntary Termination shall remain outstanding after your Involuntary Termination for at least until the earlier of (i) one month after your Involuntary Termination or (ii) the Closing, if sooner. If the Change in Control is a Company CIC that is not also a Parent CIC and your CIC Termination has not occurred prior to such Company CIC, each Replacement Equity Award that you hold will receive the treatment described in Section 3(a)(2) of the Plan.

 

Section 5.       No Duplication of Benefits. For the avoidance of doubt, upon your Involuntary Termination, you shall be eligible to receive Severance Benefits under one, but not more than one, of Sections 2, 3 or 4 of this Participation Agreement. If you incur an Involuntary Termination and are eligible for Severance Benefits under more than one of Sections 2, 3 and 4, you shall receive the Severance Benefits under the Section providing the greatest level of benefits to you (without duplication) and such Severance Benefits shall be reduced by any Severance Benefits previously provided to you under a different Section of this Participation Agreement. For example, if you incur an Involuntary Termination and within the following one month period a Closing occurs, you will receive benefits under Section 4 and any such benefits shall be reduced by any benefits previously paid to you under Section 2.

 

Section 6.       Acknowledgements.

 

As a condition to participation in the Plan, you hereby acknowledge each of the following:

 

(a)        The benefits that may be provided to you under this Participation Agreement are subject to certain reductions and termination under the Plan.

 

 

 

 

(b)        As further provided in Section 2(b) of the Plan, this Plan and the benefits provided hereunder shall supersede any change in control or severance benefits in any individually negotiated employment contract, offer letter or other written or oral agreement between the Company and you, specifically including any written notice or pay-in-lieu of notice provisions that the Company and you have previously agreed to or that has otherwise been communicated by the Company.

 

(c)        Your eligibility for and receipt of any Severance Benefits to which you may become entitled under this Participation Agreement is expressly contingent upon your compliance with the terms and conditions of the Release and the provisions of the Confidential Information and Invention Assignment between you and the Company dated May 6, 2015 as may be amended from time to time (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”). Severance benefits under this Participation Agreement shall immediately cease in the event of your violation of the provisions of the Release or the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

To accept the terms of this Agreement and participate in the Plan, please sign and date this Agreement in the space provided below and return it to Shelly Applegate, Vice President, Human Resources no later than July 31, 2017.

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.  
   
By: /s/ Justin Gover  
  Justin Gover  
     
Title: Chief Executive Officer  
     
Date: July 12th, 2017  

 

Participant  
   
/s/ Julian Gangolli  
Julian Gangolli  
   
Date: July 12th, 2017  
     

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.77

   

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.

 

Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan

 

Participation Agreement

 

Name: Volker Knappertz

 

Section 1.       Eligibility.

 

You have been designated as a Participant eligible to receive Severance Benefits under the Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”), a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A to this Participation Agreement (the “ Participation Agreement ”).

 

Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Participation Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan. You will be eligible to receive the Severance Benefits set forth below if you meet all the eligibility requirements set forth in the Plan, including, without limitation, executing the required Release within the applicable time period set forth therein and provided that such Release becomes effective in accordance with its terms. The Severance Benefits are in addition to the Change in Control Benefits to which you are also eligible for under the Plan, as described in Section 3(a) of the Plan. Notwithstanding the schedule for provision of benefits as set forth below, the schedule and timing of payment of any Severance Benefits under this Participation Agreement is subject to any delay in payment that may be required under Section 5 of the Plan.

 

Section 2.       Involuntary Termination . If you incur an Involuntary Termination that does not occur within the Change in Control Period, you shall receive the Severance Benefits set forth in this Section 2.

 

(a)           Base Salary. You shall receive payment of your Base Salary for nine months (the “ Base Salary Payment Period ”). The Base Salary will be paid to you in equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule, subject to all standard deductions and withholdings, for a nine month period commencing on the first payroll period following the effective date of your Release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator, it its sole discretion, may determine to pay some or all of the Base Salary payments in one lump sum cash payment on or before the Short-Term Deferral Deadline.

 

(b)           Payment of Continued Group Health Plan Benefits . If you are eligible for and timely elect continued group health plan continuation coverage under the U.S. Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“ COBRA ”) following your date of termination, the Company shall pay directly to the carrier the full amount of the COBRA premiums on behalf of you for your continued coverage under the Company’s group health plans, including coverage for your eligible dependents, until the earliest of (i) the end of the nine month period following the date of your termination (the “ COBRA Payment Period ”), (ii) the expiration of your eligibility for the continuation coverage under COBRA, or (iii) the date when you become eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment. Upon the conclusion of such period of insurance premium payments made by the Company, you will be responsible for the entire payment of premiums (or payment for the cost of coverage) required under COBRA for the duration of your eligible COBRA coverage period, if any. For purposes of this Section, (1) references to COBRA shall be deemed to refer also to analogous provisions of state law and (2) any applicable insurance premiums that are paid by the Company shall not include any amounts payable by you under a U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 125 health care reimbursement plan, which amounts, if any, are your sole responsibility.

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot provide the COBRA premium benefits without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the U.S. Public Health Service Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums directly to the carrier on your behalf, the Company will instead pay you on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Payment Period a fully taxable cash payment equal to (x) the value of your last monthly group health insurance premiums immediately prior to your Involuntary Termination or (y) the value of your last monthly COBRA premiums paid by the Company, as applicable (dependent on the time the Company makes such determination that it cannot pay the COBRA premiums directly) and in either case subject to applicable tax withholding (such amount, the “ Special Severance Payment ”), such Special Severance Payment to be made without regard to your election of COBRA coverage or payment of COBRA premiums and without regard to your continued eligibility for COBRA coverage during the COBRA Payment Period. Such Special Severance Payment shall end upon expiration of the COBRA Payment Period.

 

(c)           Outplacement Benefits . The Company will provide you with outplacement services from an executive outplacement organization arranged for by the Company, to assist you in the search for new employment. Such outplacement services must commence within the first six months following the date of your termination and shall not exceed six months in duration. The Company will pay for the services directly to the outplacement organization, in an amount not to exceed $15,000.

 

Section 3.       RIF Termination . If you incur a RIF Termination, you shall receive the Severance Benefits set forth in this Section 3.

 

(a)           Enhanced Involuntary Termination Benefits. You shall receive each of the benefits described in Section 2(a)(b) and (c) above, except that the Base Salary Payment Period and the COBRA Payment Period shall be twelve, rather than nine, months.

 

(b)           Bonus. You will receive an amount equal to the greater of (1) your annual target bonus for the year in which the date of your termination occurs, if established by the Company at the time of such termination, and (2) the average of the actual annualized bonus payment percentages (as described below) for the three years prior to the year in which date of termination occurs (the greater of such amounts (1) and (2), as applicable, the “ Severance Bonus ”), pro-rated for the period of time (measured on a weekly basis) you provided services to the Company during the year in which your termination occurs. Your “bonus payment percentage” for purposes of calculation of your Severance Bonus Amount is the actual annual bonus earned by you with respect to a particular year, expressed as a percentage of your annual base salary for such year. The pro-rated Severance Bonus shall be payable to you in a lump sum payment within 30 days following the effective date of your Release, but in any event on or before the Short-Term Deferral Deadline.

 

(c)           Equity Acceleration. The vesting and exercisability (if applicable) of each unvested Equity Award that you hold that is subject to vesting over time shall be accelerated to the extent necessary to give effect to the period of time you remained continuously employed with the Company prior to your RIF Termination during the full duration of vesting period of such Equity Award. For example, if your Equity Award vests upon conclusion of your service for a three-year period and your RIF Termination occurs after you have completed one year of such service, you shall accelerate vesting and exercisability as to one-third of such Equity Award. Each unvested Equity Award that you hold that is subject to vesting based on the achievement of performance conditions for which such achievement has not yet occurred, vesting acceleration shall occur to the extent the Committee determines that it is fair and reasonable to consider that the performance conditions would have been achieved had you remained continuously employed during the full duration of the performance period, pro-rated for the period of time you remained continuously employed with the Company prior to your RIF Termination during the full duration of performance period of such Equity Award.

 

 

 

 

Section 4.       CIC Termination . If you incur a CIC Termination, you shall receive the Severance Benefits set forth in this Section 4.

 

(a)           Enhanced RIF Termination Benefits. You shall receive each of the benefits described in Section 3(a) and (b) above, except that:

 

(1)          the Base Salary Payment Period and the COBRA Payment Period shall be 18, rather than 12, months;

 

(2)          the Severance Bonus shall not be pro-rated and shall instead by multiplied by 1.5; and

 

(3)          the Base Salary payments will be made to you in one lump sum cash payment within 30 days following the effective date of your Release, but in any event on or before the Short-Term Deferral Deadline.

 

(b)           Equity Acceleration. If the Change in Control is a Parent CIC, each Equity Award that you hold will receive Full Acceleration in connection with such Change in Control as provided under Section 3(a)(1) of the Plan (which is irrespective of your CIC Termination). If your CIC Termination occurs within the one month before any Change in Control (including a Parent CIC and/or Company CIC), each Equity Award that you hold shall receive Full Acceleration, as of immediately prior to the Closing or on such other date as the Committee may determine, such date being no later than the Closing. If necessary to give effect to this Section 4(b), upon your Involuntary Termination, all of the Equity Awards you hold as of immediately prior to your Involuntary Termination shall remain outstanding after your Involuntary Termination for at least until the earlier of (i) one month after your Involuntary Termination or (ii) the Closing, if sooner. If the Change in Control is a Company CIC that is not also a Parent CIC and your CIC Termination has not occurred prior to such Company CIC, each Replacement Equity Award that you hold will receive the treatment described in Section 3(a)(2) of the Plan.

 

Section 5.       No Duplication of Benefits. For the avoidance of doubt, upon your Involuntary Termination, you shall be eligible to receive Severance Benefits under one, but not more than one, of Sections 2, 3 or 4 of this Participation Agreement. If you incur an Involuntary Termination and are eligible for Severance Benefits under more than one of Sections 2, 3 and 4, you shall receive the Severance Benefits under the Section providing the greatest level of benefits to you (without duplication) and such Severance Benefits shall be reduced by any Severance Benefits previously provided to you under a different Section of this Participation Agreement. For example, if you incur an Involuntary Termination and within the following one month period a Closing occurs, you will receive benefits under Section 4 and any such benefits shall be reduced by any benefits previously paid to you under Section 2.

 

Section 6.       Acknowledgements.

 

As a condition to participation in the Plan, you hereby acknowledge each of the following:

 

(a)           The benefits that may be provided to you under this Participation Agreement are subject to certain reductions and termination under the Plan.

 

 

 

 

(b)           As further provided in Section 2(b) of the Plan, this Plan and the benefits provided hereunder shall supersede any change in control or severance benefits in any individually negotiated employment contract, offer letter or other written or oral agreement between the Company and you, specifically including any written notice or pay-in-lieu of notice provisions that the Company and you have previously agreed to or that has otherwise been communicated by the Company.

 

(c)           Your eligibility for and receipt of any Severance Benefits to which you may become entitled under this Participation Agreement is expressly contingent upon your compliance with the terms and conditions of the Release and the provisions of the Confidential Information and Invention Assignment between you and the Company dated May 18, 2017 as may be amended from time to time (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”). Severance benefits under this Participation Agreement shall immediately cease in the event of your violation of the provisions of the Release or the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

To accept the terms of this Agreement and participate in the Plan, please sign and date this Agreement in the space provided below and return it to Shelly Applegate, Vice President, Human Resources no later than July 31, 2017.

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.  
   
By: /s/ Justin Gover  
  Justin Gover  
     
Title: Chief Executive Officer  
     
Date: July 12 th , 2017  
     
Participant  
   
/s/ Volker Knappertz  
Volker Knappertz  
     
Date: 7/13/2017  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.78

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.

 

Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan

 

Participation Agreement

 

Name: Scott Giacobello

 

Section 1.      Eligibility.

 

You have been designated as a Participant eligible to receive Severance Benefits under the Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”), a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A to this Participation Agreement (the “ Participation Agreement ”).

 

Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Participation Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan. You will be eligible to receive the Severance Benefits set forth below if you meet all the eligibility requirements set forth in the Plan, including, without limitation, executing the required Release within the applicable time period set forth therein and provided that such Release becomes effective in accordance with its terms. The Severance Benefits are in addition to the Change in Control Benefits to which you are also eligible for under the Plan, as described in Section 3(a) of the Plan. Notwithstanding the schedule for provision of benefits as set forth below, the schedule and timing of payment of any Severance Benefits under this Participation Agreement is subject to any delay in payment that may be required under Section 5 of the Plan.

 

Section 2.      Involuntary Termination . If you incur an Involuntary Termination that does not occur within the Change in Control Period, you shall receive the Severance Benefits set forth in this Section 2.

 

(a)           Base Salary. You shall receive payment of your Base Salary for nine months (the “ Base Salary Payment Period ”). The Base Salary will be paid to you in equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule, subject to all standard deductions and withholdings, for a nine month period commencing on the first payroll period following the effective date of your Release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator, it its sole discretion, may determine to pay some or all of the Base Salary payments in one lump sum cash payment on or before the Short-Term Deferral Deadline.

 

(b)           Payment of Continued Group Health Plan Benefits . If you are eligible for and timely elect continued group health plan continuation coverage under the U.S. Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“ COBRA ”) following your date of termination, the Company shall pay directly to the carrier the full amount of the COBRA premiums on behalf of you for your continued coverage under the Company’s group health plans, including coverage for your eligible dependents, until the earliest of (i) the end of the nine month period following the date of your termination (the “ COBRA Payment Period ”), (ii) the expiration of your eligibility for the continuation coverage under COBRA, or (iii) the date when you become eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment. Upon the conclusion of such period of insurance premium payments made by the Company, you will be responsible for the entire payment of premiums (or payment for the cost of coverage) required under COBRA for the duration of your eligible COBRA coverage period, if any. For purposes of this Section, (1) references to COBRA shall be deemed to refer also to analogous provisions of state law and (2) any applicable insurance premiums that are paid by the Company shall not include any amounts payable by you under a U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 125 health care reimbursement plan, which amounts, if any, are your sole responsibility.

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot provide the COBRA premium benefits without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the U.S. Public Health Service Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums directly to the carrier on your behalf, the Company will instead pay you on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Payment Period a fully taxable cash payment equal to (x) the value of your last monthly group health insurance premiums immediately prior to your Involuntary Termination or (y) the value of your last monthly COBRA premiums paid by the Company, as applicable (dependent on the time the Company makes such determination that it cannot pay the COBRA premiums directly) and in either case subject to applicable tax withholding (such amount, the “ Special Severance Payment ”), such Special Severance Payment to be made without regard to your election of COBRA coverage or payment of COBRA premiums and without regard to your continued eligibility for COBRA coverage during the COBRA Payment Period. Such Special Severance Payment shall end upon expiration of the COBRA Payment Period.

 

(c)           Outplacement Benefits . The Company will provide you with outplacement services from an executive outplacement organization arranged for by the Company, to assist you in the search for new employment. Such outplacement services must commence within the first six months following the date of your termination and shall not exceed six months in duration. The Company will pay for the services directly to the outplacement organization, in an amount not to exceed $15,000.

 

Section 3.      RIF Termination . If you incur a RIF Termination, you shall receive the Severance Benefits set forth in this Section 3.

 

(a)           Enhanced Involuntary Termination Benefits. You shall receive each of the benefits described in Section 2(a)(b) and (c) above, except that the Base Salary Payment Period and the COBRA Payment Period shall be twelve, rather than nine, months.

 

(b)           Bonus. You will receive an amount equal to the greater of (1) your annual target bonus for the year in which the date of your termination occurs, if established by the Company at the time of such termination, and (2) the average of the actual annualized bonus payment percentages (as described below) for the three years prior to the year in which date of termination occurs (the greater of such amounts (1) and (2), as applicable, the “ Severance Bonus ”), pro-rated for the period of time (measured on a weekly basis) you provided services to the Company during the year in which your termination occurs. Your “bonus payment percentage” for purposes of calculation of your Severance Bonus Amount is the actual annual bonus earned by you with respect to a particular year, expressed as a percentage of your annual base salary for such year. The pro-rated Severance Bonus shall be payable to you in a lump sum payment within 30 days following the effective date of your Release, but in any event on or before the Short-Term Deferral Deadline.

 

(c)           Equity Acceleration. The vesting and exercisability (if applicable) of each unvested Equity Award that you hold that is subject to vesting over time shall be accelerated to the extent necessary to give effect to the period of time you remained continuously employed with the Company prior to your RIF Termination during the full duration of vesting period of such Equity Award. For example, if your Equity Award vests upon conclusion of your service for a three-year period and your RIF Termination occurs after you have completed one year of such service, you shall accelerate vesting and exercisability as to one-third of such Equity Award. Each unvested Equity Award that you hold that is subject to vesting based on the achievement of performance conditions for which such achievement has not yet occurred, vesting acceleration shall occur to the extent the Committee determines that it is fair and reasonable to consider that the performance conditions would have been achieved had you remained continuously employed during the full duration of the performance period, pro-rated for the period of time you remained continuously employed with the Company prior to your RIF Termination during the full duration of performance period of such Equity Award.

 

 

 

 

Section 4.      CIC Termination . If you incur a CIC Termination, you shall receive the Severance Benefits set forth in this Section 4.

 

(a)           Enhanced RIF Termination Benefits. You shall receive each of the benefits described in Section 3(a) and (b) above, except that:

 

(1)          the Base Salary Payment Period and the COBRA Payment Period shall be 18, rather than 12, months;

 

(2)          the Severance Bonus shall not be pro-rated and shall instead by multiplied by 1.5; and

 

(3)          the Base Salary payments will be made to you in one lump sum cash payment within 30 days following the effective date of your Release, but in any event on or before the Short-Term Deferral Deadline.

 

(b)           Equity Acceleration. If the Change in Control is a Parent CIC, each Equity Award that you hold will receive Full Acceleration in connection with such Change in Control as provided under Section 3(a)(1) of the Plan (which is irrespective of your CIC Termination). If your CIC Termination occurs within the one month before any Change in Control (including a Parent CIC and/or Company CIC), each Equity Award that you hold shall receive Full Acceleration, as of immediately prior to the Closing or on such other date as the Committee may determine, such date being no later than the Closing. If necessary to give effect to this Section 4(b), upon your Involuntary Termination, all of the Equity Awards you hold as of immediately prior to your Involuntary Termination shall remain outstanding after your Involuntary Termination for at least until the earlier of (i) one month after your Involuntary Termination or (ii) the Closing, if sooner. If the Change in Control is a Company CIC that is not also a Parent CIC and your CIC Termination has not occurred prior to such Company CIC, each Replacement Equity Award that you hold will receive the treatment described in Section 3(a)(2) of the Plan.

 

Section 5.      No Duplication of Benefits. For the avoidance of doubt, upon your Involuntary Termination, you shall be eligible to receive Severance Benefits under one, but not more than one, of Sections 2, 3 or 4 of this Participation Agreement. If you incur an Involuntary Termination and are eligible for Severance Benefits under more than one of Sections 2, 3 and 4, you shall receive the Severance Benefits under the Section providing the greatest level of benefits to you (without duplication) and such Severance Benefits shall be reduced by any Severance Benefits previously provided to you under a different Section of this Participation Agreement. For example, if you incur an Involuntary Termination and within the following one month period a Closing occurs, you will receive benefits under Section 4 and any such benefits shall be reduced by any benefits previously paid to you under Section 2.

 

Section 6.      Acknowledgements.

 

As a condition to participation in the Plan, you hereby acknowledge each of the following:

 

(a)           The benefits that may be provided to you under this Participation Agreement are subject to certain reductions and termination under the Plan.

 

 

 

 

(b)           As further provided in Section 2(b) of the Plan, this Plan and the benefits provided hereunder shall supersede any change in control or severance benefits in any individually negotiated employment contract, offer letter or other written or oral agreement between the Company and you, specifically including any written notice or pay-in-lieu of notice provisions that the Company and you have previously agreed to or that has otherwise been communicated by the Company.

 

(c)           Your eligibility for and receipt of any Severance Benefits to which you may become entitled under this Participation Agreement is expressly contingent upon your compliance with the terms and conditions of the Release and the provisions of the Confidential Information and Invention Assignment between you and the Company dated February 21, 2017 as may be amended from time to time (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”). Severance benefits under this Participation Agreement shall immediately cease in the event of your violation of the provisions of the Release or the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

To accept the terms of this Agreement and participate in the Plan, please sign and date this Agreement in the space provided below and return it to Shelly Applegate, Vice President, Human Resources no later than July 31, 2017.

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.  
   
By: /s/ Justin Gover  
  Justin Gover  
     
Title: Chief Executive Officer  
     
Date: July 12, 2017  
     
Participant  
   
/s/ Scott Giacobello  
Scott Giacobello  
   
Date: 8/2/17  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.79

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.

 

Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan

 

Participation Agreement

 

Name: Douglas Snyder

 

Section 1.       Eligibility.

 

You have been designated as a Participant eligible to receive Severance Benefits under the Greenwich Biosciences, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”), a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A to this Participation Agreement (the “ Participation Agreement ”).

 

Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Participation Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan. You will be eligible to receive the Severance Benefits set forth below if you meet all the eligibility requirements set forth in the Plan, including, without limitation, executing the required Release within the applicable time period set forth therein and provided that such Release becomes effective in accordance with its terms. The Severance Benefits are in addition to the Change in Control Benefits to which you are also eligible for under the Plan, as described in Section 3(a) of the Plan. Notwithstanding the schedule for provision of benefits as set forth below, the schedule and timing of payment of any Severance Benefits under this Participation Agreement is subject to any delay in payment that may be required under Section 5 of the Plan.

 

Section 2.       Involuntary Termination . If you incur an Involuntary Termination that does not occur within the Change in Control Period, you shall receive the Severance Benefits set forth in this Section 2.

 

(a)           Base Salary. You shall receive payment of your Base Salary for nine months (the “ Base Salary Payment Period ”). The Base Salary will be paid to you in equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule, subject to all standard deductions and withholdings, for a nine month period commencing on the first payroll period following the effective date of your Release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator, it its sole discretion, may determine to pay some or all of the Base Salary payments in one lump sum cash payment on or before the Short-Term Deferral Deadline.

 

(b)           Payment of Continued Group Health Plan Benefits . If you are eligible for and timely elect continued group health plan continuation coverage under the U.S. Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“ COBRA ”) following your date of termination, the Company shall pay directly to the carrier the full amount of the COBRA premiums on behalf of you for your continued coverage under the Company’s group health plans, including coverage for your eligible dependents, until the earliest of (i) the end of the nine month period following the date of your termination (the “ COBRA Payment Period ”), (ii) the expiration of your eligibility for the continuation coverage under COBRA, or (iii) the date when you become eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment. Upon the conclusion of such period of insurance premium payments made by the Company, you will be responsible for the entire payment of premiums (or payment for the cost of coverage) required under COBRA for the duration of your eligible COBRA coverage period, if any. For purposes of this Section, (1) references to COBRA shall be deemed to refer also to analogous provisions of state law and (2) any applicable insurance premiums that are paid by the Company shall not include any amounts payable by you under a U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 125 health care reimbursement plan, which amounts, if any, are your sole responsibility.

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot provide the COBRA premium benefits without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the U.S. Public Health Service Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums directly to the carrier on your behalf, the Company will instead pay you on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Payment Period a fully taxable cash payment equal to (x) the value of your last monthly group health insurance premiums immediately prior to your Involuntary Termination or (y) the value of your last monthly COBRA premiums paid by the Company, as applicable (dependent on the time the Company makes such determination that it cannot pay the COBRA premiums directly) and in either case subject to applicable tax withholding (such amount, the “ Special Severance Payment ”), such Special Severance Payment to be made without regard to your election of COBRA coverage or payment of COBRA premiums and without regard to your continued eligibility for COBRA coverage during the COBRA Payment Period. Such Special Severance Payment shall end upon expiration of the COBRA Payment Period.

 

(c)           Outplacement Benefits . The Company will provide you with outplacement services from an executive outplacement organization arranged for by the Company, to assist you in the search for new employment. Such outplacement services must commence within the first six months following the date of your termination and shall not exceed six months in duration. The Company will pay for the services directly to the outplacement organization, in an amount not to exceed $15,000.

 

Section 3.      RIF Termination . If you incur a RIF Termination, you shall receive the Severance Benefits set forth in this Section 3.

 

(a)           Enhanced Involuntary Termination Benefits. You shall receive each of the benefits described in Section 2(a)(b) and (c) above, except that the Base Salary Payment Period and the COBRA Payment Period shall be twelve, rather than nine, months.

 

(b)           Bonus. You will receive an amount equal to the greater of (1) your annual target bonus for the year in which the date of your termination occurs, if established by the Company at the time of such termination, and (2) the average of the actual annualized bonus payment percentages (as described below) for the three years prior to the year in which date of termination occurs (the greater of such amounts (1) and (2), as applicable, the “ Severance Bonus ”), pro-rated for the period of time (measured on a weekly basis) you provided services to the Company during the year in which your termination occurs. Your “bonus payment percentage” for purposes of calculation of your Severance Bonus Amount is the actual annual bonus earned by you with respect to a particular year, expressed as a percentage of your annual base salary for such year. The pro-rated Severance Bonus shall be payable to you in a lump sum payment within 30 days following the effective date of your Release, but in any event on or before the Short-Term Deferral Deadline.

 

(c)           Equity Acceleration. The vesting and exercisability (if applicable) of each unvested Equity Award that you hold that is subject to vesting over time shall be accelerated to the extent necessary to give effect to the period of time you remained continuously employed with the Company prior to your RIF Termination during the full duration of vesting period of such Equity Award. For example, if your Equity Award vests upon conclusion of your service for a three-year period and your RIF Termination occurs after you have completed one year of such service, you shall accelerate vesting and exercisability as to one-third of such Equity Award. Each unvested Equity Award that you hold that is subject to vesting based on the achievement of performance conditions for which such achievement has not yet occurred, vesting acceleration shall occur to the extent the Committee determines that it is fair and reasonable to consider that the performance conditions would have been achieved had you remained continuously employed during the full duration of the performance period, pro-rated for the period of time you remained continuously employed with the Company prior to your RIF Termination during the full duration of performance period of such Equity Award.

 

 

 

 

Section 4.      CIC Termination . If you incur a CIC Termination, you shall receive the Severance Benefits set forth in this Section 4.

 

(a)           Enhanced RIF Termination Benefits. You shall receive each of the benefits described in Section 3(a) and (b) above, except that:

 

(1)          the Base Salary Payment Period and the COBRA Payment Period shall be 18, rather than 12, months;

 

(2)          the Severance Bonus shall not be pro-rated and shall instead by multiplied by 1.5; and

 

(3)          the Base Salary payments will be made to you in one lump sum cash payment within 30 days following the effective date of your Release, but in any event on or before the Short-Term Deferral Deadline.

 

(b)           Equity Acceleration. If the Change in Control is a Parent CIC, each Equity Award that you hold will receive Full Acceleration in connection with such Change in Control as provided under Section 3(a)(1) of the Plan (which is irrespective of your CIC Termination). If your CIC Termination occurs within the one month before any Change in Control (including a Parent CIC and/or Company CIC), each Equity Award that you hold shall receive Full Acceleration, as of immediately prior to the Closing or on such other date as the Committee may determine, such date being no later than the Closing. If necessary to give effect to this Section 4(b), upon your Involuntary Termination, all of the Equity Awards you hold as of immediately prior to your Involuntary Termination shall remain outstanding after your Involuntary Termination for at least until the earlier of (i) one month after your Involuntary Termination or (ii) the Closing, if sooner. If the Change in Control is a Company CIC that is not also a Parent CIC and your CIC Termination has not occurred prior to such Company CIC, each Replacement Equity Award that you hold will receive the treatment described in Section 3(a)(2) of the Plan.

 

Section 5.       No Duplication of Benefits. For the avoidance of doubt, upon your Involuntary Termination, you shall be eligible to receive Severance Benefits under one, but not more than one, of Sections 2, 3 or 4 of this Participation Agreement. If you incur an Involuntary Termination and are eligible for Severance Benefits under more than one of Sections 2, 3 and 4, you shall receive the Severance Benefits under the Section providing the greatest level of benefits to you (without duplication) and such Severance Benefits shall be reduced by any Severance Benefits previously provided to you under a different Section of this Participation Agreement. For example, if you incur an Involuntary Termination and within the following one month period a Closing occurs, you will receive benefits under Section 4 and any such benefits shall be reduced by any benefits previously paid to you under Section 2.

 

Section 6.       Acknowledgements.

 

As a condition to participation in the Plan, you hereby acknowledge each of the following:

 

(a)           The benefits that may be provided to you under this Participation Agreement are subject to certain reductions and termination under the Plan.

 

 

 

 

(b)           As further provided in Section 2(b) of the Plan, this Plan and the benefits provided hereunder shall supersede any change in control or severance benefits in any individually negotiated employment contract, offer letter or other written or oral agreement between the Company and you, specifically including any written notice or pay-in-lieu of notice provisions that the Company and you have previously agreed to or that has otherwise been communicated by the Company.

 

(c)           Your eligibility for and receipt of any Severance Benefits to which you may become entitled under this Participation Agreement is expressly contingent upon your compliance with the terms and conditions of the Release and the provisions of the Confidential Information and Invention Assignment between you and the Company dated May 8, 2017 as may be amended from time to time (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”). Severance benefits under this Participation Agreement shall immediately cease in the event of your violation of the provisions of the Release or the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

To accept the terms of this Agreement and participate in the Plan, please sign and date this Agreement in the space provided below and return it to Shelly Applegate, Vice President, Human Resources no later than Aug 9, 2017.

 

Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.  
   
By: /s/ Justin Gover  
  Justin Gover  
     
Title: Chief Executive Officer  
     
Date: Aug 3, 2017  
     
Participant  
   
/s/ Douglas Snyder  
Douglas Snyder  
   
Date: August 9, 2017  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.80

 

 

GW Research Ltd

 

-and-

 

inVentiv Health Commercial Europe Limited

 

 

 

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

 

 

     

 

 

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made with effect from 01 April 2017 (the “ Commencement Date ”),

 

BETWEEN

 

(1) GW RESEARCH LTD , incorporated in England and Wales with company number 03107561, whose registered office is at Sovereign House, Vision Park, Chivers Way, Histon, Cambridge, CB24 9BZ, UK (“ GW ”); and

 

(2) inVentiv Health Commercial Europe Limited , incorporated in England and Wales with company number 08850557, whose registered office is at 10 Bloomsbury Way, London, WC1A 2SL, UK (“ inVentiv ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A. GW is a biopharmaceutical company specialising in the development of cannabinoids as pharmaceutical products and requires market research services.

 

B. inVentiv is a Commercial Contract Organisation specialising in services which support the commercialisation of pharmaceutical and healthcare products and has expertise in areas such as, but not limited to, selling solutions services, market research services, public relations, advertising, medical communications, market access, consulting, brand development and digital strategy.

 

C. inVentiv has agreed to provide GW with the services as set out in one or more Statement(s) of Work (defined below) that inVentiv and GW may agree from time to time, on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement and in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

 

AGREED TERMS

 

1 Definitions

 

1.1 Definitions

 

In this Agreement, the following terms shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Party, any person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Party. For purposes of this definition, “controls” and, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with” mean (a) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management or policies of a business entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract relating to voting rights or corporate governance, or otherwise; or (b) the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty per cent (50%) of the voting securities or other ownership interest of a business entity (or, with respect to a limited partnership or other similar entity, its general partner or controlling entity).

 

Agreement ” means the body of this Master Services Agreement together with any and all schedules, and addenda to it, including all Statements of Work executed by GW and inVentiv from time to time.

 

Background IP ” means GW Background IP or inVentiv Background IP, as applicable in the circumstances.

 

     Page 2   of 30

 

 

Business Day ” 9.00am to 5.30pm local time on a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the UK, are authorised or required by law to close.

 

Competent Authority ” means any national, supranational, regional, state or local agency, authority, department, bureau, commission, council or other public or statutory person, or self-regulating industry body, having jurisdiction over either any of the activities contemplated by any Statement of Work, the Parties or their staff.

 

Compliance Standards ” means the voluntary quality and compliance requirements, such as ABPI Code of Practice and EFPIA Code, the Parties agree are to apply to a particular Statement of Work, as set out in the Statement of Work.

 

Confidential Information ” means (a) the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including each Statement of Work, for which each Party shall be considered a Disclosing Party and a Receiving Party; (b) Information in GW Background IP, and the Results, irrespective of the fact that the Results may be disclosed by inVentiv to GW but excluding Information described in subclause (c) below, for which GW shall be considered the Disclosing Party and inVentiv the Receiving Party; (c) Information in inVentiv Background IP and Improvements, for which inVentiv shall be considered the Disclosing Party and GW the Receiving Party; and (d) any other Information that should reasonably be treated as confidential based on the nature of the Information or the circumstances of its disclosure that is provided by one Party or its Affiliates to the other in any form and whether or not marked as confidential or otherwise obtained or learned by one Party from the other Party or its Affiliates before, on or after the Commencement Date, including any Information disclosed in contemplation of, or during the negotiation of, any Statement of Work, with respect to which the Party making such disclosure shall be the Disclosing Party and the Party(ies) receiving such Information shall each be a Receiving Party.

 

Control ” or “ Controlled ” means, with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights, possession (whether by ownership, licence or other right, except any licence granted under this Agreement) by a Party or its Affiliates of the ability to grant to the other Party access to or a licence (or sub-licence) under such Intellectual Property Rights as provided under this Agreement without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with a Third Party.

 

Deliverables ” means any and all Information, materials or other items to be generated and delivered by inVentiv to GW as a deliverable, as described under a particular Statement of Work.

 

Designated Supervisors ” means the individuals identified as such in a Statement of Work who will perform the functions set out in clause 3.2. A Designated Supervisor will typically be a project or programme manager, or other individual whose role includes day-to-day oversight of the activities described in the Statement of Work.

 

Disclosing Party ” means a Party that discloses, or is deemed to have disclosed pursuant to clause 6.1, Confidential Information to the other Party.

 

Documents ” means any and all books, manuals, protocols, data collection forms, reports, research notes, photographs, graphs, notebooks, files, discs, records, CD-ROM and any other graphic or written data or media on which knowledge or information can be stored.

 

Fees ” means the fees, including administrative charges and overheads, payable by GW to inVentiv under a particular Statement of Work in consideration of inVentiv’ performance of the Services set out in that particular Statement of Work.

 

     Page 3 of 30

 

 

GW Background IP ” means all Intellectual Property Rights Controlled by GW at the Commencement Date or at any time during the term of this Agreement, which in the opinion of GW (in its sole discretion) may assist the performance of the Services. GW Background IP does not include any of the Intellectual Property Rights in the Results.

 

GW Code of Conduct for Business Partners ” means the guideline (version of August 2015) which can be found at http://ir.gwpharm.com/corporate-governance.cfm , which sets out the ethical standards to which GW requires its suppliers, vendors, customers, agents, consultants and contractors to conform. Any amendment or update to the Code of Conduct for Business Partners will be recorded in the Statement of Work, and will apply to the Services described therein.

 

GW Property means any and all (a) Information relating to the Services, the GW Background IP, or the business or affairs of GW or any of its Affiliates or its or their customers or business contacts provided for inVentiv’s use by GW or otherwise disclosed by GW to inVentiv in connection with this Agreement; (b) equipment, hardware or software provided for inVentiv’s use by GW; and (c) Results.

 

Improvements ” means any and all non-severable improvements, modifications or adaptations arising from the performance of the Services relating to inVentiv Background IP existing at the time the Services are performed.

 

Information ” means technical and other information, including information comprising or relating to data, designs, discoveries, formulae, inventions, methods, models, research plans, procedures, designs for experiments and tests and results of experimentation and testing (including results of research or development and including all forms of tangible materials generated), processes (including analytical procedures, assays, manufacturing processes, specifications and techniques), laboratory records, chemical, pharmacological, toxicological clinical, analytical and quality control data, clinical and non-clinical trial data, case report forms, data analyses, reports, manufacturing data or summaries and information contained in submissions to and information from ethical committees and any Competent Authority, financial information and pricing information. Information includes Documents containing Information and any rights including trade secrets, copyright, database or design rights protecting such Information.

 

Insurance Policies ” means the insurance policies required to be maintained by each Party pursuant to clause 9.3.

 

Intellectual Property Rights ” means any and all (a) patents (including petty patents, utility models, registered designs and any and all patent-like protections), applications for any of the foregoing (including continuations, continuations-in-part and divisional applications), any extensions of the exclusivity granted in connection with patents, the right to apply for and be granted any of the foregoing, and rights in inventions; (b) trademarks and service marks, applications for any of the foregoing, the right to apply for any of the foregoing, rights in trade names, business names, brand names, get-up, logos, domain names and URLs; (c) copyrights, design rights (including registered designs), semiconductor topography rights, database rights and publication rights; (d) rights in know-how, trade secrets and confidential information; (e) all other forms of intellectual property right having equivalent or similar effect to any of the foregoing which may exist anywhere in the world; and (f) in each case (a) to (e), the right to apply for any of the same anywhere in the world.

 

inVentiv Background IP ” means all Intellectual Property Rights Controlled by inVentiv at the Commencement Date or at any time during the term of this Agreement.

 

     Page 4   of 30

 

 

Parties ” means GW and inVentiv, and a “ Party ” shall mean either of them.

 

Personnel ” means any and all directors, officers, employees or agents of (a) inVentiv; (b) Sub-contractors appointed in accordance with clause 3.6; and (c) any other persons providing Services at the request, or under the direction, of inVentiv, including any such person specifically identified as such in a Statement of Work.

 

Results ” means all Documents, Information, materials, reports and deliverables provided by inVentiv to GW pursuant to this Agreement whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or susceptible to any other form of legal protection which are made, conceived, reduced to practice or authored by inVentiv, or its Personnel as a result of the performance of Services, or which are derived from use or possession of GW’s Confidential Information, and any and all Intellectual Property Rights, save for Improvements, in the foregoing.

 

Services ” means the services to be carried out by inVentiv as described in the relevant Statement of Work.

 

Specifications ” means the specifications, if any, for a particular Deliverable to be delivered under a particular Statement of Work, as identified or set out in the relevant Statement of Work.

 

Statement of Work ” has the meaning given to it in clause 2.1.1. Each Statement of Work shall be in the form of the model attached to this Agreement as Schedule 1 or such other form as may be used and signed by the Parties.

 

Sub-contractor ” means any organisation or persons sub-contracted by inVentiv to assist in the provision of the Services under a particular Statement of Work. Provisions of this agreement applicable to inVentiv employees shall also be applicable to inVentiv personnel who are engaged as contractors working under the day-to-day supervision of inVentiv, but such contractors are not employees of inVentiv.

 

Term ” has the meaning given to it in clause 10.1.

 

Third Party ” means any corporation, unincorporated organisation, person or other legal entity other than GW and its Affiliates or inVentiv and its Affiliates.

 

1.2 Interpretation

 

1.2.1 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) references to a particular clause, schedule or paragraph shall be a reference to that clause, schedule or paragraph in this Agreement;

 

(b) words in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and references to the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and vice versa;

 

(c) headings are for convenience only and shall be ignored in interpreting this Agreement;

 

(d) reference to a “person” shall mean any individual, partnership, company, corporation, joint venture, trust, association, organisation or other entity, in each case whether or not having separate legal personality;

 

     Page 5   of 30

 

 

(e) the words “include”, “including” or “in particular” are to be construed without limitation to the generality of the preceding words;

 

(f) references to a statute include any statutory modification, extension or re-enactment of that statute;

 

(g) any reference to “writing” includes a reference to any communication effected by facsimile transmission or similar means, but not e-mail;

 

(h) the word “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”; and

 

(i) any covenant by a Party not to do an act or thing shall be deemed to include an obligation not to permit or suffer such act or thing to be done by another person under its control or at its direction.

 

2 Statements of Work

 

2.1 Agreeing Statements of Work

 

GW may from time to time request that inVentiv provide it with certain services. When GW makes such a request, GW and inVentiv shall negotiate with each other with a view to reaching agreement on the services to be performed and the terms allied to such services. If the Parties reach agreement in their respective sole discretion, they shall execute a statement of work referencing this Master Services Agreement (each, a “Statement of Work”) setting out:

 

(a) the scope of the Services to be undertaken;

 

(b) the Compliance Standards to apply;

 

(c) the applicable timelines;

 

(d) the Deliverables and corresponding Specifications (if any);

 

(e) the Fees and any reimbursable expenses or pass-through costs;

 

(f) the respective responsibilities of each Party;

 

(g) performance measures and requirements for progress reports (if relevant);

 

(h) any other information as the Parties may consider relevant to the Services;

 

(i) any specific and additional terms the Parties have agreed with respect to the performance of the Services.

 

2.2 Status of Statements of Work

 

Each and every Statement of Work shall incorporate and be read in conjunction with the terms of the body of this master services agreement (as may be varied from time to time in accordance with its provisions) and together constitute the entire agreement between the Parties for the Statement of Work, but each Statement of Work shall be a unique agreement and shall stand alone with respect to any other Statement of Work. If any provisions of a Statement of Work are in direct conflict with the terms of this Agreement, so that the provisions of both cannot be given effect, the terms of this Agreement shall have preference, unless the Parties clearly expressed their intention in the Statement of Work that the Statement of Work shall override the terms of this Agreement.

 

     Page 6   of 30

 

 

2.3 Affiliate contracting

 

The Parties acknowledge that in addition to inVentiv, certain of inVentiv’s Affiliates may provide certain services to GW and may directly enter into a Statement of Work with GW, pursuant to which such inVentiv Affiliate shall provide certain services to GW, as set forth in detail in said Statement of Work. In such event, the Statement of Work shall confirm that this Agreement shall govern the relationship between GW and the particular inVentiv Affiliate, and such parties agree to be bound by the terms set forth in this Agreement. Furthermore, all references in this Agreement to inVentiv shall be deemed to be to the applicable inVentiv Affiliate; provided, however, GW agrees that inVentiv acts solely on its own behalf and shall not be liable, or otherwise responsible, for the acts or omissions of any inVentiv Affiliate under any circumstances in connection with any Statement of Work that is not signed by inVentiv. Further, each inVentiv Affiliate acts solely on its own behalf and shall not be liable, or otherwise responsible, for the acts or omissions of inVentiv or any other inVentiv Affiliate under any circumstances in connection with this Agreement or any Statement of Work that is not signed by that inVentiv Affiliate. The Parties agree and acknowledge that Affiliates may agree to new or additional terms and conditions in an applicable Statement of Work.

 

3 The Services

 

3.1 Performance of Services

 

3.1.1 Upon execution by the Parties of a Statement of Work, inVentiv shall provide the Services to GW in accordance with the provisions of that Statement of Work and of this Agreement.

 

3.1.2 inVentiv shall, on a Statement of Work by Statement of Work basis:

 

(a) perform the Services under the Statement of Work with reasonable skill, care, attention and diligence and in accordance with (i) any and all applicable laws, regulations and governmental guidelines applicable to the Services, (ii) the Specifications in all material respects, and (iii) all written instructions reasonably given by GW from time to time regarding the output of the Services, provided such instructions are consistent with the scope of work, approach and other provisions of the Statement of Work, and in a timely manner;

 

(b) perform the Services under the Statement of Work in accordance with the Compliance Standards specified in it;

 

(c) comply with the principles set forth in the GW Code of Conduct for Business Partners in connection with the performance of the Services;

 

(d) ensure that its Personnel have the appropriate experience, training and resources to perform the Services;

 

(e) without limitation to clause 3.1.2(a), in connection with the Services and this Agreement comply with, and shall not engage directly or indirectly in any activities that could constitute a breach of, any applicable laws and regulations relating to anti-bribery and anti-corruption, including the UK Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 1977 and any equivalent measures in any other relevant country or jurisdiction;

 

     Page 7   of 30

 

 

(f) make, keep and maintain or furnish to GW complete and accurate records of its work in performing the Services as and to the extent specified in the applicable Statement of Work. All records generated in performing the Services shall be maintained by inVentiv during the performance of the Services and for a period of five (5) years thereafter, and it shall grant GW access to such records or provide copies thereof as reasonably requested.

 

3.1.3 GW acknowledges that it is solely responsible for reviewing and approving all product promotional materials and literature created pursuant to this Agreement or Statement of Work and for ensuring all such materials comply with applicable law.

 

3.2 Supervision of Performance of the Services

 

Each Party shall for each Statement of Work appoint a Designated Supervisor for the Services, who shall be named in the Statement of Work. inVentiv’s Designated Supervisor shall be responsible for inVentiv’s overall conduct of the Services for the Statement of Work in which they are named and shall be the principal point of contact with GW for all matters relating to that Statement of Work. If for any reason a Designated Supervisor of either Party is unable or unwilling to act, the Party concerned shall appoint a new Designated Supervisor promptly following the inability or unwillingness of the existing Designated Supervisor becoming apparent to that Party. The Party concerned shall notify the other Party of the appointment of a new Designated Supervisor immediately upon such appointment.

 

3.3 Audits and Inspections

 

3.3.1 GW shall from time to time upon giving inVentiv reasonable advance notice in writing be entitled to send its representatives to visit the premises of inVentiv or its Sub-contractors where the Services are being carried out or where the applicable records are maintained for the purposes of auditing the charges paid or payable by GW under this Agreement or assessing the progress and quality of the Services and to review the records produced in accordance with clause 3.1.2(e). The review of any other records pertaining exclusively to the Services that are retained by inVentiv shall be subject to mutual agreement. GW reserves the right to appoint an agent or agents to conduct any audit under this clause 3.3 on its behalf, however, shall ensure that such agents are bound by obligations of professional confidentiality at least as stringent as the confidentiality obligations of the Parties to each other under this Agreement. GW shall give at least 30 days’ notice except where the cause for audit warrants a shorter period due to the requirements of a Competent Authority or applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no representative or agent may be a competitor of inVentiv, and (ii) any such audit, assessment or review may be conducted only once per calendar year (except where required due to the requirements of a Competent Authority or applicable law or where the audit is being conducted for cause to ensure remedial actions have been implemented), shall be subject to inVentiv’ confidentiality and security policies, will take place at a mutually acceptable time during business hours, and shall be at GW’s expense.

 

3.3.2 inVentiv will notify GW promptly in the event of any inspection by a Regulatory Authority of their premises (or those of their Sub-contractors) at or from which Services are being performed to the extent such inspection relates to the Services or the business unit responsible for delivering the Services. In the event of an inspection which relates to the Services, inVentiv will, to the extent permissible under applicable laws, consult with and allow GW to review and comment on any responses to such authority related to the inspection. inVentiv will, to the extent legally permissible, notify GW in writing promptly (and in any case within two (2) Business Days) after receipt of any warning letter from any Competent Authority raising any issues that may adversely affect or modify any of the Services and will keep GW informed of all investigations or corrective action being taken by inVentiv to address any such issues.

 

     Page 8   of 30

 

 

3.4 Acceptance of Deliverables

 

3.4.1 Without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to GW, GW shall be entitled to reject any Deliverables that are not, in its reasonable opinion, produced or delivered in accordance with the Specifications at the time of delivery or any Service that has not been performed in accordance with the relevant Statement of Work. In such event, at GW’s election, inVentiv shall either (a) at its sole cost, complete or repeat the specific Deliverables or Services which GW has rejected, or (b) refund GW the fees and expenses paid in performing the Services in question and issue a credit note for any such fees and expenses invoiced but not yet paid. Without prejudice to clause 3.5, where inVentiv is required to complete or repeat Deliverables or Services under this clause 3.4, it shall do so in accordance with the timetable set-out in the relevant Statement of Work, or in the absence of such a timetable or in the event rejection by GW takes place after a deadline stipulated in the relevant Statement of Work, in accordance with a timetable that GW shall stipulate.

 

3.4.2 inVentiv waives, and shall procure that its Personnel waive, any moral rights in the reports delivered under this Agreement to which inVentiv is now or may at any future time be entitled under the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 or any similar provisions of law in any jurisdiction, including the right to be identified, the right of integrity and the right against false attribution, and agrees not to institute, support, maintain or permit any action or claim to the effect that any treatment, exploitation or use of such Results infringes inVentiv’s or the relevant Personnel’s moral rights.

 

3.5 Timely performance

 

inVentiv acknowledges and agrees that timely completion of the Services is an essential and critical business requirement for GW, and that time is of the essence regarding inVentiv’s performance under each Statement of Work. inVentiv shall notify GW promptly upon becoming aware of any event or circumstance which will, or which could reasonably be expected to, cause a delay in delivering any Deliverable, the completion of any milestone or inVentiv delivering any element of the Services in accordance with the timetable set out in the relevant Statement of Work.

 

3.6 Subcontracting

 

3.6.1 With GW’s written consent, given at its sole discretion, inVentiv may subcontract any (but not all) of the Services to be performed under a particular Statement of Work to a Third Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, consent shall not be required for inVentiv to subcontract the Services or part thereof to any of its Affiliates or individual personnel retained by inVentiv or its Affiliates on an independent contractor basis or through a Third Party. GW shall have no recourse and bring no claim against any Affiliate or Third Party Sub-Contractor. inVentiv shall remain fully responsible towards GW for the performance of any Sub-Contractors, whether those are Third Party Sub-Contractors or Affiliates.

 

3.6.2 It shall be a condition of any subcontracting that inVentiv shall:

 

(a) enter into contracts with all Sub-contractors obliging them to provide Services in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation provisions under which:

 

(i) the Results shall be fully communicated to and owned by GW; and

 

     Page 9   of 30

 

 

(ii) GW shall have the right to inspect any work being done by any Sub-contractors on terms equivalent to clause 3.3.

 

(b) be responsible for the compliance by any Sub-contractor with the applicable provisions of this Agreement. The appointment of any Sub-contractor shall not negate or affect inVentiv’ duties and direct responsibility to GW to perform the subcontracted work.

 

3.6.3       Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent GW from appointing a person or entity other than inVentiv to conduct services that are the same as, or similar to, those set out in any Statement of Work, and GW shall not be obliged to enter into any minimum number of Statements of Work.

 

4 Information and Reports

 

4.1 Information sharing

 

4.1.1 Upon initiation of activities under a Statement of Work, and at its own cost, GW shall supply inVentiv with all Information and materials in GW’s possession it is responsible to furnish under the applicable Statement of Work or GW reasonably believes inVentiv needs to know, and all the product training and assistance required in order to properly perform the Services in compliance with applicable laws. Additional obligations of GW in this respect that are unique to a specific Statement of Work shall be specified in that Statement of Work. GW shall notify inVentiv of any additional Information pertinent to the Services being performed under a Statement of Work promptly after becoming aware of it.

 

4.1.2 inVentiv shall notify GW of Information (other than Information of a Third Party to whom inVentiv owes duties of confidence) regarding any event or circumstance not anticipated when the Parties enter into a Statement of Work that materially and adversely affects the usefulness or purpose for performing the Services being performed under such Statement of Work that becomes known to the Personnel rendering such Services promptly after becoming aware of it, including identifying to GW Information that GW may not be aware of given the local expertise of inVentiv such as if the Services as proposed may likely lead to a breach of applicable Compliance Standards. inVentiv shall confirm any verbal communication of such pertinent information by email within two (2) Business Days following the verbal communication.

 

4.2 Reporting

 

inVentiv shall keep GW fully informed of the progress of the Services under each Statement of Work on a regular basis and in writing as specified in the relevant Statement of Work. inVentiv shall comply with all reasonable instructions given by GW from time to time as to the format and content of any such update. In particular, inVentiv shall provide information relating to progress of the Services against milestones specified in the Statement of Work.

 

     Page 10   of 3 0

 

 

5 Invoices and Payment

 

5.1 Invoicing and Payment

 

inVentiv shall submit an invoice to GW whenever payment of Fees are due, together with such evidence as GW may reasonably request for the purpose of verifying that the Services in respect of which the payment in question is due have been performed. Each invoice shall give a description of the Services provided during the period covered by such invoice. Save as otherwise provided in a particular Statement of Work, Fees due under each Statement of Work: (a) are payable in the currency(ies) specified in it; (b) are exclusive of VAT (VAT to be added separately, as applicable and at the prevailing rate); (c) provided that GW is satisfied that the parts of the Services in question have been properly completed, shall be made within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt by GW of the invoice; (d) shall be paid to the bank account specified in the Statement of Work or such other bank account of inVentiv as inVentiv may notify to GW in accordance with clause 12.12; and (e) shall be made by the due date, failing which inVentiv may charge interest on any undisputed and outstanding amount on a daily basis at a rate equivalent to two per cent (2%) above the twelve (12) month LIBOR rate then in force in London. For any payments disputed in good faith, interest under this clause 5.1 is payable only after the dispute is resolved, on sums found or agreed to be due, from the due date until payment.

 

5.2 Included Costs and Expenses

 

The Fees shall cover all Services provided by inVentiv under this Agreement. GW will not pay any additional sums not otherwise provided for in this Agreement unless it first agrees to those sums in writing in advance. GW shall reimburse inVentiv for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, provided that such expenses are provided for in a Statement of Work or otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing in advance and inVentiv submits a written claim for reimbursement of such expenses to GW within ninety (90) days following the end of the month in which the expense was incurred. inVentiv will make copies of receipts evidencing the amount of such expenses and the date on which such expenses were incurred available upon GW’s request. The invoicing and payment of reimbursements shall be governed by clause 5.1 in the same manner as Fees. Further guidance on pass-through costs and allowable expenses will be set out in the Statement of Work.

 

6 Confidential Information

 

6.1 Non-disclosure and non-use

 

6.1.1 Except as set out in this clause 6, the Receiving Party shall and shall cause its officers, directors, employees and agents to, keep confidential and not publish or otherwise disclose, and not use directly or indirectly for any purpose any Confidential Information furnished or otherwise made available to it, directly or indirectly by the Disclosing Party.

 

6.1.2 Confidential Information shall not include any Information which a Receiving Party can establish:

 

(a) is already lawfully possessed by the Receiving Party without any obligations of confidentiality or restrictions on use prior to receiving it from the Disclosing Party, as documented by prior written records or can be shown by other competent evidence; or

 

(b) is or becomes public knowledge or is or becomes in the public domain other than by breach of this clause 6.1.2 by the Receiving Party; or

 

(c) is obtained subsequently by the Receiving Party from a Third Party without any obligations of confidentiality with respect to such Information and, to Receiving Party’s knowledge, such Third Party is in lawful possession of such information and not in violation of any contractual or legal obligation to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or

 

     Page 11   of 30

 

 

(d) has been developed by the Receiving Party independently of any access to or use of any Confidential Information disclosed hereunder, as documented by the Receiving Party’s written records or can be shown by other competent evidence.

 

6.1.3 For the avoidance of doubt (a) GW shall be considered to be the Disclosing Party with respect to any newly created Information that is part of the Results, (b) the fact Confidential Information may have been disclosed to a Receiving Party by the Disclosing Party or an Affiliate of the Disclosing Party under a prior agreement operate to operate to exclude such Information from the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, and (c) Confidential Information shall not be deemed to be within the exceptions set out in clause 6.1.2 merely because it is specific and embraced by more general information in the public domain or in the possession of a Receiving Party, or is a combination of information from multiple sources.

 

6.2 Permitted uses

 

6.2.1 inVentiv may use Confidential Information of GW for the sole purpose of performing the Services in accordance with this Agreement, and unless otherwise agreed by GW in writing, shall only disclose the Confidential Information of GW to its Personnel on a need to know basis solely for the purpose of performing the Services, provided that:

 

(a) inVentiv informs its Personnel of the confidential nature of GW’s Confidential Information before disclosure, and shall ensure its Personnel are bound by confidentiality terms no less restrictive than those set out in this clause 6 to hold in confidence such Confidential Information; and

 

(b) at all times, inVentiv is responsible for the compliance of such Personnel with the obligations set out in this Agreement.

 

6.2.2 GW may use and disclose inVentiv’ Confidential Information as necessary or reasonably useful to exploit the Results or any product developed using the Results, consistent with the license granted to GW pursuant to clause 7.2.1, and may make disclosures to Competent Authorities, provided, however, that reasonable measures shall be taken to assure confidential treatment of such information.

 

6.2.3 Without prejudice to the rest of this clause 6, the Receiving Party shall:

 

(a) with respect to the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, exercise the same degree of care that it exercises with respect to its own confidential information which it desires to maintain as confidential (but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care) to prevent its disclosure to any Third Party; and

 

(b) reproduce the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party only to the extent necessary to perform this Agreement, with all such reproductions being identified as Confidential Information.

 

6.3 Unauthorised use or disclosure

 

The Receiving Party shall notify the Disclosing Party promptly following discovery of any unauthorised use or disclosure of Confidential Information by it, and shall co-operate with the Disclosing Party in every reasonable way to help the Disclosing Party regain possession of the Confidential Information and prevent its further unauthorised use or disclosure.

 

     Page 12   of 30

 

 

6.4 Exceptions to non-disclosure and non-use provisions

 

The Receiving Party may disclose any part of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party solely to the extent that the Receiving Party is legally required to do so, whether pursuant to an order of a court of competent jurisdiction or governmental authority or otherwise; provided that the Receiving Party shall unless prohibited notify the Disclosing Party prior to making such disclosure and use its commercially reasonable endeavours to limit such disclosure and, if permitted and reasonably practicable, to provide the Disclosing Party with an opportunity to make representations to the relevant court or governmental authority.

 

6.5 Return of Confidential Information

 

The Receiving Party shall, within seven (7) days of the Disclosing Party’s request at any time, and at the Disclosing Party’s option return or destroy (or permanently delete in the case of Confidential Information held electronically) all Confidential Information in the possession or control of the Receiving Party, except for (a) archival electronic information that is electronically archived in the normal course and not in general use; (b) information subject to a “litigation hold”, but only during the hold period; (c) information included in minutes of the board of directors of the Receiving Party and committees thereof; (d) information which must otherwise be maintained as a requirement of law or regulation; or (e) one (1) copy of the Confidential Information to the extent reasonable to permit the Receiving Party to keep evidence that it has performed its obligations under this Agreement; provided, in each case (a) to (e) above, that the confidentiality and non-use restrictions set out in clause 6.1 (subject to the other provisions of clause 6.1.2) of this Agreement shall continue to apply to such Confidential Information, except that the Receiving Party shall not make any further use or disclosure of the Confidential Information except as expressly permitted herein.

 

6.6 Publication

 

inVentiv shall not make any external publication relating to the Services or the Results without the prior written consent of GW. inVentiv may reference the Services in communications to its Personnel providing that such communications (i) are designated ‘for internal use only’ and (ii) no GW Confidential Information is disclosed therein.

 

6.7 Survival

 

The provisions of this clause 6 shall survive termination or expiry of this Agreement for whatever reason, and shall remain in full force and effect for a period of five (5) years from the completion of Services under the Statement of Work under which such Confidential Information was last disclosed or used or, if longer, for so long as such Confidential Information constitutes a trade secret under applicable law.

 

7 Intellectual Property

 

7.1 Ownership and use of Background IP

 

7.1.1 This Agreement does not affect the ownership of any Background IP, the ownership of which will remain the property of the Party that contributes them to the Services (or its licensors).

 

7.1.2 GW hereby authorises inVentiv to use its GW Background IP for the sole purpose of performing the Services specified in each Statement of Work, but for no other purpose. inVentiv may not authorise any other person to use the GW Background IP except that inVentiv may allow any of its Affiliates, and any Sub-contractor working for or on behalf of inVentiv or any of its Affiliates, to use GW Background IP for the purpose of carrying out the Services.

 

     Page 13   of 30

 

 

7.1.3 inVentiv hereby grants to GW a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid-up, royalty-free, non- transferable, worldwide licence, with the right to sub-license through multiple tiers, to use and otherwise exploit in any way any inVentiv Background IP or Improvements that are accessed or used as part of the Services or arise out of the Services to the extent necessary or useful to utilise or develop the Results. inVentiv shall provide GW with all Information in its possession which is useful or necessary to enable GW to utilise any inVentiv Background IP or Improvements to which inVentiv grants GW a licence under this clause 7.1.3.

 

7.2 Ownership and use of Results

 

7.2.1 The Results shall be GW’s exclusive property in each case from the date of their conception, discovery or invention and. GW may take such steps as it may decide from time to time, at its own expense, to register and maintain any protection for the Results, including filing and prosecuting patent applications claiming or covering any of the Results. The Results shall be deemed to be “works made for hire” or equivalent to the extent they qualify as such under applicable copyright laws. Insofar as title in any of the Results does not vest in GW automatically by operation of law or under this Agreement, notwithstanding the foregoing, inVentiv shall assign to GW all its current and future right, title and interest in the Results (including all its rights in Documents recording the Results and all Intellectual Property Rights therein). inVentiv shall upon GW’s request execute all documents, give all assistance and do all acts and things, at the expense of GW and at any time either during or after the Term, as may, in the reasonable opinion of GW, be necessary or desirable to enable GW to vest or register the Results in the name of GW and to defend GW against claims that use or exploitation of the Results infringe Third Party rights, and otherwise to protect the Results. Pending such assignment of the Results, GW shall have an exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable worldwide licence under the Results, for any purpose, with the right to grant sub-licences through multiple tiers

 

7.2.2 GW authorises inVentiv to use the Results for the sole purpose of performing the Services, but for no other purpose. inVentiv may not authorise any Third Party to use the Results other than any Sub-contractor working for or on behalf of inVentiv or any of its Affiliates.

 

7.3 No further compensation

 

inVentiv acknowledges that no further remuneration or compensation other than that provided for in this Agreement is or may become due to inVentiv in respect of the performance of inVentiv’s obligations under this clause 7.

 

8 Representations and Warranties

 

8.1 inVentiv represents and warrants that it:

 

(a) is duly organised, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state or country, as applicable, in which it is organised;

 

(b) has the requisite power and authority and the legal right to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(c) has the right to assign the Results to GW in accordance with clause 7 free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances and security interests

 

     Page 14   of 30

 

 

(d) has and will continue to have all governmental approvals necessary for it to carry out the Services;

 

(e) is not party to any agreement that would prevent it from fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(f) has, and will maintain, all appropriate licences, approvals and certifications required by any Competent Authority, to safely, adequately and lawfully perform its obligations under this Agreement; and

 

(g) has not misappropriated any knowledge or Information of any Third Party.

 

8.2 GW represents and warrants that:

 

(a) it is duly organised, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state or country, as applicable, in which it is organised; and

 

(b) it has the requisite power and authority and the legal right to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

9 Insurance and Liability

 

9.1 Indemnity

 

9.1.1 GW shall indemnify inVentiv and keep it fully and effectively indemnified against all losses, liabilities, damages and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) suffered or incurred in connection with any claims, demands, actions or other proceedings made or brought against inVentiv by any Third Party to the extent those are a result of or connected with:

 

(a) any negligence, misconduct or breach of this Agreement or any Statement of Work by GW or any officer, employee, representative or subcontractor of GW; or

 

(b) any non-compliance with any applicable laws by GW or any officer, employee, representative or subcontractor of GW in connection with the performance of Services, or

 

(c) the use of GW’s products to the extent that they are product liability claims, whether arising out of warranty, negligence, strict liability (including manufacturing, design, warning or instruction claims) or any other product based statutory claim.

 

9.1.2 inVentiv shall indemnify GW and keep it fully and effectively indemnified against:

 

(a) all losses, liabilities, damages and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and costs) suffered or incurred in connection with any claims, demands, actions or other proceedings made or brought against GW by any Third Party to the extent those are a result of or in connected with:

 

(i) any negligence, misconduct or breach of this Agreement or a Statement of Work by inVentiv or any of its Personnel; or

 

(ii) any non-compliance with any applicable laws or Compliance Standards by inVentiv or any of its Personnel; or

 

     Page 15   of 30

 

 

(b) all losses, liabilities, damages and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and costs) suffered or incurred in connection with any claims, demands, actions or other proceedings:

 

(i) made or brought by any Personnel in relation to sums owed to them including, without limitation, salaries, wages, holiday pay, sick pay, expenses, commissions, incentive payments, bonuses, pensions and benefits;

 

(ii) in relation to National Insurance, social security or like contributions, income tax or other taxation obligations in connection with payments made or benefits provided to any Personnel in connection with the provision of the Services;

 

(iii) arising from any Personnel alleging or being held or deemed to be an employee of GW whilst performing Services under a Statement of Work, including any claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal or redundancy payment; and

 

(iv) arising out of or in connection with any transfer, deemed transfer or alleged transfer by operation of law of any Personnel, including in respect of Directive 2001/23/EC or the national legislation implementing it such as the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006 (SI 2006/246) (together “ TUPE ”).

 

9.1.3 The indemnities given in clauses 9.1.1 and 9.1.2 shall not apply to the extent that the claim arises as a result of any negligence, misconduct or breach of this Agreement or a Statement of Work by the Party claiming the indemnity.

 

9.1.4 The indemnity given in clause 9.1.2(b)(iv) shall not apply:

 

(a) to the extent that, on the termination or expiry of a Statement of Work, services similar to the Services provided under that Statement of Work are performed by GW or a Third Party supplier of GW and, as a result, any Personnel transfer by operation of law to GW or that Third Party supplier under TUPE (an “ Excluded Transfer” ); or

 

(b) where GW exercises its rights under a Statement of Work to acquire or assume the employment contracts of any Personnel (provided that is not by way of an Excluded Transfer).

 

9.1.5 In the event that there is an Excluded Transfer (and Personnel transfer by operation of law to GW or a Third Party supplier) (each a “Transferring Employee”), the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a) GW and inVentiv will (and, if relevant GW will use all reasonable endeavours to procure that a successor third party supplier will) promptly and in a co-operative and helpful manner:

 

(i) agree arrangements for the timely exchange of information about the each Transferring Employee and the apportionment of salary and other benefits; and

 

(ii) comply with any respective obligations under TUPE.

 

     Page 16   of 30

 

 

(b) inVentiv shall indemnify GW and each Third Party supplier and keep it/them fully and effectively indemnified against all losses, liabilities, damages and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and costs) suffered or incurred (whether directly or indirectly) in connection with:

 

(i) any claim by a Transferring Employee in respect of any fact or matter to the extent that such claim concerns or arises from employment before the date on which his/her employment transfers; and

 

(ii) any claim arising from the failure by inVentiv to comply with information and consultation obligations under TUPE.

 

(c) GW shall indemnify inVentiv against all losses, liabilities, damages and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and costs) suffered or incurred (whether directly or indirectly) in connection with:

 

(i) any claim by a Transferring Employee in respect of any fact or matter to the extent that such claim concerns or arises from employment on or after before the date on which his/her employment transfers;

 

(ii) any claim arising from the failure by GW or a Third Party supplier to comply with information and consultation obligations under TUPE;

 

(iii) any claim under TUPE on the grounds that there has been or will be a substantial change in working conditions to the detriment of an employee who is a Transferring Employee.

 

9.1.6 The indemnities given in this clause 9.1 are subject to the Party claiming the indemnity:

 

(a) promptly notifying the indemnifying Party in writing with details of the claim and providing the indemnifying Party with access to all documents and information reasonably required to enable it to defend the claim. The failure by an indemnified Party to notify the indemnifying Party of such claim shall not relieve the indemnifying Party of responsibility under this clause 9, except to the extent such failure adversely prejudices the ability of the indemnifying Party to defend such claim;

 

(b) allowing the indemnifying Party to have the conduct of the defence or settlement of the claim (provided that the Party claiming the indemnity may elect to choose counsel independent from that representing the indemnifying Party at its own cost and expense);

 

(c) giving the indemnifying Party all reasonable assistance (at the indemnifying Party's expense) in dealing with the claim; and

 

(d) not making any payment or incurring any expenses in connection with the claim, or making any admissions or doing anything that may compromise or prejudice the defence of any such claim without the prior written consent of the indemnifying party.

 

     Page 17   of 30

 

 

9.2 Liability

 

9.2.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law but with the exception of (i) its indemnification obligations as set out in clause 9.1.1, (ii) its obligations with regard to interest payments as set out in clause 5.1, and (iii) any damage caused intentionally or by GW’s gross negligence, GW’s aggregate liability, whether in contract, tort, negligence, breach of statutory duty or warranty, failure of essential purpose or otherwise, shall be limited to the total payments paid or due and payable by GW to inVentiv under the Statement of Work under which the liability principally arises over the twelve (12) months (or part thereof) preceding the date on which the liability arose.

 

9.2.2 To the fullest extent permitted by law but with the exception of (i) its indemnification obligations as set out in clause 9.1.2 and (ii) any damage caused intentionally or by inVentiv’s gross negligence, inVentiv’ aggregate liability, whether in contract, tort, negligence, breach of statutory duty or warranty, failure of essential purpose or otherwise, shall be limited to two times the total payments for Fees payable by GW to inVentiv under the Statement of Work under which the liability principally arises over the twelve (12) months (or part thereof) preceding the date on which the liability arose.

 

9.2.3 Except under the Indemnities in clauses 9.1.1 and 9.1.2, in no circumstances shall either Party be liable whether in contract, tort, negligence, breach of statutory duty or otherwise, for any loss, damage, costs, or expenses of any nature whatsoever incurred or suffered by the other Party (a) of an indirect, special, or consequential nature, or (b) that is a loss of profits, revenue, business opportunity, or goodwill.

 

9.2.4 Nothing in this Agreement excludes any person’s liability to the extent that it may not be so excluded under applicable law, including any such liability for death or personal injury caused by that person’s negligence, or liability for fraud.

 

9.3 Insurance

 

During the Term and for any claims made Insurance Policies at least three (3) years thereafter, each Party shall maintain, as applicable, general or Public Liability insurance up to £10,000,000 per occurrence series. In addition, GW shall carry Products and Services Liability insurance up to £10,000,000 per claim and in the aggregate. Each Party shall ensure that the Insurance Policies are taken out with reputable insurers, and that such Insurance Policies offer the type and amount of coverage appropriate to the Services in a Statement of Work. Each Party shall, on request, supply to the other certificates evidencing the coverage. inVentiv shall name GW as an additional insured on all liability insurance coverage as its interests may appear and GW warrants that its liability insurances include an indemnity to principal provision.

 

10 Term and Termination

 

10.1 Term

 

Subject to any earlier termination in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, this Agreement shall last for a term 3 years from the Commencement Date of this Agreement, or for such further periods as the Parties may agree in writing (the “ Term ”). Each individual Statement of Work shall commence on the date of its execution and shall terminate on the completion of the Services and payment, notwithstanding that such completion takes place after the Term, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The Parties may, subject to the following provisions of this clause 10, terminate individual Statements of Work without affecting other existing Statements of Work or may terminate all existing Statements of Work, unless a different termination regime has been agreed on in a Statement of Work in which case such termination regime shall apply for the relevant Statement of Work.

 

     Page 18   of 30

 

 

10.2 Termination

 

10.2.1 GW may terminate this Agreement (and all Statements of Work) or any Statement of Work, in whole, without cause, on no less than sixty (60) days’ written notice to inVentiv.

 

10.2.2 GW may terminate any Statement of Work with immediate effect on giving written notice to inVentiv if at any time:

 

(a) inVentiv is in material breach of any provision of this Agreement or the Statement of Work in question and, if it is capable of remedy, the breach has not been remedied within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice specifying the breach and requiring its remedy (or such longer period as may be reasonably necessary so long as inVentiv promptly commences to cure such breach and proceeds diligently and continuously pursuant to a reasonable plan to cure the breach);

 

(b) inVentiv commits any gross misconduct affecting the business of GW or any of its Affiliates; or

 

(c) (i) inVentiv becomes insolvent or unable to pay its debts as and when they become due; (ii) an order is made or a resolution is passed for the winding up of inVentiv (other than voluntarily for the purpose of solvent amalgamation or reconstruction); (iii) a liquidator, administrator, administrative receiver, receiver, or trustee is appointed in respect of the whole or any part of inVentiv’ assets or business; (iv) inVentiv makes any composition with its creditors; (v) inVentiv ceases to continue its business; or (vi) as a result of debt or maladministration inVentiv takes or suffers any similar or analogous action in any jurisdiction.

 

10.2.3 inVentiv may terminate any Statement of Work with immediate effect on giving written notice if at any time:

 

(a) GW is in material breach of any provision of this Agreement or the Statement of Work in question and, if it is capable of remedy, the breach has not been remedied within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice specifying the breach and requiring its remedy (or for any non-payment breach, such longer period as may be reasonably necessary so long as GW promptly commences to cure such breach and proceeds diligently and continuously pursuant to a reasonable plan to cure the breach); or

 

(b) (i) GW becomes insolvent or unable to pay its debts as and when they become due; (ii) an order is made or a resolution is passed for the winding up of GW (other than voluntarily for the purpose of solvent amalgamation or reconstruction); (iii) a liquidator, administrator, administrative receiver, receiver, or trustee is appointed in respect of the whole or any part of GW’s assets or business; (iv) GW makes any composition with its creditors; (v) GW ceases to continue its business; or (vi) as a result of debt or maladministration GW takes or suffers any similar or analogous action in any jurisdiction.

 

11 Obligations on Termination or Expiry

 

11.1 On termination or expiry of this Agreement or any Statement of Work (unless a different consequences of termination regime has been agreed on in a Statement of Work in which case such consequences shall apply for the relevant Statement of Work):

 

     Page 19   of 30

 

 

(a) GW shall pay to inVentiv all amounts payable for all work performed under, and in accordance with, the terms of this Agreement and the relevant Statement of Work up to the effective date of termination and any expenses already incurred in accordance with this Agreement or the relevant Statement of Work or, so long as they have been approved under the relevant Statement of Work which have been committed to, have not yet been incurred, but cannot be cancelled; and

 

(b) inVentiv shall, at GW’s request and direction, and at no additional charge to GW:

 

(i) except as otherwise provide in clause 6.5, in the case of termination or expiry of this Agreement, immediately return or destroy any GW Property which is in the possession or under the control of inVentiv; or in the case of termination of a particular Statement of Work or Statements of Work, immediately return or destroy any GW Property which is in the possession or under the control of inVentiv which relates solely to that Statement of Work or those Statements of Work;

 

(ii) provide GW or its designee with assistance in order promptly to effect a smooth and orderly transition of the Services to an alternate provider, where relevant.

 

11.2 Clauses 3.1.2(f), 3.4, 5, 6, 7.1.3, 7.2, 7.3, 9, 11 and 12 shall survive the termination or expiry of this Agreement or any Statements of Work.

 

12 General

 

12.1 Force majeure

 

Neither Party shall be in breach of this Agreement nor liable for delay in performing, or failure to perform, any of its obligations under this Agreement if such delay or failure results from events, circumstances or causes beyond its reasonable control. In such circumstances the time for performance shall be extended by a period equivalent to the period during which performance of the obligation has been delayed or failed to be performed.

 

12.2 Assignment

 

inVentiv shall not assign, sub-contract, transfer, or declare a trust of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of GW.

 

12.3 Waiver

 

No failure or delay by a Party to exercise any right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall constitute a waiver of that or any other right or remedy, nor shall it preclude or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy. No single or partial exercise of such right or remedy shall preclude or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy.

 

12.4 Severability

 

If any provision or part-provision of this Agreement shall be held to be illegal, void, invalid or unenforceable under the law of any jurisdiction:

 

     Page 20   of 30

 

 

(a) that provision or part-provision shall, to the extent required, be deemed to be deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected; and

 

(b) the legality, validity and enforceability of the whole of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction shall not be affected.

 

12.5 Relationship between the Parties

 

Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to, establish any partnership or joint venture between any of the Parties, constitute any Party the agent of another Party, nor authorise any Party to make or enter into any commitments for or on behalf of any other Party. inVentiv does not undertake by this Agreement or otherwise to perform any obligation of GW, whether regulatory or contractual, or to assume any responsibility for GW’s business or operations. Employees and other personnel supplied by either Party will not for any purpose be considered employees or agents of the other Party.

 

12.6 Rights and remedies

 

Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and remedies provided under this Agreement are in addition to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

12.7 Third Party rights

 

A person who is not a Party to this Agreement shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement. This does not affect any right or remedy of a Third Party which exists, or is available, apart from that Act.

 

12.8 Entire agreement

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes and extinguishes all previous drafts, agreements, arrangements and understandings between them, whether written or oral, relating to its subject matter. Each Party agrees that it shall have no remedies in respect of any representation or warranty (whether made innocently or negligently) that is not set out in this Agreement. No Party shall have any claim for innocent or negligent misrepresentation based upon any statement in this Agreement or otherwise.

 

12.9 Variation

 

No variation of this Agreement or a Statement of Work shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Parties (or their authorised representatives). Except as set forth in such a writing, no provision or statement in any document delivered in connection with this Agreement shall impose any additional obligation on either Party.

 

12.10 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed shall constitute a duplicate original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute the one agreement.

 

12.11 Governing law

 

This Agreement and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales. The Parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim that arises out of or in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims).

 

     Page 21   of 30

 

 

12.12 Notices

 

(a) Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given by a Party under this Agreement shall be effective when delivered, if delivered by hand, or five (5) Business Days after mailing if mailed by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested), or two (2) Business Days after deposit with a courier if sent by an internationally recognised courier, and shall be addressed to a Party at the addresses and to the representatives set out below in clause (b).

 

(b) The Parties’ respective representatives for the receipt of notices are, until changed by notice given in accordance with this clause 12.12, as follows:

 

GW: inVentiv:
   
Title: Company Secretary Title: VP Selling Solutions Europe
   

Address: Sovereign House,

Vision Park,

Chivers Way,

Histon,

Cambridge

CB24 9BZ

Address: 10 Bloomsbury Way

London

WC1A 2SL

   
Fax: +44 (0)1223 235667 n/a

 

The provisions of this clause 12.12 shall not apply to the service of any proceedings or other documents in any legal action or any day-to-day or delivery related communications in connection with the governance, provision or receipt of Services hereunder.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

     Page 22   of 30

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of it.

 

Signed for and on behalf of GW RESEARCH LTD    
    /s/ James Ryan
    Authorised Signatory (sign)
     
    James Ryan
    Name (print)
     
    15 June 2017
    Date
     

Signed for and on behalf of inVentiv

Health Commercial Europe Limited

  /s/ Kurt Hawtin
    Authorised Signatory (sign)
     
    Kurt Hawtin
    Name (print)
     
    24/05/17
    Date

 

     Page 23   of 30

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

TEMPLATE STATEMENT OF WORK

 

Statement of Work

 

GW Reference:

Supplier Reference:

 

THIS STATEMENT OF WORK is made on [dd/mmm/20[●]] (the “ Effective Date ”),

 

Between

 

(1) GW RESEARCH LTD , incorporated in England and Wales with company number 03107561, whose registered office is at Sovereign House, Vision Park, Chivers Way, Histon, Cambridge, CB24 9BZ, United Kingdom (“ GW ”); and

 

(2) inVentiv Health Commercial Europe Limited , incorporated in England and Wales with company number 08850557, whose registered office is at 10 Bloomsbury Way, London, WC1A 2SL, UK (“ inVentiv ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

This Statement of Work is made subject to the provisions of the Master Services Agreement entered into by inVentiv and GW dated [date] (the “ MSA ”).

 

AGREED TERMS

 

1. Definitions and Interpretation

 

In this Statement of Work, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Commencement date [ Insert date when Services are to start – to be consistent with Appendix C below ]
   
Completion date [ Insert date when Services are expected to stop e.g. the earlier of (a) completion of the Services, and (b) 31 December 2015 - to be consistent with Appendix C below ] . ]
   
Compliance Standards [ Insert reference to the relevant, country specific, compliance standards that are to apply to the Services. ]
   
Designated Supervisors [ Insert names of (a) person at GW who is responsible for supervising performance of Statement of Work, and (b) the person at the Supplier who is responsible for ensuring the Services are delivered. ]
   
GW Code of Conduct for Business Partners The guideline (version of [August 2015]) which can be found at http://ir.gwpharm.com/corporate-governance.cfm.
   
Services The services described in clause 3 of this Statement of Work.
   
Specification On a Deliverable by Deliverable basis, the specifications for a Deliverable to be delivered under this Statement of Work, as identified in Appendix A hereto.”

 

[ Include any other terms that will need definition for the Statement of Work. ]

 

     Page 24   of 30

 

 

2. Obligations

 

The Parties agree to perform their respective obligations as described in this Statement of Work, subject to the provisions of this Statement of Work and the MSA.

 

3. Scope And Description Of Services

 

inVentiv will perform the following Services in accordance with the Specification attached hereto at Appendix A:

 

[List Services]

 

4. Timetable

 

inVentiv will deliver the Services in accordance with the Timetable attached at Appendix B.

 

5. Budget and Payment Schedule

 

In consideration for the performance of these Services, GW will pay to inVentiv the amounts described in the Budget for Services and Pass-Through Budget set forth in Appendix C, which amounts will be payable pursuant to the Payment Schedule set forth in Appendix D.

 

6. List of inVentiv Subcontractors Approved by GW

 

[List names and locations of subcontractors, and activities to be subcontracted.]

 

7. Supplementary Clauses

 

[The following clauses may be included and adapted as relevant to the Services. Any terms that may conflict with the MSA must be specifically identified as taking precedence over the MSA in order to have effect in this SOW].

 

     Page 25   of 30

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO STATEMENT OF WORK

 

This Statement of Work has been entered into on the Effective Date.

 

 

Signed for and on behalf of GW RESEARCH LTD    
     
    Authorised Signatory (sign)
     
     
    Name (print)
     
     
    Date
     

Signed for and on behalf of inVentiv

Health Commercial Europe Limited

   
    Authorised Signatory (sign)
     
     
    Name (print)
     
     
    Date

 

List of Appendices

 

Appendix A: Specification
Appendix B: Timetable
Appendix C: Budget for Services and Pass-Through Budget
Appendix D: Payment Schedule

 

     Page 26   of 30

 

 

Appendix A: Specification

 

[Insert specifications for each Deliverable under the Services or cross refer to another document. Specification may be replaced by a detailed Quotation or Proposal from the Supplier. In such cases the terms of the MSA and the Statement of Work will prevail over those in the Quotation or Proposal unless otherwise specified in the Statement of Work.]

 

     Page 27   of 30

 

 

Appendix B: Timetable

 

Milestone/Activity   Delivery Date
     
     
     
     
     Page 28   of 30

 

 

Appendix C: Budget for Services and Pass-Through Budget

 

[Insert detailed budget with breakdown of tasks, units, unit pricing etc. Pass-throughs may be listed separately. A budget summary may be included if the itemized budget is lengthy]

 

· Summary of Fees and pass-through costs

 

· Allowable expenses

 

· Detailed budget breakdown with unit costs/rates where applicable

 

     Page 29   of 30

 

 

 

Appendix D: Payment Schedule

 

 

Milestone   Anticipated Date   %   Fee (currency)
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
TOTAL       100    

 

Invoicing Instructions:

 

inVentiv will submit detailed invoices in accordance with the Payment Schedule above, including the GW reference, such invoices to be submitted in pdf form to the e-mail or postal address below:

 

e-mail: invoices@gwpharm.com

 

post: Accounts Department

GW Pharmaceuticals,

Kingsgate House,

Andover,

Hants,

SP10 4DU,

UK

 

inVentiv bank account details:

 

GW will make payments within thirty days of receipt of invoice to inVentiv’ bank account as detailed below:

 

· Details of the Supplier’s bank name, sort code and account number for payments.

 

     Page 30   of 30

   

Exhibit 4.81

 

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN

OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

Master Statement of Work – CCO Services

 

This Master Statement of Work is made on 15 June 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”)

Between

 

(1) GW RESEARCH LTD , incorporated in England and Wales with company number 03107561, whose registered office is at Sovereign House, Vision Park, Chivers Way, Histon, Cambridge, CB24 9BZ, United Kingdom (“ GW ”); and

 

(2) inVentiv Health Commercial Europe Limited , incorporated in England and Wales with company number 08850557, whose registered office is at 10 Bloomsbury Way, London, WC1A 2SL, UK (“ inVentiv ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

This Master Statement of Work is made subject to the provisions of the Master Services Agreement entered into by inVentiv and GW dated 01 April 2017 (the “ MSA ”).

 

inVentiv desires to serve, and GW desires to have inVentiv serve, as GW’s commercialisation partner for the Covered Product in the Territory pursuant to the terms of this Statement of Work and any further country specific Statements of Work entered hereunder.

 

AGREED TERMS

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Master Statement of Work, the following terms shall have the following meanings and any capitalised terms not otherwise defined in this Master Statement of Work shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the MSA:

 

Adverse Event Any event associated with the use of a drug in humans, whether or not considered drug related, that is required to be reported to the Competent Authorities under applicable laws.
   
At-Risk Management Fee The portion of the management associated with the Service Personnel fee that inVentiv puts at risk and will only earn if it reaches the KPI targets as further described in Appendix C.
   
Backfill Fee The fee payable to fill a vacancy in the Service Personnel. This fee will be agreed on a Service Personnel-by-Service Personnel basis and set out in the Statement of Work pursuant to which such role is contracted for.

 

 

 

 

Budget The budget of Costs for a Project Year, comprised of the country level budget of Costs for performing the Services in that country in the Territory during such Project Year plus the budget for the Operational Management Services. The initial budget for Operational Management Services is set out in Appendix I.
   
Commencement Date 15 June 2017
   
Commercialisation Services Means the services described in Part 2 of Appendix B.
   
Competing Product A product containing cannabidiol as an active ingredient.
   
Compliance Standards (i) ABPI Code of Practice, (ii) EFPIA Code, and (iii) such additional compliance standards as are specified, on a country-by-country basis, in the Country Statements of Work.
   
Conversion Has the meaning given to in section 13.
   
Costs The costs and expenses incurred in performing the Services, being the Implementation Fees, the Management Fees, FTE Costs, Backfill Fees and Pass-Through Costs, less any Vacancy Credits.
   
Country Statement of Work A Statement of Work signed between the Parties in accordance with this Master Statement of Work for the provision of Services in a particular country in the Territory.
   
Covered Product (i) GW’s proprietary oral solution of 100mg/ml pure plant-derived cannabidiol, or CBD, as further described in Appendix D, and (ii) any subsequent formulation of CBD which GW may have approved by the Competent Authority(ies) in the Territory during the Service Period and elects to include in the Services.
   
Deployment Date With respect to each member of Service Personnel, the date on which such person is allocated by inVentiv to performing the Services.
   
Field Service Personnel The staff assigned by inVentiv to carry out the Commercialisation Services or Medical Affairs Services, but excluding any staff performing Operational Management Services.
   
Fixed Management Fee The fixed, non-risk related fee chargeable by inVentiv for providing the Services in a Project Year.

 

 

 

 

FTE Costs The costs of inVentiv for employing a Service Personnel FTE within the salary band agreed for such FTE from time to time. For invoicing purposes FTE Costs will be invoiced monthly, on an FTE-by-FTE basis, as an agreed fixed monthly fee, plus any adjustment (up or down) to reconcile to that person’s actual salary. For the purposes of the Services an “ FTE ” means a full time equivalent person.
   
Implementation Fee The fee invoicable upon execution of a Statement of Work (if any).
   
Joint Management Team or JMT The team established by the Parties pursuant to section 5.2 to act as a management body for the Parties to manage the implementation of the Master Statement of Work and the Country Statements of Work and the performance of the Services, as described in more detail in section 5.5.
   
Joint Steering Committee or JSC The committee established by the Parties pursuant to section 5.7 which shall act as the principal organ of governance of the implementation of the objectives of this Master Statement of Work and the Country Statements of Work, including to provide liaison, communication and strategic and planning decision making with regard to the Services, and to oversee the activities and decisions of the Joint Management Team, as described in more detail in section 5.9.
   
Management Fees The Fixed Management Fee and the At-Risk Management Fee.
   
Medical Affairs Services The services described in Part 3 of Appendix B.
   
Operational Management Services The services described in Part 1 of Appendix B.
   
Pass-Through Costs The third party costs and expenses properly incurred by inVentiv or the Service Personnel in providing the Services and which are not recovered through the Management Fees, which are to be charged to GW on a pass-through basis and at actual cost.

 

 

 

 

Product Literature GW approved advertising, promotional, educational and communications materials, training kits, demonstration models and details aids, in whatever form or medium, for either (i) marketing, advertising and promotion of the Covered Product, or (ii) education and training on the Covered Product, in each case ((i) and (ii)) for distribution or use with a Third Party (including healthcare professionals). In addition, Product Literature shall include GW approved Covered Product-specific materials developed or used by inVentiv for the purpose of training inVentiv and the Service Personnel on the Covered Product.
   
Product Trademark Has the meaning given to it in section 8.5.
   
Project Year (i) the period commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing through the end of the calendar year in which the Commencement Date occurs (“ Project Year 1 ”) and (ii) each calendar year thereafter during the Service Period.
   
Project Year Plan An overview across all of the countries in the Territory of (i) Services for a Project Year comprised of the key Commercialisation and Medical Affairs Services for such Project Year, plus the Operational Management Services, and (ii) the Budget for such Project Year, and (iii) the KPIs for such Project Year. The KPI structure for Project Year 1 is set out in Appendix C.
   
Recall Any removal or correction (including repair, modification, adjustment, relabelling, destruction or inspection and patient monitoring) of the Covered Product that a Competent Authority considers to be in violation of laws it administers and against which such authority would take legal action. “Recall” does not include a market withdrawal (i.e. GW’s removal or correction of the Covered Product which involves a minor violation that would not be subject to legal action by any Competent Authority or which involves no violation, e.g. normal stock rotation practices, routine equipment adjustments and repairs etc.) or stock recovery (i.e. GW’s removal or correction of a product that has not been marketed or that has not left the direct control of GW).
   
Regulator The Competent Authority(ies) responsible for regulation and approval of the promotion and sale of the Covered Product in the Territory or any part of it.
   
Regulatory Approval(s) With respect to a country in the Territory, any and all approvals (including Marketing Authorisation), licences, registrations or authorisations of any Competent Authority necessary to commercially distribute, sell or market the Covered Product in such country.

 

 

 

 

Service Period The time period from the Commencement Date until all work under Country Statements of Work executed pursuant to this Master Statement of Work has been completed or until the last of such Country Statements of Work has been terminated.
   
Service Personnel The Field Service Personnel assigned by inVentiv pursuant to the Country Statements of Work (to provide Services) as well as the inVentiv personnel providing the Operational Management Services.
   
Services The Commercialisation Services, the Medical Affairs Services, the Operational Management Services and any other Services agreed upon between the Parties in a Statement of Work under this Master Statement of Work.
   
Territory Together, such of United Kingdom, Spain, Italy, Germany, France or other country for which a Country Statement of Work is in force and effect from time to time during the Service Period.
   
Vacancy Credit The rebate or repay due GW in a calendar month due to a position for Service Personnel being vacant during some or all of that calendar month.
   
Winding Down Strategy Means the strategy described in section 5.5.1(c).

 

2. OBLIGATIONS

 

The Parties agree to perform their respective obligations as set out in this Master Statement of Work and any Country Statements of Work that may be entered into between the Parties from time to time pursuant to this Master Statement of Work.

 

3. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE VARIOUS TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS

 

If any provisions of the Master Statement of Work are in direct conflict with the terms of the MSA, so that the provisions of both cannot be given effect, the terms of the MSA shall have preference except where this Master Statement of Work clearly expresses the Parties’ intention that the Master Statement of Work shall override the terms of the MSA. If any provisions of the Master Statement of Work are in direct conflict with the terms of a Country Statement of Work, so that the provisions of both cannot be given effect, the terms of this Master Statement of Work shall have preference.

 

 

 

 

4. SCOPE OF SERVICES

 

4.1 GW appoints inVentiv to provide, and inVentiv agrees to provide, the Services with respect to the Covered Product in the Territory during the Service Period. The Parties shall agree on and execute Country Statements of Work detailing the Services to be provided in each such country in the Territory during each Project Year in order to perform the Project Year Plan(s).

 

4.2 inVentiv will perform the Services through the Service Personnel which inVentiv will fully manage and pay in accordance with the provisions of section 6.

 

5. GOVERNANCE

 

Designated Supervisors

 

5.1 Pursuant to Section 3.2 of the MSA, each of GW and inVentiv has appointed the person named as such in Appendix A as its Designated Supervisor. Each Party warrants its Designated Supervisor possesses sufficient understanding of product commercialisation in the Territory in order to act as its Designated Supervisor. In addition to the requirements of Section 3.2 of the MSA, the Designated Supervisors shall create and maintain a collaborative work environment between the Parties. Designated Supervisors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to meet (in person or via teleconference) on a weekly basis to share updated reports on program status, active initiatives, proposed scope changes and other material developments.

 

Joint Management Team

 

5.2 The Parties shall establish a joint management team. Each Party shall designate its Designated Supervisor and up to two (2) additional employees involved in the negotiation or execution of this Master Statement of Work to oversee and manage the proper implementation of the Master Statement of Work and the Country Statements of Work and the performance of the Services thereunder (the “ Joint Management Team ” or “ JMT ”). The initial composition of the JMT is set out in Appendix A. Both Parties shall use reasonable efforts to keep an appropriate level of continuity of membership of the JMT. All JMT members shall have material experience in sales and promotion, medical affairs or market access for pharmaceutical products in the Territory, and sufficient knowledge and experience to determine the nature and level of Services appropriate to efficiently execute the Services in accordance with the Project Year Plans.

 

5.3 Responsibility for arranging the meetings, including, at least, providing notice and an agenda, shall be the responsibility of inVentiv’s Designated Supervisor. The Designated Supervisors shall act as co-chair persons of the meetings. The Parties agree that the first JMT meeting shall be held within thirty (30) days of the Commencement Date and thereafter shall hold monthly meetings as a minimum. It is anticipated that during the first Project Year the JMT may need to meet more regularly than once every month. Dates of meetings of the JMT subsequent to the first meeting shall be agreed by the JMT members not less than thirty (30) days beforehand. No later than two (2) Business Days prior to each meeting of the JMT, each Party’s JMT members shall provide the other with written copies of all materials they intend to present at the JMT meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that an urgent issue or matter arises that requires prompt action by the JMT, the JMT shall arrange for a meeting for the purpose of resolving such issue or matter as promptly as possible.

 

 

 

 

5.4 Meetings may take place in person or via phone/web conference, however at least two meetings per year shall take place in person, in the London offices of either GW or inVentiv. Each Party shall be responsible for the travel costs incurred by its JMT members in attending JMT meetings. Attendance of at least one JMT member from each Party at a meeting of the JMT is required to form a quorum. A Party may invite other persons whose special skills or influence might advance the discussions or deliberations of the JMT, in confidence and upon behalf of the JMT, to attend and address meetings of the JMT, provided however, that such other persons shall not be a member of the JMT and shall not participate in the decision making process of the JMT.

 

5.5 The JMT shall manage the performance of the Services and the implementation of the Project Year Plans within the terms of the Master Statement of Work and Country Statements of Work, which shall include the following:

 

5.5.1 on or before the end of the third calendar quarter in each calendar year until the end of the Service Period,

 

(a) generating and agreeing the detailed Service activities to be carried out by inVentiv on a country-by-country basis in the Territory during the next Project Year, a fully costed Budget therefor, and the corresponding KPIs, and compiling this into a draft Project Year Plan for the coming Project Year. Once prepared and agreed such Project Year Plan shall be submitted to the JSC by 1 November for approval. Once approved by the JSC, the JMT may change the Project Year Plan during the course of any Project Year as it considers appropriate from time to time so long as (i) each change is reduced to writing and signed and dated by the JMT co-chair persons once agreement has been reached on the written form of such change (whether under section 5.6 or the dispute resolution process to which it refers), and (ii) the change re-allocates the existing resources to different activities or changes the priorities of activities, rather than increasing allocated resource or increasing the Costs beyond the Budget, or adjusting the KPIs. The JMT shall retain copies of all such authorised versions of each Project Year Plan;

 

(b) generating and agreeing the proposed bonus incentive plan for the Service Personnel for the forth-coming Project Year it being understood that such bonus incentive plan will be subject to inVentiv’s internal HR and legal review and approval process. Once prepared and agreed such bonus incentive plan shall be submitted to the JSC by 1 November for approval or by such other date as agreed by the JSC;

 

(c) generating and proposing a strategy for winding down the Services (“ Winding Down Strategy ”) if Services are terminated early in any or all countries forming part of the Territory or in preparation for the expiry of the Service Period. The Parties agree that the Winding Down Strategy may include inVentiv commencing the re-assignment of the Service Personnel to other projects during the winding down period.

 

5.5.2 preparing and proposing to the JSC the summary and detailed job descriptions for the roles to be performed by the Service Personnel;

 

5.5.3 agreeing the policies and procedures to be followed by the Parties for ensuring and documenting each Party is meeting its obligations under the Compliance Standards, including agreeing the allocation of responsibilities and accountabilities between the Parties for the various activities under Compliance Standards;

 

 

 

 

5.5.4 agreeing the inVentiv and GW policies and standard operating procedures with which the Service Personnel are to comply and on which Service Personnel are to be trained from time to time, including the introduction of amended, updated and additional policies and standard operating procedures;

 

5.5.5 reviewing progress of the Services against the then current Project Year Plan and performance of the Services against the KPIs, as further described in Appendix C, and as an output of each meeting shall draft and agree upon a report to the JSC detailing the progress of the implementation of the then-current Project Year Plan, recommending to the JSC any material adjustments to it or the Budget and any other steps that should be implemented to address any observed failing with respect to the KPIs, as further set out in Appendix C;

 

5.5.6 serving as a forum in which any issues that may arise between the Parties are discussed in an open and collaborative manner with the aim of finding an amicable solution;

 

5.5.7 performing such other functions and responsibilities as are given to it under the provisions of this this Master Statement of Work or any Country Statement of Work but shall have no authority to amend any terms of the MSA, this Master Statement of Work or any Country Statement of Work, nor any matter that would cause any payments stated in this Master Statement of Work or any Country Statement of Work to be other than the amounts as stated in it.

 

5.6 The JMT shall take action within its terms of reference by unanimous consent of the JMT members, with each Party’s members having a single vote irrespective of the number of members actually in attendance at a meeting. Determinations of the JMT can also be made by written resolution signed by a designated representative of each of the Parties. The JMT may only make decisions with respect to subject matter that falls within the JMT’s decision-making authority and functions as set forth in section 5.5. The JMT members shall endeavour to resolve such matters in good faith. In the event that the JMT is unable to reach agreement in good faith regarding any matters falling within its authority after due consideration of such matter (“ Deadlock ”), either Party’s JMT member(s) may refer such matter to the JSC for resolution.

 

Joint Steering Committee

 

5.7 With effect from the Effective Date the Parties shall establish and run a joint steering committee (“ Joint Steering Committee “ or “ JSC ”) as the principal organ of governance of the implementation of the objectives of this Master Statement of Work and all Country Statements of Work including to provide performance oversight, endorsement of strategic decisions and issues resolution with regard to the Services, the commercialisation of Covered Product in the Territory, and to oversee the activities and decisions of the JMT.

 

 

 

 

5.8 The JSC shall operate as follows: (i) the JSC shall comprise six (6) persons and GW and inVentiv respectively shall be entitled to appoint three (3) JSC members, to remove any JSC member appointed by it and to appoint any person to fill a vacancy arising from the removal or retirement of such JSC member appointed by it. JSC members must be appropriate for the primary function of the JSC in terms of their seniority, availability, function and authority in their respective organisation, training and experience and there shall be a chair person who shall alternate between one of the GW JSC members and one of the inVentiv JSC members at each meeting; (ii) inVentiv and GW respectively shall each notify the other of any change in the identities of their JSC members. Both sides shall use reasonable efforts to keep an appropriate level of continuity in representation. JSC members may be represented at any meeting by another person designated in writing by the absent JSC member; (iii) the venue for meetings of the JSC shall alternate between the London offices of the Parties, if not held by teleconference or videoconference. Each Party shall be responsible for the travel costs incurred by its JMT members in attending JSC meetings; (iv) the JSC shall have power to invite persons whose special skills or influence might advance the discussions and deliberations of the JSC, in confidence and upon behalf of the JSC, to attend and address meetings of the JSC. The Designated Supervisors shall be regular attendants at JSC meetings in order to provide status updates and other pertinent information about the project, unless otherwise determined by the JSC for any particular meeting. For the avoidance of doubt it is agreed that the Designated Supervisors and any other persons the JSC may invite from time to time shall not be JSC members and shall not participate in the decision making process of the JSC. No later than two (2) Business Days prior to each meeting of the JSC, each Party shall provide the other with written copies of all materials that Party intends to present at the JSC meeting.

 

5.9 The JSC shall:-

 

5.9.1 hold meetings in person as frequently as the JSC members may agree shall be necessary and otherwise by teleconference or a video-conference but in any event no less frequently than once every quarter with face to face meetings once every six (6) months. Dates of meetings shall be agreed by the JSC members not less than thirty (30) days beforehand; responsibility for arranging the meetings, including, at least, providing notice and an agenda, shall be the responsibility of the chairperson for that meeting. The first meeting of the JSC shall take place as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date and shall be organised by inVentiv; thereafter the JSC shall schedule its meetings so that (i) one meeting is held in October of a Project Year so that the Project Year Plan and the bonus incentive plan for the subsequent Project Year can be reviewed, discussed and approved by 1 November, and (ii) they fall no more than twenty-one (21) days after an ordinary meetings of the JMT (as applicable) to enable efficient resolution of any Deadlock or dispute arising from their meetings. In addition, special meetings of the JSC may be called by any JSC member upon written request to the then current chairman of the JSC;

 

5.9.2 receive from the JMT the agreed form of proposed Project Year Plan and the proposed summary and detailed job descriptions for the roles to be performed by the Service Personnel and shall approve or modify the same as it considers appropriate;

 

5.9.3 review progress reports on the Services, the KPIs and performance of the current Project Year Plan from the JMT and any proposed amendment to the current Project Year Plan and shall approve, modify or reject the same as it considers appropriate;

 

5.9.4 review and discuss the root causes of any failure by inVentiv or the Service Personnel to meet the Compliance Standards or applicable laws and inVentiv’s proposed remediation plans;

 

5.9.5 review and discuss inVentiv’s performance against the KPIs, including an analysis of the root causes for any KPIs inVentiv did not meet and inVentiv’s proposed Remedy Plan, if applicable;

 

 

 

 

5.9.6 seek to resolve disputes and Deadlocks arising from JMT;

 

5.9.7 starting a year ahead of the end of the term of the first Country Statement of Work, discuss if the Services will be extended in the affected country(ies), and also discuss the possibilities of early termination of the Master Statement of Work or any Country Statement of Work otherwise than for breach, as well as review and approve any Winding Down Strategies prepared by the JMT;

 

5.9.8 perform such other functions and responsibilities as are given to it under the provisions of this Master Statement of Work or any Country Statement of Work, but shall have no authority to amend any terms of the MSA, the Master Statement of Work, or any Country Statement of Work.

 

5.10 Conclusions and decisions of the JSC shall be made by unanimous agreement of the JSC members wherever possible with inVentiv JSC members together having one vote on behalf of inVentiv and GW JSC Members together having one vote on behalf of GW. Both Parties shall use their reasonable efforts to build consensus. The JSC shall exercise this authority in good faith, and any decision by the JSC on such matters made in accordance with this section 5.10 shall be binding upon the Parties. In the event that agreement on a matter cannot be reached within ten (10) Business Days of it first being raised, the final decision on that matter shall be GW’s, which shall be exercised in good faith.

 

Minutes

 

5.11 Minutes shall be kept of all JSC and JMT meetings by the relevant chairperson and shall be sent to all members of the applicable group for review and approval within fifteen (15) days of a meeting. Minutes shall be deemed approved unless a member of the relevant group objects to the accuracy of such minutes by providing written notice to the other group members within seven (7) days of receipt of the minutes. In the event of any objection that is not resolved by mutual agreement of the Parties, such minutes shall be amended to reflect such unresolved dispute.

 

6. SERVICE PERSONNEL

 

6.1 All of the Service Personnel Services shall be inVentiv employees. The number of Field Service Personnel FTEs to be assigned by inVentiv to perform the Services and the roles they are to perform, shall be specified on a country by country basis in the corresponding Country Statement of Work; the number of Personnel to be assigned by inVentiv to perform the Operational Management Services is specified in Appendix I hereto. The Service Personnel shall be dedicated to the Services unless otherwise agreed and such Service Personnel may not be assigned by inVentiv to provide product commercialisation services to any Third Party whilst assigned to provide Services to GW.

 

6.2 inVentiv officers, agents and Personnel (including Service Personnel) are independent from all control by GW, except as to how they represent or characterise the Covered Product when providing the Services. They are not now nor shall they in the future be considered employees of GW or as eligible for any GW employee benefits, pension contributions (including auto-enrolment) or compensation as a result of being employed by inVentiv to carry out inVentiv’ obligations under this Master Statement of Work or any Country Statement of Work. Consequently, inVentiv shall deal with all issues relating to the employment or engagement of the Service Personnel including without limitation: recruitment and appointment; disciplinary and performance issues; health and safety in the workplace; grievances; issues relating to any Service Personnel’s ill health; and issues relating to any Service Personnel’s terms and conditions of employment (including the provision of day to day instructions for the completion of the Services, and control of the Service Personnel’s working time schedule) and inVentiv shall be responsible for providing all necessary tools and equipment for the performance of the Services by the Service Personnel.

 

 

 

 

6.3 In selecting the Service Personnel, inVentiv shall use the preferred hiring profiles approved by the JSC in accordance with section 5.9.2. The summary preferred hiring profiles for the various roles to be recruited by inVentiv as part of the Services, as identified at the Effective Date, are set out in Appendix I for the Operational Management Services, and for the Field Personnel, shall be included in the relevant Country Statements of Work. inVentiv shall review all potential hires with GW and take into consideration all of GW’s recommendations. However, inVentiv shall be solely responsible for all hiring decisions and shall be responsible for performing background checks of all candidates, including education, criminal records (where legally permissible and customary in the relevant Territory), work history and qualifications and accreditations checks. inVentiv shall ensure that each member of Service Personnel receives the appropriate new-hire information and training as set out in Appendix B, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

6.4 inVentiv warrants and undertakes that neither inVentiv nor any Personnel (including Service Personnel) has been debarred or is subject to debarment or has otherwise been disqualified or suspended from performing scientific or clinical investigations or otherwise subjected to any restrictions or sanctions by any Competent Authority or professional body with respect to the performance of scientific or clinical investigations or the commercialisation of pharmaceutical products. If at any time after the Effective Date, inVentiv becomes aware that inVentiv or any of the Personnel (including any of the Service Personnel) becomes or is in the process of being debarred, inVentiv shall so notify GW at once and remove such Personnel from being involved in providing Services to GW.

 

6.5 GW, through its Commercial Lead, shall provide strategic direction to the inVentiv General Manager who shall ensure that such strategic direction is implemented for the Commercialisation Services in the Territory and through the Medical Lead to the inVentiv EU Medical Director who shall be responsible for implementing such direction through the relevant country level Field Service Personnel for the Medical Affairs Services. In this way, GW shall retain sole responsibility for the formulation and implementation of GW's commercialisation strategies. GW shall not, however, have any employment supervisory authority over the Service Personnel nor provide the day to day direction and supervision over the Service Personnel.

 

6.6 The training responsibilities and obligations of the Parties for the Service Personnel are as set forth in Appendix B and the Country Statements of Work.

 

6.7 In the event that GW reasonably believes that one of the Service Personnel has violated any applicable law, or Compliance Standard, GW shall so notify inVentiv and inVentiv shall, subject to applicable law and its internal policies, take all necessary steps to address the issue with the relevant Service Personnel.

 

6.8 In the event GW reasonably believes that one of the Service Personnel has failed to provide satisfactory service to GW, GW shall give written notice to inVentiv indicating that a failure to provide satisfactory service has occurred detailing the reasons for the performance being deemed unsatisfactory and inVentiv shall, subject to compliance with applicable law, promptly investigate such complaint in accordance with its policies and take all necessary measures to address and rectify such under performance with the affected Service Personnel.

 

 

 

 

6.9 inVentiv shall obtain and maintain employer’s liability insurance and other insurances required for members of the Service Personnel. inVentiv acknowledges that GW does not, and shall not obtain or maintain such insurances for the benefit of the Service Personnel, all of which shall be inVentiv’s sole responsibility.

 

7. PROVISION OF EQUIPMENT, RESOURCES AND SALES DATA

 

7.1 inVentiv shall provide all laptops, printers, scanners and other hardware, and all software (collectively, “ Information Technology ”) necessary for the performance of the Services hereunder. The specific Information Technology to be provided shall be as set out in Appendix B or the Country Statements of Work. inVentiv is responsible for ensuring the Service Personnel are properly trained in the use of the Information Technology. inVentiv shall ensure the Information Technology provided meets the information security requirements set out in Appendix J.

 

7.2 The cost of providing the Information Technology shall form part of the Costs as set out in the Budget, except that GW’s responsibility for costs, damages, losses and liabilities associated with the repair or replacement of damaged, lost or stolen Information Technology (subject to normal wear and tear) (collectively, “ Replacement Costs ”) shall be limited to up to ten percent (10%) of the number of computers and other Information Technology provided by inVentiv for use by the Service Personnel (the “ Replacement Threshold ”). inVentiv shall be solely responsible for all Replacement Costs in excess of the Replacement Threshold.

 

7.3 inVentiv shall provide vehicles to the Field Service Personnel as follows:

 

7.3.1 inVentiv shall provide each of the Field Service Personnel with a fleet vehicle pursuant to inVentiv’s internal policies and its lease arrangements between inVentiv and certain fleet vendors, (such inVentiv provided vehicles, collectively, the “ Leased Vehicles ”) or may provide a car allowance whereby both a car allowance or provision of a Leased Vehicle shall be in accordance with any costings provided to GW, and provided that the lease arrangements are not for a period that exceeds three years. GW shall pay to inVentiv a monthly amount for each Leased Vehicle as set out in the Budget. inVentiv shall provide insurance covering all Leased Vehicles. Notwithstanding anything else in this Master Statement of Work or any Country Statement of Work to the contrary, inVentiv shall obtain the written consent of GW prior to replacing any Leased Vehicle.

 

7.3.2 Upon any Leased Vehicle being removed from service for any reason (including the termination or expiration of the lease for such vehicle), inVentiv shall replace such vehicle with a Leased Vehicle in accordance with inVentiv’ then-current fleet management policies, subject to the cost of such replacement vehicle not exceeding the amount allocated in the Budget and provided that, if such vehicle is being removed from service in connection with (i) termination of this Master Statement of Work or the relevant Country Statement of Work by inVentiv or GW (except for termination by GW pursuant to Section 10.2.2 (a) or (b) of the MSA or section 12.2.1 of the Master Statement of Work), (ii) GW conducting a Conversion of an entire country in the Territory (as set forth in section 13 below), or (iii) this Master Statement of Work expiring without extension or renewal, the terms of paragraph 3 of Appendix H shall apply with respect to the Leased Vehicles.

 

 

 

 

7.4 GW shall provide inVentiv with regular sales data regarding its Product to enable the Parties to continuously monitor project performance and optimize the Services.

 

8. PRODUCT LITERATURE; PROMOTIONAL AND NON- PROMOTIONAL EVENTS

 

8.1 All English language Product Literature shall be developed, approved, certified and produced by GW in accordance with its internal policies and procedures and the relevant Compliance Standards in the UK. GW shall ensure that all Product Literature it produces are in strict compliance with all applicable laws in the UK.

 

8.2 inVentiv may use Promotional Materials developed by GW or a Third Party on behalf of GW and approved by GW for use in providing the Services in the Territory. If GW deems it appropriate and if it is so agreed in a Country Statement of Work, GW may designate the inVentiv Medical Services Personnel to assist GW in ensuring medical compliance of the Product Literature with local Compliance Standards in the countries outside of the UK. The local medical review shall be carried out in accordance with GW’s review and approval process and under the supervision of GW. However, inVentiv does not accept any liability to GW for civil or criminal fines or penalties imposed on GW by a Regulator or for any third party claims that may be brought against GW with respect to or in connection with any errors made by the inVentiv Medical Services Personnel when applying and interpreting local Compliance Standards and laws as part of this local medical review by such Personnel. Should GW suffer any other direct damage in connection with the local medical review by inVentiv which is recoverable from inVentiv under the terms of the MSA and this Statement of Work, inVentiv’s liability for such damage shall be limited to the value of 6 months of fees actually paid by GW for the inVentiv Medical Services Personnel who committed the error. GW may require inVentiv to remove and replace free of charge the relevant inVentiv Medical Services Personnel if they made a serious error in connection with the local medical review.

 

8.3 inVentiv shall, and shall cause the Field Service Personnel to only use Product Literature provided by GW in connection with the provision of Commercialisation Services and Medical Affairs Services, as applicable. Service Personnel providing Medical Affairs Services will not use Product Literature provided for use exclusively for Commercialisation Services. Service Personnel providing Commercialisation Services will not use Product Literature provided for exclusive use for Medical Affairs Services, (ii) ensure that all statements and claims related to the Covered Product, including as to efficacy and safety, are only made in strict compliance with its Summary of Product Characteristics, all applicable laws, and the Compliance Standards, (iii) ensure that all comments about the Covered Product, Covered Product competitors, and GW are truthful, accurate and in strict compliance with applicable laws and the Compliance Standards, and (iv) not change the Product Literature in any respect without the express written consent of GW. inVentiv shall immediately cease the use of any Product Literature when instructed to do so by GW. inVentiv shall use the Promotional Material only for the purposes of the Services.

 

 

 

 

8.4 inVentiv may during the course of the provision of the Services, attend or organise promotional events concerning the Covered Product or any educational non-promotional events involving health care professionals (“ Events ”), if so determined in the Project Year Plan and one or more Country Statement(s) of Work. Neither inVentiv nor its Personnel shall attend or organise any Events without the prior approval of GW of the relevant Event. inVentiv shall submit to GW for approval a summary of the planned Event containing as minimum information about the Event organiser, Event location, Event agenda, cost and expected attendees as well as the rationale for attending the Event. inVentiv shall submit this information in advance of the planned Event. Prior to submitting each approval request, inVentiv shall run the Event information through its internal review process which is designed to ensure that attendance at an Event does not infringe any Compliance Standard. GW shall provide its approval or disapproval of the relevant event within five (5) Business Days of having received the approval request.

 

8.5 GW shall designate one or more trademarks under which inVentiv shall perform the Services with respect to the Covered Product (“ Product Trademark ”). inVentiv acknowledges and agrees that GW or its Affiliates, as the case may be, are the owners of all rights, title and interest in and to the Product Trademark, including any form or embodiment thereof, and the goodwill now and hereafter associated with it. inVentiv shall not, or knowingly cause a Third Party to, contest or dispute or otherwise impair or endanger the validity of, or the rights of GW, or any of its Affiliates, as the case may be, in and to, the Product Trademark or the registrations thereof. inVentiv (upon written request of GW) shall assist GW in safeguarding its full rights, title and interest in and to the Product Trademark. inVentiv shall not undertake any action to register or renew any of the Product Trademark (or any trademark similar thereto). inVentiv shall not use or adopt any trademark that is confusingly similar to, or that dilutes, the Product Trademark. If a registration or renewal of the Product Trademark is secured by inVentiv, whether or not in its name, such registration or renewal, as the case may be, shall be effected solely for the benefit of GW. Upon the request of GW, any such registrations or renewals (or any pending application therefor) shall either be assigned to GW, or surrendered by inVentiv for cancellation, as GW shall direct in writing. inVentiv shall voluntarily file with appropriate agencies any statement required in connection with such assignment, surrender or cancellation.

 

8.6 Except as otherwise specifically provided in Appendix B, all developments, Documents, materials and Deliverables supplied by inVentiv to GW during the Service Period that are created in the performance of the Services, and all Intellectual Property Rights in them, shall be the sole and exclusive property of GW. Each Party shall hold all such property and developments confidential in accordance with Section 6 of the MSA.

 

8.7 Upon expiry or termination of a Country Statement of Work or if any Product Materials are recalled for whatever reason, inVentiv shall destroy, or at the cost of GW, return to GW any Product Literature in its possession.

 

 

 

 

9. REGULATORY MATTERS; ADVERSE EVENT REPORTING; RECALLS

 

9.1 GW shall be solely responsible to obtain all Regulatory Approvals for the Covered Products.

 

9.2 GW shall be responsible for all communications with Regulators in the Territory related to the Covered Products. GW shall have sole responsibility for seeking or obtaining any necessary Competent Authority approvals of any label, labelling, package inserts, monographs and packaging and Product Literature used or to be used in connection with the Covered Products, and for determining whether the same requires Competent Authority approval.

 

9.3 inVentiv shall submit to GW the information that is required to be disclosed in order to meet its obligations under the Compliance Standards and applicable laws to disclose payments to health professions, as further specified in the relevant Country Statement of Work. inVentiv shall provide to GW, by the 10th day of the month following the end of a calendar quarter during the Service Period, on a country-by-country basis for each country in the Territory, such information for the previous calendar quarter. Such information shall be gathered via a process, and provided in a format, that in each case is mutually agreeable to both Parties, which may be amended from time to time.

 

9.4 Each Party agrees to provide the other Party with all reasonable assistance and information and to take all necessary actions reasonably requested by the other Party to enable the other Party to comply with any laws and Compliance Standards applicable to the Covered Products or the Services, including to enable GW to meet its reporting and other obligations to obtain, maintain and update Regulatory Approvals for the Covered Products in the Territory. Such assistance and actions may include, among other things, keeping the other Party informed (as applicable to the role of such Party relative to the Covered Products) of any action by or notification or other information which it receive from, any Competent Authority within 24 hours of receipt of such information. In addition, in case of receipt of any written request from a Competent Authority which (i) raised any material concerns regarding the safety or efficacy of the Covered Products, (ii) indicated or suggests a claim by a Third Party arising in connection with the Covered Products, or (iii) is reasonably likely to lead to a Recall of a Covered Product, the receiving Party shall, to the extent legally permissible, provide as soon as practicable, copies of such written request to the other Party.

 

9.5 inVentiv agrees to provide GW with all reasonable assistance and to take actions reasonably requested by GW that are necessary to enable GW to report customer complaints and Adverse Events in accordance with applicable laws and GW’s internal policies and procedures (such policies and procedures to be shared with inVentiv prior to the Commencement Date and any subsequent changes and updates as and when required).

 

9.6 Each Party shall make every reasonable effort to notify the other Party in writing within the timeframe required by the Competent Authorities, or if there is no such applicable timeframe, within 24 hours, if it determines that any event, incident or circumstance has occurred which may result in the need for a Recall or market withdrawal of a Covered Product in the Territory. GW shall have sole discretion to determine whether to implement a Recall or market withdrawal and on what terms. GW shall solely responsible for the execution of a Recall or market withdrawal and inVentiv hall reasonably cooperate in all such efforts.

 

 

 

 

9.7 InVentiv shall process all personal data in accordance with this Master Statement of Work and the Country Statements of Work in compliance with the EU Data Protection Directive 95/46/EC and any applicable national legislation enacted thereunder (in each case as amended or replaced from time to time) (“ Data Protection Legislation ”).

 

9.8 As between the Parties, GW shall be responsible for responding to medical questions or inquiries from members of the medical professions and consumers regarding the Covered Product, including the distribution of standard medical information letters. During the Service Period, inVentiv shall promptly, and in any event within 24 hours of receipt, communicate to GW all comments, requests and inquiries of the medical profession or any other Third Parties for Information relating to the Covered Product, for which the responses have not been provided in advance to the inVentiv Medical Affairs Services Personnel, within the Territory, of which it becomes aware. During the Service Period, upon the reasonable request of GW, inVentiv shall provide reasonable cooperation to GW to the extent deemed necessary to respond to such communications.

 

9.9 inVentiv shall comply with all applicable environmental, health and safety laws in performing the Services and warrants that it provides a safe and healthy workplace, presenting no immediate hazards to its employees. inVentiv shall provide to GW all information regarding environmental, health and safety matters as GW may reasonably request from time to time at no cost.

 

10. RESTRICTIONS

 

10.1 Subject to section 13, GW may not solicit the employees of inVentiv to become employees of, or consultants to, GW whilst this Master Statement of Work is in force and for a one (1) year period following its termination. The provisions of this section 10 shall not apply with respect to inVentiv’s employees who seek employment from GW on their own initiative, such as in response to GW’s general vacancy announcement or advertisement.

 

10.2 GW agrees whilst this Master Statement of Work is in force and for one (1) year thereafter not to: (i) provide any contact information (including name, address, phone number or e-mail address) of any inVentiv employee to any Third Party which provides or proposes to provide GW with the same services being provided by inVentiv pursuant to this Master Statement of Work or any Country Statement of Work, or (ii) to assist actively in any other way such a Third Party in employing or retaining such inVentiv employee.

 

10.3 Whilst this Master Statement of Work is in force and for a one (1) year period following its termination, inVentiv shall assign no Service Personnel involved in providing the Services to provide services to a Third Party with respect to a Competing Product in the Territory.

 

 

 

 

10.4 Whilst this Master Statement of Work is in force and for a one (1) year period following its termination, inVentiv shall assign no Service Personnel involved in providing the Services to provide services to a Third Party with respect to a Competing Product in the Territory. [already agreed part of the clause] addition, should inVentiv agree to provide Competing Services to a third party in the Territory during the Service Period, inVentiv shall inform GW immediately in writing thereof and GW shall have the right to terminate this Master Statement of Work with immediate effect without incurring any of the Termination Costs under section 12.6.3 and Appendix H. Further, GW shall have the right to make a Conversion without being charged any conversion fees which otherwise might be payable under section 13. “Competing Services” shall be understood to mean services provided by inVentiv to a third party and which are similar to the services provided to GW by inVentiv under this Master Statement of Work through a field sales force and/or a medical team with respect to (i) a Competing Product, or (ii) a pharmaceutical product containing fenfluramine or rufinamide as an active ingredient and an approved label including the treatment of epilepsy.

 

10.5 inVentiv warrants to GW that it is not a party to any agreement which would prevent it from fulfilling its obligations under this Master Statement of Work or any Country Statement of Work and that during the term of this Master Statement of Work, InVentiv agrees that it shall not enter into any agreement which would in any way prevent it from providing the Services or meeting its other obligations contemplated under this Master Statement of Work or any Country Statement of Work.

 

11. PAYMENTS

 

11.1 In consideration of the performance of the Services provided under this Master Statement of Work and the Country Statements of Work, GW shall pay inVentiv for all undisputed Cost incurred in accordance with the Budget, in accordance with the payments schedule set out in Appendix I to this Master Statement of Work and in the Country Statements of Work, in each case subject to the terms set out in Appendix F.

 

11.2 If the Costs incurred under any Country Statement of Work, or in the aggregate, are greater than the Budget for that Project Year GW shall make an additional payment to inVentiv to reconcile any shortfall provided that GW shall pay such additional Costs only if such additional Costs were pre-approved in writing by the JSC or if a change order or amendment to the relevant Country Statement of Work was signed with regards to such additional Costs.

 

12. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

12.1 This Master Statement of Work shall commence on the Commencement Date and automatically terminate at the end of the Service Period, unless extended by mutual written agreement of the Parties or terminated early in accordance with this section 12.

 

12.2 GW may terminate this Master Statement of Work and any Country Statement of Work as well as any individual position within a Country Statement of Work or the Operational Management Services team:

 

 

 

 

12.2.1 in accordance with Section 10.2.2 of the MSA;

 

12.2.2 for convenience on providing inVentiv with at least 4 months’ advance written notice, which provision is to replace section 10.2.1 of the MSA, whereby such notice shall only be given to take effect at the earliest on the 12 month anniversary of the commencement date of the relevant Statement of Work;

 

12.2.3 upon 4 month’s advance written notice in case the Product does not obtain all the necessary regulatory approvals in the Territory (or in the case of termination of a Country Statement of Work, the relevant country) or such regulatory approvals are subsequently withdrawn.

 

12.3 inVentiv may terminate this Master Statement of Work in accordance with Section 10.2.3 of the MSA.

 

12.4 This Master Statement of Work shall terminate upon (i) GW conducting a Conversion for all countries in the Territory (if all Conversions are performed at the same time) or (ii) upon GW conducting a Conversion of the last remaining country in the Territory (if Conversions are performed sequentially).

 

12.5 Termination of this Master Statement of Work shall terminate all Country Statements of Work.

 

12.6 Upon the effective date of termination or expiration of this Master Statement of Work, in substitution for Section 11.1(a) of the MSA:

 

12.6.1 GW shall pay to inVentiv the Costs payable for all work performed under, and in accordance with, the terms of this Master Statement of Work and the Country Statements of Work up to the effective date of expiry or termination plus, in the case of termination by GW pursuant to section 12.2.2 or 12.2.3 or by inVentiv pursuant to section 12.3, all Pass-Through Costs (i) already incurred in accordance with this Master Statement of Work or any Country Statement of Work on or before the effective date of termination, or (ii) which have been committed to on or before the effective date of termination, have not yet been incurred, but cannot be cancelled, subject always to inVentiv making good faith efforts to mitigate GW’s liability for (1) Pass-Through Costs that have been committed to, have not yet been incurred, but cannot be cancelled, and (2) Costs for assets or resources that may be re-used or re-assigned, including by reassigning such assets to another inVentiv employee or re-allocating those resources to another inVentiv project.

 

12.6.2 inVentiv shall, on a pro rata basis, repay any Costs paid in advance for Services (or Deliverables) that have not been provided;

 

12.6.3 In the case of termination of this Master Statement of Work or a Country Statement of Work by GW in accordance with section 12.2.2 or 12.2.3 or by inVentiv pursuant to section 12.3 and in addition to the fees and costs payable pursuant to section 12.6.1, GW shall reimburse certain termination related costs and in case of termination pursuant to section 12.2.2 only, also a termination fee as set out in detail Appendix H (“ Termination Costs ”).

 

 

 

 

12.6.4 In the case of termination of this Master Statement of Work or a Country Statement of Work by GW in accordance with section 12.2.2 or 12.2.3 or by inVentiv pursuant to section 12.3 or once GW has confirmed that it does not wish to further extend this Master Statement of Work, inVentiv shall commence winding down the Services in accordance with the agreed Winding Down Strategy.

 

12.6.5 Expiration or termination of this Master Statement of Work shall not affect any rights or obligations that: (i) are to survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Master Statement of Work, and (ii) were incurred by the Parties prior to such expiration or earlier termination.

 

13. CONVERSION

 

13.1 At any time following the first anniversary of the Deployment Date of the Service Personnel, GW may elect to hire all or any of the Service Personnel providing the Services under a Country Statement of Work or to transfer such Service Personnel to GW’s payroll (each, a “ Conversion ”).

 

13.2 If GW elects to make a Conversion or if there is a TUPE transfer as a result of GW making a Conversion, the country-specific terms for the Conversion (as set out in the relevant Country Statement of Work) or in case of the Operational Management team, the terms as in Appendix I, shall apply. If the Conversion is for all Service Personnel in a particular country in the Territory the relevant Country Statement of Work shall terminate, with the consequences being as set out in section 12.6, as supplemented by the terms set out in the relevant Country Statement of Work.

 

13.3 GW understands and acknowledges that inVentiv cannot guarantee that any Service personnel shall agree to participate in a Conversion.

 

13.4 In the event GW conducts a Conversion the provisions of paragraph 3 of Appendix H shall apply with regards to any Equipment.

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO STATEMENT OF WORK

 

This Statement of Work has been entered into on the Effective Date.

 

Signed for and on behalf of GW RESEARCH LTD  
   
  /s/ Chris Tovey
  Authorised Signatory (sign)
   
  Chris Tovey
  Name (print)
   
  20 July 2017
  Date
   
Signed for and on behalf of inVentiv Health
Commercial Europe Limited
 
   
  /s/ Kurt Hawtin
  Authorised Signatory (sign)
   
  Kurt Hawtin
  Name (print)
   
   
  Date

 

List of Appendices

 

Appendix A: Governance arrangements for the Services
Appendix B: Services
Appendix C: Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
Appendix D: Detailed description of the Covered Product
Appendix E: Project Year Plan for Project Year 1
Appendix F: Compensation; Reimbursement; Reporting; Record Keeping and Audit Rights
Appendix G: Summary Preferred Hiring Profile
Appendix H: Termination Costs
Appendix I: Operational Management Services Budget
Appendix J: Information Security

 

 

 

 

Appendix A – Governance arrangements for the Services

 

JOINT STEERING COMMITTEE MEMBERS

 

The Joint Steering Committee shall consist of the following members:

 

For GW:

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

For inVentiv

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

JOINT MANAGEMENT TEAM MEMBERS

 

The JMT shall consist of the following members:

 

For GW:

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

For inVentiv

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

DESIGNATED SUPERVISORS

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

Appendix B –Services

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND

EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

Part 1 – Operational Management Services

 

This Appendix B, Part 1 describes the scope of the Operational Management Services. Any changes to the assumptions, deliverables, or scope of work described in this document or any new work requests will follow Section 4.0, the Change Control Process of this document.

 

1. Project Management

 

inVentiv has developed a project implementation methodology based upon industry best practices into the most efficient process and method for conducting and managing projects.

 

The inVentiv project team will approach this engagement with the following perspectives in mind:

 

· Provide a practical approach to project planning, execution and service delivery

 

· Maintain discipline and structure without constraining the project efforts

 

· Frame the project within the strategies of the GWs business requirements

 

inVentiv will lead and manage the activities of inVentiv leaders representing functional disciplines within inVentiv which may include, but not be limited to, sales, sales operations, advertising, marketing, market access strategy and implementation, project management and public relations.

 

The initial core team will consist of [***] collectively referred to herein as the “Operations Team”. The Operations Team will be responsible for performing the following partnership management and program management services as necessary:

 

- Resource management (working with each functional area lead to identify appropriate staffing based on planned activities and program objectives)

 

- Schedule development and maintenance (oversight of project management, training on project management tools, templates and reporting protocols)

 

- Operations management (oversight of project management and accounting functions, streamlined reporting and invoicing; reconciliation of all work streams).

 

- Budget management (ongoing reporting of budget tracker, status and variance).

 

- Issues escalation and resolution

 

- Coordination of strategic alignment across functional areas engaged (e.g. changes in direction, strategy, etc.)

 

- In collaboration with inVentiv cross-functional leaders and disciplines, develop and implement the marketing strategy and implementation plan

 

The Operations Team shall provide GW with a biweekly report in sufficient detail to allow GW to track performance of all work streams

 

2. Customer Relationship Management (“CRM” ) and other software and data

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING THREE PAGES OF THIS

EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 

4. Training Service

 

inVentiv will provide training services, with the support from GW as both parties determine necessary, for the Field Service Personnel including the development of a comprehensive training program and certification of all inVentiv field employees for the GW project across the following areas and sources:

 

[***]

 

5. Quality Management and Assurance

 

Quality Management System (QMS):

 

All GW implementations are managed via an approved set of Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) which are part of inVentiv Health’s Quality Management System (QMS). Key processes such as change control, CRM implementations of Third Party applications and training are required training for Commercial Personnel.

 

System Validation:

 

Formal System Validation is conducted by professional validation resources following inVentiv Health’s System Validation SOP. [***]

 

6. Compliance Services

 

Pre-Launch Activities:

 

[***]

 

Launch Activities:

 

[***]

 

Ongoing Activities:

 

[***]

 

Enforcement and Monitoring:

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

8. Change Control Process

 

Throughout the development of a business solution, additional knowledge is gained and situations and underlying assumptions change. A key component of the project management process is to identify the changes and make informed decisions, especially with regard to functionality, schedule and cost.

 

The change control process enables inVentiv and its customer to maintain a shared vision for the project. The objectives of change control are to:

 

· Assess the impact of scope changes on project schedules, resources and pricing

 

· Provide a formal vehicle for approval to proceed with any changes to this Statement of Work

 

· Provide a project audit record of all material changes to the original Statement of Work

 

If requirements arise that are outside the scope of this Statement of Work, a change of scope document will be submitted for GW approval following the below process:

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

Part 2 – Commercialisation Services

 

This Appendix B, Part 1 describes the scope of the Commercialisation Services inVentiv will provide GW through a team of appropriately qualified Service Personnel, as will be further set out in Country Statements of Work.

 

inVentiv shall develop, implement and execute on an integrated country/territory business plan with respect to the sale of the Product for each country in accordance with the European strategic commercial plan and the relevant Country Statement of Work. The Commercial Services shall consist of but not limited to the following activities, unless agreed otherwise between the Parties in a Country Statement of Work:

 

1. Country/Territory business plans

 

· Develop a country/territory business plan to ensure successful acceptance and adoption of the Product in the Territory.

 

· Ensure full integration of commercial, medical and market access plans and activities

 

· Develop programs to enhance sales and build business plans to meet goals. Seek and analyze information on competition, market and industry trends and discern how this could impact the business and adapt to changing conditions

 

· Effectively manage and prioritize time and resources to maximize sales

 

2. Customer engagement

 

· Develop and maintain relationships with influential customers in the Territory (e.g. physicians, thought leaders, nurses, clinical influencers, formulary decision makers and pharmacists) to enhance GW’s brand recognition and/or Product.

 

· Develop territory business plans to ensure adequate customer activities and engagement

 

· Integrate and partner with colleagues (ie MSLs) and GW to maximize appropriate activities and accomplish positive results for GW and the customer.

 

3. Symposia/Key Events

 

· Represent GW at national and international congresses in collaboration with the medical affairs department

 

4. Reporting/Financial

 

· Develop and monitor performance against country budgets (P&L)

 

· Evaluate the country KPI’s on a monthly basis including the delivery of both field and project activities

 

· Ensure timely and accurate transmission of representative and manager required data e.g. customer coverage/call data, time accountability data, etc.

 

· Development of prudent budgets for each element of the Services, all of which are subject to review and approval by GW

 

· Secure GW’s approval for all items of expenditure

 

· Expedite necessary financial adjustments where required to remain within budget

 

 

 

 

Part 3 – Medical Affairs Services

 

This Appendix B, Part 1 describes the scope of the Medical Affairs Services inVentiv will provide to GW through a team of appropriately qualified Service Personnel, as will further be set out in Country Statements of Work. The objective of the Medical Affairs Services is for inVentiv to support GW with medical strategy development and execution in the Territory. The Medical Affairs Services shall consist of but not limited to the following activities, unless agreed otherwise between the Parties in a Country Statement of Work:

 

i. Stakeholder engagement

 

· Develop and maintain relationships with customers in the Territory (e.g. physicians, thought leaders, nurses, clinical influencers, formulary decision makers and pharmacists)

 

· Maintain relationships with key medical opinion leaders and ensure engagement for GW core activities

 

ii. Symposia

 

· Organisation of symposia for healthcare professionals supporting the value of patient driven post-operative care at congress, stand-alone, national, regional and local events

 

· Development of symposia agenda in line with overarching strategy

 

· Sourcing of a faculty who can provide a cutting edge, informative symposia, which attracts and brings educational value to the target audience, including verifying the contractual arrangements are in place with the faculty

 

· Acting as the point of contact for symposia

 

· Staff the medical enquiries booth at all scientific congresses

 

iii. Advisory boards

 

· Organisation of national advisory boards

 

· Selection of faculty starting with existing members of EU faculty

 

· Development of an agenda which solicits KOL opinion on GW’s selected strategies and approaches

 

· Present scientific data as necessary

 

iv. Thought leader development

 

· Key opinion leader mapping

 

· Establishing of key opinion leader faculty

 

· Establishing of key opinion leader development program for emerging leaders among healthcare professionals

 

v. Publications/Research Support

 

· Support Key Opinion Leaders (“KOLs”) to develop posters, articles, clinical papers review articles in line with overarching strategy

 

· Develop articles for country specific publication

 

· Development and communication of clinical trial summaries for all new clinical trial publications of interest to GW

 

 

 

 

vi. Medical/Scientific Support

 

· Provision of scientific insights which support commercial staff to generate regional strategic plans

 

· Assist GW to develop compelling key messages to healthcare professionals for the brand, all of which will be supported by appropriate and published references

 

· Provision of a scientific review of any new competitors on the horizon as part of horizon scanning

 

· Supporting PR with salient scientific information

 

vii. Compliance

 

· Supporting GW to review promotional materials against all local Compliance Standards as outlined in this Master Statement of Work

 

 

 

 

Appendix C – KPIs

 

1. KPI STRUCTURE:

 

inVentiv and GW have agreed the below structure for KPIs for the period ending 31 December 2017. Such KPIs shall be updated on an annual basis and be reviewed and approved by the JSC.

 

[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]

 

2. Performance

 

2.1 Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing between the Parties, inVentiv shall at all times strive to meet each of the KPIs in its provision of the Services.

 

2.2 For each KPI, at the end of each calendar quarter in each Project Year, the JMT shall jointly review the actual performances of inVentiv in the preceding calendar quarter.

 

3. Monitoring and Reporting.

 

inVentiv shall continuously monitor the observance of all KPIs. On a quarterly basis, inVentiv shall furnish GW with a report on the achievement of all KPIs during the previous quarter, by country in the Territory, at no additional cost to GW. In addition, at the beginning of any Project Year, inVentiv shall furnish GW with a report on the achievement of all yearly KPIs in the previous Project Year, at no additional cost to GW. inVentiv shall permit GW to review and audit the data and the assumptions upon which such reports are based.

 

 

 

 

4. Remedy Plan

 

If inVentiv fails to meet any KPI, the Parties shall discuss this in good faith with the objective of understanding the root cause of such failure to meet the KPI. Where appropriate and agreed by the JMC, inVentiv shall prepare and submit to GW, within a timeframe to be agreed between the Parties, a plan setting out the causes of the non-compliance, the remedial efforts to be undertaken by inVentiv and/or GW and the timing for such remedial efforts to be implemented (the “Remedy Plan” ). GW shall have the right to approve or reject such Remedy Plan. If GW rejects the Remedy Plan, inVentiv shall within five (5) Business Days following such rejection make the necessary changes to the Remedy Plan and re-submit the Remedy Plan to GW for approval or rejection. In case GW rejects the updated Remedy Plan, the failure to agree on a Remedy Plan shall be notified to the JSC who shall then use commercially reasonable efforts to agree on a Remedy Plan.

 

5.       Financial consequences

 

5.1 [***]

 

5.2 [***]

 

 

 

 

Appendix D – Detailed description of the Covered Product

 

Oral solution comprising 100 mg/mL cannabidiol in sesame oil with anhydrous ethanol, added sweetener (sucralose) and strawberry flavoring.

 

 

 

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND

EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

Appendix F – Compensation; Reimbursement; Reporting; Record Keeping and Audit Rights

 

THE PROVISIONS IN THIS APPENDIX F ARE IN ADDITION TO THE PAYMENT TERMS SET OUT IN SECTION 5 OF THE MSA.

 

1. Invoicing

 

Implementation Fees (insofar as not already fully covered and paid under prior Statements of Work) shall be paid by GW to inVentiv within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date.

 

Commencing the first month following the Deployment Date for the first Service Personnel, GW will be billed monthly the amount stated above as the FTE Costs expressed as a Fixed Monthly Fee per Service Personnel (as specified in Appendix I of the Master Statement of Work and each Country Statement of Work) and subject to any salary reconciliation (as specified in Appendix I of the Master Statement of Work and each Country Statement of Work), Backfill Fees, Pass Through Costs and any Vacancy Credits. These invoices are due within thirty (30) days of receipt.

 

Any At Risk Management Fee earned or At Risk Management Fee lost under the KPI scheme will be determined on a calendar quarterly basis as set out in Appendix C and then either be invoiced or credited to GW in the next invoice.

 

On a quarterly basis, inVentiv will reconcile actual Costs incurred and billed with the budget agreed in the Project Year Plan and provide a status report. Reconciliations with regards to vacancy credits and salary reconciliations will occur on a monthly basis as part of the regular invoicing process.

 

2. Currency

 

FTE Cost and Pass-Through Costs shall be invoiced and paid in the currency in which they are incurred.

 

3. Accounting Procedures

 

For purposes of determining FTE Costs and Pass-Through Costs, any expense allocated by inVentiv to a particular expense category of FTE Costs or Pass-Through Costs shall not also be allocated to another category under FTE Costs or Pass-Through Costs. inVentiv shall determine FTE Costs and Pass-Through Costs using its standard accounting procedures, consistently applied, to the maximum extent practicable ( provided that the application of such procedures results, on balance, in outcomes that are fair and equitable to both Parties taking into consideration the interests of both Parties as reflected in this Master Statement of Work). GW shall have the right to audit inVentiv’s records to confirm the accuracy of inVentiv’s costs and reports as provided in paragraph 6 below.

 

 

 

 

4. Withholding taxes

 

The amounts payable by GW to inVentiv pursuant to this Master Statement of Work and each Country Statement of Work (each, a “ Payment ”) shall be paid free and clear of any and all taxes, except for any withholding taxes required by applicable law. Except as provided in this paragraph 3, inVentiv shall be solely responsible for paying any and all taxes (other than withholding taxes required by applicable law to be deducted from Payments and remitted by GW) levied on account of, or measured in whole or in part by reference to, any Payments it receives. GW shall deduct or withhold from the Payments any taxes that it is required by applicable law to deduct or withhold. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if inVentiv is entitled under any applicable tax treaty to a reduction of rate of, or the elimination of, applicable withholding tax, it may deliver to GW or the appropriate Competent Authority (with the assistance of GW to the extent that this is reasonably required and is expressly requested in writing) the prescribed forms necessary to reduce the applicable rate of withholding or to relieve GW of its obligation to withhold such tax and GW shall apply the reduced rate of withholding or dispense with withholding, as the case may be; provided that GW has received evidence, in a form satisfactory to GW, of inVentiv’s delivery of all applicable forms (and, if necessary, its receipt of appropriate governmental authorisation) at least fifteen (15) days prior to the time that the Payments are due. If, in accordance with the foregoing, GW withholds any amount, it shall pay to inVentiv the balance when due, make timely payment to the proper taxing authority of the withheld amount and send to inVentiv proof of such payment within ten (10) days following such payment.

 

5. Financial Records

 

inVentiv shall keep complete and accurate books and records pertaining to FTE Costs and Pass-Through Costs, including books and records of actual expenditures with respect to Budget, in sufficient detail to calculate all amounts payable under this Master Statement of Work and each Country Statement of Work and to verify compliance with its obligations under this Agreement. inVentiv shall retain such books and records until the later of (i) three (3) years after the end of the period to which such books and records pertain and (ii) the expiration of the applicable tax statute of limitations (or any extensions thereof) or for such longer period as may be required by applicable law.

 

6. Audit

 

5.1 Procedures. At the request of GW, inVentiv shall permit an independent auditor (who shall be subject to professional confidentiality obligations) designated by GW and reasonably acceptable to inVentiv, at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice of at least 90 days, to audit the books and records maintained pursuant to paragraph 4 to ensure the accuracy of all reports and payments made hereunder. Such examinations may not (i) be conducted for any calendar quarter more than three (3) years after the end of such quarter, (ii) be conducted more than once in any twelve (12) month period (unless a previous audit during such twelve (12)-month period revealed an underpayment with respect to such period) or (iii) be repeated for any calendar quarter. Except as provided below, the cost of this audit shall be borne by GW., unless the audit reveals a variance of more than five percent (5%) in the aggregate of Implementation Fees, the Management Fees, FTE Costs, Backfill Fees and Vacancy Credits from the reported amounts or a variance of more than ten percent (10%) with regards to Pass Through Costs, in which case inVentiv shall bear any reasonable cost of the audit. Unless disputed pursuant to paragraph 5.2 below, if such audit concludes that (x) additional amounts were owed by GW, GW shall pay the additional amounts, without interest from the date originally due, or (y) excess payments were made by GW, inVentiv shall reimburse such excess payments, in either case ((x) or (y)), within thirty (30) days after the date on which such audit is completed by GW.

 

 

 

 

6.2 Audit Dispute. In the event of a dispute with respect to any audit under paragraph 5.1, GW and inVentiv shall work in good faith to resolve the disagreement. If the Parties are unable to reach a mutually acceptable resolution of any such dispute within thirty (30) days, the dispute shall be submitted for resolution to a certified public accounting firm jointly selected by each Party’s certified public accountants or to such other person as the Parties shall mutually agree (the “Expert”). The decision of the Expert shall be final and the costs of such expert as well as the initial audit shall be borne between the Parties in such manner as the Expert shall determine. Not later than ten (10) days after such decision and in accordance with such decision, GW shall pay the additional amounts or inVentiv shall reimburse the excess payments, as applicable.

 

7. Right to Offset

 

Each Party shall have the right to offset any amount owed by the other Party to such first Party under or in connection with this Master Statement of Work or any Country Statement of Work, including in connection with any proven breach, against any payments owed by such first Party to such other Party under this Master Statement of Work or any Country Statement of Work. Such offsets shall be in addition to any other rights or remedies available under this Master Statement of Work, any Country Statement of Work and applicable law.

 

 

 

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING 17 PAGES OF THIS

EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

Appendix H – Termination Fees

 

1. As set out in section 12.6.3 of this Master Statement of Work, in the case of termination of this Master Statement of Work or a Country Statement of Work by GW in accordance with section 12.2.2 or 12.2.3 or by inVentiv pursuant to section 12.3, GW shall pay inVentiv certain Termination Costs as further detailed in this Appendix H.

 

2. Termination fee : In case of termination of this Master Statement of Work or all Country Statements of Work, a termination fee shall be payable for the Operational Management Services as set out in section 2.7 in Appendix I plus the termination fee(s) agreed in each Country Statement of Work for the particular country; in case of termination of one or more (but not all) Country Statements of Work, the termination fee(s) per the Country Statement(s) of Work shall become payable. No termination fee shall apply where GW terminates this Master Statement of Work in accordance with section 12.2.3.

 

3. Equipment disposal costs: GW shall promptly pay (or if paid by inVentiv, promptly reimburse inVentiv): the amount due and evidenced in writing any lessor or rental agent of the Information Technology and the Leased Vehicles (collectively, the “Equipment”)) for the purposes of provision of the Services, for any early termination of the lease or rental agreement. inVentiv shall make a good faith effort to mitigate GW’s liability for such amount due by attempting to reassign the Equipment for use in connection with Services being provided by inVentiv to a Third Party. In addition, (i) in the event the Equipment is subject to a lease or finance lease GW may elect to have the Equipment transferred to GW (subject to the last sentence of this Section 3) and GW shall assume the responsibility for all further payments due (including costs associated with the transfer), and (ii) GW may elect to have inVentiv sell the Equipment, in which case GW shall pay inVentiv (1) the net loss (if any) to inVentiv on such Equipment determined by the difference between the net book value of such Equipment and the actual price received by inVentiv for the disposal of such Equipment, plus (2) any amounts due from inVentiv in connection with the lease or rental termination and costs associated with the storage and disposal of said Equipment. Any proposed transfer of leased Equipment to GW shall be subject to GW establishing its own relationship and credit with the entity that inVentiv contracted with to lease or rent such Equipment. The provisions of this Section 3 shall also apply to Leased Vehicles on a Conversion.

 

4. Severance Costs: GW shall reimburse inVentiv any severance costs (including redundancy/severance pay and legal costs) evidenced in writing which inVentiv incurs in connection with Service Personnel, provided however that inVentiv shall make good faith efforts to mitigate GW’s liability for such amounts due by attempting to reassign the Service Personnel to other projects upon receipt of notice of GW’s intent to terminate this CCO Statement of Work or a Country Statement of Work.

 

 

 

 

Appendix I

Operational Management Services - Budget

 

1       Implementation Fee

 

GW shall pay inVentiv a one-time implementation fee associated with performance of the Operational Management Services, as set out in the table below. The implementation fee shall be invoiced by inVentiv to GW on signature of this Master Statement of Work.

 

[***]          
  [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

 

2       Fixed Monthly Fee per Person

 

Commencing on the Deployment Date, GW shall pay inVentiv a fixed monthly fee (“Fixed Monthly Fee”) as per the below table, subject to the Vacancy Credit as described in section 4 below for any open positions. This Fixed Monthly Fee will be billed on the first of each month for the current month and is subject to the salary reconciliation as per subsection 3 below and the vacancy credit per subsection 4.

 

  [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

[***]

 

In addition to the Fixed Fees, certain expenses will be charged to GW as Pass Through Costs. [***]

 

3      Salary Reconciliation

 

The Fixed Monthly Fee will be adjusted in line with actual salary costs; this adjustment will be done on a monthly basis in arrears, and will include the impact of local tax & benefits amounts.

For reference, the below table shows the base salary assumptions this reconciliation will be based on.

 

[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

 

 

 

 

4       Vacancy Credit

 

inVentiv shall fill vacant positions as required. inVentiv will continue to invoice GW the amounts set forth above as Fixed Monthly Fee during any such vacancy period. inVentiv will provide a monthly credit to GW, prorated for the number of business days per month that a position is vacant, for each vacant position, until such position is filled, as set forth in the following table:

 

[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

 

5       Backfill Fee

 

Should a vacancy occur in the Operational Management team during the Service Period, inVentiv will charge a one off backfill fee per replaced Operational Management team member as per the below table to cover its cost in backfilling said vacancy, provided that the vacancy does not occur within ninety (90) days of the Operational Management team member’s hire date, in which case the backfill cost will be borne by inVentiv. Terminations shall be in compliance with inVentiv policies, the Agreement and this Master Statement of Work.

 

[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

 

6       Conversion Fee

 

The following Conversion Fee shall apply should GW elect to convert individual members of the Operational Management team or the whole team or in case of such election to perform a Conversion results in a TUPE transfer pursuant to section 13 of this Master Statement of Work:

 

[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

 

7      Termination Costs

 

In case of termination of this Master Statement of Work per section 12.2.2, 12.2.3 or 12.3, GW shall pay the following termination fees to inVentiv:

 

[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

[***]

[***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

[***]

[***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

[***]

[***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

[***]

[***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

[***]

[***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

[***]

[***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
           

 

 

 

 

Appendix J

Information Security

 

1. inVentiv will take appropriate technical and organizational measures against unauthorized or unlawful processing of Company Data and against accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, Company Data and will implement, maintain and comply with at all times a written information security program (“ Information Security Program ”), which will include policies, procedures and technical and physical controls to (i) ensure the security, availability, integrity and/or confidentiality of inVentiv Systems and Company Data, (ii) identify and protect against potential threats or hazards to inVentiv Systems and Company Data, (iii) protect against unauthorized access to or use of, alteration of or destruction of inVentiv Systems and Company Data, (iv) ensure secure disposal of Company Data, and (v) ensure that GW is notified as required herein in the event of an Information Security Incident.

 

In addition, inVentiv will monitor, evaluate, and adjust, as appropriate, the Information Security Program in light of any relevant changes in technology or industry security standards, the sensitivity of Company Data, internal or external threats to inVentiv Systems or Company Data requirements of applicable work orders, and inVentiv’s own changing business arrangements, such as mergers and acquisitions, alliances and joint ventures, outsourcing arrangements, and changes to information systems.

 

inVentiv will, at a minimum, comply with the safeguards and requirements set forth below to ensure the protection of inVentiv Systems and Company Data and include or address these safeguards and requirements in its Information Security Program.

 

GW shall ensure that any data it provides to inVentiv is free of any malware, virus or similar defect.

 

A. inVentiv will designate a management level or above security official employed by inVentiv responsible for the development, implementation, and ongoing maintenance of its Information Security Program. The appointed official will have appropriate recognized information security credentials and qualifications. inVentiv will identify such designated official, provide such official’s contact information and, upon request, a copy of his/her information security credentials. GW may, in its sole discretion, determine the sufficiently of the official’s qualifications.

 

B. inVentiv will implement and maintain Secure Authentication Protocols and Access Control Measures (defined below) and other policies, procedures, and physical and technical controls designed: (i) to limit access to inVentiv Systems and Company Data and the facilities in which they are housed to a limited number of properly-authorized persons, each of whom are under an obligation (written or by policy) of confidentiality and non-disclosure, having a need for such access to perform the services, and authorized to access such data and systems solely as necessary to perform the Services, (ii) to ensure that all persons having access to inVentiv Systems and Company Data have appropriately controlled and limited access, and to prevent others who should not have access (including, without limitation, terminated employees) from obtaining access, and (iii) to prohibit persons from making copies or reproductions of Company Data, or otherwise transmitting Company Data, except to the extent necessary solely to perform the Services, in which case all such copies and reproductions will be deemed Company Data.

 

Secure Authentication Protocols and Access Control Measures ” include, without limitation, (a) use of secure user authentication protocols (including control of user IDs and other identifiers), (b) a reasonably secure method of assigning and selecting passwords, or use of unique identifier technologies (such as biometrics or token devices), (c) control of data security passwords to ensure that such passwords are kept in a location and/or format that does not compromise the security of the information they protect (in particular, passwords must be encrypted or stored using a salted hash), (d) restricting access to active users and active user accounts only, and (e) requiring management approval for administrative user access to Company Data with such administrative user sessions expiring within fifteen minutes.

 

 

 

 

C. inVentiv will implement policies and procedures designed to detect, respond to, and otherwise address Information Security Incidents, including specific points of contact available to Company in the event of an Information Security Incident, including procedures (i) to notify Company in accordance with Section 2 below in the event of an Information Security Incident, (ii) to monitor and detect actual and attempted attacks on, or intrusions into, the inVentiv Systems or Company Data, (iii) to identify and respond to suspected or known Information Security Incidents, (iv) to immediately mitigate the harmful effects of any Information Security Incidents, and (v) to closely track and frequently (at least on a daily basis, or more frequently as required by GW) provide detailed reports and documentation to GW regarding such Information Security Incidents, and the resulting forensic and remediation efforts and outcomes of such efforts. inVentiv will update its IRP at least annually and provide a copy of such IRP to Company upon request.

 

D. inVentiv will ensure that all media containing Company Data sent outside its facilities is encrypted, logged, authorized by management, and sent via secured courier or other delivery method that can be tracked. inVentiv will encrypt all back-up/archive media containing Company Data, and restrict access to all off-site backup/archive media to appropriate authorized personnel. inVentiv will encrypt any devices including, without limitation, laptops and mobile devices containing Company Data that may be taken outside its facilities.

 

E. inVentiv will implement and maintain physical and technical controls designed to: (i) guard against unauthorized access to or disruption of inVentiv Systems and Company Data including, without limitation, when Company Data is transmitted over an electronic communications network. inVentiv will (a) implement firewall protection, router configuration rules and standards designed to maintain the integrity of Company Data and that restrict connections between untrusted networks and any system components in the environment, (b) establish up-to-date application security firewalls to ensure protection of Layer 7 and other application platform oriented threats and regular testing of such firewalls to ensure the effectiveness of application oriented threat mitigation by application layer firewalls, and (c) implement encryption with respect to all records and files containing Company Data either at rest or in transit including, without limitation, all Company Data to be transmitted across public networks or wirelessly, and all Company Data stored on laptops, servers or removable media. With respect to (c) above, InVentiv will use standard encryption algorithms that meet the following criteria: (X) de facto cryptographic standard protocols (e.g., TLS, SSH, SFTP, IPSec, PGP, S/MIME, etc.), (Y) proven, standard algorithms as the basis for encryption technologies (e.g., AES, 3DES, RSA, etc.), and (Z) the length of the cryptographic key will meet the following guidelines: (1) symmetric cryptosystem key lengths must be at least 128 bits or 3DES strength, and (2) asymmetric cryptosystem keys must be of a length equivalent to or more than the strength of 2048 bits for the RSA algorithm.

 

F. inVentiv will test and maintain inVentiv Systems to protect Company Data including, without limitation: (i) installing of Critical Security Patches for operating systems and applications within thirty (30) days of publication, and within three (3) months for other types of patches and updates, (ii) installing the latest recommended versions of operating systems, software and firmware for all system components, and (iii) ensuring that up-to-date system security agent software which includes malware protection set to receive automatically updated (at least daily) patches and virus definitions.

 

G. inVentiv will ensure the secure disposal of Company Data in accordance with applicable law taking into account available technology so that Company Data cannot be read or reconstructed.

 

 

 

 

H. inVentiv will establish and maintain an ongoing security awareness and training program for all inVentiv personnel (including management, employees, contractors and other agents), which includes training on how to implement and comply with its Information Security Program and setting forth disciplinary measures for violation of the Information Security Program.

 

I. At least once per quarter, inVentiv will perform internal system and application vulnerability assessments and external web (and other, if applicable) application and infrastructure vulnerability assessments on all inVentiv Systems used to provide the Services. In addition to meeting the requirements of routine updates to systems defined in Section 1(F), inVentiv will any vulnerabilities or security issues discovered will be remediated within a reasonable time. inVentiv will as part of the Information Security Program: (i) implement an audit program to test and, if necessary, remediate all security controls at least annually or whenever there is a material change in business practices that may reasonably implicate the security or integrity of records containing Company Data, (ii) conduct, in line with ISO27001 or similar standards, an annual risk assessment that assesses the threats and vulnerabilities associated with inVentiv Systems, or inVentiv’s other processes, facilities, and system components collecting, storing, processing, transmitting, accessing or using Company Data, and (iii) produce (pursuant to the results of (i) and (ii)) a documented risk assessment and, where appropriate, risk remediation plan. inVentiv will provide GW with the results of all such tests, assessments and plans and any other audit, review or examination relating to its Information Security Program. inVentiv will maintain appropriate and complete documentation describing the Information Security Program it maintains in accordance with the terms herein, and will provide such documentation to GW upon request.

 

J. i nVentiv will implement and maintain contingency plans to address an emergency or other occurrence (for example, fire, vandalism, system failure, and natural disaster) that damages or destroys inVentiv Systems or Company Data, including a data backup plan, a disaster recovery plan, with, at least, annual testing of such plans and continuous improvement of such plans.

 

K. i nVentiv will implement and maintain hardware, software, and/or procedural mechanisms that record and examine activity in inVentiv Systems that contain or use electronic information, including appropriate logs and reports concerning the security requirements set forth in this Exhibit J and compliance therewith.

 

L. inVentiv will ensure the integrity of Company Data and protect it from improper alteration, corruption, or destruction.

 

M. inVentiv will not utilize “public cloud” computing services as part of any hosted solution or service or otherwise allow Company Data to be collected, transmitted, processed or stored on a “public cloud” service without first obtaining written consent from the Company Security Official identified below.

 

2. Notification of Information Security Incident; Remedial Action.

 

A. InVentiv will notify GW of any Information Security Incident and which inVentiv has determined may impact GW data or Services provided by inVentiv to GW within three (3) hours of inVentiv’ s knowledge or suspicion thereof via telephone and electronic mail to the GW Security Official identified below. In addition, within twenty-four (24) hours of the Information Security Incident, inVentiv will provide a written report via email to the GW Security Official describing in sufficient detail the Information Security Incident and inVentiv’s response and corrective actions. inVentiv will provide GW with a daily Information Security Incident status update and a final written report once the Information Security Incident has been resolved. inVentiv will cooperate fully in GW’s investigation of the Information Security Incident.

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

B. If an Information Security Incident which affects GW data or impacts the Services provided to GW, gives rise to a need, in GW’s reasonable judgment, to provide (i) notification to public authorities, individuals, or other persons, or (ii) undertake other remedial measures (including, without limitation, notice, credit monitoring services and the establishment of a call center to respond to inquiries (each of the foregoing, a “ Remedial Action ”)), at GW’s request, inVentiv will, at inVentiv’s cost, undertake such reasonable and customary Remedial Action(s). The timing, content and manner of effectuating any notices will be determined by GW in its reasonable discretion.

 

For the purposes of this Appendix J:

 

Company Data ” means, collectively and individually, any and all GW data and information which is collected, stored, processed, transmitted to or by, accessed or used, by inVentiv in connection with inVentiv’s performance of Services.

 

Information Security Incident ” means any event or activity that threatens or may threaten (i) inVentiv Systems or GW Data including an actual or potential violation, compromise or breach of the security of inVentiv Systems or GW Data, (ii) use of inVentiv Systems or GW Data for purposes other than those intended under the Master Statement of Work or any Country Statement of Work, and (iii) the confidentiality, integrity or availability of inVentiv Systems or GW Data.

 

inVentiv Systems ” means inVentiv’s information systems, applications, databases, infrastructure, platforms, and networks (i) utilized to provide the Services, (ii) collecting, storing, processing, transmitting, accessing or using Company Data, or (iii) with access to, connection to, use of or otherwise interacting with GW information systems.

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.82

 

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

GW PHARMA LIMITED

 

-and-

 

NATEX PROZESSTECHNOLOGIE GESMBH

   

 

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

     

 

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 1 March 2017 (“ Commencement Date ”),

 

BETWEEN

 

(1) GW PHARMA LIMITED, incorporated in England and Wales with company number 03704998, whose registered address is Sovereign House, Vision Park, Chivers Way, Histon, Cambridge CB24 9BZ, UK (“ GW ”); and

 

(2) NATEX PROZESSTECHNOLOGIE GESMBH incorporated in Austria (SIRET N° 487 611 691 00014), whose business address is at Werkstrasse 7 2630 Ternitz, Austria (“ NATEX ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

1. GW is a biopharmaceutical company specialising in the development of cannabinoids as pharmaceutical products .

 

2. NATEX has experience in the fabrication and installation of CO2 extraction plants .

 

3. NATEX has agreed to provide GW with the equipment of a CO2 extraction plant and associated goods and services , on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement and in accordance with applicable laws. The installation and commissioning of such plant will be carried out by a third party employed by GW.

 

AGREED TERMS

 

1. Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1 In this Agreement, the following terms shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

 

Acceptance Certificate ” means the acceptable certificate issued in accordance with clause 7.7.

 

Agreement ” means this Agreement together with any and all schedules, and addenda to it.

 

Business Day ” means 9.00am to 5.30pm local time on a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in London, UK, and Vienna, Austria are authorised or required by law to close.

 

CO2 Extraction Plant ” means the CO2 extraction plant comprised of certain of the Equipment as described in detail in the Specification.

 

Confidential Information ” means (a) the terms and conditions of this Agreement; (b) the other Party’s intellectual property rights; and (c) any other Information provided by one Party to the other whether obtained or learned before, on or after the Commencement Date. Confidential Information shall not include any information which a Receiving Party can establish:

 

a. is already lawfully possessed by the Receiving Party without any obligations of confidentiality or restrictions on use prior to receiving it from the Disclosing Party;

 

b. is or becomes public knowledge or is in the public domain other than by breach or violation of any contractual or legal obligation to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or

 

c. has been developed independently of any access to or use of any of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

 

“Control System ” means the Equipment set out in paragraph 1.7 of in Schedule 1.

 

  2  

 

 

Deliverables ” means any and all Information, documents, materials or other items to be generated or delivered by NATEX to GW as a deliverable including all documents of title, documentation provided by third party manufacturers of Equipment of its components, testing certificates and certificates of for the lawful operation and use of, and all service documents relating to, the Equipment, and other items set out in the URS.

 

Delivery ” means the arrival of the Equipment at the Location on a vehicle controlled by NATEX ready for unloading.

 

Delivery Dates ” means the dates for the Delivery set out in Schedule 3.

 

Disclosing Party ” means a Party that discloses, or is deemed to have disclosed pursuant to clause 11.1, Confidential Information to the other Party.

 

Equipment ” means the fabricated equipment and all other goods, materials and items for the CO2 Extraction Plant NATEX is required to supply to GW under this Agreement, as further specified in the Specification, including the spare parts.

 

FAT ” means the Factory Acceptance Tests performed on the Control System by NATEX in accordance with the protocol approved by GW in accordance with clause 6.2.

 

GW Background IP ” means all intellectual property rights controlled by GW at the Commencement Date or at any time during the Term, which in the opinion of GW (in its sole discretion) may assist the performance of the Services or fabrication of the Equipment.

 

GW Code of Conduct for Business Partners ” means the guideline which can be found at http://ir.gwpharm.com/corporate-governance.cfm which sets out the ethical and compliance standards to which GW requires its suppliers, vendors, customers, agents, consultants and contractors to conform, as the same may be amended or updated from time to time.

 

GW Property means any and all (a) Information provided by GW including Information relating to the GW Background IP or the business or affairs of GW or any of its affiliates or its or their customers or business contacts provided for NATEX’s use by GW; (b) GW Background IP; and (c) equipment, hardware or software provided for NATEX’s use by GW.

 

Information” means technical and other information (in any form) including information comprising or relating to concepts, data, designs, methods, procedures, testing, processes analytical and quality control data, data analyses, reports, manufacturing data or summaries and information contained in submissions to and information from any competent authority.

 

Insurance Policies ” means commercial general liability insurance cover and professional indemnity insurance cover.

 

Location ” means [***] premises or such other location agreed by the Parties in writing.

 

NATEX Background IP ” means all intellectual property rights controlled by NATEX at the Commencement Date or at any time during the Term necessary or reasonably useful for the provision of the Services or the fabrication of the Equipment.

 

NATEX Improvements ” means any and all improvements, modifications or adaptations to the NATEX Background IP arising from the design, fabrication or installation of the Equipment or performance of the Services.

 

Parties ” means GW and NATEX, and a “ Party ” shall mean either of them.

 

Payment Schedule ” means the schedule for the payment of the Price and Service Fees set out in Schedule 4;

 

  3  

 

 

Price ” means the price for the Equipment and its Delivery set out in Schedule 4.

 

Project Manager ” means, for each Party, the person appointed as such under clause 2.1 or as replaced from time in accordance with clause 2.2.

 

Quality and Compliance Standards ” means all Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Automated Manufacturing Practice and other standards set out the URS.

 

Receiving Party ” means a Party which receives Confidential Information disclosed, or is deemed to have disclosed pursuant to clause 11.1, by the other Party.

 

Remedial Proposal ” has the meaning given to it in clause 15.2.

 

SAT ” means the Site Acceptance Tests performed on the CO2 Extraction Plant during commissioning in accordance with the protocol approved by GW.

 

Service Fees ” means the fees as specified in Schedule 4 payable by GW to NATEX under this Agreement in consideration of NATEX’s performance of the Services.

 

Services ” means the supervision, and provision of instructions and direction, by NATEX of (a) instalment and erection of the CO2 Extraction Plant, (b) commissioning of the CO2 Extraction Plant (including SAT), the precise scope of each such service to be agreed between the Parties from time to time by the Project Managers.

 

Specification ” means the specification for the Equipment set out in the URS and Schedule 1 (and if there is a discrepancy between those two documents, the URS shall prevail).

 

Staff ” means any and all directors, officers, employees or agents of (a) NATEX; (b) Sub-contractors appointed in accordance with clause 8 ; and (c) any other persons providing Services at the request, or under the direction, of NATEX.

 

Sub-contractor ” means any organisation or persons sub-contracted by NATEX to assist in the provision of the Services. NATEX personnel who are engaged as contractors working under the day-to-day supervision of NATEX are considered as employees of NATEX for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Term ” has the meaning given to it in clause 10.1.

 

URS ” means GW’s User Requirement Specification URS 16126-V4, set out in Schedule 2 of this Agreement, as amended by paragraph 3 of Schedule 1.

 

1.2 In this Agreement:

 

(a) reference to a “person” shall mean any individual, partnership, company, corporation, joint venture, trust, association, organisation or other entity, in each case whether or not having separate legal personality;

 

(b) the words “include”, “including” or “in particular” are to be construed without limitation to the generality of the preceding words;

 

(c) references to a statute include any statutory modification, extension or re-enactment of that statute;

 

(d) any reference to “writing” includes a reference to any communication effected by facsimile transmission and, to the extent it is not a provision of notice, e-mail; and

 

(e) the word “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”.

 

1.3 If there is any conflict or ambiguity between the main body of this Agreement and the Schedules, a term contained in the main body shall have priority over one contained in the Schedules.

 

  4  

 

  

2. Project Management

 

2.1 NATEX and GW each appoints the following individuals as its “ Project Manager ”:

 

(a) GW: [***]

 

(b) NATEX: [***]

 

2.2 Each Party may replace its Project Manager at any time by notice to the other Party. NATEX shall endeavour to ensure continuity of its Project Manager and where NATEX’s Project Manager is to be replaced, NATEX shall make reasonable efforts to ensure there is a reasonable handover period and any adverse effects of the change of its Project Manager are minimised.

 

2.3 The Project Managers shall co-operate with each other and NATEX’s Project Manager shall send GW’s Project Manager regular emails summarising activities initiated, completed or continuing to be performed under this Agreement including the design and fabrication of the Equipment. At the request of either Party, the Project Managers shall convene by telephone to discuss the content of a monthly update email and any issues arising therefrom.

 

2.4 The Project Managers shall meet in person at a mutually convenient time for the purposes of project management of this Agreement at GW’s offices in London or Sittingbourne as requested by GW but no more than eight (8) times during the Term. Any additional project management meetings requested by GW shall be charged by NATEX on daily rates of €1.560, - per person which shall include the cost for flight-tickets and accommodation.

 

3. The Equipment

 

3.1 NATEX shall fabricate and supply the Equipment under the terms of this Agreement:

 

(a) within any time limits set out in this Agreement;

 

(b) with all reasonable skill, care, attention and diligence and in accordance with any and all Austrian laws and EU directives applicable to the fabrication and supply of the Equipment including technical regulations and directives, the Quality and Compliance Standards, NATEX’s relevant standard operating procedures, GW’s design specifications, drawings or models and all instructions reasonably given by GW from time to time;

 

(c) in compliance with the GW Code of Conduct for Business Partners; and

 

(d) in compliance with, and shall not engage directly or indirectly in any activities that could subject GW to any liability under, any applicable laws and regulations relating to anti-bribery and anti-corruption including the Bribery Act 2010.

 

For clarity, the applicable laws in clause 3.1(b) do not, and are not intended to, address any intellectual property issues (such issues are addressed exclusively in clauses 12 and 14.2(c) and 14.3(c)).

 

3.2 The Equipment provided to GW shall:

 

(a) be new;

 

(b) be sold with full title guarantee;

 

(c) correspond with GW's requirements set out in the Specification; and

 

(d) have passed FAT in accordance with clause 6.

 

  5  

 

 

3.3 NATEX shall ensure all relevant governmental and regulatory consents, authorisations, licences and accreditations required to fabricate and supply the Equipment are in place at the Effective Date and are maintained throughout the Term.

 

4. Delivery of the Equipment

 

4.1 Subject to clause 4.5, Delivery of the Equipment shall be made in accordance with DAP Incoterms 2010 to the Location on the Delivery Dates.

 

4.2 NATEX shall be responsible for carriage, insurance, transport and all relevant licences (including export/import licences). NATEX shall be responsible for any delays to the Delivery due to licences not being available when required. All costs associated with the Delivery are included as an item in the Price. NATEX shall provide GW with an itemised breakdown of the insurance for the Equipment.

 

4.3 NATEX shall ensure the Equipment is properly packed and secured in such manner as to enable it to reach the Location in good condition and is accompanied by a delivery note which shows storage instructions at the Location.

 

4.4 All third party carriers engaged to deliver the Equipment shall at no time be an agent of or contracted to GW and accordingly NATEX shall be liable to GW for the acts and omissions of all such third party carriers.

 

4.5 Ownership of the Equipment shall pass from NATEX to GW on NATEX receiving the Acceptance Certificate and full payment from GW. GW must not commence any commercial production with the Equipment before the Acceptance Certificate is issued and the price is fully paid, however, this will not prevent GW from using the Equipment in order to qualify the CO2 Extraction Plant.

 

5. Inspection

 

5.1 NATEX shall notify GW in writing:

 

(a) of any pending inspection of the premises at which the Equipment is fabricated or the Services performed, or any part of them, by a competent authority immediately upon NATEX becoming aware of such inspection; and

 

(b) of any failure of the Equipment, fabrication of the Equipment or the Services, or any part of them, to meet the quality standards required by a competent authority, promptly and in any event within two (2) Business Days of NATEX becoming aware of any such failure. This shall include any informal feedback received during or following an inspection raising concerns of any nature regarding the provision of the Services.

 

5.2 Following any inspection the subject of clause 5.1 by a competent authority, NATEX shall provide GW with a copy of any report or other communication published or provided by the relevant regulatory body in relation to that inspection.

 

5.3 Upon receipt of notice pursuant to clause 5.1 or report pursuant to clause 5.2, GW shall be entitled to request further information from NATEX or a meeting with NATEX, and NATEX shall cooperate fully with any such request.

 

5.4 GW shall from time to time upon giving NATEX reasonable notice in writing be entitled to send its representatives to visit the sites where any Equipment (or parts thereof) is being constructed or the Services are being carried out for the purposes of assessing or auditing the progress and quality of the Equipment and Services. NATEX shall allow GW’s representatives access (or shall procure access) to all areas of such premises where the Equipment is produced and the Services are being carried out and to all materials, records, procedures, and facilities relating to the Equipment and Services. GW reserves the right to appoint an agent or agents to conduct any audit under this clause 5.3 on its behalf. GW shall endeavour to give not less than 3 days’ notice except where the cause for audit warrants a shorter period.

 

  6  

 

 

6. Testing of equipment

 

6.1 NATEX shall provide to GW for GW’s approval a proposed protocol for visual inspection of the Equipment to ensure each item of Equipment is in operable condition and is capable of meeting the requirements of the Specification once properly installed at the Location. Such GW approval shall only to be refused if reasonable. If so refused, the proposed visual inspection protocol shall be amended in light of GW’s objections and resubmitted for GW approval.

 

6.2 NATEX shall provide to GW for GW’s approval a proposed FAT protocol for the performance of FAT of the Control System to ensure the Control System is in operable condition and is capable of meeting the requirements of the Specification once properly installed at the Location. Such GW approval shall only to be refused if reasonable. If so refused, the proposed FAT protocol shall be amended in light of GW’s objections and resubmitted for GW approval.

 

6.3 NATEX shall carry out (a) the visual inspection of the Equipment in accordance with the approved visual inspection protocol; and (b) FAT of the Control System in accordance with the approved FAT protocol, both at NATEX’s site.

 

6.4 GW shall have the right to be present whilst NATEX performs the visual inspection and FAT at NATEX's site and NATEX shall provide GW with reasonable notice of the performance of the visual inspection and FAT so that GW can arrange its attendance. GW’s presence at the visual inspection and FAT or failure to provide any observations does not constitute acceptance of the Equipment or CO2 Extraction Plant. NATEX shall supply GW with copies of the visual inspection and FAT results.

 

6.5 If following review of the visual inspection and FAT results or as a result of observations made during its attendance at the FAT, GW considers the Equipment to have failed the visual inspection and FAT or will fail to conform to its Specification, GW shall notify NATEX of this promptly. Upon receipt of such notification, NATEX shall immediately take the necessary remedial action to resolve such failure and re-perform the visual inspection and FAT on the same terms and conditions as are set out in clause 6.3.

 

6.6 If GW fails to issue notification in accordance with clause 6.5 within 5 working days of receiving the visual inspection and FAT results from NATEX, the Equipment is deemed to be accepted by GW and the visual inspection and FAT is deemed to be successfully completed.

 

6.7 If any Equipment fails such further tests, without limiting any of its other rights or remedies, GW may at its option:

 

(a) request remedy and repeat visual inspection and/or FAT under clause 6.3;

 

(b) accept the item of Equipment subject to such change of acceptance criteria, amendment of the Specification or reduction in the Price as, after taking into account all the relevant circumstances, is reasonable; or

 

(c) if NATEX is unable to correct defects in the Equipment within a period of six months from the first visual inspection and FAT performed, GW may reject the Equipment, in which case GW may terminate this Agreement.

 

6.8 The Equipment shall only be shipped NATEX’s site if it has passed the visual inspection and FAT in accordance with this clause 6.

 

  7  

 

 

7. Installation and commissioning

 

7.1 NATEX shall supply the Services:

 

(a) in due course and in any event within any time limits agreed between the Parties;

 

(b) with all reasonable skill, care, attention and diligence and in accordance with any and all applicable Austrian laws and EU directives applicable to the provision of the Services including technical regulations and directives, the Quality and Compliance Standards, Natex’s relevant standard operating procedures, and all instructions reasonably given by GW from time to time;

 

(c) in compliance with the GW Code of Conduct for Business Partners; and

 

(d) in compliance with, and shall not engage directly or indirectly in any activities that could subject GW to any liability under, any applicable laws and regulations relating to anti-bribery and anti-corruption including the Bribery Act 2010.

 

For clarity, the applicable laws in clause 7.1(b) do not, and are not intended to, address any intellectual property issues (such issues are addressed exclusively in clauses 12 and 14.2(c) and 14.3(c)).

 

7.2 GW shall arrange for a third party to install the Equipment at the Location and perform commissioning of the CO2 Extraction Plant.

 

7.3 NATEX shall provide the Services and co-operate with such third parties in the installation and commissioning or as may be relevant in the provision of the Services.

 

7.4 Subject to NATEX’s Staff complying with all relevant health and safety requirements and procedures applicable to the Location, GW shall grant reasonable access to NATEX’s Staff to the Location to enable NATEX to provide the Services. Such access shall not be deemed to create any greater rights or interest than so granted (to include any relationship of landlord and tenant) in the Location.

 

7.5 As between the Parties, GW shall provide or otherwise make available all tools, materials and other equipment needed for the installation of the Equipment at the Location, including any materials and equipment needed to connect and interface the CO2 Extraction Plant with GW’s utilities, hardware and software.

 

7.6 NATEX shall provide to GW for GW’s approval a proposed SAT protocol for the performance of SAT of the CO2 Extraction Plant to ensure the CO2 Extraction Plant is in operable condition and ready to be qualified. GW approval of the SAT protocol shall only to be refused if reasonable. If so refused, the proposed SAT protocol shall be amended in light of GW’s objections and resubmitted for GW approval.

 

7.7 GW, NATEX and GW’s appointed third party contractor shall carry out SAT of the CO2 Extraction Plant at the Location and in accordance with the approved SAT protocol for SAT of the CO2 Extraction Plant. In the performance of the SAT, NATEX shall supervise the performance of the SAT by GW or GW’s appointed third party contractor. If the SAT is successful, the Parties shall sign the SAT protocol.

 

7.8 If the CO2 Extraction Plant passes commissioning in all material respects, GW shall issue an acceptance certificate for the Equipment (“ Acceptance Certificate ”), which is one of the pre-conditions for commercial use of the Equipment. Any minor issues in the commissioning shall be listed in a punch-list and shall be rectified by the appropriate person within a reasonable period of time after issuance of the Acceptance Certificate. The Services shall be completed upon the issuance of the Acceptance Certificate.

 

  8  

 

 

7.9 If the CO2 Extraction Plant does not pass commissioning due to the Equipment, without limiting any of its other rights or remedies, and whether or not it has accepted the Equipment:

 

(a) GW may require NATEX to repair or replace any Equipment which causes the CO2 Extraction Plant to fail commissioning; and

 

(b) an in the event NATEX cannot repair or replace any Equipment in accordance with clause 7.9(a) within a reasonable time, or refuses to do so, GW may recover from NATEX any costs incurred by GW up to the limit specified in clause 14.10 in obtaining substitute equipment for any Equipment which causes the CO2 Extraction Plant to fail commissioning from a third party.

 

7.10 Any repaired, replaced or substituted Equipment will be subject to the same installation and commissioning of the CO2 Extraction Plant as the original Equipment. Where the failure of commissioning of the CO2 Extraction Plant is directly caused by NATEX, NATEX shall provide Services in relation to the installation and commissioning of the CO2 Extraction Plant incorporating the repaired or replaced Equipment free of charge. Where not directly caused by NATEX, NATEX shall provide Services in relation to the installation and commissioning of the CO2 Extraction Plant incorporating the repaired or replaced Equipment in consideration for GW’s payment of the Service Fee.

 

8. Subcontracting

 

8.1 With GW’s written consent, given at its sole discretion, NATEX may subcontract any (but not all) of the Services to be performed under this Agreement. A list of Sub-contractors already approved by GW is provided at Schedule 6.

 

8.2 It shall be a condition of any consent to such subcontracting that NATEX shall:

 

(a) enter into contracts with all Sub-contractors obliging them to provide Services in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, including provisions under which GW and competent authorities shall have the right to inspect any work being done by any Sub-contractors on terms equivalent to clause 3.2;

 

(b) enter into contracts with all Sub-contractors under which NATEX can recover for failure of the Equipment to pass FAT or failure of the CO2 Extraction Plant to be commissioned; and

 

(c) ensure and be responsible for the compliance by any Sub-contractor with the provisions of this Agreement. The appointment of any Sub-contractor shall not negate or affect NATEX’s duties and direct responsibility to GW to perform the subcontracted work.

 

9. GW Property

 

9.1 GW shall provide NATEX with any and all GW Property as reasonably necessary for NATEX to design and fabricate the Equipment and perform the Services.

 

9.2 Unless otherwise set out in the Specification or otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing, any GW Property provided by GW for use by NATEX:

 

(a) shall be provided at GW's sole discretion;

 

(b) shall be inspected by NATEX and NATEX shall confirm before its use the GW Property is fit for its intended use; and

 

  9  

 

 

(c) shall be used by NATEX and NATEX shall upon written request by GW reimburse GW for any loss or damage of GW Property caused by NATEX.

 

10. Invoices and Payment

 

10.1 The Price or Service Fees due under this Agreement are exclusive of VAT.

 

10.2 NATEX shall submit an invoice to GW whenever payment of the Price or Service Fees are due in accordance with the Payment Schedule, together with such evidence as GW may reasonably request for the purpose of verifying the Equipment or Services in respect of which the payment in question is due have been performed. Each invoice shall give a description of the Equipment or Services provided during the period covered by such invoice. Each invoice shall be submitted in pdf form by e-mail to invoices@gwpharm.com or by post to Accounts Department, GW Pharmaceuticals, Kingsgate House, Andover, Hants, SP10 4DU, UK.

 

10.3 Payment shall be made within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt by GW of the correctly rendered invoice to the bank account specified by NATEX in Schedule 4, failing which NATEX may charge interest on any undisputed and outstanding amount on a daily basis at a rate equivalent to two per cent (2%) above the twelve (12) month LIBOR rate then in force in London, irrespective of any other remedies NATEX may have, e.g. the termination of this Agreement pursuant to clause 15.2 and 15.3.

 

10.4 The Price shall cover all the Equipment and the Service Fees cover all Services provided by NATEX under this Agreement. GW will not pay any additional sums unless it first agrees to those sums in writing in advance.

 

11. Confidential Information

 

11.1 Except as set out in this clause 11, the Receiving Party shall, and shall cause its officers, directors, employees and agents to keep confidential and not disclose any of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

 

11.2 Without prejudice to the rest of this clause 11, the Receiving Party shall with respect to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, exercise the same degree of care as it exercises with respect to its own confidential information which it desires to maintain as confidential (but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care) to prevent its disclosure to any third party.

 

11.3 NATEX may use GW’s Confidential Information for the sole purpose of providing the Equipment and Services in accordance with this Agreement, and, unless otherwise agreed by GW in writing, shall only disclose GW’s Confidential Information to its Staff on a need to know basis solely for the purpose of performing the Services provided:

 

(a) NATEX informs its Staff of the confidential nature of GW’s Confidential Information before disclosure, and ensures its Staff are bound by confidentiality terms which obligate them to hold in confidence such Confidential Information to the same extent as set out in this clause 11, and shall ensure GW has the right to enforce such confidentiality obligations as a third party beneficiary; and

 

(b) at all times, NATEX is responsible for the compliance of such Staff with the obligations set out in this Agreement.

 

11.4 GW may use and disclose NATEX’s Confidential Information as necessary or reasonably useful to use, install, commission and obtain approval from competent authorities for the Equipment or any product developed or manufactured using the Equipment. GW may make disclosures to competent authorities provided reasonable measures shall be taken to assure confidential treatment of such information.

 

  10  

 

 

11.5 The Receiving Party may disclose any part of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, solely to the extent it is legally required to do so, pursuant to an order of a court of competent jurisdiction or governmental authority, by law, according to the rules of a stock exchange on which its or an affiliate company’s securities may be admitted for trading from time to time, or otherwise, provided the Receiving Party shall, unless prohibited, notify the Disclosing Party prior to making such disclosure and use its commercially reasonable endeavours to limit such disclosure.

 

11.6 The Receiving Party shall notify the Disclosing Party immediately upon discovery of any unauthorised use or disclosure of Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, and shall co-operate with the Disclosing Party in every reasonable way to help the Disclosing Party regain possession of its Confidential Information and prevent its further unauthorised use or disclosure.

 

11.7 No Party shall make, or permit any person to make, any public announcement concerning this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party except as required by applicable law, any competent authority or any relevant securities exchange.

 

12. Intellectual Property Rights

 

12.1 This Agreement does not affect the ownership of any NATEX Background IP, GW Background IP or any Information, the ownership of which shall remain the property of the Party that contributes them to the Services (or its licensors) in all instances.

 

12.2 GW hereby authorises NATEX to use its GW Background IP for the sole purpose of designing and fabricating the Equipment and performing the Services, but only to the extent necessary for that purpose. NATEX may not authorise any other person to use the GW Background IP, with the exception of approved Sub-contractors.

 

12.3 NATEX hereby grants to GW and its affiliates a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid-up, royalty-free, transferable only to the third party acquirer of the full Equipment, worldwide licence to use the NATEX Background IP and NATEX Improvements exclusively for the use of the Equipment or receipt of the Services. NATEX shall provide GW with all Information in its possession which is useful or necessary to enable GW to utilise any NATEX Background IP or NATEX Improvements that cover the Equipment or GW’s use thereof.

 

12.4 Any and all improvements, modifications or adaptations to the GW Background IP arising from the design, fabrication, installation or use of the Equipment or receipt of the Services shall be owned by GW. To the extent such improvements, modifications or adaptations to the GW Background IP are made by NATEX and not assigned by a matter of law or under the terms of this Agreement, NATEX shall promptly assign the rights and title to them to GW in signed writing.

 

13. Warranties and Undertakings

 

13.1 Each Party warrants and undertakes:

 

(a) it has the right and authority to enter into this Agreement and the capability and capacity to fulfil its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(b) it is a properly constituted entity and it is fully empowered by the terms of its constitutional documents to enter into and to carry out its obligations under this Agreement and the documents referred to in this Agreement; and

 

(c) there are no pending or threatened actions or proceedings before any court or administrative agency which would materially adversely affect the financial condition, business or operations of the Party; and

 

  11  

 

 

(d) there are no material agreements existing to which the Party is a party which prevent the Party from entering into or complying with this Agreement

 

13.2 NATEX provides the warranties in Schedule 5 and further warrants and undertakes:

 

(a) it has all rights, consents, authorisations, licences and accreditations required to provide the Equipment and Services and shall maintain such consents, authorisations, licences and accreditations throughout the Term;

 

(b) without prejudice to clause 14.3 and clause 14.4, so far as it is aware, the Equipment does not infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party to which NATEX does not have a licence; and

 

(c) unless otherwise set out in the Specification or as otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, it has or shall procure all resources, equipment, consumables and other items and facilities required to provide the Equipment and Services.

 

13.3 NATEX agrees to use reasonable endeavours to assign to GW upon request the benefit of any warranty, guarantee or similar right which it has against any third party manufacturer or supplier of the Equipment in full or part.

 

13.4 GW warrants and undertakes to procure that GW Pharmaceuticals plc shall deliver to NATEX the parent guarantee in the form in Exhibit A on the Commencement Date.

 

13.5 Any warranties provided under this Agreement are both independent and cumulative and may be enforced independently or collectively at the sole discretion of the enforcing Party.

 

14. Insurance and Liability

 

14.1 NATEX shall ensure the Insurance Policies are taken out with reputable insurers and the level of cover and other terms of such insurance are acceptable to and agreed by GW. NATEX shall, on request, supply to GW copies of the Insurance Policies and evidence the relevant premiums have been paid.

 

14.2 GW shall ensure it has insurance taken out with reputable insurers to cover to the full value of the Equipment from the point of transfer of risk to GW on Delivery to the transfer of ownership of the Equipment in accordance with clause 4.5. GW shall, on request, supply to NATEX copies of such insurance policies and evidence the relevant premiums have been paid.

 

14.3 GW shall indemnify NATEX and keep it fully and effectively indemnified against all losses, liabilities, damages and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) suffered or incurred in connection with any claims, demands, actions or other proceedings made or brought against it by any third party as a result of or in connection with:

 

(a) any negligence or misconduct by GW or any of its officers, employees or subcontractors;

 

(b) any non-compliance with any applicable laws by GW or any of its officers, employees or subcontractors; or

 

(c) infringement of any third party rights including any intellectual property rights by (i) NATEX’s use of GW Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; or (ii) GW’s receipt of the Equipment or Services; or (iii) where a process patent relating to a cannabinoid product is infringed by GW’s use of the CO2 Extraction Plant or where such a process patent covers design details or parts of the Equipment.

 

  12  

 

 

14.4 NATEX shall indemnify GW and keep it fully and effectively indemnified against all losses, liabilities, damages and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and costs) suffered or incurred in connection with any claims, demands, actions or other proceedings made or brought against it by any third party as a result of or in connection with:

 

(a) any negligence or misconduct by NATEX or any of its Staff;

 

(b) any non-compliance with any applicable laws or Quality and Compliance Standards by NATEX or any of its Staff; or

 

(c) infringement of any third party rights including any intellectual property rights by (i) GW’s use of any NATEX Background IP or Information supplied or made available to GW by NATEX or the Deliverables; (ii) GW’s receipt of the Equipment or Services; or (iii) GW’s use of the Equipment except where a process patent relating to a cannabinoid product is infringed by GW's use of the CO2 Extraction Plant or where such a process patent covers design details or parts of the Equipment.

 

14.5 The indemnities given in clauses 14.3 and 14.4 shall not apply to the extent the claim arises as a result of any negligence, misconduct or breach of this Agreement by the Party claiming the indemnity.

 

14.6 The indemnities given in clauses 14.3 and 14.4 are subject to the Party claiming the indemnity:

 

(a) promptly notifying the indemnifying Party in writing with details of the claim and providing the indemnifying Party with access to all documents and information reasonably required to enable it to defend the claim;

 

(b) allowing the indemnifying Party to have the conduct of the defence or settlement of the claim (provided the Party claiming the indemnity may elect to choose counsel independent from that representing the indemnifying Party at its own cost and expense);

 

(c) giving the indemnifying Party all reasonable assistance (at the indemnifying Party's expense) in dealing with the claim; and

 

(d) not making any payment or incurring any expenses in connection with the claim, or making any admissions or doing anything that may compromise or prejudice the defence of any such claim without the prior written consent of the indemnifying party.

 

14.7 Nothing in this Agreement excludes any person’s liability to the extent it may not be so excluded under applicable law including any liability for death or personal injury caused by that person’s negligence or liability for fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

14.8 Subject to clause 14.7, neither Party shall in any circumstances be liable whether in contract, tort (including for negligence and breach of statutory duty howsoever arising), misrepresentation (whether innocent or negligent), restitution or otherwise, for: (a) any loss of profits, business, business opportunities, revenue, turnover; (b) any special, consequential or indirect loss or damage; or (c) any loss or damage caused by the failure of the other Party to provide correct Information.

 

14.9 Subject to clause 14.7 and clause 14.8 NATEX’s aggregate liability in contract, tort (including negligence and breach of statutory duty howsoever arising), misrepresentation (whether innocent or negligent), restitution or otherwise, arising in connection with the performance or contemplated performance of this Agreement shall not exceed the greater of (a) the Service Fees; or (b) [***] of the combined Price and Service Fees.

 

14.10 Subject to clause 14.7 and clause 14.8 GW’s aggregate liability in contract, tort (including negligence and breach of statutory duty howsoever arising), misrepresentation (whether innocent or negligent), restitution or otherwise, arising in connection with the performance or contemplated performance of this Agreement shall not exceed the combined Price and Service Fees, such liability cap is without prejudice to GW’s obligation to make payments under this Agreement. This limitation does not apply in case of clause 14.3(c) and any breach of clause 12.3.

 

  13  

 

  

14.11 NATEX is in breach of this Agreement as a result of a Sub-contractor’s act or omission and where GW’s loss or damage is in excess of the limit recoverable from NATEX under clause 14.9:

 

14.11.1 at GW’s direction and cost, NATEX shall pursue the Sub-contractor(s) for damages or other compensation or remedy of that fault; and

 

14.11.2 where NATEX receives such damages or other compensation or remedy, pass the benefit of it to GW up to the extent GW has not recovered such loss or damage.

 

15. Term and Termination

 

15.1 This Agreement shall come into effect on the Commencement Date and, subject to earlier termination in accordance with this clause 15, continue until the Services have been completed (“ Term ”) at which point this Agreement shall terminate.

 

15.2 In the case of a breach of any of the terms of this Agreement by either Party which is capable of remedy, the non-breaching Party shall, before exercising any right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with clause 15.3 or clause 15.4 and without prejudice to its other rights and remedies, issue notice of the breach to the Party in breach and allow the Party in breach the opportunity to offer to remedy such breach via a remedial proposal put forward that Party in breach (“ Remedial Proposal ”). Such Remedial Proposal must be agreed with the non-breaching Party (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and when agreed must be implemented by the Party in breach in accordance with the timescales referred to in the agreed Remedial Proposal. Any failure by the Party in breach to:

 

(a) put forward a Remedial Proposal in relation to the relevant breach within a period of ten (10) Business Days (or such other period as the non-breaching Party may agree in writing) from written notification of the relevant breach from the non-breaching Party;

 

(b) comply with an agreed Remedial Proposal; or

 

(c) remedy the breach in accordance with the agreed timescales,

 

shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement by the Party in breach not remedied in accordance with an agreed Remedial Proposal under clause 15.3(b).

 

15.3 Either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately by notice in writing to the other Party if such other Party commits a material breach of any of the terms of this Agreement which is:

 

(a) not capable of remedy; or

 

(b) in the case of a breach capable of remedy, which is not remedied in accordance with clause 15.2.

 

15.4 Either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately by notice in writing to the other Party if (a) such other Party becomes insolvent or unable to pay its debts as and when they become due; (b) an order is made or a resolution is passed for the winding up of such other Party (other than voluntarily for the purpose of solvent amalgamation or reconstruction); (c) a liquidator, administrator, administrative receiver, receiver, or trustee is appointed in respect of the whole or any part of such other Party’s assets or business; (d) such other Party makes any composition with its creditors; (e) such other Party ceases to continue its business; or (f) as a result of debt or maladministration such other Party takes or suffers any similar or analogous action in any jurisdiction.

 

  14  

 

 

16. CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION

   

16.1 Upon termination of this Agreement, GW agrees to pay NATEX for:

 

(a) the Equipment which have been supplied by NATEX and accepted by GW in accordance with this Agreement prior to the termination of this Agreement; and

 

(b) the Services which have been completed by NATEX in accordance with this Agreement prior to termination of this Agreement.

 

16.2 Immediately following termination of this Agreement:

 

(a) NATEX shall comply with its obligations under any agreed exit plan; and

 

(b) all Deliverables and Information (whether stored electronically or otherwise) relating in whole or in part to the Services or the Equipment, shall be delivered by NATEX to GW provided that NATEX shall be entitled to keep copies to the extent: (i) the content does not relate solely to this Agreement; (ii) NATEX is required by applicable law or guidance to keep copies; or (iii) NATEX was in possession of such data, documents and records prior to the Commencement Date; and

 

(c) at the Disclosing Party’s option, return or destroy (or permanently delete in the case of Confidential Information held electronically) all Confidential Information in the possession or control of the Receiving Party except for information which must be maintained as a requirement of law or regulation or to the extent reasonable to permit the Receiving Party to evidence it has performed its obligations under this Agreement, provided, in each case, the confidentiality and non-use restrictions set out in clause 11.1 of this Agreement shall continue to apply to such Confidential Information except the Receiving Party shall not make any further use or disclosure of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

 

16.3 The termination of this Agreement for whatever reason shall not affect any rights or obligations of either Party which accrued prior to such termination.

 

16.4 The termination of this Agreement shall not affect any obligations which expressly or by implication are intended to come into or continue in force on or after such termination including clause 11 which shall remain in full force and effect for as long as any Confidential Information remains confidential.

 

17. General

 

17.1 Neither Party shall be in breach of this Agreement nor liable for delay in performing, or failure to perform, any of its obligations under this Agreement if such delay or failure results from events, circumstances or causes beyond its reasonable control, with the exception of GW's payment obligations under this Agreement. In such circumstances the time for performance shall be extended by a period equivalent to the period during which performance of the obligation has been delayed or failed to be performed.

 

17.2 NATEX shall not assign, transfer, mortgage, charge, declare a trust of or deal in any other manner with any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of GW.

 

17.3 No failure or delay by a Party to exercise any right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall constitute a waiver of that or any other right or remedy, nor shall it preclude or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy. No single or partial exercise of such right or remedy shall preclude or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy.

 

17.4 If any provision or part-provision of this Agreement shall be held to be illegal, void, invalid or unenforceable under the law of any jurisdiction: (a) that provision or part-provision shall, to the extent required, be deemed to be deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected; and (b) the legality, validity and enforceability of the whole of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction shall not be affected.

 

  15  

 

 

17.5 Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to, establish any partnership or joint venture between any of the Parties, constitute any Party the agent of another Party, nor authorise any Party to make or enter into any commitments for or on behalf of any other Party.

 

17.6 Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and remedies provided under this Agreement are in addition to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

17.7 A person who is not a Party to this Agreement shall not have any rights to enforce any term of this Agreement.

 

17.8 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes and extinguishes all previous drafts, agreements, arrangements and understandings between them, whether written or oral, relating to its subject matter. Each Party agrees it shall have no remedies in respect of any representation or warranty (whether made innocently or negligently) not set out in this Agreement.

 

17.9 No variation or change of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in accordance with the change control procedure set out in Schedule 7.

 

17.10 GW shall bear any negative effects on NATEX as a consequence of the exit of the UK from the European Union in relation to the performance of this Agreement.

 

17.11 Notices

 

(a) Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given by a Party under this Agreement shall be effective when delivered, if delivered by hand or by electronic facsimile, or five (5) Business Days after mailing if mailed by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested), or two (2) Business Days after deposit with a courier if sent by an internationally recognised courier, and shall be addressed to a Party at the addresses and to the representatives set out below in sub-clause (a).

 

(b) The Parties’ respective representatives for the receipt of notices are, until changed by notice given in accordance with this clause 17.11, as follows:

 

GW:   NATEX:
     
Title: Company Secretary   Title: Company Secretary
     
Address: Sovereign House, Vision Park,
Chivers Way, Histon, Cambridge CB24 9BZ, UK
  Address: Werkstrasse 7 2630 Ternitz, Austria
     
Fax: +44 (0)1223 235667   Fax: +43 2630 381 63

 

18. Dispute resolution procedure

 

18.1 If a dispute arises out of or in connection with this Agreement or the performance, validity or enforceability of it (“ Dispute ”), then the Parties shall follow the procedure set out in this clause.

 

18.2 Either Party shall give to the other written notice of the Dispute, setting out its nature and particulars (“ Dispute Notice ”), together with relevant supporting documents. On service of the Dispute Notice, the Project Managers of each Party shall make best efforts to resolve the Dispute.

 

  16  

 

  

18.3 If the Parties are for any reason unable to resolve the Dispute within 30 days of service of the Dispute Notice, it shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The seat of arbitration shall be Paris, France. The language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English. The governing law of the contract shall be the substantive law of Swiss Law excluding the application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods and any conflict of law rules.

 

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of it.

 

Signed for and on behalf of   /s/ Adam George
GW PHARMA LIMITED   Authorised Signatory (sign)
  Adam George
    Name (print)
    2 May 2017
    Date
     
    /s/ James Ryan
    Authorised Signatory (sign)
    James Ryan
    Name (print)
    2 May 2017
    Date
     
Signed for and on behalf of   /s/ Franz Lang; Eduard Lack
NATEX PROZESSTECHNOLOGIE GESMBH   Authorised Signatory (sign)
    Franz Lang; Eduard Lack
    Name (print)
    3 May 2017
    Date

 

  17  

 

 

schedule 1 – Specification

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING 22 PAGES OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 

  18  

 

 

SCHEDULE 2 – URS

 

  19  

 

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING 25 PAGES OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 

  20  

 

 

SCHEDULE 3 – DELIVERY

 

Delivery Dates

 

· Except for the Control System, the Equipment shall be ready for shipment within 12 months after the Commencement Date.

 

· The Control System and related hardware shall be ready for FAT within 13 months after the Commencement Date.

 

· After NATEX provides GW with notification that the Equipment is ready for shipment, the Parties shall agree a date or dates for delivery of the Equipment which shall be confirmed in writing.

 

  21  

 

 

SCHEDULE 4 – PRICE, SERVICE FEES AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE

 

Price

 

[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]

 

Payment Schedule for Price

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 

Service Fees

 

The Services Fees calculated on the number of days spent performing the Services by NATEX Staff at daily rates of the different types of NATEX Staff as follows:

 

· Process engineer daily rate: [***]

 

· Chief engineer daily rate: [***]

 

· Technician daily rate: [***]

 

This daily rate is based on 10 working hours per day and includes travelling and accommodation costs, daily-allowance for the NATEX Staff and overtime charges.

 

[***]

 

  22  

 

 

Payment Schedule for Services Fees

 

Invoices for Services provided shall be submitted monthly in arrears setting out the details of the Services provided, by which NATEX Staff and on which days, and all supporting information reasonably required by GW to verify the accuracy of the invoice.

 

Natex bank account details:

 

[***]

 

  23  

 

 

SCHEDULE 5 – NATEX WARRANTIES

 

1. Mechanical Warranty

 

At the time of Delivery NATEX warrants the Equipment is supplied, and will remain so for the period specified below, materially in accordance with the Specification.

 

NATEX warrants the services, workmanship and material of all Equipment supplied allow proper mechanical performance in accordance with the CO2 Extraction Plant requirements, including proper functioning of the CO2 Extraction Plant with specified parameters.

 

Under this warranty NATEX will eliminate without undue delay and at its own expense, all defects hindering the mechanical function of Equipment supplied by replacement or repair - such replacement or repair to be made at NATEX's own discretion - provided such defects are due to reasons attributable to NATEX solely and are neither caused by damage under GW's responsibility nor by handling on site contrary to normal practice or to NATEX 's instructions on handling and maintenance, nor by normal wear and tear. Wear parts such as gaskets, packings and bearings are not included in this warranty.

 

NATEX has the right to choose between supply of new parts or repair on site, whichever is most expeditious. If supply of new parts or repair on site is not feasible GW may, in its discretion authorise repair at the manufacturer’s workshop, but the program of repair work and de-installation, reinstallation/recommissioning of the Equipment or CO2 Extraction Plant, and the costs thereof, will need to be agreed between the Parties before removal. In addition, NATEX needs to be informed before any such measure in order to allow NATEX to make use of any of its warranty rights towards its suppliers / manufacturers, the benefit of which shall be passed to GW.

 

The liability of NATEX under this warranty is waived if such defects are not notified to NATEX in detail within 14 (fourteen) days of discovery, or if any repairs or replacements are carried out by GW without NATEX 's prior written permission.

 

NATEX gives a mechanical warranty for the Equipment supplied for a period of 12 (twelve) months after start-up or 24 (twenty-four) months after Delivery, whichever comes first.

 

2. Warranty for the Engineering

 

NATEX warrants the Services or the engineering services supplied in the fabrication of the Equipment are complete and free from error and omission.

 

Under this warranty, NATEX will eliminate without delay and at its own expense all faults in the Services or engineering, which are attributable to NATEX solely, and not due fully or in part to faulty and incorrect data or information by GW.

 

3. Limitation of Warranty

 

Any warranty for remedied Equipment shall be limited to the remainder of the original warranty period. Any substitute performance by GW or a third party shall be subject to NATEX’s prior written approval.

 

Aside from the foregoing limited warranties, NATEX makes no further warranty, express or implied, as to the condition, merchantability, effectiveness or fitness for particular purpose, compliance with any sample or usage of trade of the Equipment. This in no way limits NATEX’s mandatory warranties under 2014/68/EC (Pressure Equipment Directive) and related legislation.

 

The warranty for the CO2 Extraction Plant is limited to its Specification. The warranty does not include the product relating process parameters, this concerns:

 

· CO2 ratio kg CO2/ kg Material

 

· Extraction time and resulting batch time

 

  24  

 

 

· Extraction temperature

 

The warranty for CIP System is limited to its Specification and does not involve the warranty for product relating parameters, as these are not known by NATEX. These parameters are a result of empiric testing during the cleaning tests and validation and are therefore in the hand and in the liability of GW. This concerns the following factors:

 

· Cleaning times

 

· Soaking times

 

· Temperatures

 

· applied flows

 

· resulting gesamter CIP time demand

 

· resulting Ethanol consumption

 

· resulting N2 demand

 

  25  

 

 

SCHEDULE 6 –subcontractors Approved BY GW

 

The following are approved to be Sub-contractors of NATEX by GW in accordance with clause 8.

 

[***]

 

  26  

 

 

SCHEDULE 7 – CHANGE CONTROL PROCEDURE

 

In accordance with clause 17.9, in order to effect a variation or change of this Agreement, including a change any Equipment or Service (or the Specification for them) or add new equipment or services, the Parties shall follow the following change control procedure. Until such time as a change is made in accordance with the following change control procedure, GW and NATEX shall, unless otherwise agreed in writing, continue to perform this Agreement in compliance with its terms prior to such change. Any work undertaken by either Party which has not been authorised in advance by a change, and which has not been otherwise agreed in accordance, shall be undertaken entirely at the expense and liability of that Party.

 

1. Where GW or NATEX wishes to change this Agreement, GW may at any time request, and NATEX may at any time recommend, such change.

 

2. Where a written request for a change is received from GW, NATEX shall submit a Change Control Note (in accordance with paragraph 4 below) signed by NATEX to GW within three weeks of the date of the request.

 

3. A recommendation to for a change by NATEX shall be submitted to GW in the form of a Change Control Note (in accordance with paragraph 4 below) signed by NATEX.

 

4. Each Change Control Note shall contain:

 

a. the originator and date of the request or recommendation for the change;

 

b. the reason for the change;

 

c. full details of the change in terms of the change to the terms of the Agreement itself or Equipment or Services provided under it, including to any Specifications;

 

d. a timetable for implementation, together with any proposals for acceptance of the change;

 

e. the monetary cost, if any, of the change and a schedule of payments if appropriate;

 

f. details of the likely impact, if any, of the change on other aspects of this Agreement including:

 

(i) the timetable for the provision of the Equipment or Services;

 

(ii) the Price or Service Fees;

 

(iii) the Deliverables to be provided; and

 

(iv) other contractual issues;

 

g. the date of expiry of validity of the Change Control Note; and

 

h. provision for signature by GW and NATEX.

 

5. GW shall within the period of the validity of the Change Control Note evaluate the Change Control Note and, as appropriate:

 

a. request further information;

 

b. arrange for the Change Control Note to be signed by or on behalf of GW and return one of the copies to NATEX; or

 

c. notify NATEX of the rejection of the Change Control Note providing details of such rejection.

 

6. A Change Control Note signed by both GW and NATEX shall constitute an amendment to this Agreement in accordance with clause 17.9.

 

  27  

 

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING PAGE OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 

  28  

 

Exhibit 4.83

 

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

Dated                                 7   September 2017

 

GW PHARMA LIMITED

 

- and -

 

THE AUSTIN COMPANY OF (U.K.) LIMITED

 

Contract for the Design, Construction,
Testing and Commissioning of GW Pharma Building 750B.

and Process equipment at Kent Science Park

 

Comprising:

 

The Agreement 6 pages
The Special Conditions 26 pages
The Specification 75 pages
The Schedules 108 pages

   

     

 

 

Agreement

 

This Agreement is made the 7th day of September 2017

 

between

 

(1) GW Pharma Limited (registered number 03704998) a company incorporated in England and Wales and whose registered address is Sovereign House, Vision Park, Chivers Way, Histon, Cambridge CB24 9BZ (the "Purchaser" ); and

 

(2) THE AUSTIN COMPANY OF (U.K.) LIMITED (registered number 00343451) , a company incorporated in in England and Wales and whose registered address is Cardinal Point, Park Road, Rickmansworth, Hertfordshire WD3 1RE (hereinafter called the "Contractor" ) of the other part.

 

Whereas

 

The Purchaser wishes to have a process plant known as Building 750b constructed at Kent Science Park and wishes the Contractor to carry out and complete the Works defined in the Contract and the Contractor is willing and able to carry out and complete the Works in accordance with the Contract .

 

This Agreement provides as follows:

 

1. The following documents and their attachments (if any), shall together constitute the contract between the Purchaser and the Contractor and the term "Contract" shall in all such documents be construed accordingly:

 

(a) this Agreement ;

 

(b) the Contract Conditions comprising:

 

The General Conditions, being Clauses 1-49 as set out in the IChemE Form of Contract for Reimbursable Contracts (the 'Green Book'), 4 th edition, 2013; and

 

The Special Conditions.

 

(c) the Specification ; and

 

(d) the following Schedules :

 

Schedule 1 : Description of the Works;
   
Schedule 2 : Documentation;
   
Schedule 3 : Responsibilities of Purchaser;
   
Schedule 4 : Health & Safety;
   
Schedule 5 : Environmental protection & waste disposal;
   
Schedule 6 : Quality assurance and validation;
   
Schedule 7 : Subcontracting;
   
Schedule 8 : Contractor ' s named personnel;

 

    AGREEMENT - Page 1 of 6

 

 

Schedule 9 : Training by Contractor;
   
Schedule 10: Parts with limited working life and spare parts;
   
Schedule 11 : Times of completion;
   
Schedule 12 : Liquidated damages for delay;
   
Schedule 13 : Pre-installation tests and procedures;
   
Schedule 14 : Criteria for the completion of construction;
   
Schedule 15 : Take Over procedures;
   
Schedule 16 : Performance tests and procedures;
   
Schedule 17 : Performance guarantees and liquidated damages for failure;
   
Schedule 18 : Cost elements, rates and charges;
   
Schedule 19 : Payment;
   
Schedule 20 : Contract co-ordination;
   
Schedule 21 : Reports and records;
   
Schedule 22 : Forms of Collateral Warranty;
   
Schedule 23 : Third Party Agreements;

 

For the purpose of identification, the contents of the Contract are bound together with the Form of Agreement and have been signed on behalf of the Purchasers and the Contractor.

 

2. The Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Purchaser and the Contractor with respect to the performance of the Works and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements relating thereto, whether written or oral, except to the extent that they are expressly incorporated in the Contract . No change, alteration or modification to the Contract shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by both parties.

 

3. The liability of the Contractor to the Purchaser as provided in Sub-clause 45.3 shall not exceed [***] for each and every claim and [***] in the aggregate;

 

4. The Contractor's liability in respect of:

 

(a) loss of or damage to property of the Purchaser and his Affiliates in accordance with Sub-clause 30.13 of the General Conditions shall not exceed [***] for each and every claim and [***] in the aggregate; and

 

(b) the amount to be stated in accordance with Sub-clause 37.12(b) of the General Conditions is [***] for each and every claim and [***] in the aggregate.

 

(c) The Deductible shall be [***].

 

5. In case of conflict between any of the documents accompanying this Agreement , the order of precedence shall be as stated in Sub-clause 1.2 of the General Conditions .

 

    AGREEMENT - Page 2 of 6

 

 

6. For the purposes of Sub-clauses 6.2, 7.3, 8.3 and 28.3 of the General Conditions , the date of the Contractor's tender shall be the date of this Agreement .

 

7. The date for the commencement of the Works shall be 10 th February 2017 and notwithstanding the date of the Contract the Contract shall apply with retrospective effect to services provided by the Contractor pursuant to the Purchaser’s Purchase Orders Numbers [***] and any terms and conditions applicable to such orders shall be excluded and of no effect.

 

8. The Purchaser hereby appoints Robert Agnew, of RA Project Solutions Limited, to act as the Project Manager for the purposes of the Contract . The Purchaser is the client for the purposes of the CDM Regulations.

 

9. The Contractor hereby appoints Jas Bharj to act as the Contract Manager for the purposes of the Contract .

 

10A The Principal Designer for the purposes of the CDM Regulations is the Contractor or, if it ceases to be the Principal Designer , such other contractor as the Purchaser shall appoint to fulfil that role.

 

10B The Principal Contractor for the purposes of the CDM Regulations is the Contractor or, if it ceases to be the Principal Contractor , such other contractor as the Purchaser shall appoint to fulfil that role.

 

11. The bank whose base lending rate is referred to in Sub-clause 1.1 of the General Condition s in the definition of Agreed Rate is Barclays Bank plc.

 

12. Any Notice to be served in accordance with Sub-clause 1.8 of the General Conditions shall be sent to the postal address stated below:

 

The Purchaser: For the attention of: Company Secretary
     
  Address: GW Pharma Ltd
    Sovereign House
    Vision Park
    Chivers Way
    Histon
    Cambridge CB24 9BZ
     
  Fax number: 01223 235667
     
The Contractor: For the attention of: Acting Company Secretary ……………
     
  Address: The Austin Company of (U.K.) Limited
    Cardinal Point
    Park Road
    Rickmansworth WD3 1RE.

 

13. The Contract shall be governed by the laws of England and Wales.

 

14. Each party irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts to settle any dispute which may arise under or in connection with this Contract or the legal relationships established by this Contract .

 

15. For the purposes of the Construction Industry Scheme, the Purchaser at the date of this Contract is a "contractor".

 

    AGREEMENT - Page 3 of 6

 

 

16. The Contractor shall procure that every Subcontractor shall at any time if required by the Purchaser execute and deliver to the Purchaser deeds of collateral warranty in the respective forms set out in Part B (Subcontractor), or Part C (Sub-subcontractor) of Schedule 22 (Forms of Collateral Warranty), subject to any reasonable amendments that have been approved by the Purchaser, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, in favour of:-

 

(a) the Purchaser ;

 

(b) the Landlord;

 

(c) any party providing finance in relation to the Site and/or the execution of the Works ; and

 

(d) any purchaser of the whole or part of the property at which the Works are to be undertaken.

 

Following a request by the Purchaser for the delivery of an executed collateral warranty pursuant to this Paragraph, the Contractor shall use reasonable endeavours to deliver such warranty to the Purchaser within 28 days of such request.

 

In the event that any Subcontractor fails to deliver an executed collateral warranty within 28 days of a request by the Purchaser the obligation of the Purchaser to make further payment to the Contractor in respect of the work of such Subcontractor pursuant to Clause 41 (Payment) of the General Conditions shall be suspended until delivery to the Purchaser .

 

17. The Contractor shall within 14 days of entering into this Contract deliver a deed of collateral warranty in the respective form set out in Part A of Schedule 22 (Forms of Collateral Warranty) in favour of and to the Landlord executed by the Contractor. Such execution and delivery shall be a condition precedent to the Purchaser's obligation to make any payment of the Contract Price pursuant to Clause 41 (Payment) of the General Conditions .

 

18. Provided that the total number of collateral warranties executed and delivered by the Contractor shall not exceed four the Contractor shall within 14 days of the Purchaser’s request execute and deliver a deed of collateral warranty in the respective form set out in Part A of Schedule 22 (Forms of Collateral Warranty) in favour of:-

 

(a) the Landlord;

 

(b) any party providing finance in relation to the Site and/or the execution of the Works ;

 

(c) any purchaser of the whole or part of the property at which the Works are to be undertaken; and

 

(d) any tenant of the whole or any part of the property at which the Works are to be undertaken.

 

Following a request by the Purchaser for the delivery of an executed collateral warranty pursuant to this Paragraph, the Contractor shall deliver such warranty to the Purchaser within 14 days of such request and such delivery shall be a condition precedent to the Purchaser's obligation to make any payment of the Contract Price pursuant to Clause 41 (Payment) of the General Conditions .

 

    AGREEMENT - Page 4 of 6

 

 

19. In addition to its obligation under Sub-clause 31.6 the Contractor shall take out and maintain with reputable insurers carrying on business in the European Union further professional indemnity insurance to provide cover without unusual or onerous conditions, exclusions or material excesses for 3 years commencing from 1 st August 2017 with a limit of indemnity of not less than [***] in the aggregate provided always that such insurance is generally available at commercially reasonable rates and terms. The Contractor shall immediately inform the Purchaser if such insurance ceases to be available at commercially reasonable rates and terms and with the approval of the Purchaser (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) make alternative arrangements for protecting the interest of the Purchaser and the Contractor. In the event the Purchaser requires the Contractor to extend such cover beyond 3 years the Purchaser shall notify the Contractor in writing by no later than 1 st February 2020 of such requirement and subject to the Purchaser prior payment in full without deduction to the Contractor of the additional cost of arranging such cover the Contractor shall take out and maintain the extended cover.

 

20. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Contract to the contrary the Purchaser and Contractor have expressly agreed that, subject to sub-clauses (i) to (vii) below the Purchaser shall hold additional monies in reserve (“the “ Contingency Fund ”) and the Contractor shall be entitled to request payment (a “ Contingency Fund Claim ”) from the Contingency Fund and the Purchaser agrees to make payment from the Contingency Fund (a “ Contingency Fund Payment ”).

 

(i) The Contingency Fund is in addition to the cost elements identified at Schedule 18 of this Contract and in addition to any sums identified within the Contractor’s Tender Reports.
(ii) The total aggregate of all Contingency Fund Payments shall not exceed [***] (excluding VAT).
(iii) The Contractor shall not be entitled to request or receive payment from the Contingency Fund where and to the extent that the sums claimed by the Contractor arise from the Contractor’s failure to implement its QA procedures as set out at Schedule 6 of this Contract .
(iv) The respective Project Sponsors (as set out at Schedule 20 of this Contract ) shall meet within 4 weeks of the Contractor submitting a Contingency Fund Claim and, acting reasonably, shall agree the Contingency Fund Payment (if any) that shall be paid from the Contingency Fund in respect of such Contingency Fund Claim . If the Project Sponsors cannot agree on the amount of a Contingency Fund Payment for a Contingency Fund Claim the final decision shall be that of the Purchaser’s Project Sponsor , acting reasonably.
(v) Any amount so agreed shall be included in the next interim payment notice following such meeting.
(vi) A Contingency Fund Payment shall be in full and final settlement of the Contingency Fund Claim to which it relates and henceforth shall form part of the Contract Price .
(vii) Subject always to (i) to (vi) above Contingency Fund Payments shall be made where the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a) The Purchaser has not paid an amount or amounts to the Contractor on grounds as set out in sub-clause 39.5 (a “ Deduction ”)
(b) Within 12 weeks of a Deduction the Contractor submits a Contingency Fund Claim requesting payment from the Contingency Fund .
(c) A Contingency Fund Claim shall only comprise Subcontractor costs incurred by the Contractor which form part of a Deduction by the Purchaser .
    AGREEMENT - Page 5 of 6

 

 

(d) A Contingency Fund Claim shall include sufficient detail to reasonably explain why the costs referred to in (c) above were incurred.

 

In witness whereof this Contract has been executed as a deed and delivered on the date first above written.

 

Executed as a deed by the )
Purchaser acting by: )
  )
  )
   
Director /s/ Chris Tovey
   
Director/Secretary /s/ Adam George
   
Executed as a deed by Contractor )
acting by: )
   
Director /s/ Prakash Davda
   
Witness /s/ Allan Huke
  Allan Huke
  19 Firbank Rd
  St Albans
  Herts.

   

    AGREEMENT - Page 6 of 6

 

 

THE SPECIAL CONDITIONS

 

Clause 1 – Definition of Terms

 

1. In Sub-clause 1.1:

 

(a) amend the definition of "Defect" by deleting good engineering practice" and replacing with "Good Industry Practices" ;

 

(b) delete the definition of "Expert" and replace with "Not used";

 

(c) amend the definition of "Materials" by inserting "and/or Works " after "Plant" ;

 

(d) replace the definition of "Plant" with the following:

 

"Plant" means the foundation, structures and/or permanent works as described in the Specification to be constructed at the Site.

 

(e) amend the definition of "Purchaser's Risk" as follows:

 

(a) replace the text in paragraph (b) with:

 

“(b)          any design or information provided by the Purchaser including that relating to processing equipment to be supplied by Natex Prozesstechnologie GesMBH or other third party supplier of processing equipment to Purchaser for use in the Plant (other than design or information provided by the Purchaser which under Schedule 1 the Contractor is expressly required to verify in accordance with his obligations under the Contract );”

 

(b) not used;

 

(c) at the end of paragraph (c) delete "or" and replace with "."; and

 

(d) delete paragraphs (d), (e) and (f);

 

(f) delete the definition of "Notice of Arbitration" and replace with "Not used";

 

(g) amend the definition of "Project Manager" by inserting before the full stop, ", who shall also be a "specified person" under the Housing Grants, Construction and Regeneration Act 1996 (as amended).

 

2. In Sub-clause 1.1, insert the following definitions:

 

(a) "CDM Regulations" means the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2015.

 

(b) "Construction Phase Plan" means the plan referred to in regulation 2 of the CDM Regulations , including any updates and revisions.

 

(c) "Good Industry Practices" means in respect of the Works using the standards, practices, methods, procedures, complying with Legislation and exercising the Standard of Care which would be expected from a contractor engaged in the provision of works and services similar in size, scope, type, nature and complexity to those required by the Contract .

   

Special Conditions - Page 1 of 26

 

(d) "Landlord" means AG KENT B.V., a company incorporated and registered in the Netherlands with company number 64764192, the registered office of which is at Prinsengracht 919 1017 KD, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

 

(e) "Losses" means all damage, losses, liabilities, claims, actions, costs, expenses (including the cost of legal or professional services, legal costs being on an agent/client, client paying basis), proceedings, demands and charges whether arising under statute, contract or at common law, except any losses, the recovery of which is excluded pursuant to Sub-clause 45.1.

 

(f) "Other Works Contractor" has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.12.

 

(g) "Prohibited Materials" means any substances, processes or methods of working which are:

 

(a) contrary to the recommendations in the latest edition of "Good Practice in the Selection of Construction Materials" published by the British Council for Offices at the time of such specification or use; and/or

 

(b) are substances, processes or methods of working generally known at the time of specification or use to be:

 

(1) deleterious to health and safety;

 

(2) pose a hazard to health and safety including to the health and safety of those undertaking the Works, repairing, occupying, using, cleaning and/or maintaining the Plant ;

 

(3) deleterious to the durability of the Plant in the particular circumstances in which they are used including but not limited to the structural stability, durability, performance or physical integrity of the Plant ; and/or

 

(4) harmful to life, health or the environment in the circumstances in which they are used.

 

(h) "Principal Contractor" means the Contractor or other person named in Paragraph 10B of the Agreement or any successor appointed by the Purchaser .

 

(i) "Principal Designer" means the Contractor or other person named in Paragraph 10A of the Agreement or any successor appointed by the Purchaser .

 

(j) "Standard of Care" means in relation to the design of the Works all the reasonable skill, care, and diligence to be expected of a professionally qualified and competent designer of the relevant discipline engaged in projects of a similar size, scope, type, nature and complexity to those required by the Contract .

 

(k) "TeCSA" means the Technology and Construction Solicitors' Association

 

(l) "TeCSA Adjudication Rules" means the adjudication rules published by TeCSA.

 

Special Conditions - Page 2 of 26

 

3. Replace Sub-clause 1.5(a) with:

 

(a) “‘day’, shall mean a calendar day other than a bank or other public holiday in England and Wales.”

 

4. Insert a new Sub-clause 1.11 as follows:

 

" 1.11 A reference to Legislation is to such Legislation as amended and in force from time to time, including any legislation which re-enacts or consolidates it, with or without modification."

 

5. Insert a new Sub-clause 1.12 as follows:

 

" 1.12 If all or any part of any provision of this Contract shall be or become illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, then the remainder of that provision and/or all other provisions of this Contract shall remain valid and enforceable."

 

Clause 3 – Contractor's Responsibilities

 

6. Delete Sub-clause 3.2 and replace with:

 

"Without prejudice to the foregoing and without limiting the Contractor's obligations as set out herein, the Contractor warrants and undertakes that it shall carry out and complete the Works (including any rectification of any Defect ):

 

(a) in accordance with the Contract (as altered or modified in accordance with the terms set out herein);

 

(b) in accordance with applicable Legislation ;

 

(c) in accordance with regulations 8 to 10 of the CDM Regulations;

 

(d) to see that it complies with the requirements of CE marking;

 

(e) using the Standard of Care ;

 

(f) using Good Industry Practices ;

 

(g) to see that it has not specified or used nor shall it authorise or permit to be used or specified in relation to the Works any Prohibited Materials .

 

(h) to see that it has not specified or used or authorised or permitted to be used nor shall it specify or use or authorise or permit to be used or specified in relation to the Works any substances, processes or methods of working that are not in accordance with British Standards (or their European Union equivalent or US equivalent to the extent relevant to any component parts), codes of practice current at the time of specification or use;

 

(i) using Materials which are new and of sound and satisfactory quality and all workmanship, manufacture and/or fabrication will be to the standard consistent with the intended uses of the Works as stated in the Contract ; and

 

(j) with sound and safe workmanship and equipment."

 

Special Conditions - Page 3 of 26

 

7. Insert a new Sub-clause 3.2A as follows:

 

"The Contractor agrees that it will give notice to the Project Manager if it becomes aware at any time prior to issue of the Final Certificate that any Prohibited Materials have been or may be so used as soon as reasonably practicable after becoming aware of such information, but in any event no longer than 48 hours thereafter."

 

8. Insert a new Sub-clause 3.2B as follows:

 

"The Contractor shall ensure that any O&M documentation and information provided to the Purchaser by or on behalf of the Contractor shall enable and not prevent the full, efficient, economic and safe commercial operation of the Works in accordance with the applicable Legislation and the requirements of the Contract ."

 

9. Not used.

 

10. In Sub-clause 3.5(a), insert after "or in the operation" the following:

 

"or the maintenance"

 

11. Delete Sub-clause 3.6 and insert:

 

"The Contractor warrants to the Purchaser that it has the requisite degree of skill, experience, capability and resources (including financial resources) available to it to perform its obligations under the Contract and execute the Works ."

 

12. In Sub-clause 3.7 at the end of the second paragraph insert:

 

"Such reports shall be in the format specified in Schedule 21 if so stated (with such amendments agreed by the parties) or as otherwise agreed by the parties"

 

13. In Sub-clause 3.8:

 

(a) In the first line replace "the Contractor shall maintain, and cause Subcontractors to maintain" with "the Contractor shall implement and maintain, and shall cause Subcontractors to implement and maintain".

 

(b) after the final sentence, insert:

 

"The Contractor shall be responsible for demonstrating to the Project Manager that all parts of the Works have been and are being carried out in accordance with Schedule 6 when reasonably requested to do so by the Project Manager . Where the Project Manager reasonably decides that the Works (or any part thereof) are not being carried out in accordance with Schedule 6 and that this is likely to cause a serious reduction to the quality of the Works , the Project Manager may give notice to that effect to the Contractor. Following such notice the Contractor shall remedy the position at its own cost (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not form part of the Contract Price )."

 

14. Insert a new Sub-clause 3.10 as follows:

 

" 3.10 The Contractor shall, in addition to its obligation in Sub-clause 3.1:

 

(a) carry out and complete the Works as economically as reasonably possible consistent with the requirements of the Purchaser or, where applicable, the Project Manager having regard to the nature of the Works , the prices of Materials and goods and the rates of wages current at the time that the relevant work is carried out, the dates and periods specified in Schedule 11 and all other relevant circumstances; and

 

Special Conditions - Page 4 of 26

 

(b) not engage a greater number of persons upon the Site than is reasonably required for the carrying out and completion of the Works in accordance with the Contract without the prior approval of the Purchaser (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)."

 

15. Insert a new Sub-clause 3.11 as follows:

 

" 3.11 If the Purchaser , acting reasonably, or the Project Manager considers that the Contractor is not or has not been complying with the obligations in Sub-clause 3.10, the Purchaser or Project Manager shall give notice to the Contractor specifying the non-compliance. Such notice shall be given as soon as reasonably practicable after the date on which the Purchaser or Project Manager so considers. The Purchaser or Project Manager may disallow any costs arising after the issue of such notice as a result of the Contractor's breach of Sub-clause 3.10 from any sums payable in accordance with the Contract pursuant to Sub-clause 41.7. Any such deductions shall be reviewed by the parties as part of the payment process under Clause 41. "

 

16. Insert a new Sub-clause 3.12 as follows:

 

" 3.12 Without prejudice to any other obligation under this Contract , the Contractor shall act at all times and otherwise in accordance with the reasonable requirements and directions of the Project Manager. If and to the extent that the Contractor has been provided with reasonable notice of the Purchaser's other contractors (" Other Works Contractors ") who may be engaged on or near the Site , having due regard to the nature and extent of the works to be performed by such Other Work Contractors , the Contractor shall:

 

(a) take all reasonable steps to plan, co-ordinate and programme and to the extent physically possible to integrate the performance of the Works , including the work of the Subcontractors , with the activities of the Other Works Contractors who may be engaged on or near the Site and in particular liaise, consult and co-operate with all authorised parties responsible for such other works including the preparation of joint programmes, method statements and co-ordination drawings;

 

(b) attend such co-ordination meetings requested by the Purchaser or Project Manager to plan, review, clarify and determine co-ordinated activities for the management of interfaces between the Works and any other works being undertaken by the Purchaser or the Other Works Contractors ; and

 

(c) at all times refrain from carrying out any operation on the Site in a manner which is likely to cause damage or inconvenience to the execution of any other works being undertaken by the Purchaser or the Other Works Contractors and advise the Project Manager if the Contractor becomes aware of any conflict or potential conflict between the Works and any other works being undertaken by the Purchaser or the Other Works Contractors , whether related to programme, design, execution or otherwise."

 

17. Insert a new Sub-clause 3.13 as follows:

 

" 3.13 Notwithstanding the date of this Contract , any work (including any design, enabling works, demolition, temporary or other preliminary or permanent work) and activities carried out by or on behalf of the Contractor on or after the Commencement Date in connection with the Works shall be subject to the terms of this Contract , and the Contractor assumes full responsibility for the same."

 

Special Conditions - Page 5 of 26

 

18. Insert new Sub-clause 3.14 as follows:

 

" 3.14 The Contractor shall provide the Plant and the Documentation specified in the Contract , and all the Contractor's personnel, goods, consumables and other things and services, whether of a temporary or permanent nature, required in and for the design, execution, completion of the Works , and remedying of any Defect ."

 

19. Insert new Sub-clause 3.15 as follows:

 

" 3.15 The Works and all works which are necessary for stability or for the completion, or safe and proper operation, of the Plant shall be in accordance with the Specification and all other requirements (whether expressly stated or reasonably inferred from the Specification ) in the Contract ."

 

20. Insert new Sub-clause 3.16 as follows:

 

" 3.16 The Purchaser has provided the Contractor with documents and/or extracts listed at Schedule 23 (" Third Party Agreements "), which impose obligations on the Purchaser regarding the Works . The Contractor shall perform and/or fulfil any and all duties, obligations and/or responsibilities ascribed to the Contractor or the role which the Contractor is performing in such Third Party Agreements and shall perform its obligations under this Contract in such manner and at such times so that no act, omission or default on the part of the Contractor shall constitute, cause or contribute to any breach by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates of any of their respective obligations under the Third Party Agreements . The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser against any and all Losses suffered or incurred by the Purchaser arising from or in relation to any breach of this Sub-clause 3.16 and any additional Cost incurred by the Contractor as a result of complying with this Sub-clause 3.16 shall not form part of the Contract Price nor entitle the Contractor to an extension of time."

 

21. Insert new Sub-clause 3.17 as follows:

 

" 3.17 If following execution of this Contract the Purchaser provides the Contractor with a copy of any documents and/or extracts which impose obligations on the Purchaser regarding the Works (including any such documents or extracts that amend the documents or extracts referred to at Sub-clause 3.16), the Contractor shall be deemed to have full knowledge of the same and shall immediately following receipt thereof perform and/or fulfil any and all duties, obligations and/or responsibilities ascribed to the Contractor or the role which the Contractor is performing in such documents or extracts and shall perform its obligations under this Contract in such manner and at such times so that no act, omission or default on the part of the Contractor shall constitute, cause or contribute to any breach by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates of any of their respective obligations under such documents or extracts. Notwithstanding Sub-clause 3.16, any additional Cost properly incurred by the Contractor as a result of complying with this Sub-clause 3. 17 shall form part of the Contract Price and the Contractor shall be entitled to make a claim for an extension of time under Sub-clause 14.1 to the extent such compliance delays his performance of the Works ."

 

Special Conditions - Page 6 of 26

 

Clause 4 – Purchaser's Responsibilities

 

21.1 In Sub-clause 4.2(a), delete "good engineering practice" and replace with " Good Industry Practices ".

 

22. In Sub-clause 4.7, delete "design" and replace with " Documentation ".

 

Clause 5 – Decisions and Contract co-ordination

 

23. Insert at the end of Sub-clause 5.1 before the full stop the following:

 

"failing which, such Decisions, notification, objection, claim or report shall be of no effect"

 

Clause 6 – Site Conditions

 

24. Delete the wording in Sub-clause 6.1 and replace with the following:

 

"The Purchaser shall be responsible for the accuracy of any information provided by him or on his behalf including that relating to processing equipment to be supplied by Natex Prozesstechnologie GesMBH or other third party supplier of processing equipment for use in the Plant .

 

The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy, correctness and completeness of all Documentation and information provided by him or on his behalf to the Purchaser . To the extent expressly stated in Schedule 1 (Description of the Works) the Contractor shall verify and shall be deemed to have verified Documentation and information provided to him by or on behalf of the Purchaser for the purposes of the Works and subject to the aforesaid notwithstanding the description, drawing or specification of any part of the Works in the Specification or in any Variation Order , or any consent, agreement or approval of whatever nature given by or on behalf of the Purchaser in respect of any matter relating to the design or execution of the Works , the Contractor shall be fully responsible for the design and execution of the Works .

 

The Contractor shall:

 

(a) be responsible for any error, inaccuracy or omission of any kind in such Documentation and information; and

 

(b) be responsible for any conflict, ambiguity, discrepancy or divergence between or contained within any such Documentation and information.

 

If any such Documentation and/or information proves to be inaccurate and/or the Contractor consequently incurs any increase in the Cost of performing his obligations under the Contract , the additional Cost incurred shall not form part of the Contract Price . Any other data or information received by the Contractor from the Purchaser or otherwise, shall not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility for the design and execution of the Works pursuant to this Contract .”

 

Special Conditions - Page 7 of 26

 

25. Insert new Sub-clause 6.2A as follows:

 

"Subject to Sub-clause 6.2, the Contractor shall assume the risk of gaining access and egress throughout the Site and all other working conditions required to carry out the Works (including the design thereof) and in general to have obtained all relevant information as to risks affecting access and egress throughout the Site and all working conditions required to carry out and complete the Works (including the design thereof). Any additional Cost incurred by the Contractor arising from any misunderstanding or misinterpretation of any such matter or otherwise shall not form part of the Contract Price , nor shall the Contractor be released from any of the risks accepted or obligations undertaken by him under this Contract on the grounds that it did not or could not have foreseen any matter which might affect or have affected the execution of the Works . Notwithstanding the above, if the Contractor is prevented from gaining access to the Site because he has been prevented from using all reasonable access routes to the Site, and such prevention has not been caused by any act or omission of the Contractor, the Contractor shall not have any liability under this Sub-clause 6.2A."

 

Clause 7 – Statutory and other obligations

 

26. In this Sub-clause 7.3, after "Legislation" insert "which could not reasonably have been foreseen by an experienced contractor acting in accordance with Good Industry Practices at the date of this Contract ".

 

Clause 8 – Patent and other protected rights

 

27. In Sub-clause 8.3

 

(a) after "protected by law" in the eighth line, insert "that relates to any Documentation or instruction provided to the Contractor by the Purchaser "; and

 

(b) delete "after the date of the Contractor's tender as stated in the Agreement " and replace with "after the date of this Contract ".

 

28. Delete Sub-clause 8.7 and replace with:

 

"The Contractor grants to the Purchaser an irrevocable, non-terminable, royalty free, freely assignable licence to copy and use all Documentation prepared by or on behalf of the Contractor in connection with the Contract and to reproduce the designs and content of such Documentation for any purpose whatsoever connected with the Works including, without limitation, the construction, completion, reconstruction, modification, alteration, manufacture, letting advertisement, promotion, extension, reinstatement, operation, maintenance, sale, use and repair of the Works . Such licence shall include the right to grant sub-licences to any person."

 

29. Delete Sub-clause 8.8 and replace with:

 

"In the event that this Contract is terminated for any reason or otherwise comes to an end the Contractor hereby agrees that the licence of the Documentation granted in Sub-clause 8.7 shall continue in all respects and shall not be affected by such termination and the Contractor hereby agrees to deliver up forthwith to the Purchaser the originals of and all copies of such Documentation immediately following the Purchaser's request."

 

30. In Sub-clause 8.10, delete "Within twenty-eight days of the issue" and replace with "Prior to the issuance".

 

31. Insert new Sub-clause 8.11 as follows:

 

" 8.11 The Contractor warrants to the Purchaser that the rights in the designs and content in the Documentation prepared by or on behalf of the Contractor in connection with the Contract and the Contractor's Software vest in the Contractor and that the Contractor has full rights and liberty to enter into the obligations contained in Sub-clauses 8.7, 8.8 and 8.9 without restriction or limitation. The Contractor indemnifies the Purchaser against any claims brought by any third party against the Purchaser and any Losses arising therefrom which are occasioned and/or incurred by any breach by the Contractor of this Sub-clause 8.11."

 

Special Conditions - Page 8 of 26

 

Clause 9 – Subcontracting and third party rights

 

32. In Sub-clause 9.1:

 

(a) delete "Neither the Purchaser nor the Contractor shall without the previous consent of the other" and replace with "The Contractor shall not without the prior consent of the Purchaser "; and

 

(b) at the end of the Sub-clause insert a new sentence as follows "The Purchaser shall be entitled to freely assign the benefit of this Contract ".

 

33. Not used.

 

34. Insert new Sub-clauses 9.14, 9.15, 9.16, 9.17, 9.18 and 9.19 as follows:

 

"9.14 The Contractor shall fulfil all of the obligations and duties required of him under the Contract and under each Subcontract .

 

9.15 The Contractor shall not transfer any of the Works from one appointed Subcontractor to another without the Purchaser's prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

9.16 Save where Sub-clause 9.17 applies, the Contractor shall be fully liable and/or responsible to the Purchaser for any failure, default and/or breach of the Contractor in connection with the Contract including the payment of liquidated damages for delay . Any such failure, default and/or breach shall include, but not be limited to, any such failure, default and/or breach occasioned by the failure, default and/or breach by a Subcontractor in connection with its subcontract with the Contractor (each being a " Subcontract "). Any such failure, default and/or breach in connection with a Subcontract shall be deemed to include: (i) a determination of the employment of a Subcontractor ; and (ii) the engagement, as a result of such failure, default and/or breach, of other persons to carry out part or the whole of the works to which a Subcontract relates."

 

9.17 Pursuant to clause 9.8 the Contractor may, with the prior written consent of the Project Manager , enter into subcontracts where a supplier or subcontractor has not agreed to terms consistent with the Contractor’s duties and obligations under the Contract (each a “ Limited Liability Subcontract ”). Where the Purchaser agrees in writing prior to the appointment of a Subcontractor that the Contractor may enter in to a Limited Liability Subcontract (which for the avoidance of doubt shall include approval by the Purchaser of a Tender Report which sets out such inconsistent terms) then in the event of default by a Subcontractor under or in connection with a Limited Liability Subcontract (a “ Limited Liability Subcontractor ”) then, to the extent the Contractor is not itself responsible for the default by the Limited Liability Subcontractor , the Contractor shall:

 

(1) have no greater liability to the Purchaser under the Contract , either in nature, extent or in time, than the Limited Liability Subcontractor would have had to the Purchaser under the Limited Liability Subcontract ; and

 

(2) shall be entitled in any action or proceedings by the Purchaser to rely on any limitation the Limited Liability Subcontractor would have had in the Limited Liability Subcontract and to raise equivalent rights in defence of liability to those that the Limited Liability Subcontractor would have had under the Limited Liability Subcontract ;

 

Special Conditions - Page 9 of 26

 

had the Purchaser been named with the Contractor as joint employer of the Limited Liability Subcontractor under the Limited Liability Subcontract with the Limited Liability Subcontractor owing its duties to each employer separately.

 

9.18 Subject to the Purchaser paying the Contractor’s reasonable costs (including legal and external consultancy costs) and expenses the Contractor shall in consultation with the Project Manager and the Purchaser take all necessary steps: (i) to operate the terms of each Limited Liability Subcontract for dealing with Subcontractor Default , including enforcement through adjudication, arbitration or legal proceedings if necessary, to seek any amount due to the Contractor including any amount for which the Contractor is liable to the Purchaser , as a result of the Subcontractor Default ; and (ii) to secure the satisfactory completion of the Works including the engagement for that purpose of a further Subcontractor and ensure that such engagement is in accordance with the terms of the Contract . Any damages recovered from a Limited Liability Subcontractor shall be passed on to the Purchaser without deduction and such damages shall be excluded from the total aggregate liability of the Contractor.

 

9.19 The parties agree that the subcontract entered into between the Contractor and BPE Design and Support Ltd ( BPE ) dated 11 May 2017 is a Limited Liability Subcontract and that under this subcontract BPE is a Limited Liability Subcontractor .””

 

Clause 10 – Nominated Subcontractors

 

35. Delete Clause 10 (Nominated Subcontractors) and replace with:

 

"10.1 Every Subcontractor shall be a domestic subcontractor and shall be appointed by the Contractor solely at the Contractor's risk and the Contractor shall remain responsible for the performance of such Subcontractor notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this Contract ."

 

Clause 11 – The Project Manager

 

36. In Sub-clause 11.1, delete "36.5" and insert "11.1A".

 

37. Insert new Sub-clause 11.1A as follows:

 

" 11.1A The Project Manager shall have no authority:

 

(a) to amend this Contract ;

 

(b) to notify the Contractor pursuant to the first paragraph of Sub-clause 36.5; or

 

(c) to notify the Contractor pursuant to Sub-clause 43.1 (Termination by the Purchaser for convenience)."

 

38. In Sub-clause 11.2, after "preparing the justification shall" insert ", to the extent such Cost has been agreed by the Purchaser in advance,".

 

Special Conditions - Page 10 of 26

 

Clause 12 – Contract Manager and Contractor’s Staff

 

39. In Sub-clause 12.1, make the following amendments:

 

(a) in the sixth line after "place in his absence" insert "provided always that the Project Manager has given prior written consent to the deputy being appointed";

 

(b) in the seventh line after "appointment of such a deputy" insert "(and shall provide to the Project Manager all reasonable Documentation regarding the suitability of the proposed deputy)"; and

 

(c) insert after the last sentence, "The Contractor shall not replace the deputy appointed in accordance with this Sub-clause 12.1 without the previous written consent of the Project Manager ."

 

40. At the end of Sub-clause 12.4 add:

 

"The Contractor shall also ensure that any key position set out in Schedule 8 which has no key person identified shall be filled by personnel who have been approved in writing by the Project Manager (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Once approved the personnel in the key positions can only be replaced by personnel of equivalent skill and experience and with the prior approval of the Project Manager (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Contractor shall continue to employ such personnel in their specified capacities for so long as and to the extent that the Works require."

 

41. In Sub-clause 12.5, in the first line after " Site Manager " insert ", Contract Manager " and in the sixth line after "replace such person" insert ", at the Contractor's cost (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not form part of the Contract Price ),".

 

Clause 14 - Delays

 

42. In Sub-clause 14.1:

 

(a) delete the first paragraph and replace with:

 

"If, at any time, the Contractor becomes aware that there will be (or is reasonably expected to be) a delay in the performance of his obligations under the Contract including, but not limited to, any delay in completion of the Works in accordance with Sub-clause 13.1, the Contractor shall as soon as possible after, and in any event within 7 days of, becoming aware of such delay give notice to the Project Manager to that effect specifying such delay or impediment.";

 

(b) in the second paragraph:

 

(a) after "As soon as reasonably possible after" insert ", and in any event within 7 days of,"; and

 

(b) at the end of the second paragraph, insert ", and as soon as reasonably practicable shall provide sufficient evidence with such notice to demonstrate the causal link between each and every alleged matter under Sub-clause 14.4 and the extensions applied for with documentary evidence supporting the same. All such records shall also be open to inspection by the Project Manager ."

 

Special Conditions - Page 11 of 26

 

43. Insert new Sub-clause 14.1A as follows:

 

" 14.1A The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that it shall be a condition precedent to the Contractor's entitlement to an extension under Sub-clause 14.1 that the Contractor shall:

 

(a) comply with the time limits specified in Sub-clause 14.1; and

 

(b) take and continue to take all reasonable steps to mitigate and minimise the consequences of any delay upon the performance of his obligations under this Contract and where relevant, resume performance of his obligations affected by the event causing delay as soon as possible."

 

44. Delete Sub-clause 14.2, paragraph (d) and insert:

 

"any delay caused by a matter which is concurrent with another delay for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be taken into account provided that to the extent to which this Sub-clause 14.2(d) would otherwise prevent the Contractor being entitled to an extension of time under this Contract for a matter causing delay as a result of any impediment, prevention or default, whether by act or omission, by the Purchaser or the Project Manager , this Sub-clause 14.2(d) shall not apply."

 

45. In Sub-clause 14.4:

 

(a) delete the full stop in paragraph (g), replace with "; or", and add a new paragraphs (h) and (j) as follows:

 

"(h)  a breach of the Contract or act of prevention by the Purchaser or any Other Works Contractor or other person for whom the Purchaser is responsible; or

 

(j) compliance with Sub-clause 3.17."; and

 

(b) delete the full stop at the end, replace with a comma and insert:

 

"provided that the Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension under Sub-clause 14.1 to the extent that any of the matters in this Sub-clause 14.4 have been caused or contributed to by the conduct, negligence, omission, default, breach of contract and/or breach of statutory duty of the Contractor and/or any Subcontractor ."

 

46. In Sub-clause 14.6:

 

(a) delete the first three lines and replace with:

 

" 'Force Majeure' shall mean any circumstance to the extent such circumstance is beyond the reasonable control of the parties which prevents or impedes the due performance of the Contract by either party, including:"

 

(b) delete paragraph (f) and replace with "being such conditions as recorded by the UK Met Office (or any body that precedes or succeeds the UK Met Office in recording weather conditions throughout the UK) as shall be adverse to the progress of the Works and exceptional in comparison to weather records relevant to the part of the UK in which the Works are being carried out prepared by the UK Met Office (or any body that precedes or succeeds the UK Met Office in recording weather conditions throughout the UK) for the 10 years preceding the period in question;"

 

Special Conditions - Page 12 of 26

 

(c) in paragraph (g), after "public transport" insert "where there is no reasonable alternative means of transport available to either party";

 

(d) in paragraph (h), replace "." with ";";

 

(e) insert new paragraphs (i), (j) and (k) as follows:

 

"(i) invasion, act of foreign enemies, hostilities (whether or not war be declared), civil unrest, civil war, rebellion, revolution, insurrection or military or usurped power, or similar events;

 

(j) ionising radiations or contamination by radioactivity from any nuclear fuel or from any nuclear waste, from the combustion of nuclear fuel, radioactive, toxic, explosive or other hazardous properties of any explosive nuclear assembly or nuclear component thereof; or

 

(k) pressure waves caused by aircraft or other aerial devices travelling at sonic or supersonic speed."; and

 

(f) delete the second paragraph and replace with the following:

 

"The following shall not constitute Force Majeure :

 

(a) the mere shortage of labour, materials or utilities, unless caused by circumstances which are themselves Force Majeure ; and

 

(b) events or circumstances which:

 

(i) were reasonably foreseeable at the date of the Contract ;

 

(ii) could have been avoided by steps which might have reasonably been expected to be taken by the Contractor ; and

 

(iii) arise directly or indirectly as a result of any wilful act or default of the Contractor .".

 

47. Delete Sub-clause 14.7 and replace with "The Contractor shall at all times use reasonable endeavours to minimise any delay in the performance of its obligations under the Contract, whatever may be the cause of such delay."

 

Clause 15 – Damages for delay

 

48. Insert new Sub-clause 15.3 as follows:

 

" 15.3 Having each received independent legal advice, the parties acknowledge and agree that the liquidated damages for delay specified in Schedule 12 are a genuine pre- estimate of, and are a fair and reasonable sum having regard to, the likely Losses to the Purchaser in the event that Contractor fails to meet his obligations under Sub-clause 13.1, this Sub-Clause 15.1 and Schedule 11 (Times for Completion) and consequently do not constitute a penalty."

 

49. Insert a new Sub-clause 15.4 as follows:

 

" 15.4 If, as a result of a challenge by the Contractor , the liquidated damages for delay in Sub-clause 15.1 are determined by any judicial or arbitral proceedings as being a penalty or otherwise cannot be enforced against the Contractor , the Parties agree that the Contractor's liability to the Purchaser for breach of its obligations in Sub-clause 13.1 will instead be determined by general damages . "

 

Special Conditions - Page 13 of 26

 

 

Clause 16 - Variations

 

50. In Sub-clause 16.2, after the first sentence, insert "No Variation shall vitiate the Contract .".

 

51. In Sub-clause 16.5, insert in the first line "reasonable" before "opinion".

 

52. In Sub-clause 16.6:

 

(a) delete paragraph (a) and replace with "Not used.";

 

(b) at the end of paragraph (d) insert "except to the extent that the Contractor is able to obtain, a licence, derogation or exception to avoid such infringement"; and

 

(c) at the end of paragraph (e) insert, "save where the Contractor is required to release himself from such undertaking or agreement pursuant to this Contract and otherwise provided always that the Contractor has used his reasonable endeavours to release himself from such undertaking and/or agreement".

 

53. In Sub-clause 16.7, after "Sub-clause 16.5 and 16.6 shall" insert ", to the extent such Cost has been agreed by the Project Manager in advance,"

 

54. At the end of Sub-clause 16.8, insert "Such contemporary records shall be in sufficient detail and include such supporting documentation that is reasonably required to substantiate the Costs ."

 

55. Delete Sub-clause 16.9 and insert “Not used”.

 

Clause 17 – Variations proposed by the Contractor

 

56. In first paragraph of Sub-clause 17.2, after "Sub-clause 17.2 shall" insert "to the extent such Cost was agreed by the Project Manager in advance,"

 

57. In Sub-clause 17.2, delete the second paragraph.

 

58. In Sub-clause 17.4, in the second paragraph delete “may be referred to an Expert in accordance with Clause 48.” and replace with “may be referred to dispute resolution in accordance with Clause 46.”

 

59. In Sub-clause 17.5, add the following sentence to the end of the Sub-clause:

 

"The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time and the Cost of implementing any such Variation that may be needed shall not form part of the Contract Price to the extent that such incorrect specification is a consequence of a default by the Contractor under the Contract ."

 

Clause 19 - Claims

 

60. At the end of Sub-clause 19.1, insert "Such records shall be in sufficient detail and include such supporting documentation that is reasonably required to substantiate the claim.".

 

Special Conditions - Page 14 of 26

 

Clause 21 - Documentation

 

61. Delete Sub-clause 21.3 and replace with the following:

 

"Approval, inspection or review by or on behalf of the Purchaser or the Project Manager of any Documentation submitted to either of them, and the omission or failure to inspect, approve or review such Documentation shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract . The Contractor shall not depart from any approved Documentation unless he has first submitted amended Documentation to the Project Manager and obtained his approval thereof from the Purchaser ."

 

62. In Sub-clause 21.4:

 

(a) delete "good engineering practice" and replace with " Good Industry Practices "; and

 

(b) delete the third paragraph.

 

63. Delete Sub-clause 21.13 and replace with:

 

"Further to the Contractor's obligations under Sub-clause 6.1, the Contractor shall notify the Project Manager in writing of any errors, inaccuracies, omissions, conflicts, ambiguities, divergences and/or discrepancies in the Documentation or information provided to him by or on behalf of the Purchaser or the Project Manager within two days of becoming aware of such error, inaccuracy, omission, conflict, ambiguity, divergence and/or discrepancy. Within 7 days of receipt of such notification the Project Manager shall issue to the Contractor an instruction directing the Contractor how to deal with such error, inaccuracy, omission, conflict, ambiguity, divergence and/or discrepancy pursuant to which the Contractor shall comply. Such an instruction issued by the Project Manager shall not constitute a Variation or Variation Order and if the Contractor consequently incurs any increase in the Cost of performing his obligations under this Contract as result of such compliance, the additional Cost incurred shall not form part of the Contract Price to the extent that such error, inaccuracy, omission, conflict, ambiguity, divergence and/or discrepancy is a consequence of default by the Contractor."

 

Clause 22 – Inspection and pre-installation tests

 

64. In line nine of Sub-clause 22.4 after "test shall" insert "subject to Sub-clause 22.4A,".

 

65. Insert a new Sub-clause 22.4A as follows:

 

"22.4A The Cost of any additional pre-installation test shall form part of the Contract Price , except where:

 

(a) the additional pre-installation test is undertaken by a Subcontractor without further cost to the Contractor;

 

(b) the cost of the additional pre-installation test is paid by the Subcontractor to the Contractor;

 

(c) the Contractor has failed to use reasonable endeavours to enforce the terms of the relevant subcontract; or

 

(d) the additional pre-installation test was necessitated by a failure of the Contractor himself (and not any Subcontractor) to exercise Good Industry Practice and/or the Standard of Care ."

 

Special Conditions - Page 15 of 26

 

66. At the end of Sub-clause 22.6 insert:

 

"The Contractor shall be liable for the costs of retesting any items of work or Materials which have failed to pass any pre-installation test and any direct costs reasonably incurred by the Purchaser as a result of any such failure or retesting."

 

67. In Sub-clause 22.7 in paragraph (b) delete "reasonable skill and care to be expected of a properly qualified and competent contractor" and replace with " Good Industry Practice and/or Standard of Care ".

 

68. Delete Sub-clause 22.8 and replace with "Not used".

 

Clause 23 – The Site

 

69. In Sub-clause 23.1:

 

(a) delete “and possession of" in the first line; and

 

(b) delete “and possession” in the ninth line.

 

70. In Sub-clause 23.5, after "The Contractor shall permit the Purchaser " insert "or any person notified by the Purchaser in writing to the Contractor .

 

71. Insert a new Sub-clause 23.8 as follows:

 

" 23.8 The Contractor shall, at all times, prevent any nuisance or other interference with the rights of any adjoining landowner, tenant or occupier or any statutory undertaker of which the Contractor is or ought reasonably to have been aware arising out of the carrying out of the Works . In respect of the Works the Contractor shall reimburse the Purchaser for any and all Losses resulting from any failure or default by the Contractor in performing his obligations under this Sub-clause 23.8."

 

Clause 24 – Delivery to Site

 

72. In Sub-clause 24.4, delete "seven" and replace with "three".

 

Clause 25 – Ownership of Materials

 

73. Insert a new Sub-clause 25.4 as follows:

 

" 25.4 Except as otherwise agreed with the Purchaser in writing in advance, the Contractor warrants and undertakes that:

 

(a) he has good title, free from all liens and other encumbrances, to each item of the Materials supplied by it under the Contract and that each item of Materials will remain free from any liens and encumbrances created by, or in favour of, or in any way attributable to the Contractor or any persons from whom it obtains the Materials until title in the Materials is passed to the Purchaser. The Contractor shall reimburse the Purchaser for any and all Losses arising from any breach of the warranty contained in this Sub-clause 25.4; and

 

(b) when payment from the Purchaser is received by the Contractor in respect of any Materials the Contractor shall discharge any payment obligations the Contractor incurred in connection with such Materials and the Contractor shall provide evidence of such discharge of payment obligations to the Purchaser upon the Purchaser's request and/or in accordance with Clause 40 (Records and audits).

 

Special Conditions - Page 16 of 26

 

Clause 26 – Health, Safety, environment and pollution

 

74. In Sub-clause 26.5, insert the following new sub-paragraph at the end:

 

"The name, qualifications and experience of such a competent person nominated shall be notified in writing to the Project Manager prior to his appointment together with any other details of such person reasonably requested by the Project Manager . The appointment of such a person shall be subject to the approval of the Project Manager , such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Contractor shall not replace such an approved competent person without the previous written consent of the Project Manager, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed."

 

75. In Sub-clause 26.7, paragraphs (b) and (c), delete "reasonable skill and care to be expected of a properly qualified and competent contractor" and replace with " Good Industry Practice and/or Standard of Care ".

 

76. Insert a new Sub-clause 26.8 as follows:

 

" 26.8 Both the Contractor and the Purchaser acknowledge that they are aware of and undertakes to the other that in relation to the Works , Plant and Site they will duly comply with the CDM Regulations . The parties agree that the Works are a notifiable project for the purposes of the CDM Regulations . Without limitation:

 

(a) as the Contractor is, and while it remains, the Principal Designer , the Contractor shall comply with all the duties of a Principal Designer set out in regulations 11 to 12 of the CDM Regulations including without limitation preparing, and delivering, to the Purchaser , the health and safety file;

 

(b) as the Contractor is, and while it remains, the Principal Contractor , the Contractor shall comply with all the duties of a principal contractor set out in regulations 12 to 15 of the CDM Regulations including without limitation ensuring that:

 

(i) the Construction Phase Plan is prepared and received by the Purchaser before construction work under this Contract is commenced, and that any subsequent amendment to it by the Contractor is notified to the Purchaser and the Principal Designer ; and

 

(ii) welfare facilities complying with Schedule 2 of the CDM Regulations are provided from the commencement of construction work until the end of the construction phase;

 

(c) where the Contractor ceases to be the Principal Designer , promptly upon the written request of the replacement Principal Designer , the Contractor shall provide, and shall ensure that any sub-contractor, through the Contractor , provides to the Principal Designer (or, if the Contractor is not the Principal Contractor , to the Principal Contractor ) such information as the Principal Designer reasonably requires for the preparation of the health and safety file;

 

(d) where the Contractor ceases to be the Principal Contractor , the Contractor shall promptly inform the replacement Principal Contractor of the identity of each sub-contractor that it appoints and each sub-contractor appointment notified to him."

 

Special Conditions - Page 17 of 26

 

77. Insert a new Sub-clause 26.9 as follows:

 

" 26.9 If the Purchaser by a further appointment replaces the Principal Contractor or Principal Designer , the Purchaser shall immediately upon such further appointment notify the Contractor in writing of the name and address of the new appointee. If the Purchaser appoints a successor to the Contractor as the Principal Contractor or Principal Designer , the Contractor shall at no cost to the Purchaser comply with all reasonable requirements of the new Principal Designer and/or Principal Contractor to the extent necessary for the compliance with the CDM Regulations ; no extension of time shall be given in respect of such compliance."

 

78. Insert a new Sub-clause 26.10 as follows:

 

" 26.10 The Contractor shall in carrying out the Works observe the requirements of any codes of practice, guidance notes and recommendations for the time being in force and published by the Health and Safety Executive."

 

79. Insert a new Sub-clause 26.11 as follows:

 

" 26.11 The Contractor shall, whenever required by the Project Manager or the Purchaser , submit details of the arrangements and methods which the Contractor proposes to adopt for the execution of the Works . The Contractor shall not make any material alteration to these arrangements without prior written notification being given to the Project Manager ."

 

Clause 29 - Meetings

 

80. In the penultimate line of Sub-clause 29.1 after " Subcontractors " insert "and the Purchaser ".

 

81. In Sub-clause 29.2, in the fifth line after " Project Manager within a further seven days." Insert "Any failure by the Contract Manager to return a signed copy of the minutes shall be deemed to act as confirmation that the Contractor has accepted the minutes as an accurate record of the meeting.".

 

Clause 30 – Care of the Works

 

82. In Sub-Clause 30.6 delete "Subject to Sub-Clause 30.5" and replace with "Subject to Sub-Clauses 30.5 and 30.7".

 

83. Delete Sub-clause 30.7 and replace with:

 

"30.7 The Purchaser shall indemnify, from the insurance proceeds it receives, the Contractor in respect of any Cost of making good loss of or damage to the Plant , Site Materials and/or Temporary Works in accordance with Sub-Clause 30.4 that is in excess of the Contractor’s liability under Sub-clause 30.6 irrespective of fault or negligence of the Contractor or any Subcontractor .

 

84. In Sub-clause 30.10, delete "irrespective of any fault or negligence of the Purchaser , any Affiliate of the Purchaser , or the Project Manager " and replace with "save to the extent that such damages, liabilities, claims, costs and expenses are caused by the negligence of the Purchaser , any Affiliate of the Purchaser , or the Project Manager ".

 

Special Conditions - Page 18 of 26

 

85. In Sub-clause 30.11, delete:

 

(a) "and any Subcontractor"; and

 

(b) "irrespective of any fault or negligence of the Contractor or any Subcontractor" and replace with "save to the extent that damages, liabilities, claims, costs and expenses are caused by the negligence of the Contractor .

 

86. In Sub-clause 30.13 delete "aggregate" in line 9.

 

87. In Sub-clause 30.14, delete:

 

(a) "and any Subcontractor"; and

 

(b) "irrespective of any fault or negligence of the Contractor or any Subcontractor" and replace with "save to the extent that damages, liabilities, claims, costs and expenses are caused by the negligence of the Contractor.

 

88. In Sub-clause 30.15 delete "Subject to" and replace with "Notwithstanding".

 

Clause 31 - Insurance

 

89. In line 1 of Sub-clause 31.2, Sub-clause 31.3 and Sub-clause 31.4, delete “ Contractor” and replace with “ Purchaser” .

 

90. In Sub-clause 31.4, at line 2 delete “ Purchaser” and replace with “ Contractor” , and line 3 delete “ Contractor” and replace with “ Purchaser” .

 

91. Delete Sub-clause 31.6 and replace with:

 

"The Contractor shall take out and maintain with reputable insurers carrying on business in the European Union professional indemnity insurance to provide cover without unusual or onerous conditions, exclusions or material excesses from the commencement of the Works and continuing up to 12 years from the date of issue of the Take Over Certificate with a limit of indemnity of not less than [***] in the aggregate provided always that such insurance is generally available at commercially reasonable rates and terms. The Contractor shall immediately inform the Purchaser if such insurance ceases to be available at commercially reasonable rates and terms and with the approval of the Purchaser (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) make alternative arrangements for protecting the interest of the Purchaser and the Contractor ."

 

92. Insert new Sub-clause 31.8 as follows:

 

"The Contractor shall give the Purchaser prompt notification of any circumstances which in the Contractor's opinion could give rise to a claim under:

 

(i) any of the insurance policies required under this Contract to be held by the Purchaser under joint names and provide the Purchaser on request with such information as the Purchaser may reasonably require to enable the Purchaser to make or handle any claim; and

 

(ii) any of the insurance policies required under this Contract to be held by the Contractor to the extent such claim relates to this Contract the Works and/or the Plant. "

 

Special Conditions - Page 19 of 26

 

Clause 32 – Completion of Construction

 

93. Delete Sub-clause 32.9 and insert “Not used”.

 

Clause 33 – Taking over

 

94. In Sub-clause 33.7;

 

(a) in the second paragraph after "to be completed by the Contractor " insert "(which list shall not include any items which affect the operability or safety of the Works )"; and

 

(b) delete the third paragraph.

 

95. In Sub-clause 33.10:

 

(a) Delete the second paragraph.

 

96. In the first line of the second paragraph of Sub-clause 33.11, insert "Subject to Sub-clause 33.11A" before the words, "Any additional Cost " and replace "Any" with "any".

 

97. Insert a new Sub-clause 33.11A as follows:

 

" 33.11A Any deferred take over procedure carried out pursuant to Sub-clauses 33.9 or 33.10 by reason of an act, omission or default of the Contractor shall be carried out at the Contractor's own risk and cost. The Contractor shall not be entitled to recover any additional Cost incurred (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not form part of the Contract Price ), nor be entitled to an extension of time as a result of carrying out such a deferred take over procedure."

 

98. In Sub-clause 33.13, insert ", subject to 7 days' written notice," after "After the issue of the Take Over Certificate ".

 

Clause 35 – Performance Tests

 

99. In the third paragraph of Sub-clause 35.4 delete "reasonable skill and care to be expected of a properly qualified and competent contractor" and replace with " Good Industry Practice and/or Standard of Care ".

 

100. In the third paragraph of Sub-clause 35.6 delete "reasonable skill and care to be expected of a properly qualified and competent contractor" and replace with " Good Industry Practice and/or Standard of Care ".

 

101. At the end of the second paragraph of Sub-clause 35.13, insert "except to the extent that such Costs were incurred as a consequence of a default by the Contractor ".

 

102. Delete Sub-clause 35.18 and insert “Not used.”

 

103. Insert new Sub-clause 35.19 as follows:

 

" 35.19 Having each received independent legal advice, the parties acknowledge and agree that the liquidated damages specified in Schedule 17 are a genuine pre- estimate of, and are a fair and reasonable sum having regard to, the likely Losses to the Purchaser in the event that Contractor fails to meet his obligations under Sub-clause 35.12 and consequently do not constitute a penalty."

 

Special Conditions - Page 20 of 26

 

104. Insert a new Sub-clause 35.20 as follows:

 

" 35.20 If, as a result of a challenge by the Contractor , the liquidated damages specified in Schedule 17 are determined by any judicial or arbitral proceedings as being a penalty or otherwise cannot be enforced against the Contractor , the Parties agree that the Contractor's liability to the Purchaser for breach of its obligations in Sub-clause 35.12 will instead be determined by general damages . "

 

Clause 37 – Liability for Defects

 

105. In Sub-clause 37.3 in paragraph (b) delete "reasonable skill and care to be expected of a properly qualified and competent contractor" and replace with " Good Industry Practice and/or Standard of Care ".

 

106. In Sub-clause 37.6, delete "fourteen" and insert "seven".

 

107. In Sub-clause 37.8 delete the final paragraph.

 

Clause 38 – Final Certificate

 

108. In Sub-clause 38.3, delete the first paragraph and replace with:

 

"The Contractor shall have no right or obligation to do any further work to any part of the Plant after a Final Certificate has been issued in respect of that part. "

 

109. Delete Sub-clause 38.4 and replace with:

 

"Save in respect of those items of Plant or Works listed in Schedule 26 (Parts with reduced liability), notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained within this Contrac t, but save as stated in Sub-clause 38.3 the issuance of the Final Certificate shall not in any way affect the liabilities of either party to the other arising out of or in any way connected with the performance of their respective obligations under the Contract. For those items of Plant or Works listed in Schedule 26, the Contractor's liability to the Purchaser in respect of such items of Plant or Works shall expire in accordance with the time periods set out in Schedule 26 or, if no such period is stated in Schedule 26 but an item of Plant or Works is listed therein, when the Final Certificate has been issued in relation to such items of Plant or Works ."

 

Clause 39 – Contract Price

 

110. Delete Sub-clause 39.3 and insert “Not used.”

 

111. Add a new Sub-clause 39.5 as follows:

 

" 39.5 Any amount which:

 

(a) is not justified by the accounts and records provided by the Contractor in accordance with Schedules 18 and 19 ;

 

(b) should not have been paid to a Subcontractor under the terms of its subcontract;

 

(c) the Subcontractor is entitled to be paid under its subcontract either wholly or in part as a result of a breach by the Contractor of the relevant subcontract where such breach is unrelated to a breach by the Purchaser under this Contract ; and/or

 

(d) is disallowed under Sub-clause 3.11,

 

shall not form part of the Contract Price ."

 

Special Conditions - Page 21 of 26

 

Clause 40 – Records and audits

 

112. In Sub-clause 40.2:

 

(a) in the first line, delete "and" and replace with a comma, and after " Project Manager ", insert "and any auditors appointed by the Purchaser and/or the Project Manager "; and

 

(b) delete the second sentence; and

 

(c) add the following sentence at the end of Sub-clause 40.2:

 

“The Purchaser shall initiate its first audit under this Clause 40 within three months following commencement of the Works on the Site .”

 

113. Insert a new Sub-clause 40.3 as follows:

 

" 40.3 The Contractor shall (and shall cause its Subcontractors to, if required by the Purchaser and/or their auditors) fully cooperate, in a timely manner, with the Purchaser and/or its auditors and provide them with all assistance as they may reasonably request in connection with the audit."

 

Clause 41 - Payment

 

114. In Sub-clause 41.6, insert after "shall" in the fourth line ", subject to Sub-clause 41.7,".

 

115. In Sub-clause 41.7, insert after "the Purchaser " in the fourth line "or any person nominated by the Purchaser ".

 

116. In Sub-clause 41.11:

 

(a) insert after "the Purchaser " in the third line "or any person nominated by the Purchaser "; and

 

(b) insert after "the Purchaser " in the fourth line "or any person nominated by the Purchaser ".

 

Clause 42 – Suspension of the Works

 

117. Insert a new Sub-clause 42.1A as follows:

 

"For the duration of the suspension instructed by the Project Manager under Sub-clause 42.1, the Contractor shall:

 

(a) as far as reasonably possible protect, store and secure all the Plant (as completed), Temporary Works , Site Materials and Materials against any deterioration, loss or damage, such continued Works being advised to the Project Manager in accordance with Sub-clause 42.1 and agreed to by the Project Manager;

 

(b) place no further agreements with the Subcontractors or purchase any materials, services, work or facilities with respect to those parts of the Works suspended except to the extent expressly requested in writing by the Purchaser ; and

 

Special Conditions - Page 22 of 26

 

(c) use all reasonable endeavours to suspend on the most favourable terms available to the Contractor all subcontract agreements, purchase orders and rental agreements to the extent affected by such suspension and otherwise minimise the additional costs associated with such suspension."

 

118. In Sub-clause 42.5, delete "ninety" in the second line and replace with "one hundred and eighty".

 

Clause 43 – Termination by the Purchaser for convenience

 

119. In Sub-clause 43.2 after " Notice of Termination " in the first line insert "immediately".

 

120. In Sub-clause 43.3 insert "reasonably" before "practicable".

 

121. In Sub-clause 43.5;

 

(a) after "(a), (b) and (c)" insert a new sub-paragraph (d) as follows:

 

"any amounts due to the Purchaser under the Contract. "

 

(b) delete the final paragraph.

 

122. Delete Sub-clause 43.9 and replace with:

 

"Any provision of this Contract which expressly or by implication is intended to come into or continue in force on or after termination of this Contract shall remain in full force and effect."

 

Clause 44 – Termination for Contractor's default

 

123. In Sub-clause 44.1, delete the wording and replace with the following:

 

"If the Contractor is insolvent or commits any act of fraud, deliberate default, reckless misconduct or gross negligence with respect to the Contract , then without prejudice to any other rights or remedies, the Purchaser may forthwith by notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor under the Contract .

 

For the purposes of this Sub-clause, the Contractor is insolvent if:

 

(a) he enters into an arrangement, compromise or composition in satisfaction of his debts (excluding a scheme of arrangement as a solvent company for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction); or

 

(b) without a declaration of solvency, it passes a resolution or makes a determination that it be wound up; or

 

(c) he has a winding up order or bankruptcy order made against him; or

 

(d) he has appointed to him an administrator or administrative receiver; or

 

(e) he is the subject of any analogous arrangement, event or proceedings in any other jurisdiction; or

 

(f) (additionally in the case of a partnership) each partner is the subject of an individual arrangement or any other event or proceedings referred to in this Sub-clause."

 

Special Conditions - Page 23 of 26

 

124. In Sub-clause 44.2:

 

(a) delete "or" after paragraph (b) insert after paragraph (c) new paragraphs (d) and (e) as follows:

 

"(d) fails to supply a sufficient number of properly skilled personnel or materials or equipment of the proper quality or quantity; or

 

(e) has paid to the Purchaser liquidated damages for delay pursuant to Sub-Clause 15.1 in an amount equal to the maximum on the Contractor's liability for liquidated damages for delay or is liable and has failed to pay liquidated damages for delay in that amount.

 

(b) in the second paragraph, delete "fourteen" and replace with "seven"; and

 

(c) at the end of the second paragraph insert "In the case of Sub-clause 44.2(e), no later than 14 days prior to the anticipated date when the Contractor will have paid to the Purchaser liquidated damages for delay pursuant to Sub-clause 15.1 in an amount equal to the maximum of the Contractor’s liability for liquidated damages for delay or will be liable to and have failed to pay liquidated damages for delay in that amount, the Purchaser shall issue a Notice to the Contractor stating that it considers that a default will occur on the expiry of 14 days after issue of such Notice and if the Contractor fails to remedy such default within such 14 day period, the Purchaser shall without further delay be entitled to issue a further Notice terminating the employment of the Contractor under the Contract ."

 

125. In Sub-clause 44.3, paragraph (c) after "promptly" insert "and in any event within twenty-one days of termination."

 

126. In Sub-clause 44.4:

 

(a) In paragraph (a) delete "twenty one" and insert "fourteen".

 

(b) delete paragraph (b) and replace with:

 

"if the Contractor does not collect and remove the item or thing within a period of seven days of its being made available in accordance with paragraph (a) above, the Purchaser may dispose of that item as it sees fit and retain any proceeds".

 

127. Delete Sub-clause 44.6, paragraph (a) and replace with the following:

 

"all sums due to the Purchaser from the Contractor including (i) all Losses incurred by the Purchaser due to such termination, and (ii) (without double counting) any cost incurred by the Purchaser in completing the Works in accordance with Sub-clause 44.3(b) which is in addition to the total amount which the Purchaser would have been expected to pay the Contractor if the Contractor has completed the Works in accordance with the Contract "; and

 

128. Delete Sub-clause 44.10 and insert “Not used.”

 

129. In Sub-clause 44.13 delete “, 47 (Adjudication), 48 (Reference to an Expert) and 49 (Arbitration) and replace with “and 47 (Adjudication)”.

 

Special Conditions - Page 24 of 26

 

Clause 45 – Limitation of liabilities and remedies

 

130. In Sub-clause 45.3,

 

(a) after "31 (Insurance)", insert "and clause 9.18 and from gross negligence, misconduct, wilful default, fraud, unlawful abandonment of the Works , matters for which the Contractor has given an express indemnity, termination due to Contractor default and liquidated damages"; and

 

(b) in line 4 replace "amount" with "amounts".

 

Clause 46 - Disputes

 

131. In Sub-clause 46.2, delete “, 47 (Adjudication), 48 (Reference to an Expert) and 49 (Arbitration) and replace with “and 47 (Adjudication)”.

 

132. In Sub-clause 46.8 delete “,an Expert , adjudicator or arbitrator” and replace with “or adjudicator”.

 

Clause 47 - Adjudication

 

133. In Sub-clause 47.2:

 

(a) delete “for a dispute to be referred to an Expert in accordance with Clause 48 (Reference to and Expert) or to arbitration in accordance with Clause 49 (Arbitration)”; and

 

(b) delete "'Adjudication Rules' published by IChemE" and replace with " TeCSA Adjudication Rules ".

 

Clause 48 – Reference to an Expert

 

134. Delete Clause 48 (Reference to an Expert) and replace with “Not used.”

 

Clause 49 - Arbitration

 

135. Delete Clause 49 (Arbitration) and replace with "Not used."

 

Clause 50 – Anti-corruption

 

136. Insert a new Clause 50 (Anti-corruption) as follows:

 

"50.1 The Contractor warrants to the Purchaser that it is in compliance with the Bribery Act 2010 and undertakes that it will continue to comply with the Bribery Act 2010 for the duration of the Works .

 

50.2 The Purchaser may request in writing from time to time any information (including without limitation any details of the Contractor's anti-corruption policies) from the Contractor in order to assess the Contractor's compliance with Sub-clause 50.1 and/or as may be required pursuant to any investigation relating to alleged corruption, which the Contractor shall provide to the Purchaser within 7 days of any such request.

 

50.3 If the Purchaser decides that the Contractor has breached its warranty and undertaking in Sub-clause 50.1 or has failed to provide timely information in accordance with Sub-clause 50.2, the Contractor acknowledges that its non-compliance is a breach of this Contract and the Purchase r may immediately suspend or immediately terminate the Contractor's employment by notice.

 

Special Conditions - Page 25 of 26

 

50.4 If the Contractor's employment is suspended pursuant to Sub-clause 50.3, the Purchaser shall be entitled to withhold further payments due to the Contractor under this Contract until it is satisfied that the Contractor is no longer in breach of Sub-clauses 50.1 and/or 50.2.

 

50.5 If the Contractor's employment is terminated pursuant to Sub-clause 50.3, any claims for payment, including claims for services previously rendered, shall be void to the extent permitted by law.

 

50.6 In the event that the Contractor is in breach of Sub-clauses 50.1 and/or 50.2, the Purchaser may require, in addition to or in the alternative to suspension or termination pursuant to Sub-clause 50.3, the termination of the employment of the infringing individual at the Contractor from the Works , whether an employee, servant, agent, supplier, Subcontractor or sub-consultant of the Contractor in which event the provisions of Sub-clause 12.5 shall apply.

 

50.7 The Contractor will not assign, subcontract or otherwise enter into any arrangement to share the Contract Price or any part thereof with any third party other than in accordance with the provisions of this Contract .

 

50.8 The Contractor shall promptly notify the Purchaser if it suspects it is no longer in compliance with Sub-clause 50.1 and immediately provide details of its proposed remedial measures to assist the Purchaser in reaching a decision under Sub-clause 50.3.

 

50.9 The Contractor shall be liable for and shall indemnify the Purchaser against any and all Losses arising from or related to a breach of Sub-clauses 50.1 and/or 50.2."

 

Clause 51 – Code of Conduct

 

137. Insert a new Clause 51 (Code of Conduct) as follows:

 

"51        Contractor acknowledges that Purchaser addresses and resolves ethical and compliance-related issues arising in connection with its activities as set forth in GW Code of Conduct and Business Ethics and requires its business partners to adhere to similar standards. To maintain such ethical and compliance standards also with respect to the activities under the Contract, Contractor agrees to perform its activities under the Contract in accordance with GW Code of Conduct for Business Partners that can be found at http://ir.gwpharm.com/corporate-governance.cfm."

 

Special Conditions - Page 26 of 26

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

The Specification – Rev05

   

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING 74 PAGES OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 

  Page 2

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

C O N T E N T S

 

Table of Contents

1.0 Schedule 1 Description of Works 6
1.1 Project Location and Background 6
1.2 High level project scope 6
  1.2.1. Phase 1 6
  1.2.2. Phase 2 6
  1.2.3. GMP 6
1.3 Services to be provided by the Contractor 6
  1.3.1. Civil & Structure 6
  1.3.2. Architectural Building Scope 7
  1.3.3. Mechanical Service Scope 7
  1.3.4. Electrical Scope 7
  1.3.5. Process Scope for phases 1 & 2 7
  1.3.6. Assumptions: 8
  1.3.7. Clarifications 8
  1.3.8. Procurement & Cost Control 8
1.4 Age of the existing Building 9
1.5 Location of adjacent properties 9
1.6 Site (Clause 1, Definitions) Site Conditions and Logistical Considerations 9
  1.6.1. Utilities for the works 9
  1.6.2. New Utilities from the Purchaser’s landlord Kent Science Park for B750b, phase 1 and phase 2 9
  1.6.3. Existing Utilities for B750b 9
  1.6.4. Site Welfare 10
1.7 Work Packages Plan 11
1.8 Subcontractor Design Portions of Work 13
1.9 Contractors Preliminary Design Sign-off & Basis of Detailed Design 14
1.10 Construction Safety 15
1.11 Construction Strategy: 15
1.12 Temporary Works 15
  1.12.1. Temporary Works 15
  1.12.2. Site Establishment and Facilities 15
  1.12.3. Site Access & Egress 15
1.13 Cost Management 15
1.14 Project Management 15
1.15 Statutory and other obligations (Clause 7.1) 16

  


Page 1

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

1.16

Documentation and Information verified by the Contractor (Clause 6.1) 16
1.17 Site Working Hours (Clause 28.5) 16
  1.17.1. Opening Times 16
  1.17.2. Deliveries 16
  1.17.3. Note: 16
2.0 Schedule 2: Documentation 17
2.1 Format 17
  2.1.1. Documents 17
2.2 Drawings 17
2.3 Language 17
2.4 Documentation for approval periods (see 11.3) 17
2.5 Documentation for Approval/ Review and Information (Clause 21.2 and Clause 21.7) Matrix 18
2.6 Document Flow Diagram 19
2.7 Final Documentation and Manuals (Clause 21.9) 20
2.8 Documentation not to be shown to the Project Manager (Clause 21.6) 20
2.9 Deliverables 20
  2.9.1. General Deliverables 20
  2.9.2. Architectural 20
  2.9.3. Mechanical 20
  2.9.4. Electrical 20
  2.9.5. Structural Drawings 20
  2.9.6. Miscellaneous steel works 20
2.10 Process Deliverable’s 20
3.0 Schedule 3: Responsibilities of Purchaser 21
3.1 Table 3.1. Overall Responsibilities: 21
3.2 Table 3.2 PCS Responsibilities: 22
3.3 Purchaser Supplied Information (Clause 4.1) 22
3.4 Work or Materials by the Purchaser (Clause 4.2) 23
3.5 Delivery arrangements for Materials by the Purchaser (Clause 24.1) 23
3.6 Site Services by the Purchaser (Clause 27.4) 23
3.7 Purchasers Documentation 24
4.0 Schedule 4: Health & Safety 25
4.1 Health & Safety legislation applicable to this project. 25
  4.1.1. Design: 26
  4.1.2. Construction: 26
  4.1.3. Operation: 26

 

  Page 2

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

4.2

Contractor Health & Safety Plan (Clause 7.2) 26
  4.2.1. Construction Phase Plan 26
4.3 Site Health & Safety Requirements (Clause 4.6 & 26.4) 26
4.4 Safety Equipment, Materials, First Aid and Emergency Arrangements (Clause 26.3) 26
5.0 Schedule 5: Environmental Protection & Waste Disposal 27
5.1 Environmental Protection & Waste Disposal Plans (Clause 7.2) 27
5.2 Waste Disposal 27
  5.2.1. The Contractor 27
  5.2.2. The Purchaser 27
5.3 Sustainability 28
5.4 Environmental 28
5.5 Site Environmental Requirements (Clause 4.6 & 26.4) 28
6.0 Schedule 6: Quality Assurance & Qualification 29
6.1 Quality Assurance Systems (Clause 3.8) 29
6.2 Qualification 29
7.0 Schedule 7: Subcontracting 30
7.1 Subcontracting of Works Packages (Clause 9.2) 30
7.2 Single Source Subcontracts 30
7.3 Subcontracting conditions (Clause 9.2) 30
7.4 Process Elements 30
7.5 Specialist Equipment 30
7.6 Procurement Procedures (Clause 9.5) 31
8.0 Schedule 8: Contractor’s Named Personnel 36
8.1 Named Personnel (Clause 12.4) 36
8.2 Key Positions (Clause 12.4) 36
9.0 Schedule 9: Training by Contractor 37
9.1 Training by Contractor (Clause 3.9) 37
9.2 Purchasers Personnel (Clause 4.5) 37
10.0 Schedule 10: Parts with limited working life and spare  parts 38
10.1 Spare Parts 38
10.2 Parts with Limited Working Life (Clause 37.11) 38
11.0 Schedule 11: Times of Completion 39
11.1 Times of Completion (Clause 13.1) 39
11.2 Project Programme (Clause 13.2) 39
11.3 Documentation for Approval Times (Clause 21.2) 40
11.4 Final Documentation (Clause 21.9) 40
12.0 Schedule 12: Liquidated Damages for Delay 42

 


Page 3

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

12.1

Liquidated Damages (Clause 15.1) 42
13.0 Schedule 13: Pre-installation tests and procedures 43
14.0 Schedule 14: Criteria for the completion of construction 44
14.1 Criteria for Construction Completion Phase 2 (Clause 32.2) 44
  14.1.1. General 44
  14.1.2. Civil and Steelwork 44
  14.1.3. Mechanical / Piping / Building Services 45
  14.1.4. Electrical, Instrumentation, Control 45
  14.1.5. Insulation and Painting 46
  14.1.6. Safety 46
14.2 Criteria for Construction Completion Phase 1 (Clause 32.2) 46
15.0 Schedule 15: Take over procedure 47
15.1 Take Over Procedures (Clause 33.2) 47
16.0 Schedule 16: Performance Tests and Procedures (Clause 35.3) 48
17.0 Schedule 17: Performance guarantees and damages for failure (Clause 35.1) 49
18.0 Schedule 18: Cost elements, rates and charges 50
18.1 Contract Price (Clause 39.1) 50
18.2 Contractors Fixed Cost Elements 50
18.3 Contractors Reimbursable Cost Components 50
18.4 Subcontracted Costs 50
18.5 Subcontracted Temporary Site Facility Costs 50
18.6 Contractors Fee 50
18.7 Contractor Rates 51
  18.7.1. Hourly Rates fixed until 01.Jan.19 51
  18.7.2. Weekly Rates 51
  18.7.3. Expenses 51
18.8   Estimate 52
  18.8.1. Summary 53
  18.8.2. Phase 2 Estimate 54
  18.8.3. Phase 1 Estimate 56
19.0 Schedule 19: Payment 58
19.1 Payment against Tasks \ Milestones (Clause 41.2) 58
19.2 Contractors Request for Payment (Clause 41.3) 58
20.0 Schedule 20: Contract co-ordination 59
20.1 Requirements for Contract Coordination (clause 5.4) 59
20.2 Primary point of contact for the Contractor is 59
20.3 Primary point of contact for the Purchaser 59
20.4 Project Manager 59

 


Page 4

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

20.5

Project Sponsors 59
20.6 Document Numbering 59
20.7 Method of Document and Data Transfer 60
20.8 Arrangement for issuing invoices 60
20.9 Arrangement for issuing remittance advice 60
20.10 Method of transferring payments 60
21.0 Schedule 21: Reports and Records 61
21.1 Progress and Other Reports (Clause 3.7) 61
21.2 Maintenance of Contractors Records (Clause 40.1) 61
22.0 Schedule 22: Forms of Collateral Warranty (article 17) 63
22.1 Part A Contractor Collateral Warranty 4-8-17 63
22.2 GW-Austins Sched 22 Part B Subcontractor_Collateral_Warranty 70
22.3 Part C Sub-subcontractor_Collateral_Warranty 78
23.0 Schedule 23: Third Party Agreements (Clause 3.16) 87

 


Page 5

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

1.0 Schedule 1 Description of Works

 

1.1 Project Location and Background

 

[***]

 

1.2 High level project scope

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING PAGE OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 

An overview of the various elements of the works for which the contractor is responsible for the design, procurement, management contracting and installation including commissioning as follows.

 

1.2.1. GMP

 

The facility is a GMP facility. GMP principles shall be applied to the following aspects of the design:

· Facility layout
· PCS
· Product Contact

 

1.3 Services to be provided by the Contractor

 

The Contractor shall undertake all the design, procurement and provision of materials, construction, management, erection and testing and other work necessary to complete the works as required and summarised but not limited to:

· sections 1.1 through 13.6 below
· the Specification
· Sections 1.7 to 1.11
· Sections 1.13 to 1.20 below

 

other than that to be undertaken by the Purchaser as identified in Schedule 3.

The detailed design will be progressed and developed to IFT level. The design deliverables will be incorporated into a tender package which will be collated and issued as part of the Procurement phase of the project.

 

During the detailed design phase, there will be constant interaction between disciplines in order to produce a co-ordinated design. The requirements of an integrated constructability review will also be incorporated in this work.

 

Post appointment of vendors and subcontractors the design shall be updated to IFC.

 

1.3.1. Civil & Structure

 

The civil & structural scope includes excavation to formation level and remove excess soil from site. Form carparks, roads, concrete hard standing, paving, cast building foundations and associated drainage works, utilities ducting, a new surface water soakaway with associated petrol interceptor for the buildings and external works including cast in situ ground floor slab with DPM & insulation.

 


Page 6

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

The steel framed structure will have individual foundation pads for the steel columns. The first floor will be framed by steel beams, purlins and metal decking and RC concrete. The roof frame will be curved, hot rolled steel with composite metal roofing.

 

1.3.2. Architectural Building Scope

 

The building will comprise of a steel frame with composite external wall cladding panels, aluminium windows, louvres and metal external door sets to match the existing building. It will also include a standing seam metal roof, curved to deliver a consistent eaves height alongside the existing building and greater headroom at the rear of the new facility to support manufacturing equipment requirements.

 

Internally, walls will generally be formed from proprietary metal stud framing and plasterboard linings. GRP door sets, rapid rise doors and internal glazed panels will be provided. Floors will generally be vinyl sheet and epoxy resin all similar to existing.

 

1.3.3. Mechanical Service Scope

 

[***]

 

1.3.4. Electrical Scope

 

[***]

 

1.3.5. Process Scope for phases 1 & 2

 

This includes process, electrical, instrument and control design disciplines, and will generally comprise of the following 4 stages.

 

1. Detail design and procurement of the process equipment
2. Post procurement review of the process equipment
3. Construction support to monitor progress and quality
4. Commissioning and qualification – working with Purchaser’s Quality Group the Consultant’s engineering team will work to the commissioning & qualification strategy agreed and protocols written and executed to deliver the facility into beneficial use.

 

The Contractor shall appoint BPE Design & Support Limited to undertake Stages 1 – 4. If applicable, the Purchaser shall notify the Contractor in accordance with the BPE Limited Liability Subcontract prior to cancelling Stages 2 through 4.

 

The Contractor shall coordinate with the Purchaser’s (specialist Consultant and suppliers) NATEX and G.W. - Pharma (as the Purchaser/User of the facility) in all matters relating to the process works.

 

The process engineering services principally provided by BPE generally include the following systems:-

 

[***]

 


Page 7

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

GMP and Quality reviews of the overall Designed Systems by Natex, the Contractor and BPE

 

Process Design Safety, including risk assessments, HAZOP, Constructability, SIL, ATEX, Operability and other design reviews as necessary will be collectively reviewed and agreed

 

Interfacing and connection to systems as required for operation, maintenance and qualification will be collectively reviewed and agreed

 

1.3.6. Assumptions:

 

The overall process is in development by the Purchaser. As such the following assumptions have been made with respect to the Plant:

 

[***]

 

1.3.7. Clarifications

 

At the concept and preliminary designs stages, automation of manual handling was considered as a non-viable option by the Purchaser. As such much of the manual handing with respect to Baskets and Frits shall remain as manual handling activities.

 

Further clarifications and exclusions are as follows:

 

[***]

 

1.3.8. Procurement & Cost Control

 

The Contractor’s [***] estimate for the works to be agreed between the Purchaser and Contractor. The estimate shall be divided into separate work packages which will form the basis for the work package budget value for each tender enquiry.

 

The Contractor shall, on completion of engineering, procure the work via work packages based on firm price tenders.

 

The contractor shall review the Tender Returns for scope and overall value and subsequently issue a recommendation to the Purchaser. Prime cost Work Packages shall be procured on a competitive open book reimbursable basis, except where the Purchaser agrees to single sourcing.

 

Tender Reports on competitive tenders shall be issued to the Purchaser for approval and formal sign-off by the Purchaser prior to the Contractor placing orders with the relevant vendors.

 

Where the design is likely to change or further development is required, where practicable provisions shall be made within the tender recommendation and agreed with the Purchaser. Any such provisions and allowance shall be agreed on a per work package basis.

 

The contractor shall provide monthly cost reports to the Purchasers Project Manager in the form of a Job Condition Statement. The report shall include:

· Order commitment

 


Page 8

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

· Pending variations
· Cost to complete
· Contingency
· Total projected outturn costs based on the information available.

 

1.4 Age of the existing Building

 

[***]

 

1.5 Location of adjacent properties

 

[***]

 

1.6  

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING PAGE OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 

1.6.1. Utilities for the works

 

The following is a list of utilities. Consumption of such utilities will be freely supplied by the Purchaser:

· Water
· Electricity
· Gas
· MTHW

 

The above will entail upgrading the Electrical and Gas incoming capacities by the site owner (Kent Science Park) to suit the new development. This is being coordinated by the Purchaser with Kent Science Park to suit the site programme of starting pre-commissioning activities around April 2018

Utilisation of existing waste services in connection with temporary structures required by the project works.

 

1.6.2. New Utilities from the Purchaser’s landlord Kent Science Park for B750b, phase 1 and phase 2

 

The following is a list of new utilities required for B750b required via the purchaser.

 

[***]

 

1.6.3. Existing Utilities for B750b

 

The following existing services and generating equipment within B750a will be utilised re-used and extended to serve B750b.

 

Phase 1

· Thermal chilled water system +5°C
· Process chilled water system -5°C
· Compressed Air supply
· Water supply

 


Page 9

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

· Softened water supply
· Hot water supply
· CO2 supply
· Nitrogen supply
· Building management system supervisor panel
· Fire sprinkler tank and pump supply
· Power
· Fire alarms
· Public address system
· Data connection
· Access control system
· Intruder detection systems
· CCTV system

 

Phase 2

· Water supply
· Softened water supply
· Compressed air supply
· Nitrogen supply
· Building management system supervisor panel
· Fire sprinkler tank and pump supply
· Fire alarms
· Public address system
· Data connection
· Access control system
· Intruder detection systems
· CCTV system

 

1.6.4. Site Welfare

 

Welfare facilities to be provided by the Contractor.

These comprise of:-

· Offices for the contractors management team
· Offices for the civils and envelope team
· Offices for the M&E Contractor
· Offices for the process contractor
· Offices for Contractor Process Designer / Visitors
· Canteen facilities
· Drying rooms
· Toilet facilities
· Canteen facilities
· Drying room, changing facilities

 

Welfare facilities to the supplied by the Purchaser

· Offices and accommodation for their staff
· Offices for their supplier
· Offices for QA and validation staff

 

Site welfare facilities will be established for the project in compliance with current legislation:-

· The workplace (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulation 1992
· CDM Regulations 2015

 


Page 10

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

Hours of site operation are as identified within the Construction Phase Plan.

 

The following information with respect to Site welfare are to be included with the project and tabled below:

 

Document Title   Reference   Date
Construction Phase Plan   CCC 2327/R.01   June 2017
Site Establishment Plan   2327-AU-00XXDR-A-0303   12/04/17
Site Establishment Plan 2   2327-AU-00XXDR-A-0312   12/04/17

 

1.7 Work Packages Plan

 

The Contractor shall provide detailed design and specification deliverables in connection with the below schedule of Work Packages in connection with the Plant.

 

The Contractor shall supply plant and equipment in connection with the Work Package. Also see section 2.10.

 

The Work Package deliverables will typically comprise of:

· General Arrangements & floor plans
· Elevations & Roof plan
· Detail section and cross sections
· Work Package Schedules
· P&ID’s
· NBS Specifications on a per work package basis
· Performance specification such as the lift
· Contract conditions
· Pricing schedule

  

Work Package
Number
  Work Package Name
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]

 


Page 11

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

The contractor via the Process Consultant (BPE) shall provide the following Process Work Packages comprising of the following:

 

WP   Description
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]

 


Page 12

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

1.8 Subcontractor Design Portions of Work

 

The following packages will contain elements of design by subcontractors:

 

WORK PACKAGE   DESIGN ELEMENTS
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]

 


Page 13

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

1.9  

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 


Page 14

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

1.10 Construction Safety

 

The Construction Phase Plan (CPP) outlines the operational safety requirements for each Subcontractor and is issued with the tender documents.

 

The CPP identifies the requirements for managing overall safety of the site and operations:

· Subcontractor Kick-off meetings
· Risk Assessment in connection with the works
· Method Statements for the works
· Permits to Works

 

1.11 Construction Strategy:

 

The general construction strategy is outlined

 

1.12 Temporary Works

 

1.12.1. Temporary Works

 

Temporary Works shall be provided by each subcontractor as required by the Works. Where there may be commonalities for temporary works for common podium access, the Contractor shall on agreement with the Purchaser provide such temporary works.

 

1.12.2. Site Establishment and Facilities

 

Site establishment and facilities are indicated within the Construction Phase Plan ToRC Document.

 

1.12.3. Site Access & Egress

 

Access to the Kent Site Park campus will be via the main entrance via Broadoak Road. Access to the Site will be as per the Construction Phase Plan as agreed with the Purchaser.

 

1.13 Cost Management

 

Refer to Schedule 21 for cost management and reporting.

 

1.14 Project Management

 

Contractor’s project management services will include the following key areas:

· Liaison with the Purchaser to agree data and approvals
· Management design, construction and commissioning
· Provision of cost and cash-flow information, commitment and cost control
· Management, maintenance, mitigation and closeout where possible of Project Risk Register
· Change control management
· Management of procurement activities, including expediting and inspection
· Project Quality Plan
· Collation and supply of final documentation
· Management of handover:
· Design to construction
· Construction upto and including commissioning, excluding Natex
· Safety management as both Principal Designer & Principal Contractor
· Coordination of Natex through to commissioning

 


Page 15

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

1.15 Statutory and other obligations (Clause 7.1)

 

The Purchaser shall obtain all permits required from government and local authority or any other necessary permissions in connection with the use of the Site for the construction, operation and maintenance of the Plant with the exception of;

· Planning permission
· Building Control

 

1.16 Documentation and Information verified by the Contractor (Clause 6.1)

 

The Contractor shall verify the following Documentation and Information;

 

Description   Version
URS-16126-V4 - URS for Building 750b Large-Scale Extraction Plant    

 

1.17 Site Working Hours (Clause 28.5)

 

The normal working hours of the Site are as follows:

 

1.17.1. Opening Times

 

The site will be open between 07.00 hrs – 17.30 hrs Monday to Friday. Access out of these hours to be organised with GW Pharma / Kent Science Park by the principal contractor.

 

1.17.2. Deliveries

 

Deliveries can be made between 07.00 hrs – 17.30 hrs on working days. Peak times to be avoided are:

07.30 hrs – 09.00 hrs

12.00 hrs – 13.00 hrs

16.00 hrs – 17.30hrs

 

1.17.3. Note:

 

No deliveries will be taken in unless specifically registered with the project site security guard who will convey the deliveries to the park security on the previous evening. This list will be issued out at 17.00 each evening for the following day.

 


Page 16

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

2.0 Schedule 2: Documentation

 

2.1 Format

 

2.1.1. Documents

 

· Adobe Acrobat

 

2.2 Drawings

 

· AutoCAD
· Adobe Acrobat as controlled documents (RAW format where required)
2.3 Language

 

All Documentation shall be in English.

 

2.4 Documentation for approval periods (see 11.3)

 

· Project Quality and Coordination Plan – Approval time 5 working days
· Approval of Austin Design Packages will be issued to GW Pharma in accordance with the Contract Plan and any comments returned to Austin with 14 days
· Bid Analysis for each order group – Approval time 5 working days
· Qualification/ Protocols – Approval time 5 working days
· Change Controls – Approval time 5 working days
· Programme - Approval within 5 working days

 


Page 17

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

2.5  

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 


Page 18

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

2.6  

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 


Page 19

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

2.7 Final Documentation and Manuals (Clause 21.9)

 

· Subcontractor Test Packs including marked-up As-Built’s, ETOP’s
· O&M documentation provided by suppliers/contractors
· Commissioning Reports (FAT, SAT, IV, FT)

 

The Contractor shall supply documentation to allow for commissioning and qualification activities to progress within the timescales required by the contract.

 

2.8 Documentation not to be shown to the Project Manager (Clause 21.6)

 

Information relating to the fixed cost portions of the project.

 

2.9 Deliverables

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING SIX PAGES OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 

2.10  

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING TWO PAGES OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 


Page 20

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

3.0 Schedule 3: Responsibilities of Purchaser

 

The overall responsibilities of the Purchaser are defined in Table 3.1. In some areas, a more detailed break-down is provided in the subsequent Tables 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 as noted in table 3.1 below.

 

3.1 Table 3.1. Overall Responsibilities:

 

This section outlines the information provided by the Purchaser which informs the Basis of Design documents for the Plant whereby the overall responsibilities of the Purchaser need to be read in conjunction with section 2.5 – ‘Documentation for Approval/ Review’.

 

Overall specific responsibilities area also identified in sections 1, 6, 7, 9, 14, 20 & 21 including the Specification.

 

Item   Description
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]
[***]   [***]

 


Page 21

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

3.2 Table 3.2 PCS Responsibilities:

 

The below table identifies the Purchasers responsibilities with regards to the Central PCS is to be read in conjunction with the Specification.

 

The Purchasers responsibility is for the central PCS and associated commissioning.

 

The following parties’ will provide the appropriate signals:

Contractor – for all phase 2 Process plant with the exception of NATEX

Purchaser – for all requirements associated with Phase 1 Process Plant & including NATEX with regards to Phase 2

 

Item   Purchaser   BPE (as a
subcontractor
to the
Contractor)
  Contractor   PCS Vendor
[***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]

 

A=Approve, O=Originator, I=Informed, R=Review

 

3.3 Purchaser Supplied Information (Clause 4.1)

 

The Purchaser shall provide all updated third party Detailed Design information in relation to and in connection with the Works. This will include as a minimum the updated documents below as provided from the preliminary design.

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING THREE PAGES OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 


Page 22

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

3.4 Work or Materials by the Purchaser (Clause 4.2)

 

Work or Material to be supplied by the Purchaser as the following table;

 

Work or Material   Date to be supplied
     
Production consumables & Live Material   As per commissioning programme

 

 

3.5 Delivery arrangements for Materials by the Purchaser (Clause 24.1)

 

Delivery arrangements for Material to be supplied by the Purchaser as the following table;

 

Work or Material   Date to be supplied
     
As required. To be agreed between the Purchaser & Contractor.   As per commissioning programme

 

3.6 Site Services by the Purchaser (Clause 27.4)

 

The following is a list of utilities. Consumption of such utilities will be freely supplied by the purchaser:

· Water
· Electricity
· Gas

 


Page 23

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

3.7 Purchasers Documentation

 

The Purchaser shall provide:

 

1. Schedules of all agreed and outstanding changes on a bi-weekly basis

 

2. List of equipment delivery dates on a bi-weekly basis with a month projection for large equipment

 

3. Agree the status of the updated ‘Information Required’ & ‘Design Transmittal’ schedules including ‘Technical Query’ logs on bi-weekly basis.

 

4. The following Purchaser documents will be forwarded to the Contractor where applicable to this project:
· Health & Safety policy Statement, Responsibilities and Legislation.
· Site Rules For Contractors
· Site Rules for Contractors Employees
· The purchaser shall issue the F10

 


Page 24

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

4.0 Schedule 4: Health & Safety

 

4.1 Health & Safety legislation applicable to this project.

 

The control of Health & Safety will be in accordance with the requirements of the Health & Safety at Work etc. Act 1974. All pertinent requirements relating to this project will be complied with under the controls specified within the Contractor Health & Safety Management System.

 

Risk assessments will be conducted as appropriate for all work activities covered by the scope of works for the project. All risk assessments will comply with the requirements of regulation 3 of the Management of Health & Safety at Work Regulations 1999 (amendment 2006).

 

The Contractor site management will ensure that the work place, buildings and plant contained within it are safe to work in, operate and maintain.

 

The provision of adequate documentation covering the projected life of the building, will be provided in the form of a Health & Safety File incorporated within the Operation and Maintenance File. This will be passed to the Purchaser by Contractor on completion of the project. The Health & Safety File will contain all residual lifetime risks applicable to the structure, plant and operation and maintenance of the facility.

 

Salient applicable regulations are listed below but are not limited to:

· Construction Design and management Regulations (CDM 2015)
· COMAH – Control of major accident hazard regulations
· Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1999 (amendment 2006)
· The Dangerous Substances and Explosive Atmospheres Regulations 2002
· First aid at work: The Health and Safety (First-Aid) Regulations 1981
· Health & Safety (First Aid) Regulations 1989
· Construction (Head Protection) Regulations 1989
· Manual Handling Operations Regulations 1992
· Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 2013
· Hand arm vibration - Control of Vibration at Work Regulations 2005
· Personal Protective Equipment Regulations 1992 as amended
· The Health and Safety (Safety Signs and Signals) Regulations 1996
· Management of Health & Safety at Work Regulations 1999 (amendment 2006)
· Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations 2002 (amendment 2004) (COSHH)
· The Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005
· The Control of Noise at Work Regulations 2005

 

There are three distinct phases of safety management and mitigation:

· Design
· Construction
· Operation

 


Page 25

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

4.1.1. Design:

 

Health & Safety issues during design and tendering period will be co-ordinated by the Principal Designer. The Principal Designer will have the responsibility for the management of the design by designers affecting Health & safety throughout the lifetime of the construction project through to handover including informing the Purchaser is adequately notified and in agreement of the risks involved in operating the facility.

 

4.1.2. Construction:

 

CDM Construction Phase Plan will be created by the Principal Contractor and issued to the Principal Designer for assessment of suitable development before any construction work starts. The Principal Designer will inform the Purchaser of the status of the CPP as the project progresses.

 

The Construction Phase Plan will be issued by the Principal Contractor to all prospective Sub-contractors to provide guidance on their responsibilities for Health and Safety and to use for their preparation of their tender package.

 

4.1.3. Operation:

 

Upon completion of construction, Operation and Maintenance manuals (O&M’s), will be developed to allow the Purchaser to develop SOP’s to operate the facility.

The Operation and Maintenance principles will be developed and agreed between the Purchaser and Contractor during the design phase and updated during the construction period.

 

4.2 Contractor Health & Safety Plan (Clause 7.2)

 

4.2.1. Construction Phase Plan

 

The Contractor’s Construction Phase Plan Issue 0.1 dated 31/05/2017 sets out the management of Health & Safety on-site in accordance with Clause 7.2, the Contractor shall develop, implement and maintain this Plan.

 

 

4.3 Site Health & Safety Requirements (Clause 4.6 & 26.4)

 

The Health & Safety requirements applying to;

· the Purchaser and the Project Manager's personnel and anybody working under their control, and
· the Contractors personnel, Subcontractors and anybody working under their control

Are as per the Construction Phase Plan.

 

4.4 Safety Equipment, Materials, First Aid and Emergency Arrangements (Clause 26.3)

 

The Contractor will provide all necessary safety equipment during construction.

 


Page 26

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

5.0 Schedule 5: Environmental Protection & Waste Disposal

 

5.1 Environmental Protection & Waste Disposal Plans (Clause 7.2)

 

In accordance with Clause 7.2 the Contractor shall develop, maintain and implement an Environmental Plan that shall address the matters set out in sections 5.2 to 5.4 below.

 

5.2 Waste Disposal

 

Below is outlined the responsibility for the disposal of materials from the project.

 

5.2.1. The Contractor

 

The Contractor will be a good neighbour and try to protect the environment from excessive waste from its activities. The Contractor will continue to improve its efficiency in the use of materials and reduce the amount of waste that ends up in landfill sites.

 

Emissions to the environment relating to materials, substances and waste created from construction activities shall be controlled to avoid any breaches of the applicable environment regulations leading to enforcement by the Local Authority and the Environment Agency.

 

The contractor where practicable will minimise waste through each project stage:

· Design
· Purchasing
· Construction

 

The contractor will be responsible for waste arising from:

 

· excavations and removal of surplus as dug materials from the Area of Construction under CDM control
· the manufacture, purchase and construction of the Envelope and surrounding works within the construction Area Under CDM control
· the fabrication and installation of plant and equipment within the building and designated areas of construction under CDM control
· storage and fabrication facilities within the area under CDM control
· welfare facilities within the CDM controlled area

 

 

5.2.2. The Purchaser

 

The Purchaser is responsible for waste:

· arising from their temporary facilities
· that can be associated with the project but produced from the existing facility.
· produced from the proving and commissioning of the process equipment with in the new Facility
· the Purchaser will be responsible for negotiating and obtaining Licenses to discharge non- hazardous bulk liquids from the landlord and/ or local Water Authority produced in commissioning

 


Page 27

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

5.3 Sustainability

 

Given the processes and equipment options available there is limited opportunity for sustainability. However, the Contractor’s Environmental Plan shall set out procedures where feasible to consider low energy consuming equipment variants within the cost limitation of the project.

 

5.4 Environmental

 

The Contractor’s Environmental Plan shall set out procedures to minimise construction waste. Further details on waste minimisation for the construction industry can be found in:

Waste Minimisation and Recycling in Construction - A site handbook: SP133

Managing materials and components on site: SP146

 

5.5 Site Environmental Requirements (Clause 4.6 & 26.4)

 

The Site Environmental requirements applying to;

· the Purchaser and the Project Manager's personnel and anybody working under their control, and
· the Contractors personnel, Subcontractors and anybody working under their control

 

The Contractor shall comply with legislation.

 


Page 28

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

6.0 Schedule 6: Quality Assurance & Qualification

 

6.1 Quality Assurance Systems (Clause 3.8)

 

The Works will be designed, procured, constructed, and commissioned by the Contractor and Subcontractors in accordance with an ISO 9001 2008 accredited assurance system, Quality Manual and Guidance Notes.

 

All Works shall comply with the relevant British standards and codes of practice. Design standards used generally shall include:

 

· Building regulations
· BS7671 IEE Wiring Regulations and associated guides
· CIBSE Guides Volumes A, B, C and D
· CIBSE Technical Notes and Memorandum
· BSRIA Recommendations and Application Guides
· CDM Requirements

 

The Contractor’s shall comply with the Contractors Project Quality Plan which will be provided within 3 weeks of appointment.

 

6.2 Qualification

 

The equipment will be qualified by the Purchaser according to the Purchasers current Qualification/ Validation Master Plan including System Impact Assessment.

 

A Project Quality Plan shall be produced by Contractor identifying:-

 

1) Roles and Responsibilities
2) Approval Schedules
3) DQ, IQ, OQ and PQ Requirements as identified by the Purchaser
4) Schedule of Inspection and Testing (on site)
5) Quality Control (QC) Requirements and Procedures

 


Page 29

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

7.0 Schedule 7: Subcontracting

 

7.1 Subcontracting of Works Packages (Clause 9.2)

 

The Contractor proposes subject to clause 9.2 to subcontract the works packages as the plan in Schedule 1, part 1.7.

 

7.2 Single Source Subcontracts

 

The Contractor proposes subject to clause 9.2 to subcontract the works packages below on a single source basis

 

[***]

 

7.3 Subcontracting conditions (Clause 9.2)

 

Subcontracts should be let on terms as the main contract between The Purchaser and Contractor. In this regard The Purchaser would recommend the use of appropriate IChemE subcontracts amended accordingly.

 

The Contractor has proposed the use of Austins Conditions of Sub-Contract ref Version A May 2017 to appoint sub-contractors, subject to incorporating the following amendments:

 

· Sub-clause 12.5(a) [refers to discount] – delete
· Sub-clause 12.7 [allows cross contract set-off] – amend so cross contract set-off is not allowed.

 

The use by The Contractor of their own subcontract shall be at their risk. The Contractor shall state, prior to each package tender, any shortfall in the proposed subcontract conditions (i.e. non IChemE) that may give rise to a reduction in the Contractors liability as clause 9.17

 

7.4 Process Elements

 

BPE has been jointly selected to undertake the following works in connection with the process element of the works:

 

· Detail design and procurement support associated with process equipment & utilities
· Post Procurement support
· Construction support
· Commissioning and qualification

 

7.5 Specialist Equipment

 

The Contractor shall be required to place orders with specialist vendors for specialist equipment.

 

Such specialist equipment includes, but may not be limited to the following:

 

Extraction processes & systems, Mills, DAP’s Vacuum Transfer systems, manual handling, CIP systems, Process Control systems, Ethanol and associated process utilities.

 


Page 30

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

The Contractor shall not be responsible for, setting to work, commissioning, validation and the design for the specified equipment and will only be responsible for installation as expressly agreed.

 

Where equipment has been supplied by the Purchaser for either or both Phases 1 and 2, the Purchaser shall retain responsibility for the performance of such equipment.

 

Upon approval of the tender report prepared and submitted by the Contractor, the Purchaser shall make all necessary payments to the Contractor. After which the Contractor shall place orders, make payments, coordinate FATs, the delivery of the specified equipment to site, guide the specialist equipment supplier’s personnel on site with respect to Installation, Health & Safety and site logistics requirements. The Purchaser shall attend all FAT's, and manage everything subsequently including, SATs, testing & commissioning, Vendor Validation through to demonstration, handover on-site and to operations.

 

The contractor will assist the purchaser on site as required with the coordination of the installation.

 

The Purchaser is responsible for managing all activities undertaken by NATEX. The Contactor will assist in procuring the requirements for NATEX’s installation based on NATEX providing the detailed requirement specifications and drawings. The Contractor will coordinate NATEX’s activities through installation on site, however NATEX will supervise all installation that the Purchaser has procured for NATEX systems and the Purchaser will manage NATEX as necessary. Upon completion of the installation the purchaser shall be responsible for coordination of the commissioning of the systems and manging these through to handover, qualifications and operation.

 

7.6 Procurement Procedures (Clause 9.5)

 

The procurement will be based on the Contractor’s standard procedures, covering:

 

· The Contractor will prepare a contract plan, showing order groupings, potential vendors, subcontractors and key dates for:
a. Enquiry issue
b. Enquiry return
c. Bid evaluation complete
d. Order placement

 

This will be agreed with the Purchaser and will be kept updated through the project.

 

· Selection of potential Subcontract tenderers which shall be reviewed and accepted or otherwise by the Purchaser
· Completion and review of the Contractors Pre-qualification Questionnaire
· Prepare appropriate tender packages of drawings, specifications, subcontract conditions and pricing schedules etc.
· Expedite, review and compile tenders received and lead review meetings, with issues arising
· Prepare bid analysis and make recommendations for the Purchaser

 


Page 31

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

· Provide advice on contact issues, terms and conditions and commercial risk

 

· Negotiation, contract and order placement upon sign-off by the Purchaser Order negotiation and placement upon sign-off by the Purchaser.
· Recurring and ongoing project reimbursable costs shall be agreed as ongoing and re-occurring which shall be updated monthly with the cost report, this includes items such as but not limited to security, skips, temporary lighting etc. Such costs to be supported by appropriate invoices in the normal manner.
· Review progress of orders to allow invoice ratification
· Check and ratify invoices for payment recommendation
· Negotiate and agree variation accounts under the terms of the subcontracts
· Close out orders and agree final accounts
· Maintain records of performance
· Value and certify payment to subcontractors

 

7.6.1. Preparation of Enquiries

 

Definition of Scope

The Contractor will compile and issue the package of designs, drawings, specifications and commercial conditions to enable tenders to be obtained.

 

The contractor will inform the PM as part of the tender issue documents and/or Tender report:

i. any shortfall in the proposed subcontract conditions (i.e. non IChemE) that may give rise to a reduction in the subcontractors liability as clause 9.17
ii. the shortfall in completeness of Design or Engineering within the package or any areas of scope that have been omitted from the package or / and the works required to progress design from IFT (issued for tender) and/ or IFC (issued for construction)
iii. any Design which is being requested of the subcontract tenders

 

Selection of Bidders

Bidders will initially be pre-selected. The Contractor will select the bidders who will be invited to tender in conjunction with the Purchaser. New Subcontractors not already approved by the Contractor may be considered but audit may be necessary to ascertain suitability.

 

Enquiry Form and Subcontract Tender Packages

The Contractor will issue standard documentation using computer generated Enquiry templates for Supply and delivery only, Supply with minor site operations and Site installation contracts, and preparing full Subcontract documentation for major Subcontracts

 

The Contractor will retain all inward and outward correspondence relating to successful and unsuccessful tenders for audit purposes. Copies of packages issued for tender will be compiled and copied to the PM and BPP.

 


Page 32

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

Tender Return

For packages with an expected value greater than [***], the tender returns will be requested to be submitted as follows:

 

Complete electronic tender returns shall be submitted to the following E-mail address:

[***]

 

Simultaneously a copy of the tender covering letter, qualifications and commercial returns shall be submitted to [***]

 

(Postal address - BPP Construction Consultants, 9 Motcomb Street, London, SW1X 8LA

For the attention of Robert Mathews.

 

7.6.2. Tender Analysis

 

Upon receipt, quotations will be checked by the Contractor for compliance with technical and commercial requirements. Where practicable any missing information will be obtained from bidders so that competing quotations may be directly compared.

 

In those cases in which bidders are unable to comply with the terms of the Enquiry, or where terms are open to discussion, the Contractor will negotiate for the most favourable terms obtainable, in consultation with the Project Manager where appropriate.

 

When quotations have been received, technical analysis completed and any negotiations finalised, a Tender Report will be prepared by the Contractor. A formal Tender Analysis will not normally be prepared for individual items of value less than £15,000.

 

The Tender Analysis will state the recommended Supplier/Subcontractor. Supplementary statements of the technical and commercial arguments in support of the recommendation will be appended as appropriate

 

The completed Tender Analysis, together with a copy of all quotations and other relevant correspondence, will be issued to the Project Manager for review and approval.

 

The Tender Report will include:

· the estimate budget together with any adds and omits to such budget and
· a statement of subcontractor design within the package
· a statement regarding the completeness of Design, Engineering or Scope within the package
· a statement of any shortfall in the proposed subcontract conditions (i.e. non IChemE) that may give rise to a reduction in the Contractors liability as clause.17
· a statement that the subcontractor is aware of the requirements of collateral warranties

 

The Tender Report will also contain a checklist of relevant special conditions rejected or accepted by the proposed Subcontractor and accepted by GW-Pharma.

 


Page 33

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

7.6.3. Purchase Orders/Subcontracts

 

A standard Contract Order Form or a full Subcontract agreement will be used exclusively to place orders and the issue of these documents, signed by the Contractor’s authorised signatory, will be the only method of creating a commitment.

 

7.6.4. Order Amendments

 

Change Authorisations (CA) shall be used to control variations to the scope of work and their impact on prices and programme after placement of the subcontract/ Purchase Order. The procedure of CA will be between the Purchaser and the Contractor. In instances where time is required to be expended to evaluate a solution, the Purchaser will approve the associated time in advance such that a solution can be researched and subsequently presented on further CA approved by the Purchaser for implementation or otherwise.

 

Head Office Instruction will be used upon full authorisation of Change Authorisations to instruct Subcontract variation giving details of the change, and adjustment in the price and effect on programme and will be issued and distributed on the same basis as the original Purchase Order.

 

From time to time the Contractor will issue written instructions to alter, amend, omit, add to, or otherwise vary any of the Subcontract Works or merely to clarify an existing subcontract obligation. These written instructions allows work to proceed to meet programme demands and commercial implications to be reviewed and agreed on a monthly basis prior to the payment application.

 

Instructions exceeding £5,000 in value or 1% of the sub-contract sum, whichever is greater, shall be subject to review by the Project Manager prior to issue to the subcontractor. In this instance the review period will be same day when identified and required by the Contractor. Alternatively the review period shall be 24 hours.

 

The Contractor’s “Avoid Verbal Order” (AVO) is a standard document used to issue such instructions for Site based installation contracts in the contract period.

 

Where subcontractor/ vendor variation value exceeds [***], AUK will ensure that changes to subcontract scope are vetted and signed off by the person or their representative when said person(s) are unavailable with respect to who prepared the design \ engineering or tender document scope.

 

7.6.5. Expediting

 

The Contractor will maintain contact with Suppliers/Subcontractors to the extent appropriate to the importance of the equipment and/or service to the construction programme. Remedial action will be taken, where necessary, to minimise delays and their effect on the overall programme. In summary, the following activities will be carried out:

· Expedite information from suppliers by telephone and internally expedite responses
· Collate final documentation

 


Page 34

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

· Ensure, by a process of office and field expediting, that orders are progressing as required – recommending actions as necessary
· Liaise with suppliers on final equipment delivery dates and details
· Keep records of goods received on site

 

7.6.6. Inspection

 

· Review project scope of work and mandatory/recommended inspection and hold points
· Prepare an inspection plan
· Inspect and arrange for third party inspection of plant and subcontract works
· Ensure observations and issues are progressed and resolved

 

7.6.7. Certification and Invoicing

 

The Contractor will check and review Subcontractors’ applications, statements and invoices, having particular regard to the following aspects:

· Arithmetic correctness
· Compliance with Subcontract/ Purchase Order requirements
· Goods received and accepted or work carried out and accepted
· Price correct. Where the price has increased, that the increase has been correctly calculated on a contractual , or is otherwise acceptable
· Payment pre-conditions met
· All invoices, regardless of value, will be authorised by the appropriate Buyer and the Contract Manager.
· The Contractor will make payment in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Order.

 

7.6.8. Subcontract Conditions

 

The subcontract conditions shall include the following obligations on the subcontractors, as appropriate to their scope:

· Subcontractors shall not at any time engage a greater number of persons upon the Site than is reasonably required for the carrying out and completion of the Works in accordance with the Contract
· GW-Pharma Ltd may attend subcontract meetings

 


Page 35

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

8.0 Schedule 8: Contractor’s Named Personnel

 

8.1 Named Personnel (Clause 12.4)

 

The following are named personnel.

 

[***]

 

8.2 Key Positions (Clause 12.4)

 

The following are key positions, so far unidentified

 

1. Project Manager During Construction
2. Construction Site Manager
3. Assistant Site Manager \ Engineer
4. Site Mechanical Services Co-ordinator
5. Site Electrical Services Co-ordinator
6. Site process Co-ordinating Engineer
7. Cost Control \ Surveyor
8. Procurement Manager
9. Safety Manager

 


Page 36

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

9.0 Schedule 9: Training by Contractor

 

9.1 Training by Contractor (Clause 3.9)

 

Contractor training provided shall be in video format to be agreed with the Purchaser.

 

Refer to Schedule 13 for a list of training per system.

 

9.2 Purchasers Personnel (Clause 4.5)

 

The Purchaser shall make available the following personnel with adequate skills and experience for Training by the Contractor:

 

[***]

 


Page 37

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

10.0 Schedule 10: Parts with limited working life and spare parts

 

10.1 Spare Parts

 

The number of spares and critical parts list, supplies identifying the working life will be advised and agreed with the Purchaser in due course.

 

The criteria will be based on specialist supplier & contractor recommendations and as agreed with the Purchaser.

 

Vendors and sub contract equipment suppliers shall supply details of:

· Start Up spares and consumables
· Oils and lubricants
· 2 years recommended spares

The Purchaser will purchase as required.

 

The Purchaser 2 months prior to mechanical completion advise of parts required.

 

10.2 Parts with Limited Working Life (Clause 37.11)

 

Parts with limited working life will be advised post appointment of vendor/ subcontractor. The below scheduled will be updated accordingly.

 

The following parts have been specified recognising they have a guaranteed working life less than 365 days, as such their Defects Liability period will be (guaranteed working life) as stated below:

 

Equipment   Part \ ID Code   Guaranteed Working Life
To be updated as per the above.        
         
         
         
         
         

 


Page 38

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

11.0 Schedule 11: Times of Completion

 

11.1 Times of Completion (Clause 13.1)

 

Item No   Phase   Description   Date
1   Start-on-site   Commence Site Strip   [***]
2   Building Watertight   Building watertight   [***]
3   Phase 1 – Ready for takeover (Construction Completion)   Completion of Phase 1 area to include HVAC & Utilities commissioning, to the point of interdependence of Purchaser supplied equipment permits etc. excluding installation of Process Equipment (DAP, Skids etc.)   [***]
4   Natex Testing & pre-commissioning commencement   Natex Testing and Commissioning of Process Pipework - Purchaser Milestone   [***]
5   Phase 2 – Ready for takeover (Construction Completion)   Building 750b completion including commissioning of HVAC &  Utilities commissioning, to the point of interdependence of Purchaser supplied equipment permits etc. excluding Natex commissioning   [***]
6   Natex Commissioning commencement   Natex Commissioning of Extraction Plant Commencement - Purchaser Milestone   [***]
7   Natex Commissioning completion   Commissioning of Extraction Plant - Purchaser Milestone   [***]
8   DAP & Mill Qualification commencement   Purchaser Qualification commencement – Purchaser Milestone   [***]
9   Natex Qualification commencement   Purchaser Qualification commencement – Purchaser Milestone   [***]

 

11.2 Project Programme (Clause 13.2)

 

The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with project programme prior to commencement of site activities in accordance with clause 13.2.

 

The Project Programme shall be maintained and updated on a monthly basis.

 

The following Level 1 Works programme shows the key milestones and main activities to achieve the completion date in 11.1 above.

 

The programme will include the following key dates:-

 


Page 39

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

Cabins on site and CM team in place

Breaking ground ceremony

Building watertight

Power on

Utility generation systems functional

Yard storage systems complete

Utility systems complete – distribution to points of use

Phase 1 completion

Phase 2 completion

HVAC and BMS systems complete

Environmental state achieved and stable – pressure cascades, temps and AC rates

Rooms fully fitted out and serviced

Process systems complete  

Safety systems complete

Changing rooms, toilets and admin areas complete

Open days for tours – when can we build in dates for visitors safely  

Completion date for facility

 

11.3 Documentation for Approval Times (Clause 21.2)

 

The Contractor will submit to the PM the following documentation for approval (see 2.4)

 

Documentation   Time for
Submission
  Approval period (if
less than 14 days)
Project Quality Plan   Within 3 week of signing the main contract    
Bid Analysis for each order group   As contract plan - see 7.7   7 days (5 working days)
Qualification Protocols       Approval time 5 working days
Change Controls       7 days (5 working days unless otherwise noted by the Contractor)
Programme       Approval within 5 working days

 

11.4 Final Documentation (Clause 21.9)

 

The Contractor will supply the following final documentation (see 2.8) at a time or within the period stated

 

Documentation   Time or Period for Supply
Subcontractor Test Packs including marked-up As-Built’s, ETOP’s   To be Agreed prior to take over
O&M documentation provided by suppliers/contractors   To be Agreed prior to take over
Commissioning Reports (FAT, SAT, IV, FT)   To be Agreed prior to take over
Defects List   To be Agreed prior to take over

 


Page 40

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING 24 PAGES OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 


Page 41

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

12.0 Schedule 12: Liquidated Damages for Delay

 

12.1 Liquidated Damages (Clause 15.1)

 

The parties have agreed that the Works shall be completed in two Sections, known as Phase 1 and Phase 2. Separate liquidated damages shall apply to Phase 1 and Phase 2 as defined in Section 1.2..

 

Liquidated damages shall be payable by the Contractor in respect of Construction Completion of Phase 1 and Phase 2 as set out at Schedule 11 (as may be adjusted in accordance with the Contract) on the basis set out below.

 

PHASE 1

 

Phase 1 Construction Completion (Clause 32 refers)

 

At the rate [***] per week or pro-rata thereof

 

PROVIDED THAT the total amount liquidated damages payable by the Contractor in respect of Phase 1 shall not exceed [***].

 

PHASE 2

 

Phase 2 Construction Completion (Clause 32 refers)

 

At the rate of [***] per week for the first 5 weeks and thereafter at the rate [***] per week or pro-rata thereof, provided that the total amount of liquidated damages payable by the Contractor shall not exceed [***].

 

PROVIDED THAT the total aggregate liquidated damages payable overall by the Contractor shall not exceed [***].

 

Where equipment supplied by the Purchaser delays the critical path of the project programme, then the period by which the equipment is late and/ or any consequential impacts shall be the basis for extending the impacted Contractor milestone completion activities by the same period.

 

The period provisioned within the baseline programme for the manufacture of the Contractor supplied DAP is currently 34 weeks. This is an unconfirmed period as the equipment is bespoke and the manufacturer period will not be clarified until tender returns are received post appointment of the Contractor.

 

As such, should the selected DAP manufacturer be unable to comply with the 34 week manufacture period allowed within the baseline programme, then the impacted milestones shall be extended by the actual manufacture period exceeding the 34 weeks of the baseline programme.

 


Page 42

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

13.0 Schedule 13: Pre-installation tests and procedures (CLAUSE 22.2 AND 22.4)

 

Listed below are the:

1. Pre-installation ‘Factory Acceptance Tests’ (FAT’s).
2. ‘Site Acceptance Test’ (SAT’s) and Performance Tests by system – part of Schedule 16
3. User Training on a per system basis, part of Schedule 9

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING TWO PAGES OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 


Page 43

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

14.0 Schedule 14: Criteria for the completion of construction

 

14.1 Criteria for Construction Completion Phase 2 (Clause 32.2)

 

Completion shall be achieved on a per phase basis once the following conditions have be met on a per phase basis:

 

14.1.1. General

 

· The completion of pretesting for Commissioning of all Mechanical and Electrical Systems. In accordance with the Contractor’s specification entitled ‘Commissioning Mechanical Services’.
· The completion of statutory inspections by Building Control and Local Authority Planning Permission (excluding Landscaping).
· Inspection of the building fabric to ensure compliance against the design drawings and specifications. Inspection data to be recorded on the inspection reports.
· The completion of major defects that could adversely affect the operation of the facility.
· Issuance of the Draft Health and Safety File and Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
· Training of Purchaser personnel according to Schedule 9
· Mechanical Completion, Accepted Engineering Turnover Packs and completion of O&M’s documents.
· Plant visually inspected for completeness and resulting snags preventing operations cleared
· Labelling/Identification complete and correct.
· Safety signs installed
· Scaffolding removed to the agreed extent that commissioning can proceed.
· Re-instatements complete, where required to allow operations to continue
· Builder clean complete
· Contractor actions from Design Reviews closed out.
· Tagging and labelling of all systems

 

14.1.2. Civil and Steelwork

 

· All work completed and temporary works removed.
· All work required to be tested in accordance with the specification has been so tested and passed as satisfactory with particular emphasis on underground work.
· Lifting beams proof tested (Note: the Purchaser is to agree the test vendor)
· Any temporary bolting removed
· Grating fully clamped down and handrails and toe boards fixed.
· All signage required by building control in place
· Leak testing of all buried underground pipes, pits, sumps, etc.
· Flushing of drains
· Check electrical earthing and lightning protection of building is installed and continuity tested

 


Page 44

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

14.1.3. Mechanical / Piping / Building Services

 

· Installation of all equipment (including internals) and piping in accordance with the P&IDs, GAs and Subcontractors installation instructions
· Piping complies with pipe specification (e.g. correct grade of gasket installed)
· Tagging and labelling
· Pipe supports completed and rigid with temporary supports removed.
· Piping flanges alignment, correct bolting and gaskets
· Welding inspections completed, inspection report received as required
· Site testing of pipework including NDT – boroscope and P & P in some cases (only if agreed with the Purchaser)
· Installation of vessel internals in accordance with the drawings and specifications.
· Installation of all temporary strainers.
· Removal of all temporary slip plates other than those required for commissioning.
· Installation of specified gland packing and lubricants to all valves.
· Testing of all relief valves at the Purchaser’s approved test station and subsequent installation in accordance with the test requirements and schedule agreed by the Purchaser.
· Installation of control valves / in line items on completion of line and vessel flushing in accordance with the method, requirements and schedule agreed by the Purchaser.
· Valves, traps and strainers correct orientation and flow direction.

 

14.1.4. Electrical, Instrumentation, Control

 

· All equipment within the electrical design installed to current IEE wiring regulations BS7671 and Electricity at Work Regulation 4.
· All electrical supply and control wiring tested for insulation, electrical pressure, polarity and continuity. Electrical equipment voltage checked/tested and found satisfactory.
· Initial “Equipment in Hazardous Area Schedule Inspection” completed on all equipment and defects corrected.
· Insulation, conductivity and resistance tested and found satisfactory.
· All earthing installed, visually inspected and testing documentation completed.
· Safety devices including overloads, MCBs, RCCD and fuses at correct setting and tested where applicable.
· Labelling (identification of cables/circuits/equipment) complete.
· Lighting completed.
· Oil filled devices (e.g. transformers) charged by specialist contractor to the correct level and with correct grade of oil, with test certificate.
· Circuit continuity / functional tests carried out and defects corrected. The results shall be documented (Cold loop testing from field devices to I/O cabinets).
· Electrical distribution and circuit system fuses withdrawn and handed over to Commissioning Manager (Note: circuits will not be live).
· All instrumentation installed in accordance with line diagrams, hook-ups etc.
· Calibration of critical instruments to be provided with calibration certificates.
· Alarm, Trip and Interlock tests / data completed and validated (including removal of redundant ATIs).
· Software FATs complete (Purchaser’s responsibility)
· Software loaded (Purchaser’s responsibility)

 


Page 45

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

14.1.5. Insulation and Painting

 

· Insulation integrity check where practical
· Location labelling of all electrical trace heating
· All insulation work completed to the agreed extent to allow commissioning to proceed.
· All painting work completed to the agreed extent to allow commissioning to proceed.
· Undertaking to finalise painting work as commissioning proceeds.

 

14.1.6. Safety

 

· Access to and egress from equipment not impeded
· Fire Equipment (extinguishers etc.) supplied and installed as specified.

 

Once the above conditions have been met the Purchaser shall issue a Construction Completion Certificate for the Plant. Completion excludes Purchaser procured equipment activities of commissioning and/ or qualification which may remain.

 

14.2 Criteria for Construction Completion Phase 1 (Clause 32.2)

 

Construction Completion for Phase 1 shall be based on completion of commissioning inclusive of handover of O&M’s in connection with qualified systems for Phase 1 only. Completion excludes Purchaser procured equipment activities of commissioning and/ or qualification which may remain.

 

Once the above conditions have been met the Purchaser shall issue a Construction Completion Certificate for Phase 1 of the project.

 


Page 46

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

15.0 Schedule 15: Take over procedure

 

15.1 Take Over Procedures (Clause 33.2)

 

Phase 2 Completion of the minor items requiring completion identified on the Construction Completion Certificate, in accordance with sub-clause 32.6.

 

Phase 1 Completion will be as identified in schedule 14.2.

 


Page 47

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

16.0 Schedule 16: Performance Tests and Procedures (Clause 35.3)

 

Systems and utilities requiring performance testing are identified in Schedule 13.

 

Performance testing criteria shall be agreed between the Purchaser and Contractor at the pre-tender stage for inclusion in the vendor and subcontractor proposals.

 

Specifications as detailed in 2327-Contract Specifications issues by AUK:

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 


Page 48

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

17.0 Schedule 17: Performance guarantees and damages for failure (Clause 35.1)

 

Where performance guarantees and associated liquidated damages for performance failure have been negotiated with Subcontractors, such damages shall be passed to the Purchaser and shall not be considered damages recovered from a Subcontractor for the purposes of sub-clause 9.6.

 


Page 49

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

18.0 Schedule 18: Cost elements, rates and charges

 

18.1 Contract Price (Clause 39.1)

 

The Contract Price shall include the Contractors Fixed and Reimbursable Cost Elements detailed below.

 

18.2 Contractors Fixed Cost Elements

 

The agreed fixed cost components are identified in the estimate as:

 

[***]

 

18.3 Contractors Reimbursable Cost Components

 

The following are reimbursable costs:

 

[***]

 

For reimbursable costs the following rates shall apply and expenses will be as follows:

 

[***]

 

18.4 Subcontracted Costs

 

The properly incurred net cost to the Contractor of;

 

[***]

 

18.5 Subcontracted Temporary Site Facility Costs

 

The properly incurred net cost to the Contractor (in accordance with Schedule 7) of;

 

[***]

 

18.6 Contractors Fee

 

Contractor’s Fee is fixed.

 


Page 50

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

   

18.7 Contractor Rates

 

The Contractor charge out rates are set-out

 

18.7.1. Hourly Rates fixed until 01.Jan.19

 

[***]

 

18.7.2. Weekly Rates

 

[***]

 

18.7.3. Expenses

 

Expense are not included in the above hourly rates and are charged at the following rates:

 

[***]


Page 51

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

18.8 Estimate

 

The latest estimate for Phases 1 & 2 are included in the below including the combined summary:

 


Page 52

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

18.8.1. Summary

 

Rev F 7Sept 2017

 


Page 53

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

18.8.2. Phase 2 Estimate

 

Rev O dated 7 Sept 2017

 


Page 54

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING PAGE OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 


Page 55

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

18.8.3. Phase 1 Estimate

 

Rev F dated 24 July 2017

 


Page 56

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 


Page 57

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

19.0 Schedule 19: Payment

 

19.1 Payment against Tasks \ Milestones (Clause 41.2)

 

The following are payments against milestones

 

Milestone   Payment (£)
None stated    
     
     

 

19.2 Contractors Request for Payment (Clause 41.3)

 

The Contractors monthly request for payment shall be supported by all relevant documentary evidence, appropriately itemised, coded and cross referenced to the payment request summary, including;

 

a) Copies of invoices received by the Contractor in support of “actual expenditure”
b) Copies of time sheet summaries of staff in support of “actual expenditure”
c) Copies of expenses incurred in support of “actual expenditure”
d) Copies of applications from sub-contractors, together with the Contractors Certification calculations (if and as requested by the Project Manager)
e) Updates of project cash flow (linked to \ part of the Anticipated Final Cost within the Commercial report - Schedule 21) for all aspects of Contract Price in support of estimates of future expenditure

 


Page 58

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

20.0 Schedule 20: Contract co-ordination

 

20.1 Requirements for Contract Coordination (clause 5.4)

 

The requirements of both the Purchaser and the Contractor in regard to Contract Coordination are set out below:

 

20.2 Primary point of contact for the Contractor is

 

[***] (Contract [***])

The Austin Company of UK Limited

Cardinal Point

Park Road

Rickmansworth

Hertfordshire WD3 1RE

Tel: 01923 432658

Mobile: 07740 171614

Email: [***]

 

20.3 Primary point of contact for the Purchaser

 

[***] (Head of Engineering)

G W Pharma Limited

Tel:

Mobile:

Email: [***]

 

20.4 Project Manager

 

[***]

c/o G W Pharma Limited

Tel:

Mobile:

Email: [***]

 

20.5 Project Sponsors

 

The Project Sponsor for the Contractor is:

[***]

 

The Project Sponsors for the Purchaser is:

[***]

 

20.6 Document Numbering

 

The Contractor and Purchaser, both acting reasonably, shall develop and agree a unique nomenclature in connection with record information, tagging, labelling and engineering specifications.

 


Page 59

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

20.7 Method of Document and Data Transfer

 

Documents shall be transferred between via email using the following addresses:

 

Contractor:    document.control@austin.co.uk

 

Purchaser:    [***]

 

20.8 Arrangement for issuing invoices

 

The Contractor shall prepare invoices addressed as follows:

G W Pharma Ltd

Kingsgate House

Newbury Road

Andover

Hants

SP10 4DU

 

And the invoices shall be issued by email to:

 

accounts@gwpharm.com

 

20.9 Arrangement for issuing remittance advice

 

Upon making payment the Purchaser shall issue by email a corresponding remittance advice to:

 

[***]

 

20.10 Method of transferring payments

 

Payments between the parties shall be conducted via BACS, using the following details:

 

[***]

 


Page 60

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

21.0 Schedule 21: Reports and Records

 

21.1 Progress and Other Reports (Clause 3.7)

 

The Contractor shall provide:

 

1. Monthly Project Status Reports, a sample of which is included which will provide the overall status of the project with respect to:
a. Design
b. Procurement
c. Construction
d. Quality
e. Progress with the programme as noted in item 2 below
f. Commercial as noted in item 3 below
g. Health, Safety & Environment Overview

 

2. A baseline programme (non-resource) which shall be updated monthly and reviewed with the Purchasers project sponsor and the Contractors Project Director.

 

3. A commercial report will be provided monthly,

 

4. The Commercial report shall include
a. Order Commitment
b. Variations to date
c. Pending Variations
d. Potential variations
e. Cost to complete
f. Total outturn costs
g. Actual and Forecast Expenditure Summary by Contractors cost code

 

The report shall be principally presented with to identify the total:

a. Design costs
b. Subcontract costs
1. Shell
2. Fit-out
3. Process
4. Equipment
5. Others
c. Management costs

 

5. Timesheets for reimbursable elements with a bullet point list of activities will be provided on a bi-weekly basis with respect to the process design and support.

 

6. A four week look-ahead shall be provided on a bi-weekly basis of overall project strategic activities and milestones.

 

21.2 Maintenance of Contractors Records (Clause 40.1)

 

The Contractor shall provide and maintain the following records:

1. Subcontract tender enquiries
2. Subcontract orders placed
3. Records of committed expenditure on orders placed.
4. Records of invoices paid

 


Page 61

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

5. Records of cost changes resulting from Variation Orders
6. Forecasts of the Total Cost of Works to their final completion
7. Records of other reimbursable costs incurred including time sheets and expenses
8. Time sheets (including those for design variations) shall indicate the works being carried out including the work stage, area, discipline and element together with a brief narrative of deliverables, drawing revision where appropriate. Time simply allocated to the project on a global basis will not be sufficient.

 


Page 62

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

22.0 Schedule 22: Forms of Collateral Warranty (article 17)

 

22.1 Part A Contractor Collateral Warranty 4-8-17

 

Dated 201

 

THE AUSTIN COMPANY OF (U.K.) LIMITED

 

- and -

 

[THE BENEFICIARY]

 

- and -

 

GW PHARMA LIMITED

 

 

 

Contractor’s Warranty

 

in relation to

 

Design, Construction,

Testing and Commissioning of GW Pharma Building 750b.

and Process Equipment at Kent Science Park

 

 

 


Page 63

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

This Deed of Warranty is made as a deed on 201

 

Between:

 

(1) THE AUSTIN COMPANY OF (U.K.) LIMITED (registered number 00343451) , a company incorporated in in England and Wales and whose registered address is Cardinal Point, Park Road, Rickmansworth, Hertfordshire WD3 1RE (the "Contractor" );

 

(2) [BENEFICIARY] (registered number [●]) whose registered office is at [●] (the "Beneficiary" ) 1 ;

 

(3) GW PHARMA LIMITED (registered number 03704998) whose registered office is at Sovereign House, Vision Park, Chivers Way, Histon, Cambridge CB24 9BZ (the "Employer" ).

 

Whereas:

 

(A) The Employer has entered into a building contract dated              (the "Building Contract" ) with the Contractor for the Works (as defined in the Building Contract) at the site known as Building 750b, Kent Science Park, Sittingbourne, Kent ME9 8EF (the "Property" ).

 

(B) [The Beneficiary and Employer have entered into an agreement dated                   (the "Ground Lease" ) for an interest in the Property.] [OR]

 

(B) [The Beneficiary has as [●] an interest in the Property.] 2

 

(C) It is a term of the Building Contract that the Contractor executes this Deed.

 

In consideration of the payment by the Beneficiary to the Contractor and the Guarantor of one pound (£1) (receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by the Contractor and the Guarantor), it is agreed as follows:

 

1. Warranty of performance

 

1.1 The Contractor warrants that it has carried out and will at all times continue to carry out the Works (as defined in the Building Contract) and its duties and obligations under the Building Contract in accordance with the Building Contract.

 

1.2 Without limiting Clause 1.1, the Contractor warrants and undertakes to the Beneficiary that is has carried out and shall carry out and complete the Works (as defined in the Building Contract):

 

(a) in accordance with the Building Contract (as altered or modified in accordance with the terms set out herein);

 

(b) in accordance with applicable Legislation (as defined in the Building Contract);

 

(c) using the Standard of Care (as defined in the Building Contract);

 

 

 

1 For use when Beneficiary is another third party
2 For use when Beneficiary is another third party

 


Page 64

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

(d) using Good Industry Practices (as defined in the Building Contract);

 

(e) seeing that it has not specified or used nor shall it authorise or permit to be used or specified in relation to the Works (as defined in the Building Contract) any substances, processes or methods of working that are not in accordance with British Standards (or their European Union equivalent), codes of practice current at the time of specification or use unless stated otherwise in the Specification (as defined in the Building Contract);

 

(f) using Materials (as defined in the Building Contract) which are new and of sound and satisfactory quality and all workmanship, manufacture and/or fabrication will be to the standard consistent with the intended uses of the Works (as defined in the Building Contract) as stated in the Building Contract; and

 

(g) with sound and safe workmanship and equipment.

 

1.3 The obligations of the Contractor under or pursuant to this Deed shall not be released or diminished by the appointment of any person by the Beneficiary to carry out any independent enquiry into any relevant matter provided that nothing in this clause shall modify or affect any rights which the Contractor might have to claim contribution from any third party whether under statute or at common law.

 

2. Prohibited Materials

 

2.1 The Contractor warrants and undertakes that it shall carry out and complete the Works (as defined in the Building Contract) (including any rectification of any Defect (as defined in the Building Contract)) seeing that it has not specified or used or authorised or permitted to be used or specified nor shall it specify or use or authorise or permit to be used or specified in relation to the Works (as defined in the Building Contract) any Prohibited Materials (as defined in the Building Contract) and shall, when requested by the Beneficiary, issue to any person as the Beneficiary may reasonably require, a certificate stating (to the best of the Contractor's knowledge and belief) that the provisions of this clause have been complied with.

 

2.2 Furthermore, the Contractor shall notify the Beneficiary, prior to the date of the Final Certificate of the Building Contract, promptly in writing if it becomes aware of any specification or use in the Works (as defined in the Building Contract) of any Prohibited Materials (as defined in the Building Contract).

 

3. Licence to use documents

 

3.1 The Contractor grants to the Beneficiary an irrevocable, non-terminable, royalty free, freely assignable licence to copy and use all Documentation (as defined in the Building Contract) prepared by or on behalf of the Contractor in connection with the Building Contract and to reproduce the designs and content of such Documentation for any purpose whatsoever connected with the Works (as defined in the Building Contract) including, without limitation, the construction, completion, reconstruction, modification, alteration, manufacture, letting advertisement, promotion, extension, reinstatement, operation, maintenance, sale, use and repair of the Works (as defined in the Building Contract). Such licence shall include the right to grant sub-licences to any person.

 

3.2 [The Contractor shall grant to or obtain for the Beneficiary an irrevocable royalty-free licence to use for the lifetime of the Plant all Contractor's Software (each as defined in the Building Contract) necessary for the operation or maintenance of the Plant.]

 


Page 65

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

3.3 In the event that the Building Contract is terminated for any reason or otherwise comes to an end the Contractor hereby agrees that the licence[s] granted in Clause[s] 3.1 [and 3.2] shall continue in all respects and shall not be affected by such termination.

 

3.4 The Contractor agrees on request at any time to give the Beneficiary or any persons authorised by the Beneficiary access to the Documentation and to provide the Beneficiary with copies of the Documentation provided that the Beneficiary pays the reasonable copying costs of the Contractor.

 

3.5 The Contractor warrants to the Beneficiary that the Contractor has full rights and liberty to enter into the obligations contained in Clause[s] 3.1 [and 3.2] without restriction or limitation. The Contractor indemnifies the Beneficiary against any claims brought by any third party against the Beneficiary and any Losses (as defined in the Building Contract arising therefrom which are occasioned and/or incurred by any breach by the Contractor of this clause.

 

4. Insurance of Obligations

 

4.1 The Contractor hereby covenants with the Beneficiary that it will maintain with reputable insurers carrying on business in the European Union from the date hereof, for a period expiring no earlier than 12 years after the date of Take Over of the Works (as defined in the Building Contract), professional indemnity insurance to provide cover without unusual or onerous conditions, exclusions or material excesses and with a limit of indemnity of not less than £10,000,000 in the aggregate and it will provide to the Beneficiary within 10 working days of the Beneficiary’s written request, made not more than once in each year, written confirmation from an independent company of insurance brokers that the Contractor has such insurance as aforesaid in force for a period to be specified in the written confirmation and also provided that such insurance remains available on commercially reasonable rates and terms.

 

4.2 If the Contractor fails to produce satisfactory evidence that it has obtained and maintained the professional indemnity insurance required by this Clause 4, the Beneficiary shall be free, having given 7 days’ notice of its intention, to provide and maintain such insurance and pay the premium as may be necessary for that purpose. The cost of such premium shall be reimbursed by the Contractor within 28 days of being notified of the amount.

 

5. confidentiality

 

5.1 “Confidential Information” shall mean all Documentation (as defined in the Building Contract) and other technical or commercial information in any form obtained directly or indirectly from the Contractor by the Beneficiary, or which is generated by the Contractor in connection with the Building Contract, whether before or after the date of the Building Contract other than information:

 

(a) which is or becomes publicly available other than by any unauthorised action of either of the parties to the Building Contract or this Deed; or

 

(b) which is or comes into the possession of one party other than in breach of a duty of confidence to the other party; or

 

(c) which is expressly approved for disclosure by the party to whom the information relates.

 


Page 66

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

5.2 Except as permitted in Clause 3 of this Deed, the Beneficiary shall not, without the previous consent of the Contractor, use, publish or disclose to any person, nor cause nor permit any of his Affiliates (as defined in the Building Contract) or personnel to use, publish or disclose any Confidential Information obtained from the Contractor other than for the performance of his duties under this Deed.

 

5.3 The Beneficiary shall not take or permit to be taken any photograph or other image of the whole or any part of the Plant (as defined in the Building Contract) or any other property of the Contractor or his Affiliates, or any physical or virtual model of it, without the prior consent of the Contractor. Any such photograph or other image shall be regarded as Confidential Information within the terms of Sub-Clause 5.1. No photograph or other image so taken shall be used for the purposes of publicity without the prior consent of the Contractor.

 

5.4 This Clause 5 shall survive and remain in full force for a period of ten years following the issue of the last Final Certificate (as defined in the Building Contract) under Clause 38 (Final Certificate) of the Building Contract or final Default Certificate (as defined in the Building Contract) under Clause 44 (Termination for Contractor’s Default) of the Building Contract unless otherwise stated in any Special Condition of the Building Contract.

 

6. Assignment of benefit of this deed

 

The benefit of this Deed may be assigned by the Beneficiary on two occasions only subject to the prior written consent of the Contractor (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Contractor shall not without the prior written consent of the Beneficiary (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) assign any benefit under this Deed to any other person in whole or in part.

 

7. Notices

 

Any notice to be given under the terms of this Deed shall be deemed to be duly given if it is delivered by hand at or sent by special delivery to the above mentioned addresses of the parties hereto or other business addresses for the time being and in the case of such notices sent by special delivery the same shall be deemed to have been received two days after being posted excluding Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays.

 

8. Governing law

 

This Deed shall be governed and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of England and the parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts.

 

9. Third party rights

 

Save as provided for in Clause 6 (Assignment of Benefit of this Deed), no person may enforce any term of this Deed by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

10. Limitation of liabilities

 

10.1 The rights and benefits conferred upon the Beneficiary by this Deed shall in no way exceed the rights and remedies it would have against the Contractor if the Beneficiary had been named the employer under the Building Contract.

 

10.2 No proceedings shall be commenced under this Deed after the expiration of 12 years from the date of the Take Over Certificate (as defined in the Building Contract).

 


Page 67

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

11. Invalidity

 

If all or any part of any provision of this Deed shall be or become illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, then the remainder of that provision and/or all other provisions of this Deed shall remain valid and enforceable.

 

12. Concurrence of the employer

 

The Employer has joined in this Deed to confirm its concurrence to the above arrangements.

 


Page 68

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CONTRACTOR’S WARRANTY

 

IN WITNESS THIS DEED has been executed by the parties and is intended to be and is delivered on the date appearing on the first page.

 

EXECUTED as a deed by the Contractor   )
acting by:   )
     
     
Signature of Director    
     
     
Name of Director (printed)    
     
     
Signature of Director/Secretary    
     
     
Name of Director/Secretary (printed)    
     
EXECUTED as a deed by the Beneficiary   )
acting by:   )
     
     
Signature of Director    
     
     
Name of Director (printed)    
     
     
Signature of Director/Secretary    
     
     
Name of Director/Secretary (printed)    
     
EXECUTED as a deed by the Employer   )
acting by:   )
     
     
Signature of Director    
     
     
Name of Director (printed)    
     
     
Signature of Director/Secretary    
     
     
Name of Director/Secretary (printed)    

 


Page 69

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

22.2 GW-Austins Sched 22 Part B Subcontractor_Collateral_Warranty

 

Dated 201

 

THE AUSTIN COMPANY OF (U.K.) LIMITED

 

- and -

 

GW PHARMA LIMITED

 

- and -

 

[THE SUBCONTRACTOR]

 

 

 

Subcontractor’s Warranty

 

in relation to

 

Design, Construction,

Testing and Commissioning of GW Pharma Building 750b.

and Process Equipment at Kent Science Park

 

 

 


Page 70

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

This Deed of Warranty is made as a deed on

201

 

Between:

 

(1) THE AUSTIN COMPANY OF (U.K.) LIMITED (registered number 00343451) , a company incorporated in in England and Wales and whose registered address is Cardinal Point, Park Road, Rickmansworth, Hertfordshire WD3 1RE (the " Main Contractor ");

 

(2) GW Pharma Limited (registered number 03704998) whose registered office is at Sovereign House, Vision Park, Chivers Way, Histon, Cambridge CB24 9BZ (the "Beneficiary" ); and

 

(3) [                   ] (registered number [                   ]) whose registered office is at [                   ] (the "Subcontractor" ).

 

Whereas:

 

(A) By a contract dated             (the "Building Contract" ) the Beneficiary has engaged the Main Contractor to carry out the Works (as defined in the Building Contract) at the site known as Building 750b, Kent Science Park, Sittingbourne, Kent ME9 8EF (the "Property" );

 

(B) By a subcontract dated              (the " Subcontract ") the Main Contractor has engaged the Subcontractor to carry out part of the Main Contractor's Works as detailed in [Work Package [●] [ insert work package number or description ]] 3 (the " Subcontract Works ").

 

It is agreed:

 

In consideration of the payment by the Beneficiary to the Main Contractor and the Subcontractor of one pound (£1), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

(a) “Defect” means any work done or any Materials or the Subcontract Works or any part of it which does not comply with the Subcontract, provided that such matter shall not be a Defect if it is caused by:

 

(i) Normal wear and tear

 

(ii) A failure by the Beneficiary to operate and maintain the Subcontract Works in accordance with any operating and maintenance manuals provided by the Subcontractor and/or with Good Industry Practices.

 

(b) “Documentation” means any relevant documents in paper or electronic form, including drawings, technical software, images designs, manuals or records.

 

 

 

3 Amend to describe the work package or work in question. Particularly important if one subcontractor is working on multiple work packages.

 


Page 71

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

(c) “Good Industry Practices” means in respect of the Subcontract Works using the standards, practices, methods, procedures, complying with Legislation and exercising the Standard of Care which would be expected from a contractor engaged in the provision of works and services similar in size, scope, type, nature and complexity to those required by the Subcontract.

 

(d) “Legislation” means all applicable laws, statutes, bye-laws, regulations and other measures having the force of law as amended and in force from time to time, including any legislation which re-enacts or consolidates it, with or without modification.

 

(e) "Losses" means all damage, losses, liabilities, claims, actions, costs, expenses (including the cost of legal or professional services, legal costs being on an agent/client, client paying basis), proceedings, demands and charges whether arising under statute, contract or at common law.

 

(f) “Materials” means machinery, plant and/or Subcontract Works and other items of equipment and materials intended to form part of the Subcontract Works and other things needed in its operation excluding software, to be supplied by the Subcontractor under the Subcontract.

 

(g) "Prohibited Materials" means any substances, processes or methods of working which are:

 

(i) contrary to the recommendations in the latest edition of "Good Practice in the Selection of Construction Materials" published by the British Council for Offices at the time of such specification or use; and/or

 

(ii) are substances, processes or methods of working generally known at the time of specification or use to be:

 

(1) deleterious to health and safety;

 

(2) pose a hazard to health and safety including to the health and safety of those undertaking the Subcontract Works, repairing, occupying, using, cleaning and/or maintaining the Subcontract Works;

 

(3) deleterious to the durability of the Subcontract Works in the particular circumstances in which they are used including but not limited to the structural stability, durability, performance or physical integrity of the Subcontract Works; and/or

 

(4) harmful to life, health or the environment in the circumstances in which they are used.

 

(h) “Subcontractor’s Software” means software owned by the Subcontractor.

 

(i) "Standard of Care" means in relation to the design of the Subcontract Works all the reasonable skill, care, and diligence to be expected of a professionally qualified and competent designer of the relevant discipline engaged in projects of a similar size, scope, type, nature and complexity to those required by the Subcontract.

 

(j) “Third Party Software” means software owned by a third party.

 


Page 72

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

13. Warranty of performance

 

13.1 The Subcontractor warrants that it has carried out and will at all times continue to carry out the Subcontract Works and its duties and obligations under the Subcontract in accordance with the Subcontract.

 

13.2 Without limiting Clause 2.1, the Subcontractor warrants and undertakes to the Beneficiary that is has carried out and shall carry out and complete the Subcontract Works:

 

(a) in accordance with the Subcontract (as altered or modified in accordance with the terms set out herein);

 

(b) in accordance with applicable Legislation;

 

(c) using the Standard of Care;

 

(d) using Good Industry Practices;

 

(e) seeing that it has not specified or used nor shall it authorise or permit to be used or specified in relation to the Subcontract Works any substances, processes or methods of working that are not in accordance with British Standards (or their European Union equivalent), codes of practice current at the time of specification or use;

 

(f) using Materials which are new and of sound and satisfactory quality and all workmanship, manufacture and/or fabrication will be to the standard consistent with the intended uses of the Subcontract Works as stated in the Subcontract;

 

(g) for the full, efficient, economic and safe commercial operation of the Subcontract Works [(as defined in the Subcontract)] in accordance with the applicable Legislation and the requirements of the Subcontract; and

 

(h) with sound and safe workmanship and equipment.

 

13.3 The obligations of the Subcontractor under or pursuant to this Deed shall not be released or diminished by the appointment of any person by the Beneficiary to carry out any independent enquiry into any relevant matter provided that nothing in this clause shall modify or affect any rights which the Subcontractor might have to claim contribution from any third party whether under statute or at common law.

 

14. Prohibited Materials

 

14.1 The Subcontractor warrants and undertakes that it shall carry out and complete the Subcontract Works (including any rectification of any Defect (as defined in the Subcontract)) seeing that it has not specified or used or authorised or permitted to be used or specified nor shall it specify or use or authorise or permit to be used or specified in relation to the Subcontract Works any Prohibited Materials and shall, when requested by the Beneficiary, issue to any person as the Beneficiary may reasonably require, a certificate stating (to the best of the Subcontractor's knowledge and belief) that the provisions of this clause have been complied with.

 

14.2 Furthermore, the Subcontractor shall notify the Beneficiary promptly in writing if it becomes aware of any specification or use in the Subcontract Works of any Prohibited Materials.

 


Page 73

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

15. Licence to use documents

 

15.1 The Subcontractor grants to the Beneficiary an irrevocable, non-terminable, royalty free, freely assignable licence to copy and use all Documentation prepared by or on behalf of the Subcontractor in connection with the Subcontract and to reproduce the designs and content of such Documentation for any purpose whatsoever connected with the Subcontract Works including, without limitation, the construction, completion, reconstruction, modification, alteration, manufacture, letting advertisement, promotion, extension, reinstatement, operation, maintenance, sale, use and repair of the Subcontract Works. Such licence shall include the right to grant sub-licences to any person.

 

15.2 The Subcontractor shall grant to or obtain for the Beneficiary an irrevocable royalty-free licence to use for the lifetime of the Plant all Third Party Software and Subcontractor Software necessary for the operation or maintenance of the Plant.

 

15.3 In the event that the Subcontract is terminated for any reason or otherwise comes to an end the Subcontractor hereby agrees that the licence[s] granted in Clause[s] 4.1 and 4.2 shall continue in all respects and shall not be affected by such termination.

 

15.4 The Subcontractor agrees on request at any time to give the Beneficiary or any persons authorised by the Beneficiary access to the Documentation and to provide the Beneficiary with copies of the Documentation provided that the Beneficiary pays the reasonable copying costs of the Subcontractor.

 

15.5 The Subcontractor warrants to the Beneficiary that the Subcontractor has full rights and liberty to enter into the obligations contained in Clause[s] 4.1 and 4.2 without restriction or limitation. The Subcontractor indemnifies the Beneficiary against any claims brought by any third party against the Beneficiary and any Losses arising therefrom which are occasioned and/or incurred by any breach by the Subcontractor of this clause.

 

16. Insurance of Obligations

 

16.1 The Subcontractor hereby covenants with the Beneficiary that it will maintain with reputable insurers carrying on business in the European Union from the date hereof, for a period expiring no earlier than 12 years after the date of Practical Completion of the Subcontract Works, professional indemnity insurance / product liability insurance to provide cover without unusual or onerous conditions, exclusions or material excesses and with a limit of indemnity of not less than [£5,000,000] 4 in the aggregate and it will provide to the Beneficiary within 10 working days of the Beneficiary’s written request, made not more than once in each year, written confirmation from an independent company of insurance brokers that the Subcontractor has such insurance as aforesaid in force for a period to be specified in the written confirmation.

 

16.2 The Subcontractor shall within 14 days of any written request produce to the Beneficiary satisfactory documentary evidence of its insurance cover.

 

16.3 If the Subcontractor fails to produce satisfactory evidence that it has obtained and maintained the professional indemnity insurance required by this Clause 5, the Beneficiary shall be free, having given 7 days’ notice of its intention, to provide and maintain such insurance and pay the premium as may be necessary for that purpose. The cost of such premium shall be reimbursed by the Subcontractor within 28 days of being notified of the amount.

 

 

 

4 Amend to reflect the amount required under the Building Contract.

 


Page 74

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

17. Takeover

 

17.1 The Subcontractor shall not exercise or seek to exercise any right which may be or become available to it to terminate or treat as terminated the Subcontract or its employment thereunder or discontinue or suspend the performance of any of its duties or obligations thereunder or treat the Subcontract as determined without first giving to the Beneficiary not less than 35 days prior written notice of its intention to do so (the "Subcontractor’s Notice" ) specifying the Subcontractor’s grounds for terminating or treating as terminated the Subcontract or its employment thereunder or discontinuing or suspending its performance as aforesaid or treating the Subcontract as determined (save that the Subcontractor shall be entitled to exercise its statutory rights (taking account the terms of the Subcontract) to suspend on serving simultaneous notice to the Main Contractor and the Beneficiary).

 

17.2 Within 35 days of:

 

(a) the date of the Subcontractor’s Notice; or

 

(b) the automatic determination of the Subcontract pursuant to any of its provisions,

 

the Beneficiary may give written notice to the Subcontractor (a "Novation Notice" ) that the Beneficiary or its appointee shall henceforth become the Main Contractor under the Subcontract in accordance with the terms of Clause 6.3 below.

 

17.3 With effect from the date of the service of any Novation Notice:

 

(a) the Beneficiary or its appointee shall be substituted in the Subcontract as the employer thereunder in place of the Main Contractor and references in the Subcontract to the employer shall be construed as references to the Beneficiary or its appointee;

 

(b) the Subcontractor shall be bound to continue with the performance of its duties and obligations under the Subcontract and any exercise or purported exercise by the Subcontractor prior to the date of the Novation Notice of any right to terminate or treat as terminated the Subcontract or its employment thereunder or to discontinue or suspend the performance of any of its duties or obligations thereunder or to treat the Subcontract as determined shall be of no effect;

 

(c) the Beneficiary shall become bound by the terms and conditions of the Subcontract in respect of all obligations and duties of the Main Contractor thereunder which fall to be performed after the date of the Novation Notice and shall as soon as practicable thereafter make payment of any amounts properly due to the Subcontractor as at the date of the Novation Notice and still outstanding;

 

17.4 the Main Contractor shall be released from further performance of the duties and obligations of the employer under the Subcontract after the date of the Novation Notice, but without prejudice to any rights and remedies of the Subcontractor against the Main Contractor in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted to be done by the Main Contractor on or before the date of the Novation Notice.

 

18. The Beneficiary’s obligations to Subcontractor

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Deed and notwithstanding any payments which may be made by the Beneficiary to the Subcontractor, the Beneficiary shall not be under any obligation to the Subcontractor unless the Beneficiary shall have served a Novation Notice pursuant to Clause 6.

 


Page 75

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

19. Assignment of benefit of this deed

 

The benefit of this Deed may be assigned by the Beneficiary on two occasions only subject to the prior written consent of the Subcontractor (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Subcontractor shall not without the prior written consent of the Beneficiary (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) assign any benefit under this Deed to any other person in whole or in part.

 

20. Agreements with third parties

 

The Subcontractor shall at their own cost within 14 days of receipt of a request from the Beneficiary to do so enter into deeds substantially in the form of this Deed [excluding Clause 6 (Takeover), Clause 7 (The Beneficiary’s obligations to Subcontractor) and] this clause in favour of:

 

(a) any purchaser and any lessee of the whole or any part of the Property; and

 

(b) any party providing finance for the Property and deliver the same to the Beneficiary duly executed.

 

21. Notices

 

Any notice to be given under the terms of this Deed shall be deemed to be duly given if it is delivered by hand at or sent by special delivery to the above mentioned addresses of the parties hereto or other business addresses for the time being and in the case of such notices sent by special delivery the same shall be deemed to have been received two days after being posted excluding Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays.

 

22. Governing law

 

This Deed shall be governed and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of England and the parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts.

 

23. Third party rights

 

Save as provided for in Clause 8 (Assignment of Benefit of this Deed), no person may enforce any term of this Deed by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

24. Concurrent liabilities

 

The rights and benefits conferred upon the Beneficiary by this Deed are in addition to any other rights and remedies it may have against the Subcontractor including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing any remedies in negligence.

 

25. Limitation of liabilities

 

25.1 The rights and benefits conferred upon the Beneficiary by this Deed shall in no way exceed the rights and remedies it would have against the Subcontractor if the Beneficiary had been named the employer under the Subcontract.

 

14.2 No proceedings shall be commenced under this Deed after the expiration of 12 years from the date of the Take Over Certificate (as defined in the Building Contract).

 


Page 76

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

26. Invalidity

 

If all or any part of any provision of this Deed shall be or become illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, then the remainder of that provision and/or all other provisions of this Deed shall remain valid and enforceable.

 

27. Concurrence of the Main Contractor

 

The Main Contractor has joined in this Deed to confirm its concurrence to the above arrangements.

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUBCONTRACTOR’S WARRANTY

 

IN WITNESS THIS DEED has been executed by the parties and is intended to be and is delivered on the date appearing on the first page.

 

EXECUTED as a deed by the Main Contractor   )
acting by:   )
     
     
Signature of Director    
     
     
Name of Director (printed)    
     
     
Signature of Director/Secretary    
     
     
Name of Director/Secretary (printed)    
     
EXECUTED as a deed by the Beneficiary   )
acting by:   )
     
     
Signature of Director    
     
     
Name of Director (printed)    
     
     
Signature of Director/Secretary    
     
     
Name of Director/Secretary (printed)    

 


Page 77

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

EXECUTED as a deed by the Subcontractor   )
acting by:   )
     
     
Signature of Director    
     
     
Name of Director (printed)    
     
     
Signature of Director/Secretary    
     
     
Name of Director/Secretary (printed)    

 

  22.3 Part C Sub-subcontractor_Collateral_Warranty

 

Dated 201

 

[THE SUBCONTRACTOR]

 

- and -

 

GW PHARMA LIMITED

 

- and -

 

[THE SUB-SUBCONTRACTOR]

 

 

 

Sub-subcontractor’s Warranty

 

in relation to

 

Design, Construction,

Testing and Commissioning of GW Pharma Building 750b.

and Process Equipment at Kent Science Park

 

 

 


Page 78

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

This Deed of Warranty is made as a deed on 201

 

Between:

 

(1) [                        ] (registered number [                        ]) whose registered office is at [                        ] (the "Subcontractor" );

 

(2) GW PHARMA LIMITED (registered number 03704998) whose registered office is at Sovereign House, Vision Park, Chivers Way, Histon, Cambridge CB24 9BZ (the "Beneficiary" )] 5 ; and

 

(3) [                        ] (registered number [                        ]) whose registered office is at [                        ] (the "Sub-subcontractor" ).

 

Whereas:

 

(A) By a contract dated             (the "Building Contract" ) the Beneficiary has engaged The Austin Company of (U.K.) Limited (the " Main Contractor ") to carry out the Works (as defined in the Building Contract) at the site known as Building 750b, Kent Science Park, Sittingbourne, Kent ME9 8EF (the "Property" );

 

(B) By a subcontract dated                         (the " Subcontract ") the Main Contractor has engaged the Subcontractor to carry out part of the Main Contractor's Works (the " Subcontract Works "); and

 

(C) By a sub-subcontract dated                  (the " Sub-subcontract ") the Subcontractor has engaged the Sub-subcontractor to carry out part of the Main Contractor's Works as detailed in [Work Package [●] [ insert work package number or description ]] 6 (the " Sub-subcontract Works ").

 

It is agreed:

 

In consideration of the payment by the Beneficiary to the Subcontractor and the Sub-subcontractor of one pound (£1), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.

 

28. DEFINITIONS

 

(a) “Defect” means any work done or any Materials or the Sub-subcontract Works or any part of it which does not comply with the Sub-subcontract, provided that such matter shall not be a Defect if it is caused by:

 

(i) Normal wear and tear

 

(ii) A failure by the Beneficiary to operate and maintain the Sub-subcontract Works in accordance with any operating and maintenance manuals provided by the Sub-subcontractor and/or with Good Industry Practices.

 

 

 

5 Delete for use under the building contract between GW Pharma Limited and the Main Contractor (" Process Build Contract ") or if the Beneficiary is another third party.
6 Amend to describe the work package or work in question. Particularly important if the subcontractor is working on multiple work packages.

 


Page 79

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

(b) “Documentation” means any relevant documents in paper or electronic form, including drawings, technical software, images designs, manuals or records.

 

(c) “Good Industry Practices” means in respect of the Sub-subcontract Works using the standards, practices, methods, procedures, complying with Legislation and exercising the Standard of Care which would be expected from a contractor engaged in the provision of works and services similar in size, scope, type, nature and complexity to those required by the Sub-subcontract.

 

(d) “Legislation” means all applicable laws, statutes, bye-laws, regulations and other measures having the force of law as amended and in force from time to time, including any legislation which re-enacts or consolidates it, with or without modification.

 

(e) "Losses" means all damage, losses, liabilities, claims, actions, costs, expenses (including the cost of legal or professional services, legal costs being on an agent/client, client paying basis), proceedings, demands and charges whether arising under statute, contract or at common law.

 

(f) “Materials” means machinery, plant and/or Sub-subcontractor Works, and other items of equipment and materials intended to form part of the Sub-subcontract Works and other things needed in its operation excluding software, to be supplied by the Sub-subcontractor under the Sub-subcontract.

 

(g) "Prohibited Materials" means any substances, processes or methods of working which are:

 

(i) contrary to the recommendations in the latest edition of "Good Practice in the Selection of Construction Materials" published by the British Council for Offices at the time of such specification or use; and/or

 

(ii) are substances, processes or methods of working generally known at the time of specification or use to be:

 

(1) deleterious to health and safety;

 

(2) pose a hazard to health and safety including to the health and safety of those undertaking the Sub-subcontract Works, repairing, occupying, using, cleaning and/or maintaining the Sub-subcontract Works;

 

(3) deleterious to the durability of the Sub-subcontract Works in the particular circumstances in which they are used including but not limited to the structural stability, durability, performance or physical integrity of the Sub-subcontract Works; and/or

 

(4) harmful to life, health or the environment in the circumstances in which they are used.

 

(h) “Sub-subcontractor Software” means software owned by the Sub-subcontractor.

 


Page 80

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

(i) "Standard of Care" means in relation to the design of the Sub-subcontract Works all the reasonable skill, care, and diligence to be expected of a professionally qualified and competent designer of the relevant discipline engaged in projects of a similar size, scope, type, nature and complexity to those required by the Sub-subcontract.

 

(j) “Third Party Software” means software owned by a third party.

 

29. Warranty of performance

 

29.1 The Sub-subcontractor warrants that it has carried out and will at all times continue to carry out the Sub-subcontract Works and its duties and obligations under the Sub-subcontract in accordance with the Sub-subcontract.

 

29.2 Without limiting Clause 2.1, the Sub-subcontractor warrants and undertakes to the Beneficiary that is has carried out and shall carry out and complete the Sub-subcontract Works:

 

(a) in accordance with the Sub-subcontract (as altered or modified in accordance with the terms set out herein);

 

(b) in accordance with applicable Legislation;

 

(c) using the Standard of Care;

 

(d) using Good Industry Practices;

 

(e) seeing that it has not specified or used nor shall it authorise or permit to be used or specified in relation to the Sub-subcontract Works any substances, processes or methods of working that are not in accordance with British Standards (or their European Union equivalent), codes of practice current at the time of specification or use;

 

(f) using Materials which are new and of sound and satisfactory quality and all workmanship, manufacture and/or fabrication will be to the standard consistent with the intended uses of the Sub-subcontract Works as stated in the Sub-subcontract;

 

(g) seeing the full, efficient, economic and safe commercial operation of the Sub-subcontract Works in accordance with the applicable Legislation and the requirements of the Sub-subcontract; and

 

(h) with sound and safe workmanship and equipment.

 

29.3 The obligations of the Sub-subcontractor under or pursuant to this Deed shall not be released or diminished by the appointment of any person by the Beneficiary to carry out any independent enquiry into any relevant matter provided that nothing in this clause shall modify or affect any rights which the Sub-subcontractor might have to claim contribution from any third party whether under statute or at common law.

 


Page 81

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

30. Prohibited Materials

 

30.1 The Sub-subcontractor warrants and undertakes that it shall carry out and complete the Sub-subcontract Works (including any rectification of any Defect) seeing that it has not specified or used or authorised or permitted to be used or specified nor shall it specify or use or authorise or permit to be used or specified in relation to the Sub-subcontract Works any Prohibited Materials and shall, when requested by the Beneficiary, issue to any person as the Beneficiary may reasonably require, a certificate stating (to the best of the Sub-subcontractor's knowledge and belief) that the provisions of this clause have been complied with.

 

30.2 Furthermore, the Sub-subcontractor shall notify the Beneficiary promptly in writing if it becomes aware of any specification or use in the Sub-subcontract Works of any Prohibited Materials.

 

31. Licence to use documents

 

31.1 The Sub-subcontractor grants to the Beneficiary an irrevocable, non-terminable, royalty free, freely assignable licence to copy and use all Documentation prepared by or on behalf of the Sub-subcontractor in connection with the Sub-subcontract and to reproduce the designs and content of such Documentation for any purpose whatsoever connected with the Sub-subcontract Works including, without limitation, the construction, completion, reconstruction, modification, alteration, manufacture, letting advertisement, promotion, extension, reinstatement, operation, maintenance, sale, use and repair of the Sub-subcontract Works. Such licence shall include the right to grant sub-licences to any person.

 

31.2 [The Sub-subcontractor shall grant to or obtain for the Beneficiary an irrevocable royalty-free licence to use for the lifetime of the Plant all Third Party Software and Sub-subcontractor Software necessary for the operation or maintenance of the Plant.]

 

31.3 In the event that the Sub-subcontract is terminated for any reason or otherwise comes to an end the Sub-subcontractor hereby agrees that the licence[s] granted in Clause[s] 4.1 [and 4.2] shall continue in all respects and shall not be affected by such termination.

 

31.4 The Sub-subcontractor agrees on request at any time to give the Beneficiary or any persons authorised by the Beneficiary access to the Documentation and to provide the Beneficiary with copies of the Documentation provided that the Beneficiary pays the reasonable copying costs of the Sub-subcontractor.

 

31.5 The Sub-subcontractor warrants to the Beneficiary that the Sub-subcontractor has full rights and liberty to enter into the obligations contained in Clause[s] 4.1 [and 4.2] without restriction or limitation. The Sub-subcontractor indemnifies the Beneficiary against any claims brought by any third party against the Beneficiary and any Losses arising therefrom which are occasioned and/or incurred by any breach by the Sub-subcontractor of this clause.

 

32. Insurance of Obligations

 

32.1 The Sub-subcontractor hereby covenants with the Beneficiary that it will maintain with reputable insurers carrying on business in the European Union from the date hereof, for a period expiring no earlier than 12 years after the date of Practical Completion of the Sub-subcontract Works, professional indemnity insurance to provide cover without unusual or onerous conditions, exclusions or material excesses and with a limit of indemnity of not less than [£5,000,000] 7 in the aggregate and it will provide to the Beneficiary within 10 working days of the Beneficiary’s written request, made not more than once in each year, written confirmation from an independent company of insurance brokers that the Sub-subcontractor has such insurance as aforesaid in force for a period to be specified in the written confirmation.

 

 

 

7 Amend to reflect the amount required under the Building Contract.

 


Page 82

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

32.2 The Sub-subcontractor shall within 14 days of any written request produce to the Beneficiary satisfactory documentary evidence of its insurance cover.

 

32.3 If the Sub-subcontractor fails to produce satisfactory evidence that it has obtained and maintained the professional indemnity insurance required by this Clause 5, the Beneficiary shall be free, having given 7 days’ notice of its intention, to provide and maintain such insurance and pay the premium as may be necessary for that purpose. The cost of such premium shall be reimbursed by the Sub-subcontractor within 28 days of being notified of the amount.

 

33. Takeover

 

33.1 The Sub-subcontractor shall not exercise or seek to exercise any right which may be or become available to it to terminate or treat as terminated the Sub-subcontract or its employment thereunder or discontinue or suspend the performance of any of its duties or obligations thereunder or treat the Sub-subcontract as determined without first giving to the Beneficiary not less than 35 days prior written notice of its intention to do so (the "Sub-subcontractor’s Notice" ) specifying the Sub-subcontractor’s grounds for terminating or treating as terminated the Sub-subcontract or its employment thereunder or discontinuing or suspending its performance as aforesaid or treating the Sub-subcontract as determined (save that the Sub-subcontractor shall be entitled to exercise its statutory rights (taking account the terms of the Sub-subcontract) to suspend on serving simultaneous notice to the Subcontractor and the Beneficiary).

 

33.2 Within 35 days of:

 

(a) the date of the Sub-subcontractor’s Notice; or

 

(b) the automatic determination of the Sub-subcontract pursuant to any of its provisions,

 

the Beneficiary may give written notice to the Sub-subcontractor (a "Novation Notice" ) that the Beneficiary or its appointee shall henceforth become the Subcontractor under the Sub-subcontract in accordance with the terms of Clause 6.3 below.

 

33.3 With effect from the date of the service of any Novation Notice:

 

(a) the Beneficiary or its appointee shall be substituted in the Sub-subcontract as the employer thereunder in place of the Subcontractor and references in the Sub-subcontract to the employer shall be construed as references to the Beneficiary or its appointee;

 


Page 83

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

(b) the Sub-subcontractor shall be bound to continue with the performance of its duties and obligations under the Sub-subcontract and any exercise or purported exercise by the Sub-subcontractor prior to the date of the Novation Notice of any right to terminate or treat as terminated the Sub-subcontract or its employment thereunder or to discontinue or suspend the performance of any of its duties or obligations thereunder or to treat the Sub-subcontract as determined shall be of no effect;

 

(c) the Beneficiary shall become bound by the terms and conditions of the Sub-subcontract in respect of all obligations and duties of the Subcontractor thereunder which fall to be performed after the date of the Novation Notice and shall as soon as practicable thereafter make payment of any amounts properly due to the Sub-subcontractor as at the date of the Novation Notice and still outstanding;

 

33.4 the Subcontractor shall be released from further performance of the duties and obligations of the employer under the Sub-subcontract after the date of the Novation Notice, but without prejudice to any rights and remedies of the Sub-subcontractor against the Subcontractor in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted to be done by the Subcontractor on or before the date of the Novation Notice.

 

34. The Beneficiary’s obligations to Sub-subcontractor

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Deed and notwithstanding any payments which may be made by the Beneficiary to the Sub-subcontractor, the Beneficiary shall not be under any obligation to the Sub-subcontractor unless the Beneficiary shall have served a Novation Notice pursuant to Clause 6.

 

35. Assignment of benefit of this deed

 

The Beneficiary may at any time assign, charge or transfer the benefit of this Deed in whole or in part to any entity without the consent of the Sub-subcontractor being required. The Sub-subcontractor shall not without the prior written consent of the Beneficiary assign any benefit under this Deed to any other person in whole or in part.

 

36. Agreements with third parties

 

The Sub-subcontractor shall at their own cost within 14 days of receipt of a request from the Beneficiary to do so enter into deeds substantially in the form of this Deed [excluding Clause 6 (Takeover), Clause 7 (The Beneficiary’s obligations to Sub-subcontractor) and] this clause in favour of:

 

(a) any purchaser and any lessee of the whole or any part of the Property; and

 

(b) any party providing finance for the Property and deliver the same to the Beneficiary duly executed.

 

37. Notices

 

Any notice to be given under the terms of this Deed shall be deemed to be duly given if it is delivered by hand at or sent by recoded delivery to the above mentioned addresses of the parties hereto or other business addresses for the time being and in the case of such notices sent by recorded delivery the same shall be deemed to have been received two days after being posted excluding Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays.

 


Page 84

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

38. Governing law

 

This Deed shall be governed and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of England and the parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts.

 

39. Third party rights

 

Save as provided for in Clause 8 (Assignment of Benefit of this Deed), no person may enforce any term of this Deed by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

40. Concurrent liabilities

 

The rights and benefits conferred upon the Beneficiary by this Deed are in addition to any other rights and remedies it may have against the Sub-subcontractor including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing any remedies in negligence.

 

41. Limitation of liabilities

 

41.1 The rights and benefits conferred upon the Beneficiary by this Deed shall in no way exceed the rights and remedies it would have against the Sub-subcontractor if the Beneficiary had been named the employer under the Sub-subcontract.

 

41.2 No proceedings shall be commenced under this Deed after the expiration of 12 years from the date of the Take Over Certificate (as defined in the Building Contract).

 

42. Invalidity

 

If all or any part of any provision of this Deed shall be or become illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, then the remainder of that provision and/or all other provisions of this Deed shall remain valid and enforceable.

 

43. Concurrence of the Subcontractor

 

The Subcontractor has joined in this Deed to confirm its concurrence to the above arrangements.

 


Page 85

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUB-SUBCONTRACTOR’S WARRANTY

 

IN WITNESS THIS DEED has been executed by the parties and is intended to be and is delivered on the date appearing on the first page.

 

EXECUTED as a deed by the Subcontractor   )
acting by:   )
     
     
Signature of Director    
     
     
Name of Director (printed)    
     
     
Signature of Director/Secretary    
     
     
Name of Director/Secretary (printed)    
     
EXECUTED as a deed by the Beneficiary   )
acting by:   )
     
     
Signature of Director    
     
     
Name of Director (printed)    
     
     
Signature of Director/Secretary    
     
     
Name of Director/Secretary (printed)    
     
EXECUTED as a deed by the Sub-subcontractor   )
acting by:   )
     
     
Signature of Director    
     
     
Name of Director (printed)    
     
     
Signature of Director/Secretary    
     
     
Name of Director/Secretary (printed)    

 


Page 86

 

B750b Manufacturing Facility, Kent Science Park

Main Contract Schedules – Rev07

 

23.0 Schedule 23: Third Party Agreements (Clause 3.16)

 

Reserved rights of Landlord

Part 2 – Rights Reserved

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE AND THE FOLLOWING PAGE OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

 

[***]

 


Page 87

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant

 

Name of undertaking   Country of
registration
  Activity   %
holding
 
GW Pharma Limited   England and Wales   Research and Development     100  
GW Research Limited   England and Wales   Research and Development     100  
Greenwich Biosciences, Inc.   United States   Pharmaceutical development services     100  
GWP Trustee Company Limited   England and Wales   Employee Share Ownership     100  
GW Pharmaceuticals Australia Pty. Limited   Australia   Dormant     100  
Cannabinoid Research Institute Limited   England and Wales   Dormant     100  
Guernsey Pharmaceuticals Limited   Guernsey   Dormant     100  
G-Pharm Limited   England and Wales   Dormant     100  

 

 

 

Exhibit 12.1

 

Section 302 Certificate

 

Form of Certification Required by Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Justin Gover, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of GW Pharmaceuticals plc;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: December 4, 2017

 

  /s/ Justin Gover
  Justin Gover
  Chief Executive Officer

  

 

 

 

 

 

 Exhibit 12.2

 

Section 302 Certificate

 

Form of Certification Required by Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

I, Scott Giacobello, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of GW Pharmaceuticals plc;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: December 4, 2017

 

  /s/ Scott Giacobello
  Scott Giacobello
  Chief Financial Officer

  

 

 

 

Exhibit 13.1

 

Section 906 Certificate

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

 

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), I, Justin Gover, Chief Executive Officer of GW Pharmaceuticals plc, a public limited company incorporated under English law (the “company”), hereby certify, to my knowledge, that:

 

  1. The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended September 30, 2017 (the “Form 20-F”) of the company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2. The information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.

 

Date: December 4, 2017

 

  /s/ Justin Gover
  Justin Gover
  Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 13.2

 

Section 906 Certificate

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

 

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), I, Scott Giacobello, Chief Financial Officer of GW Pharmaceuticals plc, a public limited company incorporated under English law (the “company”), hereby certify, to my knowledge, that:

 

  1. The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended September 30, 2017 (the “Form 20-F”) of the company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2. The information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.

 

Date: December 4, 2017

 

  /s/ Scott Giacobello
  Scott Giacobello
  Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 15.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of GW Pharmaceuticals plc

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-217329 on Form F-3 of our reports dated December 4, 2017, relating to the consolidated financial statements of GW Pharmaceuticals plc, and the effectiveness of GW Pharmaceuticals plc’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F of GW Pharmaceuticals plc for the year ended September 30, 2017.

 

/s/ Deloitte LLP

 

London, United Kingdom

December 4, 2017